Currently any change of netdev features results in a call to
mlx4_en_update_loopback_state(). Those calls are unnecessary,
and should be called only upon loopback feature change.
Also moved some of the logic into mlx4_en_update_loopback_state().
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable RSS support for fragmented IP packets, when device supports it.
Until now, fragmented IP packets were directed only to the default_qpn.
Since IP fragments (datagram) have no upper protocols (L3 IP packets),
hash is performed on 3-tuple - dst MAC, source IP and dest IP. The HW
makes sure that this holds for the 1st fragment too, so all fragments
go to the same QP.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xen-netfront limits transmitted skbs to be at most 44 segments in size. However,
GSO permits up to 65536 bytes, which means a maximum of 45 segments of 1448
bytes each. This slight reduction in the size of packets means a slight loss in
efficiency.
Since c/s 9ecd1a75d, xen-netfront sets gso_max_size to
XEN_NETIF_MAX_TX_SIZE - MAX_TCP_HEADER,
where XEN_NETIF_MAX_TX_SIZE is 65535 bytes.
The calculation used by tcp_tso_autosize (and also tcp_xmit_size_goal since c/s
6c09fa09d) in determining when to split an skb into two is
sk->sk_gso_max_size - 1 - MAX_TCP_HEADER.
So the maximum permitted size of an skb is calculated to be
(XEN_NETIF_MAX_TX_SIZE - MAX_TCP_HEADER) - 1 - MAX_TCP_HEADER.
Intuitively, this looks like the wrong formula -- we don't need two TCP headers.
Instead, there is no need to deviate from the default gso_max_size of 65536 as
this already accommodates the size of the header.
Currently, the largest skb transmitted by netfront is 63712 bytes (44 segments
of 1448 bytes each), as observed via tcpdump. This patch makes netfront send
skbs of up to 65160 bytes (45 segments of 1448 bytes each).
Similarly, the maximum allowable mtu does not need to subtract MAX_TCP_HEADER as
it relates to the size of the whole packet, including the header.
Fixes: 9ecd1a75d9 ("xen-netfront: reduce gso_max_size to account for max TCP header")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Davies <jonathan.davies@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
drivers/net/usb/sr9800.c
drivers/net/usb/usbnet.c
include/linux/usb/usbnet.h
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c
The TCP conflicts were overlapping changes. In 'net' we added a
READ_ONCE() to the socket cached RX route read, whilst in 'net-next'
Eric Dumazet touched the surrounding code dealing with how mini
sockets are handled.
With USB, it's a case of the same bug fix first going into net-next
and then I cherry picked it back into net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the peer netns is advertised in rtnl messages, we can set this property
so that IFLA_LINK will advertise the peer ifindex. It allows the userland to get
the full veth configuration.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to prepare the removal of the iflink field. It
introduces a new ndo function, which will be implemented by virtual interfaces.
There is no functional change into this patch. All readers of iflink field
now call dev_get_iflink().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only other way to catch these would have been to monitor
the Tx deauth event, but we can send a deauth when we roam.
So it would have been tricky to make sure we capture the
connection losses only.
Define a separate trigger for the connection losses to make
it easier to catch them.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This will allow to collect data when a time event
notifcation with a certain id and action is coming from
the firmware. This can be very useful to debug various
flows.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The current code has a lot of duplicates of printing into a buffer
(while having to make sure it's NUL-filled and -terminated) and
then passing that to the debug trigger collection.
Since that's error-prone, instead make the debug trigger collection
function take a format string and format arguments (with compiler
validity checking) and handle the buffer internally.
This makes one behavioural change -- instead of sending the whole
buffer to userspace (clearing is needed to not leak stack data) it
just passes the actual string (including NUL-terminator.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fix spelling error across the driver.
Modified only comments and prints.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If ucode_loaded isn't true the function returns the 'ret' variable
without having assigned a value properly. Fix that.
Reported-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=O/cf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' into iwlwifi-next
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
The str/len arguments to iwl_fw_dbg_trigger_simple_stop() aren't used,
and for a simple trigger don't really need to be used as the trigger
code itself encodes the reason, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Sending multiple action frames off channel, one after the other can create
a race that will result in a timeout:
1. Start sending action frame off channel.
2. Once the frame is sent or the time event is over, the flow will
eventually call ieee80211_start_next_roc to start the next roc frame &
iwl_mvm_roc_finished schedules to schedule a work to flush the queue.
3. Start sending new roc frame and write it to the queue before the
flush work has started.
4. The work is called and it flushes the new packet that was placed on the
on the queue so the packet is lost.
This causes the frame to be removed & not sent, that causes a timeout in
userspace.
Flush the work queue that flushes the roc/off channel queue before starting
to send a new frame off channel, in order to avoid a race between the new
frame that is transmitted off channel & the flushing of the queue.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently the last found MCC is reconfigured only in the recovery flow.
But it should always be used when available, for the ifdown/up or
RF-Kill/CT-Kill scenarios.
While at it, fix a couple of bugs in the init-from-last-MCC flow. Return
an error value when a current MCC is not found. Pass on the regdomain to
cfg80211 only if it was changed and don't ignore the return value from
the cfg80211-setter function.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Our testers need to know the number of scans performed while in
net-detect mode before the device wakes up. The firmware already
passes this information to the driver, so we can save it and report it
in a debugfs entry.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The statistic counters for the mv88e6172 never worked. This device is
a member of the 6352 family of chips, which has a slightly different
layout of the register used for capturing statistics. Add support for
detecting this family and poking the port in the right place in the
register.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than refer to registers by number, define mnemonics. Also
define mnemonics for the commonly used bits within the registers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading the statistics from the hardware is the same for all
chips. What differs is the number of available statistics. Have just
one copy of the code in the shared mv88e6xxx.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy_mutex should be held while reading and writing to the phy.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the common code for reading and writing phy registers into the
shared mv88e6xxx.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions could in future be used by other drivers. Move them
into the shared area.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell switches are all reset in nearly the same way. The only
difference is if the PPU should be enabled or not. Move this
code into the shared mv88x6xxx.c.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a step towards consolidating code, consistently set the
number of ports in the private state structure, and make use of it in
loops.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determine and use number of switch ports from chip ID instead of always
using the maximum, and return error when an attempt is made to access a
non-existing port.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determine and use number of switch ports from chip ID instead of always
using the maximum, and return error when an attempt is made to access a
non-existing port.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will let us use the switch product IDs in the common source code.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Common initialization functions will be needed to enable
HW bridging support.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 firmware requires self-peer to
be created prior to issuing scan command. Without
this wmi-tlv with qca6174 firmware crashes after
submitting a scan request.
Creating the peer as soon as add_interface()
shouldn't be a problem.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Move about half a KB of data to text.
Miscellanea:
o Move strings out of the .h file into the .c file
in case the .h file is ever #included twice
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix a memory leak, we leaked memory each time the module
was loaded.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVHB3DAAoJEG4XJFUm622bLYkH+gMnmUgVD/MQLqhActOwGg/f
YM+gAmHyHW3arwLStkx8MfYrXf2a+Q3A/+Mj61s9fMKdxtH143JwL3Gu/y76S9vH
7bbhoiajwCg83IhrN+lIOpAHjHo/bxodXmjojnZFHTQ0MBT6ftXmLUZ7HBDwaL6A
ct79Yh/k2lhaL8Vk242dIXWjoVmG9HtazVnK7jYB4fX+dIuqZ/53Z4acqTLeKUez
UMRs/R0MYMtjHXhpnNHegiZ/umf4FfhrtVZ4yW2C3PqPR7wor/XkegnbwEXH3TNq
zGACPN5YdFjDPacPslBsMT9FkOQPOwvz9Djzn7GEW6fv7AvGTC0lIXQ2E2I2phQ=
=E1Gh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-04-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
iwlwifi:
* fix a memory leak, we leaked memory each time the module
was loaded.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new Common Code routines to retrieve Firmware Device Log
parameters from PCIE_FW_PF[7]. The firmware initializes its Device Log very
early on and stores the parameters for its location/size in that register.
Using the parameters from the register allows us to access the Firmware
Device Log even when the firmware crashes very early on or we're not
attached to the firmware
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds new macro and few macro changes for fw version 1.13.32.0 also
changes version string in driver to match 1.13.32.0
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move ~2KB of strings in each driver from data to text.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ath9k:
* add Active Interference Cancellation, a method implemented in the HW
to counter WLAN RX > sensitivity degradation when BT is transmitting
at the same time. This feature is supported by cards like WB222
based on AR9462.
iwlwifi:
* Location Aware Regulatory was added by Arik
* 8000 device family work
* update to the BT Coex firmware API
brmcfmac:
* add new BCM43455 and BCM43457 SDIO device support
* add new BCM43430 SDIO device support
wil6210:
* take care of AP bridging
* fix NAPI behavior
* found approach to achieve 4*n+2 alignment of Rx frames
rt2x00:
* add new rt2800usb device DWA 130
rtlwifi:
* add USB ID for D-Link DWA-131
* add USB ID ASUS N10 WiFi dongle
mwifiex:
* throughput enhancements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVHATOAAoJEG4XJFUm622b4EsIAIMGOLb2GuqtxpN/Ei1TmUFV
8B3KTLmeau/glqxquySQ2mIthDqijesbl0jyKWJP/+ZsXhjhpagXAIMw6E5KH3HN
1XKCvyqbkGScTcheaS4HYFmKKoM0OlPnDKhybYtPiScW2kyQf8S9msbeEzLdYYen
qYKMRq/J/QuobWvtapyGOBtyuVtuTrKuP8LzKQX9JAyKtM2si/iOvG7EiFmcAcis
DGJBrwhy/i6oBoi6e6KGgxIpXJE9WHsMs2QBYpFkxV2SbzXTOyq1EMFJvMHCq927
QfEsgOgAyVLfsXqN1uNK49eJtTuWRuJehEV88xjUbMXcYQNiaKdnYY6KvIBQ7XU=
=POsk
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-04-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
Major changes:
ath9k:
* add Active Interference Cancellation, a method implemented in the HW
to counter WLAN RX > sensitivity degradation when BT is transmitting
at the same time. This feature is supported by cards like WB222
based on AR9462.
iwlwifi:
* Location Aware Regulatory was added by Arik
* 8000 device family work
* update to the BT Coex firmware API
brmcfmac:
* add new BCM43455 and BCM43457 SDIO device support
* add new BCM43430 SDIO device support
wil6210:
* take care of AP bridging
* fix NAPI behavior
* found approach to achieve 4*n+2 alignment of Rx frames
rt2x00:
* add new rt2800usb device DWA 130
rtlwifi:
* add USB ID for D-Link DWA-131
* add USB ID ASUS N10 WiFi dongle
mwifiex:
* throughput enhancements
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=+qN4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.1-20150401' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-04-01
this is a pull request of 5 patches for net-next/master.
There are two patches for the ems_usb driver by Gerhard Uttenthaler and
me, which fix sparse endianess warnings. Oliver Hartkopp adds two
patches to improve and extend the CAN-ID filter handling on RAW CAN
sockets. The last patch is by me, it silences an uninitialized variable
warning in the peak_usb driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, MoCA fixed PHYs are always in link-up state, regardless of
whether the link is actually up or not.
Add code to properly detect MoCA link state changes and to reflect the
new state in MoCA fixed PHY. Only GENET V3 and V4 MACs are capable of
detecting MoCA link state changes.
The code works as follows:
1. GENET MAC detects MoCA link state change and issues UMAC_IRQ_LINK_UP
or UMAC_IRQ_LINK_DOWN interrupt.
2. Link up/down interrupt is processed in bcmgenet_irq_task(), which
calls phy_mac_interrupt().
3. phy_mac_interrupt() updates the fixed PHY phydev->link and kicks
the PHY state machine.
4. PHY state machine proceeds to read the fixed PHY link status
register.
5. When the fixed PHY link status register is being read, the new
function bcmgenet_fixed_phy_link_update() gets called. It copies
the fixed PHY phydev->link value to the fixed PHY status->link.
6. PHY state machine receives the new link state of the fixed PHY.
7. MoCA fixed PHY link state now correctly reflects the real MoCA
hardware link state.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code was a bit convoluted. Clean it up and
prepare for future changes.
While at it this fixes incorrect verification of
'single nss' case when ss2 rates were missing
while ss1 and ss3 were requested resulting in
nss=3 being set:
iw wlan1 set bitrates legacy-5 ht-mcs-5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 vht-mcs-5 1:0-9 3:0-9
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The number of 3 vdevs wasn't enough to handle the
worst case for interface combinations in practice.
wpa_supplicant may need up to 4 vifs to have 2
vifs actually connected, i.e. p2pdev + client + 2x
p2p (either p2p client or p2p go).
This fixes worst case warning:
Free vdev map is empty, no more interfaces allowed.
This keeps the ability to associate 32 stations in
AP mode at the cost of not being able to guarantee
that under all circumstances, i.e. some
combinations may consume additional fw peer
entries for internal purposes leaving less
resource for stations in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This effectively enables multi-channel operation
on qca6174 WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 (and possibly any
newer firmware release for qca6174).
This adds appopriate interface combinations and
initializes firmware channel scheduler.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 wmi-tlv firmware defines a new wmi event
for host tx pausing (i.e. stop/wake tx queues).
Map these events to ath10k/mac80211 tx queue
control.
This is important for multi-channel throughput
performance.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tx queue locking was very simple until now.
Multi-channel support will require a more flexible
and fine grained control.
This introduces a per-hw and per-vif (each with a
bitmask of reasons) tx queue locking.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This command will be used to configure
multi-channel scheduler in firmware.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The chanctx API will allow ath10k to support
multi-channel operation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It doesn't make much sense to reject a valid
firmware configuration combination.
Since SSID isn't known early on it might make
sense to allow driver to start vdev without SSID
and restart it later.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 and wmi-tlv doesn't have quiet mode
implemented. Don't even attempt to call it. This
fixes a warning when bringing first interface up:
failed to set quiet mode period 100 duarion 0 enabled 0 ret -95
Fixes: 8515b5c79a ("ath10k: configure thermal throttle while powering up")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Number of channels is stored in a separate macro
in a header file and channel list is constructed
independently. The macro is used to define survey
array.
This fixes a recent regression introduced after
adding support for 144 channel. The regression
would lead to a warning and incomplete survey data
on channel 165:
chan info: invalid frequency 5825 (idx 38 out of bounds)
Also make sure to enforce the sizes and avoid this
kind of problem in the future.
Fixes: 4a7898fed5 ("ath10k: enable channel 144 on 5GHz band")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
All of the bringup/init functions called in ath10k_core_start return 0
on success and != 0 on failure. ath10k_wmi_wait_for_service_ready(),
ath10k_wmi_wait_for_unified_ready() and their call sites were adjusted
to fit this model.
The return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int so
ath10k_wmi_wait_for_service_ready() and ath10k_wmi_wait_for_unified_ready()
were fixed up accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Missing spaces 1*HZ -> 1 * HZ were also added along the way.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added, respectively 'ret'
renamed, and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When we access the triggers we need to make sure that the
data we expect was actually provided by the firmware file.
Check this when we decode the triggers from the firmware
file.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since 39b2bbe3d7 (gpio: add flags argument to gpiod_get*() functions)
which appeared in v3.17-rc1, the gpiod_get* functions take an additional
parameter that allows to specify direction and initial value for output.
Moreover use devm_gpiod_get_optional instead of ignoring all errors
returned by devm_gpiod_get and simplify accordingly.
The result is more strict error handling which is good.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tty_name member of struct ser_device is never set or used, so it
can be removed. (The definition of struct ser_device is private to
this .c file, and the identifier tty_name only occurs in this one
place.)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When IOMM-vtd is active, once main kernel crashes unfinished DMAE transactions
will be blocked, putting the HW in an error state which will cause further
transactions to timeout.
Current employed logic uses wrong macros, causing the first function to be the
only function that cleanups that error state during its probe/load.
This patch allows all the functions to successfully re-load in kdump kernel.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running in a kdump kernel, it's very likely that due to sync. loss with
management firmware the first PCI function to probe and reach the previous
unload flow would decide it can reset the chip and continue onward. While doing
so, it will only close its own Rx port.
On a 4-port device where 2nd port on engine is a 1g-port, the 2nd port would
allow ingress traffic after the chip is reset [assuming it was active on the
first kernel]. This would later cause a HW attention.
This changes driver flow to close both ports' 1g capabilities during the
previous driver unload flow prior to the chip reset.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two reasons for having this header in the common place:
1) Simplifying drivers that read NVRAM entries. We will be able to
safely call bcm47xx_nvram_* functions without #ifdef-s.
2) Getting NVRAM driver out of MIPS arch code. This is needed to support
BCM5301X arch which also requires this NVRAM driver. Patch for that
will follow once we get is reviewed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: linux-mips@linux-mips.org
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul@pwsan.com>
Cc: linux-soc@vger.kernel.org
Patchwork: https://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/8619/
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
This patch silences the compiler warning:
drivers/net/can/usb/peak_usb/pcan_usb_fd.c: In function 'pcan_usb_fd_send_cmd':
drivers/net/can/usb/peak_usb/pcan_usb_fd.c:185:6: warning: 'err' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wuninitialized]
by initialising the variable as 0.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The struct ems_cpc_msg describes the a message received from the USB device,
which uses little endian byte order. This patch marks the timestamp in struct
ems_cpc_msg accordingly.
Acked-by: Gerhard Uttenthaler <uttenthaler@ems-wuensche.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The device expects the CAN ID in little endian format.
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Uttenthaler <uttenthaler@ems-wuensche.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device is sold as 'Lenovo Tinkpad USB 3.0 Ethernet 4X90E51405'.
Chipset is RTL8153 and works with r8152.
Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mii-mon discovers that the link is up, it will call
bond_3ad_handle_link_change() but we forget to add the LACP_ENABLED
flag when we discover the speed and duplex for the slave link are
normal.
Change-Id: Ie8b268ecfeea0f99bf9fdcd72706c0653f9d9e49
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AD_PORT_ACTOR_CHURN and AD_PORT_PARTNER_CHURN are already present and
essentially BOND_MONITOR_CHURNED is a combination of these two definitions.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we need to check peripheral version from the hardware during probe, I
introduce a little helper to unify these tests. It would prevent to
de-synchronize the test like previously observed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently need two checks of the peripheral version in MACB_MID register.
One of them got out of sync after modification by 8a013a9c71 (net: macb:
Include multi queue support for xilinx ZynqMP ethernet version).
Fix this in macb_configure_caps() so that xilinx ZynqMP will be considered
as a GEM flavor.
Fixes: 8a013a9c71 ("net: macb: Include multi queue support for xilinx ZynqMP
ethernet version")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #4.0 (if it doesn't make it for -final)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
User i/o register EMAC_USRIO or GMAC_UR can be found on both macb and gem
flavors of the peripheral. By using the proper accessor, we can add it to the
register dump feature of ethtool.
Increment the version of this API so it can be noticed from user space.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As accessing the peripheral registers need the clocks to be set, we have to
enable them as soon as possible. Their configuration depend on the type of
device used and determined by the DT compatible string. That lead to add
another initialization function in the DT configuration structure.
As the device private structure length depend on an information read in the
registers, we have to store the clock pointers in temporary variables before
feeding the structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a non-native English speaker, I would correct "capacities" of the macb
peripheral to "capabilities": correct me if I'm wrong!
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Capabilities configuration by macb_configure_caps() was moved far too late by
421d9df062 (net/macb: merge at91_ether driver into macb driver) which would
lead to badly configured hardware.
So, move this function to early probe and modify its prototype to re-gain its
original behavior.
DT data retrieval is also moved to simplify the probe code flow.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Cc: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Cc: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we access the MID register directly, we need to tell why
we don't use the macb_is_gem() dedicated function.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When merging at91_ether and macb driver during 421d9df062 (net/macb: merge
at91_ether driver into macb driver) the probe function has been split. The code
dealing with initialization of queues is now moved in macb_init() which needs
information computed in the parent macb_probe() function.
So, add the queue_mask information to the private structure and use it when
needed in macb_init().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Cc: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit cb6e0b3690 ("net: smc91x: make use of 4th parameter to devm_gpiod_get_index")
caused the following build warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2208:6: warning: unused variable 'res' [-Wunused-variable]
Remove the unused 'res' variable.
Reported-by: Olof's autobuilder <build@lixom.net>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=O/cf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More packet statistics are now calculated and visible to the user via
ethtool:
- RX packet errors statistics.
- TX/RX drops are now calculated.
- TX multicast and broadcast statistics.
- RX/TX per priority bytes statistics.
- RX/TX no vlan packets and bytes statistics.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow control per priority and Global pause counters are now visible via
ethtool. The counters shows statistics regarding pauses in the device.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shani Michaeli <shanim@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will allow parallel access to the statistics bitmap.
A pre-step for adding PFC counters, where the statistics bitmap
can be dynamically changed when modifying the PFC setting.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver uses a bitmask to indicate which statistics should be
displayed to the user in ethtool. The bitmask is u64, therefore we are
limited for a selective view of up to 64 statistics. Extend the bitmap
in order to show more than 64 statistics.
In addition, add packet statistics to the ethtool display for PF.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statistics bitmap belongs to the Ethernet driver, move it there.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add mlx4_stats.h file and move there all statistics structs and marcos.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two counters (rx_chksum_complete and tx_chksum_offload) are not displayed
under SRIOV for the PF via ethtool because their bit mask is off, fix that.
Fixes: f8c6455bb ('net/mlx4_en: Extend checksum offloading by CHECKSUM COMPLETE')
Fixes: 9fab426de ('mlx4: add a new xmit_more counter')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On phy_mac_interrupt() call, the new_link parameter should be 0 or 1.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add #define UMAC_IRQ_LINK_EVENT to simplify link event handling code.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If bcmgenet_init_dma() fails, it cleans up after itself. Rx and Tx
DMAs are off, and NAPI instances haven't been netif_napi_add()'ed.
Therefore, we need to skip calling bcmgenet_fini_dma() on the error
handling path. bcmgenet_resume() already does this correctly.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcmgenet_fini_dma() is the only caller of __bcmgenet_fini_dma().
Move __bcmgenet_fini_dma() code inside bcmgenet_fini_dma().
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add #define for UMAC_IRQ_RXDMA_DONE and UMAC_IRQ_TXDMA_DONE in order
to simplify the code that handles Rx and Tx default queue interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network protocol used to communicate with the host is the remote ndis (rndis)
protocol. We need to decorate each outgoing packet with a rndis header and
additional rndis state (rndis per-packet state). To manage this state, we
currently allocate memory in the transmit path. Eliminate this allocation by
requesting additional head room in the skb.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for embedding the rndis state and other packet state into
the skb, cleanup the test for freeing the skb.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use bool constants as the return values instead of 1 and 0.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Those are counterparts to nla_put_in_addr and nla_put_in6_addr.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IP addresses are often stored in netlink attributes. Add generic functions
to do that.
For nla_put_in_addr, it would be nicer to pass struct in_addr but this is
not used universally throughout the kernel, in way too many places __be32 is
used to store IPv4 address.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some lines in vxlan code are indented by 7 spaces instead of a tab.
Fixes: e4c7ed4153 ("vxlan: add ipv6 support")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before commit 3900f29021 ("bonding: slight
optimizztion for bond_slave_override()") the override logic was to send packets
with non-zero queue_id through the slave with corresponding queue_id, under two
conditions only - if the slave can transmit and it's up.
The above mentioned commit changed this logic by introducing an additional
condition - whether the bond is active (indirectly, using the slave_can_tx and
later - bond_is_active_slave), that prevents the user from implementing more
complex policies according to the Documentation/networking/bonding.txt.
Signed-off-by: Anton Nayshtut <anton@swortex.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Bogoslavsky <alexey@swortex.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's possible that due to errors [either on PCI or on device itself]
registers reads would fail, returning all-Fs.
This adds a check as early as possible so that driver will not read junk
values and make incorrect probe decisions according to them; instead,
gracefully fail the probe.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Number of link changes are now being stored in shared memory [by all possible
link owners], for management use [as well as possible debug information for
dumps].
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable controlling Post2, coeff, IPreDriver and IFir according to NVRAM setup.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an ipvlan interface is down, its addresses are not on the hash list.
Fix checks for existence of addresses not to depend on the hash list, walk
through all interface addresses instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding and removing to the 'ipvlans' list is already done using _rcu list
operations.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ipvlan interface with IP addresses attached is brought down and then
deleted, the assigned addresses are deleted twice from the address hash
list, first on the interface down and second on the link deletion.
Similarly, when an address is added while the interface is down, it is added
second time once the interface is brought up.
When the interface is down, the addresses should be kept off the hash list
for performance reasons. Ensure this is true, which also fixes the double add
problem. To fix the double free, check whether the address is hashed before
removing it.
Reported-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-27
Here's another set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for 4.1:
- New API to control LE advertising data (i.e. peripheral role)
- mac802154 & at86rf230 cleanups
- Support for toggling quirks from debugfs (useful for testing)
- Memory leak fix for LE scanning
- Extra version info reading support for Broadcom controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed two warnings in e1000e and igb, when switching to timespec64
some printf formats started to not match. In theses cases actually
the new type is __kernel_time_t which is __kernel_long_t which
unfortunately can be either "long" or "long long". So to solve
this I cases the arguments to "long long". -DaveM
Richard Cochran says:
====================
ptp: get ready for 2038
This series converts the core driver methods of the PTP Hardware Clock
(PHC) subsystem to use the 64 bit version of the timespec structure,
making the core API ready for the year 2038.
In addition, I reviewed how each driver and device represents the time
value at the hardware register level. Most of the drivers are ready,
but a few will need some work before the year 2038, as shown:
Patch Driver
------------------------------------------------
12 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ptp.c
15 ? drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/ptp.c
16 drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_ptp.c
The commit log messages document how each driver is ready or why it is
not ready. For patch 15, I could not easily find out the hardware
representation of the time value, and so the SFC maintainers will have
to review their low level code in order to resolve any remaining
issues.
* ChangeLog
** V3
- dp83640: use timespec64 throughout per Arnd's suggestion
- tilegx: use timespec64 throughout per Chris' suggestion
- add Jeff's acked-bys
** V2
- use the new methods in the posix clock code right away (patch #3)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device stores the number of seconds in a 32 bit register, and the
stored value is unsigned. Therefore this driver and device are ready
for the year 2038. However, more work will be needed prior to 2106.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver is 64 bit only, and so this driver and device are ready
for 2038. This patch changes the driver to the new PHC and also
carries the timespec64 parameter on out to the gxio_mpipe_get-
set_timestamp functions, making explicit the fact that the tv_sec
field is 64 bits wide.
Not even compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@ezchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device stores the number of seconds in a 32 bit register. So
more work is needed on this driver before the year 2038 comes around.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the newer API.
Depending on how the hardware represents a time value, this driver may
or may not yet be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the 82576, the driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter,
and so with this patch that device is ready for the year 2038.
However, in the case of the i210, the device stores the number of
seconds in a 32 bit register. Therefore, more work is needed on this
driver before the year 2038 comes around.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device appears to use a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with
this patch the driver should be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device appears to use a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with
this patch the driver should be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device features a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with this
patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device appears to use a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with
this patch the driver should be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device uses 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with this patch the
driver is ready for the year 2038.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While debugging something else I noticed AID was
set to 0. This could lead to powersave issues in
station mode. Maybe this isn't really necessary
but set it properly just to be sure.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Don't use literal values for offsets. While at it
rename a function so it is more clear what it
checks for.
This finally takes care of the last magic
5GHz/OFDM offset.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It's possible to derive rate index from bitrate
without any additional mapping structures/logic.
This should have little to none impact on
performance since this is only done for management
frames and the previous approach wasn't
particularly optimized.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Instead of using a hacky table and magic values
use supported band information advertised to
mac80211.
This may impact performance a little when dealing
with legacy rx rates depending on system
architecture. It's probably negligible.
This also fixes a highly theoretical corner case
when HT/VHT rates weren't reported correctly if
channel frequency wasn't known.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the existing ieee80211_rate array instead of
definining separate one. This gets rid of the ugly
4-index offset when dealing with 5GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Using raw values is discouraged. Having
defines/enums is preferred.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was superfluous and confusing. It's better to
define the structure explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There's no need to store rate values in hw_value.
This frees up the hw_value for better future use.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Prepare the code for future changes so that new
code can refer to rate-related stuff without
forward declarations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch introduces tdls without tdls peer uapsd and tdls channel switching.
Transmitting tdls data frames works only for ethernet type frames, that's why
data addressed to tdls sta is in ethernet format.
This patch depends on commit c23e31cf7b ("mac80211: initialize rate control
earlier for tdls station").
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
As a part of tdls implementation introduce
tdls related wmi data structures, constant
values and functions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently station counting functions
(inc_num_stations/dec_num_stations) does not handle
tdls type of stations. Tdls station should be counted
because it consumes peer in firmware. Only not tdls
stations are excluded from this counting.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently number of tdls vdevs supported by firmware
is hardcoded. For future usage it is stored in ath10k
structure based on defined value.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Peer type was hardcoded to default value.
For future implementation it is required
to make is configurable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are a few different tx paths depending on
firmware and frame itself.
Creating a uniform decision will make it possible
to switch between different txmode easier, both
for testing and for future features as well.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If htt.freq isn't cleared and contains garbage fw
may discard tx packets. Prevent this from
happening by clearing htt.freq properly.
Possible manifestation of the problem could be not
being able to send auth request/response frames on
firmware with HTT >= 3.4 (when freq param was
introduced), e.g. on qca6174.
Fixes: 8d6d362436 ("ath10k: fix offchan reliability")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 8348db2984 ("ath10k: add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION") broke QCA6174
receive side as the HTT ids from ATH10K_FW_HTT_OP_VERSION_MAIN don't have
HTT_TLV_T2H_MSG_TYPE_RX_IN_ORD_PADDR_IND set. Fix this by adding a backwards
compatibility code which sets HTT op version if it's not set by the firmware
image.
Fixes: 8348db2984 ("ath10k: add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION")
Reported-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Tested-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add new ID for ASUS N10 WiFi dongle.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
USB ID 2001:330d is used for a D-Link DWA-131.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by
userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc)
is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices
to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The
former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be
able to reliably tell the difference.
Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in
commit 5517750f05 ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type")
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
[reformat changelog to fit 72 cols]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds recovery mechanism for SDIO RX during SKB allocation
failures.
For allocation failures during multiport aggregation, we skip and drop RX
packets.
For single port read case, we will use preallocated card->mpa_rx.buf to
complete cmd53 read.
Now we terminate SDIO operations only upon cmd53 failures.
CC: James Cameron <quozl@laptop.org>
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cancel all pending commands including scan commands and stop CAC
during cfg80211 suspend handler.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"adapter->sleep_cfm" is always non-NULL at this point. Static checkers
complain that we already dereference it at the start of the function
when we do:
skb_put(adapter->sleep_cfm, sizeof(struct mwifiex_opt_sleep_confirm));
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SDIO reset was not happening properly on mwifiex as cancel_work_sync
in mwifiex_sdio_remove used to kill the calling work function itself.
Due to this, the interface was not getting removed and card was not
getting added again. Reset work function has been made independent
of adapter variable and cancel_work_sync has been moved to cleanup
function.
Signed-off-by: Maithili Hinge <maithili@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
replace REG_WRITE to REG_RMW and place every thing in one
RMW buffer.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
it is possible to reduce time needed for this function
by rplacing REG_WRITE with REG_RMW (plus dummy 0) and putt all commands
in same buffer.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
it will reduce exution time from 14ms to 2ms on ar9271
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
use REG_RMW in ath9k_hw_analog_shift_rmw.
It will double execution speed on usb bus.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
insted of reading each register separatly
and waste 4ms on each operation, we can
use one shot read.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
REG_READ generate most overhead on usb bus. It send and read micro packages
and reduce usb bandwidth. To reduce this overhead we should read in batches.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This function uses mixed styles for register names/numbers which
is make harder reading and optimisation.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since usb bus add extra delay on each request, a command
with read + write requests is too expensive. We can dramtically
reduce usb load by moving this command to firmware.
In my tests, this patch will reduce channel scan time
for about 5-10 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
I changed REG_CR+2 and (MSR) to MSR because MSR is defined as (REG_CR + 2).
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Seems H/W report correctly firmware Autorun value only at initialization
stage. When we close interface and open it again, Autorun value is 0 and
we try to load firmware what kills the device. To fix clear
REQUIRE_FIRMWARE firmware flag, to do not load firmware again, once we
discover Autorun mode.
Reported-and-tested-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and
others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing
about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or
to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc...
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Patch "ath10k: introduce basic tdls functionality" depends on this mac80211
patch:
c23e31cf7b mac80211: initialize rate control earlier for tdls station
was loaded.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wIgU
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-03-30' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* fix a memory leak: we leaked memory each time the module
was loaded.
Firmware 10.2.4.48-3 now supports management frames over HTT feature and has
ATH10K_FW_FEATURE_HAS_WMI_MGMT_TX. But as 10.2.4 branch has conflicting HTT ids
patch "ath10k: add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION" is needed to fix the issue.
Older ath10k versions don't have support that support and to maintain backwards
compatibility we need bump up the FW API to 5 not break older versions.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Target to host HTT messages are conflicting between 10.x and other
firmware revisions. By maintaining separate HTT T2H tables for each
firmware revisions (main, 10x and tlv) similar to WMI abstraction,
solves the conflicts. Add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION so that the firmware can
advertise the HTT interface to ath10k.
This fix is needed to get management frames over HTT (ie.
ATH10K_FW_FEATURE_HAS_WMI_MGMT_TX disabled) working with 10.2.4.48-2 firmware.
Otherwise there will be unknown htt events and nothing works:
[30087.438343] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: htt event (19) not handled
[30087.448691] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: htt event (19) not handled
[30149.032974] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: htt event (19) not handled
If the firmware does not have ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION use the main HTT
interface. That way old firmware images will still work.
Cc: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for WOW disconnect and magic-packet.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support for WOW like enable,
wakeup events and host wakeup indication.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the reset flow, the driver cancels ongoing scan and sends scan
complete notification to mac80211. However it does not clean its UID.
Add cleaning scan UID for the ongoing scan. Loop over all other UIDs
to make sure there's nothing left there and warn if any is found.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There is a strong relationship between the NVM version and
the hardware step. Enforce that in the driver in case the
default NVM on the platform is the wrong one.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The semaphore may not be accessible. Fix the debug prints
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Sometimes we will want to configure the timeouts for the
Tx queues based on the vif type. Allow to do that using the
trigger mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The FEC modules used on i.MX28 and newer have a register to tune the MDIO
output hold time that should be at least 10 ns. Up to now this value was not
explicitly set and so resulted in less hold time if the fec clock was
faster than 100 MHz.
This was noticed on an i.MX28 machine that uses an input clock of ~150
Mhz which resulted in unreliable communication with a Marvell switch.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-27
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Jesse adds new device IDs to handle the new 20G speed for KR2.
Mitch provides a fix for an issue that shows up as a panic or memory
corruption when the device is brought down while under heavy stress.
This is resolved by delaying the releasing of resources until we
receive acknowledgment from the PF driver that the rings have indeed
been stopped. Also adds firmware version information to ethtool
reporting to align with ixgbevf behavior.
Akeem increases the polling loop limiter, sine we found that in
certain circumstances the firmware can take longer to be ready after
a reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As datasheets for igb (I210, I350, 82576, etc.) say, maclen can be from
14 to 127, which is enough for reasonable number of vlan tags.
My netperf test showed I350's TSO works pretty fine with multiple vlans.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Team devices don't need to segment multiple tagged packets since their
slaves can segment them.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bonding devices don't need to segment multiple tagged packets since their
slaves can segment them.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow drivers to handle the features check for multiple tags,
move the check to ndo_features_check().
As no drivers currently handle multiple tagged TSO, introduce
dflt_features_check() and call it if the driver does not have
ndo_features_check().
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes sparse warnings introduced in commit e85c9a7abf ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Add
code to calculate T5 BAR2 Offsets for SGE Queue Registers") and
df64e4d38c ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Use new interfaces to calculate BAR2 SGE Queue
Register addresses") and few old ones
sparse warnings:
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c:1006:48: sparse: cast removes
>> address space of expression
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c:1006:48: sparse: incorrect type in
>> initializer (different address space)
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c:1020:40: sparse: incorrect type in
>> argument 1 (different base types)
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wire up the common code for setting up hardware bridging
and access to the forwarding database.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6172 has support for EEE. Check for the product ID and call
the common code if applicable.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the code more readable by using defines for the switch IDs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get the switch id and save it away in the private mv88x6xxx structure
in a centralised piece of code, rather than each driver doing it itself.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for manipulating switch fdb entries by pointing to the
ndo_fdb functions implemented for mv88e6xxxx.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No vlan support at this time.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bridge support is similar for all chips supported by the mv88e6xxx code,
so add the code there.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will simplify adding offloaded bridge support later on.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This prepares the driver for hardware bridging.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split mv88e6xxx_reg_read and mv88e6xxx_reg_write into two functions each,
one to acquire smi_mutex and one to get struct mii_bus *bus from
struct dsa_switch *ds and to call the actual read/write function.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Datasheet says that the Message Port bit should not be set for the CPU port.
Having it set causes DSA tagged packets to be sent to the CPU port roughly
every 30 seconds. Those packets are the same as real packets forwarded between
switch ports if the switch is configured for switching between multiple ports.
The packets are then bridged by the software bridge, resulting in duplicated
packets on the network.
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide mv88e6xxx_setup_port_common() for common port initialization.
Currently only write Port 1 Control and VLAN configuration since
this will be needed for hardware bridging. More can be added later
if desired/needed.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code used and needed in mv886xxx.c should be initialized there as well,
so factor it out from the individual initialization files.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vmbus_are_subchannels_present() also involves opening the channels, which
may be too early at this point. Checking for subchannels is not necessary here.
So this patch removes it. Subchannels will be opened when offer messages arrive.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 39b2bbe3d7 (gpio: add flags argument to gpiod_get*() functions)
which appeared in v3.17-rc1, the gpiod_get* functions take an additional
parameter that allows to specify direction and initial value for output.
Simplify accordingly.
Moreover use devm_gpiod_get_index_optional for still simpler handling.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, we can send out multiple RNDIS data packets in one send buffer
slot and one VMBus message. It reduces the overhead associated with VMBus messages.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
received is 0, no need to minus it and use "+=" to reassign it
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch sets up xps queue mapping on load, so that TX traffic is
steered to the queue whose irqs are being processed by the current cpu.
This helps in avoiding TX lock contention.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides hints to irqbalance to map be2net IRQs to
specific CPU cores. cpumask_set_cpu_local_first() is used, which first
maps IRQs to near NUMA cores; when those cores are exhausted, IRQs are
mapped to far NUMA cores.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disable interrupts and quiesce rx before unregistering net device to avoid crash
while unloading driver when traffic is flowing through.
Based on original work by Shameem Khalid <shameem@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QIDs (egress/ingress) from firmware in FW_*_CMD.alloc command
can be anywhere in the range from EQ(IQFLINT)_START to EQ(IQFLINT)_END.
For eg, in the first load eqid can be from 100 to 300.
In the next load it can be from 301 to 500 (assume eq_start is 100 and eq_end is
1000).
The driver was assuming them to always start from EQ(IQFLINT)_START till
MAX_EGRQ(INGQ). This was causing stack overflow and subsequent crash.
Fixed it by dynamically allocating memory (of qsize (x_END - x_START + 1)) for
these structures.
Based on original work by Santosh Rastapur <santosh@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_fcoe.c:49:9-10: WARNING: return of 0/1 in function 'cxgb_fcoe_sof_eof_supported' with return type bool
Return statements in functions returning bool should use
true/false instead of 1/0.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/misc/boolreturn.cocci
CC: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cdc_ncm disagrees with usbnet about how much framing overhead should
be counted in the tx_bytes statistics, and tries 'fix' this by
decrementing tx_bytes on the transmit path. But statistics must never
be decremented except due to roll-over; this will thoroughly confuse
user-space. Also, tx_bytes is only incremented by usbnet in the
completion path.
Fix this by requiring drivers that set FLAG_MULTI_FRAME to set a
tx_bytes delta along with the tx_packets count.
Fixes: beeecd42c3 ("net: cdc_ncm/cdc_mbim: adding NCM protocol statistics")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Currently the usbnet core does not update the tx_packets statistic for
drivers with FLAG_MULTI_PACKET and there is no hook in the TX
completion path where they could do this.
cdc_ncm and dependent drivers are bumping tx_packets stat on the
transmit path while asix and sr9800 aren't updating it at all.
Add a packet count in struct skb_data so these drivers can fill it
in, initialise it to 1 for other drivers, and add the packet count
to the tx_packets statistic on completion.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Tested-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for multiple Rx queues:
1. Add NAPI context per Rx queue
2. Modify Rx interrupt and Rx NAPI code to handle multiple Rx queues
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new bcmgenet functions to handle the NAPI calls to:
netif_napi_add()
napi_enable()
napi_disable()
netif_napi_del()
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new bcmgenet functions to handle the NAPI calls to:
netif_napi_add()
napi_enable()
napi_disable()
netif_napi_del()
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use more meaningful variable names int0_enable and int1_enable when
enabling bcmgenet interrupts.
For Rx default queue interrupts, use:
UMAC_IRQ_RXDMA_BDONE | UMAC_IRQ_RXDMA_PDONE
For Tx default queue interrupts, use:
UMAC_IRQ_TXDMA_BDONE | UMAC_IRQ_TXDMA_PDONE
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do the two kcalloc() calls first, before proceeding into Rx/Tx DMA init.
Makes the error case handling much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unnecessary function parameter priv. Use ring->priv instead.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused priv->int0_mask and priv->int1_mask.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Added wrapper functions around napi_add, napi_del, napi_enable and napi_disable
- Moved platform_get_irq function call after reading phy_mode
- Associating the new irq to tx completion for the supported ethernet interfaces
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix the error handling when is_tx is true. The error handling
tries to get the transceiver into RX_AACK_ON mode then we need to be
sure that is_tx is false.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This spinlock isn't necessary because if we are in TX_ON/TX_ARET_ON
state the transceiver can't be interrupted e.g. by receiving a frame
when a SHR was detected. In this time the transceiver doesn't leave
the TX_ON/TX_ARET_ON state until the tx complete irq change the state
into RX_AACK_ON again. This means a receiving interrupt in state
TX_ON/TX_ARET_ON can't happen and is_tx is protected by transceiver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Bump.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Customers reported that the firmware version information from i40evf
is unlike that of ixgbevf and was causing problems with their scripts.
To resolve this, populate the field to align with ixgbevf.
Change-ID: I9f4e24f6a76cd819bbe07087aab2b74f715ec103
Reported-by: Sourav Chatterjee <sourav.chatterjee@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some circumstances the firmware can take longer to be ready after a reset than
we're currently waiting. This patch increases the polling loop limiter to much
longer than expected.
Change-ID: I4b2c4c100dfa4abb77d02e5ecdec1cdd253b8c7e
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Call the netdev carrier off and TX disable functions first, before other
shutdown operations. This stops the stack from hitting us with
transmits while we're shutting down. Additionally, disable NAPI before
disabling interrupts, or the interrupt might get re-enabled
inappropriately. Finally, remove the call to netif_tx_stop_all_queues,
as it is redundant - the call to netif_tx_disable already did the same
thing.
Change-ID: I8b2dd25231b82817746cc256234a5eeeb4abaccc
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the VF interface is closed, we cannot immediately free our rings
and RX buffers, because the hardware hasn't yet stopped accessing this
memory. This shows up as a panic or memory corruption when the device is
brought down while under heavy stress.
To fix this, delay releasing resources until we receive acknowledgment
from the PF driver that the rings have indeed been stopped. Because of
this delay, we also need to check to make sure that all of our admin
queue requests have been handled before allowing the device to be
opened.
Change-ID: I44edd35529ce2fa2a9512437a3a8e6f14ed8ed63
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new devices need a new device ID some other defines to
handle the new 20G speed for KR2.
Change-ID: I03f717e364afe59657e8c9ce5ffaad856b4b21df
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Raczynski <piotr.raczynski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no need to implement the enable_scan_iteration_notif handling
explicitly and there's no reason not to export the current value. So
use debugfs_create_bool() instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add support for delaying the start of a scheduled scan (or a WoWLAN
net-detect scan).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
ref_count is currently initialized on start_fw(). This causes
some issues in restart flow, as currently active references
(e.g. unclaimed command) will get cleared, resulting in
invalid reference accounting.
Move the ref_count initialization to the configure() trans op,
so it won't be re-initialized on restart.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In nic restart flow we inform mac80211 that scan was aborted, but it was
based only on scan_status which is not set by UMAC scan. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The AP_START d0i3 reference was never removed if the AP started correctly.
This has the unpleasant side-effect of preventing D0i3 on Android if the
WiFi hotspot was ever started on the device.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As namespaces are sometimes used with overlapping ip address ranges,
we should also use the namespace as input to the hash to select the ip
fragmentation counter bucket.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes below warning by dynamically allocating memory
All warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_debugfs.c: In function
'cctrl_tbl_show':
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_debugfs.c:689:1: warning: the
>> frame
>> size of 1028 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original comment was not really informative or funny
as well as sexist. Replace it with a better explanation of
why the driver does stop and what the impacts are.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ucc_geth was indicating link up after a port is administratively enabled even
when nothing is plugged in. This causes user-space tools to see a spurious link
up the first time after boot.
Signed-off-by: Cliff Clark <cliff_clark@selinc.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds cxgb4_fcoe.c and enables FCOE_CRC, FCOE_MTU
net device features.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds new header file cxgb4_fcoe.h and defines new
macros for FCoE support in cxgb4 driver.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We occasionally see in procedure mlx4_GEN_EQE that the driver tries
to grab an uninitialized mutex.
This can occur in only one of two ways:
1. We are trying to generate an async event on an uninitialized slave.
2. We are trying to generate an async event on an illegal slave number
( < 0 or > persist->num_vfs) or an inactive slave.
To deal with #1: move the mutex initialization from specific slave init
sequence in procedure mlx_master_do_cmd to mlx4_multi_func_init() (so that
the mutex is always initialized for all slaves).
To deal with #2: check in procedure mlx4_GEN_EQE that the slave number
provided is in the proper range and that the slave is active.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netdevice registration should be performed a the end of the driver
initialization flow. If we don't do that, after calling register_netdevice,
device callbacks may be issued by higher layers of the stack before
final configuration of the device is done.
For example (VXLAN configuration race), mlx4_SET_PORT_VXLAN was issued
after the register_netdev command. System network scripts may configure
the interface (UP) right after the registration, which also attach
unicast VXLAN steering rule, before mlx4_SET_PORT_VXLAN was called,
causing the firmware to fail the rule attachment.
Fixes: 837052d0cc ("net/mlx4_en: Add netdev support for TCP/IP offloads of vxlan tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* avoid panic with lots of IBSS stations
* Fix dvm's behavior after suspend resume
* Allow to keep connection after CSA failure
* Remove a noisy by harmless WARN_ON
* New device IDs
rtlwifi:
* fix IOMMU mapping leak in AP mode
brcmfmac:
* disable MBSS feature for BCM43362 to get AP mode working again
ath9k:
* disable Transmit Power Control (TPC) again due to regressions
* fix beaconing issue with AP+STA setup
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVEQL4AAoJEG4XJFUm622boBwH/R61GyJvh2OieOfv35fv84N0
h4abht9N4gfogwJcF9AT0rPddo+ueYhD1pSYOS6pyM1d2OjhJq73vEVetCUKpX46
TpFw2hZOOZKj97flYyi7dPXQxGcUYLAzfqZ5Dn45czGuwMk/v3v+Ni3lzHUfmKvm
jrjHWKm2+WiJGRO7xJEmUAZoXTLEZdQtxLC3oViIeldhjsS5XQfx6K7mlp6L/7lC
zvHBSkLFEjjn6fMa17r9GgCsN7HkHuK8/tbXfbDyVw37bWte/6ZJv+1IUn6HPUKJ
mCRl5Sbs/+Rg0sqWaf1ygjGCghx9I7U4R9EvaZxpSnn+KjeeL4ibds2Lq+DoAaM=
=fEF3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-03-24' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
iwlwifi:
* avoid panic with lots of IBSS stations
* Fix dvm's behavior after suspend resume
* Allow to keep connection after CSA failure
* Remove a noisy by harmless WARN_ON
* New device IDs
rtlwifi:
* fix IOMMU mapping leak in AP mode
brcmfmac:
* disable MBSS feature for BCM43362 to get AP mode working again
ath9k:
* disable Transmit Power Control (TPC) again due to regressions
* fix beaconing issue with AP+STA setup
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Master change notifications may occur other than when joining or
leaving a bridge, for example when being added to or removed from
a bond or Open vSwitch.
Previously in those cases rocker_port_bridge_leave() was called
which results in a null-pointer dereference as rocker_port->bridge_dev
is NULL because there is no bridge device.
This patch makes provision for doing nothing in such cases.
Fixes: 6c70794500 ("rocker: implement L2 bridge offloading")
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have wlcore device-tree bindings in place
(for both wl12xx and wl18xx), remove the legacy
wl12xx_platform_data struct, and move its members
into the platform device data (that is passed to wlcore)
Davinci 850 is the only platform that still set
the platform data in the legacy way (and doesn't
have DT bindings), so remove the relevant
code/Kconfig option from the board file (as suggested
by Sekhar Nori)
Since no one currently uses wlcore_spi, simply remove its
platform data support (DT bindings will have to be added
if someone actually needs it)
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
When running with device-tree, we no longer have a board file
that can set up the platform data for wlcore.
Allow this data to be passed from DT.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Instead of defining an enumeration with the FW specific values for the
different clock rates, use the actual frequency instead. Also add a
boolean to specify whether the clock is XTAL or not.
Change all board files to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
[Eliad - small fixes, update board file changes]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
In this routine, kzalloc allocates a memory block. This allocation is
freed in the error paths, but not in the normal exit, thus the allocation
is leaked.
The kmemleak facility was used to find the leak.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Cc: Intel Linux Wireless <ilw@linux.intel.com>
Statistics' state-machine in bnx2x driver must be synced with various driver
flows, but its current locking scheme manages to be wasteful [using 2 locks +
additional local variable] and prone to race-conditions at the same time,
as the state-machine and 'action' are being accessed under different locks.
In addition, current 'safe exec' isn't in fact safe, since the only guarantee
it gives is that DMA transactions are over, but ramrods might still be running.
This patch cleans up said logic, leaving us with a single lock for the entire
flow and removing the possible races.
Changes from v2:
- Switched into mutex locking from semaphore locking.
- Release locks on error flows.
Changes from v1:
Failure to acquire lock fails flow instead of printing a warning and
allowing access to the critical section.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.c
The nf_tables_core.c conflict was resolved using a conflict resolution
from Stephen Rothwell as a guide.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is deprecated, it forces the driver to hop via the OF node
that may or may not exist, instead use pci_dev_to_eeh_dev() which
is simpler.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
In case the interface is not used, power down the integrated GPHY during
suspend. Similarly to bcmgenet_open(), bcmgenet_resume() powers on the GPHY
prior to any UniMAC activity.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Power up the GPHY while we are bringing-up the network interface, and
conversely, upon bring down, power the GPHY down. In order to avoid
creating hardware hazards, make sure that the GPHY gets powered on
during bcmgenet_open() prior to the UniMAC being reset as the UniMAC may
start creating activity towards the GPHY if we reverse the steps.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the GPHY power down sequence by setting all power down bits, putting
the GPHY in reset, and finally cutting the 25Mhz reference clock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were missing a number of extra steps and delays to power-up the GPHY, update
the sequence to reflect the proper procedure here.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for implementing the power down GPHY sequence, rename
bcmgenet_ephy_power_up to illustrate that it is not EPHY specific but
PHY agnostic, and add an "enable" argument.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CK25_DIS bit controls whether a 25Mhz clock is fed to the GPHY or
not, in preparation for powering down the integrated GPHY when relevant,
make sure we clear that bit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If bcmgenet_power_down() fails, we would want to propagate a return
value from bcmgenet_wol_power_down_cfg() to know about this.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=m6GG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.1-20150323' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-03-23
this is a pull request of 6 patches for net-next/master.
A patch by Florian Westphal, converts the skb->destructor to use
sock_efree() instead of own destructor. Ahmed S. Darwish's patch
converts the kvaser_usb driver to use unregister_candev(). A patch by
me removes a return from a void function in the m_can driver. Yegor
Yefremov contributes a patch for combined rx/tx LED trigger support. A
sparse warning in the esd_usb2 driver was fixes by Thomas Körper. Ben
Dooks converts the at91_can driver to use endian agnostic IO accessors.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan Carpenter's static checker warned that in vxlan_stop we are checking
if 'vs' can be NULL while later we simply derreference it.
As after commit 56ef9c909b ("vxlan: Move socket initialization to
within rtnl scope") 'vs' just cannot be NULL in vxlan_stop() anymore, as
the interface won't go up if the socket initialization fails. So we are
good to just remove the check and make it consistent.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always use software checksumming, since the hardware does not have any
checksum offload support.
This significantly improves local TCP tx performance.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The start-of-frame and end-of-frame bits were accidentally swapped.
In the current code it does not make any difference, since they are
always used together.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that ANI is enabled by default, allow user to disable or enable ANI feature
from debugfs
echo 0|1 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/ath10k/ani_enable
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ANI helps to improve connectvity and performance in a noisy environment.
Enabling this feature would help the user experience a better and stable
wireless connection in a noisy environmnet. This feature is currently not
enabled for ath10k. Enable this feature by default.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Enable channel 144 on 5GHz band since 802.11ac introduced it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since thermal daemon is unaware of the device state, it might
try to adjust the throttle state when the device is powered down.
So the driver caches the value and will configure it while
powering up the target. The cached value will be programed later
once the device is brought up. In such case, returning error
status is confusing and misleading the user application. Hence
moving the driver state check before sending wmi command to target.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow driver to cache the throttle state when the devie is not
yet started. Configure the cached throttle state while powering
up the device. Since thermal daemon is unaware of the up/down cycle,
it assumes that device is throttled.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Recently thermal mitigation is validated in station mode as well.
Hence allowing thermal throttling for all interfaces. This enables
user to validate thermal mitigation with different modes.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Thermal throttling is not handled in software restart and device
bootup. Also it needs to be configured whenever quiet period got
updated. Fix that.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Setting the sysfs attribute ends up configuring the duty cycle,
but the interface through which the attribute is exposed
(cooling_device) is for setting the throttle/cooling state. This
is confusing the user. Hence renaming the cooling device interfaces
for better readability.
Cc: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support to configure quiet period (in milliseconds) via debugfs.
This is useful to experiment different quiet period values along with
different throttle ratio.
echo 100 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/ath10k/quiet_period
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since the station kickout threshold is also counting software
reries (Default sw count in firmware is 16), increasing the threshold
to try with atleast 20 data frames before kicking out the station.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
By default rts protection is enabled in firmware for the second
rateset. Currently ath10k selects RTS profile (only for software
retries), when legacy stations are associated or asked by mac80211.
On congested environment, when AP is running in HT/VHT mode and
there are no legacy clients associated, this will impact the
robustness. Also enabling RTS protection only for second rateset will
not impact performance on clear environment. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ppc has special instruction forms to efficiently load and store values
in non-native endianness. These can be accessed via the arch-specific
{ld,st}_le{16,32}() inlines in arch/powerpc/include/asm/swab.h.
However, gcc is perfectly capable of generating the byte-reversing
load/store instructions when using the normal, generic cpu_to_le*() and
le*_to_cpu() functions eaning the arch-specific functions don't have much
point.
Worse the "le" in the names of the arch specific functions is now
misleading, because they always generate byte-reversing forms, but some
ppc machines can now run a little-endian kernel.
To start getting rid of the arch-specific forms, this patch removes them
from all the old Power Macintosh drivers, replacing them with the
generic byteswappers.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Change __raw accesors to endian agnostic versions to allow the driver
to work properly on big endian systems.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The hnd field of the structs does not need to be __le32: the
device just returns the value without using it itself.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Körper <thomas.koerper@esd.eu>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Add <ifname>-rxtx trigger, that will be activated both for tx
as rx events. This trigger mimics "activity" LED for Ethernet
devices.
Signed-off-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Use can-dev's unregister_candev() instead of directly calling
networking unregister_netdev(). While both are functionally
equivalent, unregister_candev() might do extra stuff in the
future than just calling networking layer unregistration code.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Return EPROBE_DEFER if Regulator returns EPROBE_DEFER
If the Flexcan driver is built into kernel and a regulator is used to
enable the CAN transceiver, the Flexcan driver may not use the regulator.
When initializing the Flexcan device with a regulator defined in the device
tree, but not initialized, the regulator subsystem returns EPROBE_DEFER, hence
the Flexcan init fails.
The solution for this is to return EPROBE_DEFER if regulator is not initialized
and wait until the regulator is initialized.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Werner <kernel@andy89.org>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Making sure that the bus-off state gets passed to can_change_state().
Signed-off-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The PCAN USB (pro) FD adapters with firmware versions > 2.x support the
switching between ISO (default) and non-ISO conform bitstreams on the CAN bus.
The setting for the 2.x firmware adapters can be modified with the 'ip' tool
from the iproute2 package (option: fd-non-iso [on|off]).
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The PUCAN_CMD_RX_FRAME_(ENABLE|DISABLE) command has extended its purpose
and was therefore renamed to PUCAN_CMD_SET_(EN|DIS)_OPTION.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
smatch detected the following issue:
drivers/net/can/usb/gs_usb.c:904 gs_usb_probe() error:
potential null dereference 'dev'. (kzalloc returns null)
Add a check for null return from kzalloc and return -ENOMEM
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
USB endpoint's wMaxPacketSize field is an le16 entity. Use
appropriate le16_to_cpu macros to maintain endian independence.
Reported-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Current driver code arbitrarily assumes a max outstanding tx
value of 16 parallel transmissions. Meanwhile, the device
firmware provides its actual maximum inside its reply to the
CMD_GET_SOFTWARE_INFO message.
Under heavy tx traffic, if the interleaved transmissions count
increases above the limit reported by firmware, the firmware
breaks up badly, reports a massive list of internal errors, and
the candump traces hardly matches the actual frames sent and
received.
On the other hand, in certain models, the firmware can support
up to 48 tx URBs instead of just 16, increasing the driver
throughput by two-fold and reducing the possibility of -ENOBUFs.
Thus dynamically set the driver's max tx URBs value according
to firmware replies.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Transmission of an AP beacon does not call the TX interrupt service routine,
which usually does the cleanup. Instead, cleanup is handled in a tasklet
completion routine. Unfortunately, this routine has a serious bug in that it does
not release the DMA mapping before it frees the skb, thus one IOMMU mapping is
leaked for each beacon. The test system failed with no free IOMMU mapping slots
approximately one hour after hostapd was used to start an AP.
This issue was reported and tested at https://github.com/lwfinger/rtlwifi_new/issues/30.
Reported-and-tested-by: Kevin Mullican <kevin@mullican.com>
Cc: Kevin Mullican <kevin@mullican.com>
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.18+]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the device is powered up, some (older) firmware versions fail to work
properly if we send commands before the boot is complete (everything is OK
when the device is hot-plugged). The firmware indicates its ready status by
putting the link up.
Newer firmwares delay the first command so they don't suffer from this problem.
They also report the link being always up.
Wait for firmware to become ready (link up) before sending any commands and/or
data.
This also allows lowering CMD_TIMEOUT value to a reasonable time.
Tested with 4.1.0.9 (old) and 4.1.0.30 (new) firmware versions.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AIC needs to be registered only when BTCOEX is enabled.
This fixes the error reported by kbuild:
>> ERROR: "ar9003_hw_attach_aic_ops" [drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ath9k_hw.ko] undefined!
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The BCM43362 firmware falsely reports it is capable of providing
MBSS. As a result AP mode no longer works for this device. Therefor
disable MBSS in the driver for this chipset.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.19.y
Reported-by: Jorg Krause <jkrause@posteo.de>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
NetCP 1.5 available on newer K2 SoCs such as K2E and K2L introduced 3
variants of the ethss subsystem, 9 port, 5 port and 2 port. These have
one host port towards the CPU and N external slave ports.
To customize the driver for these new ethss sub systems, multiple
compatibility strings are introduced. Currently some of parameters that
are different on different variants such as number of ALE ports, stats
modules and number of ports are defined through constants. These are now
changed to variables in gbe_priv data that get set based on the
compatibility string. This is required as there are no hardware
identification registers available to distinguish among the variants
of NetCP 1.5 ethss. However there is identification register available
to differentiate between NetCP 1.4 vs NetCP 1.5 and the same is made use
of in the code to differentiate them.
For more reading on the details of this peripheral, please refer to the
User Guide available at http://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruhz3
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix following checkpatch error. It seems to have passed checkpatch
last time when original code was introduced.
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
#172: FILE: drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_ethss.c:869:
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keystone netcp driver re-uses davinci mdio driver. So enable it
by default for keystone netcp driver.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethss has multiple modules within the sub system
- switch sub system
- sgmii
- mdio
- switch module
NetCP driver re-uses existing davinci mdio driver. It requires to
have its own register region to map the reg space. So restructure
the code to use separate reg region for the individual modules it
manages. Use range property to define register space of NetCP and
use reg property to define individual reg spaces. So MDIO will have
its own reg space to map. This is a pre-requisite to enable MDIO
driver for NetCP.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
10G switch requires forward port number in the taginfo field,
where as it should be in packet_info field for necp 1.4 Ethss. So
fill this value correctly in the knav dma descriptor.
Also rename dma_psflags field in struct netcp_tx_pipe to switch_to_port
as it contain no flag, but the switch port number for forwarding the
packet. Add a flag to hold the new flag, SWITCH_TO_PORT_IN_TAGINFO which
will be set for 10G. This can also used in the future for other flags for
the tx_pipe.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Home routers based on ARM SoCs like BCM4708 also have bcma bus with core
supported by bgmac.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On ARM SoCs with bgmac Ethernet hardware we don't have any normal PHY.
There is always a switch attached but it's not even controlled over MDIO
like in case of MIPS devices.
We need a fixed PHY to be able to send/receive packets from the switch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use netif_carrier_off() first, since that will prevent the stack from
queuing more packets to this IF. This operation is fast, and should
behave much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Reported-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use netif_carrier_off() first, since that will prevent the stack from
queuing more packets to this IF. This operation is fast, and should
behave much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Reported-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The call to e1000e_write_protect_nvm_ich8lan() is no longer supported by HW.
Access to these registers causes a system freeze in A step hardware and is
ignored in B step hardware. This function must not be called in hardware
newer than LPT.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When bringing down an interface netif_carrier_off() should be
one the first things we do, since this will prevent the stack
from queuing more packets to this interface.
This operation is very fast, and should make the device behave
much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Also, this would Do The Right Thing (TM) if this device has some
sort of fail-over teaming and redirect traffic to the other IF.
Move netif_carrier_off as early as possible.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When bringing down an interface netif_carrier_off() should be
one the first things we do, since this will prevent the stack
from queuing more packets to this interface.
This operation is very fast, and should make the device behave
much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Also, this would Do The Right Thing (TM) if this device has some
sort of fail-over teaming and redirect traffic to the other IF.
Move netif_carrier_off as early as possible.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c
The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky. The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least. It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().
So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged. And this worked beautifully.
The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the napi_alloc_skb function to allocate an skb when running within
the softirq context to avoid calls to local_irq_save/restore.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Rx coalescing value is internally converted from usecs to a value
that the hardware can use. When reporting the Rx coalescing value, this
internal value is converted back to usecs. During the conversion from
and back to usecs some rounding occurs. So, for example, when setting an
Rx usec of 30, it will be reported as 29. Fix this reporting issue by
keeping the original usec value and using that during reporting.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Tx coalescing support in the driver was a software implementation
for something lacking in the hardware. Using hrtimers, the idea was to
trigger a timer interrupt after having queued a packet for transmit.
Unfortunately, as the timer value was lowered, the timer expired before
the hardware actually did the transmit and so it was racey and resulted
in unnecessary interrupts.
Remove the Tx coalescing support and hrtimer and replace with a Tx timer
that is used as a reclaim timer in case of inactivity.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware supplies a value that indicates the DMA range that it
is capable of using. Use this value rather than hard-coding it in
the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new lighter weight memory barriers when working with the device
descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clarify that the queues referred to in a message when the device is
brought up are hardware queues and not necessarily related to the
Linux network queues.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, there is no interrupt code that indicates auto-negotiation
has timed out. If the auto-negotiation has timed out then the start of
a new auto-negotiation will begin again with a new base page being
received. The state machine could be in a state that is not expecting
this interrupt code which results in an error during auto-negotiation.
Update the code to timestamp when the auto-negotiation starts. Should
another page received interrupt code occur before auto-negotiation has
completed but after the auto-negotiation timeout, then reset the state
machine to allow the auto-negotiation to continue.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the setting of the transceiver type when retrieving the device
settings using ethtool and instead set the transceiver type in the
phy_driver structure flags field. Change the transceiver type to be
internal, also.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With ethtool being able to control what is advertised, the advertising
field is what should be used for priming the auto-negotiation registers
and for various other checks, instead of the supported field.
Also, move the initial setting of the supported and advertising fields
into the probe function so that they are not reset each time the device
is brought up, thus allowing the user to set as desired before bringing
the device up.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Test robot noticed that we check the return of vxlan_igmp_join and leave
but inside them there was a path that it could be used initialized.
It's not really possible because those if() inside these igmp functions
would always match as we can't have sockets of other type in there, but
this way we keep the compiler happy.
Fixes: 56ef9c909b ("vxlan: Move socket initialization to within rtnl scope")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an EEH error occurs, the device/slot is disconnected. This condition
is more reliably detected (i.e., returns all ones) with an MMIO read rather
than a config read -- especially on power platforms.
Hence, this patch fixes EEH error detection by replacing config reads with
MMIO reads for reading the error registers. The error registers in
Skyhawk-R/BE2/BE3 are accessible both via the config space and the
PCICFG (BAR0) memory space.
Reported-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Issuing this cmd for more than 8 EQs does not have the intended effect
even on BEx and Skyhawk-R.
This patch fixes this by issuing this cmd for upto 8 EQs at a time.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, a PF does not restrict its VF interface from enabling vlan
promiscuous mode. This breaks vlan isolation when a vlan
(transparent tagging) is configured on a VF.
This patch fixes this problem by disabling the vlan promisc capability
for VFs.
Reported-by: Yoann Juet <veilletechno-irts@univ-nantes.fr>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a MIPS Malta board, tons of fifo underflow errors have been observed
when using u-boot as bootloader instead of YAMON. The reason for that
is that YAMON used to set the pcnet device to SRAM mode but u-boot does
not. As a result, the default Tx threshold (64 bytes) is now too small to
keep the fifo relatively used and it can result to Tx fifo underflow errors.
As a result of which, it's best to setup the SRAM on supported controllers
so we can always use the NOUFLO bit.
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Don Fry <pcnet32@frontier.com>
Signed-off-by: Markos Chandras <markos.chandras@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the current netback, the bandwidth limiter's parameters are only
settable during vif setup time. This patch register a watch on them, and
thus makes them runtime changeable.
When the watch fires, the timer is reset. The timer's mutex is used for
fencing the change.
Cc: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Imre Palik <imrep@amazon.de>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With patch '960d6d08e39 "mwifiex: delay skb allocation for RX
until cmd53 over"' we no more pass skb parameter to MP aggregation setup
helper function. We instead pass length to be aggregated.
This patch fixes an issue where we were passing length parameter of NULL
skb to aggregation routine resulting into crash. We should instead pass
rx_len received from mp_regs.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There are no known BCM4354 PCIe devices released so removing
support from the driver until proven otherwise.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Recently support was added for the BCM4345 SDIO chipset by
commit 9c51026509 ("brcmfmac: Add support for BCM4345 SDIO chipset")
however this was verified using a BCM43455 device, which is
a more recent revision of the chip. This patch assure that
older revisions are not probed as they would fail.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Syed Asifful Dayyan <syedd@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch added support for the BCM43430 802.11n SDIO chipset.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The BCM4356 PCIe wireless device was added recently but overlooked
the fact that the MODULE_FIRMWARE() macros were missing for the
firmwares needed by this device.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SDIO uses a thread to handle all communication with the device,
for this data is exchanged between threads. This data needs proper
memory barriers to make sure that data "exchange" is going correct.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Several host controllers supporting runtime-pm are causing issues
with our sdio wireless cards because they disable the sdio interrupt
upon going into runtime suspend. This patch avoids that by doing
a pm_runtime_forbid() call during the probe. Tested with Sony Vaio
Duo 13 which uses sdhci-acpi host controller.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's clear from the indenting that curly braces were intended here.
Fixes: e35000ead4 ('mwifiex: preprocess packets from TX queue')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the USB Id to link the D-Link DWA 130 USB Wifi adapter
to the rt2830 driver.
Signed-off-by: Scott Branden <sbranden@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Truter <ptruter@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Multicast is not yet properly supported for all connection types;
actually, only non-secure AP is supported. For all other cases,
fall back to old "pseudo-DMS" approach. Namely, for:
- PBSS
- secure connection
When re-routing MCAST Rx->Tx on the AP, do not Tx back to the origin
of the frame
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use dedicated vring for multicast frames; this vring allocated for
AP and PBSS (both P2P GO and client) configurations
For short frames, use MCS0; for long - MCS1
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Sync with the wmi definitions from the firmware team
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fix checkpatch warning:
WARNING: Prefer ether_addr_copy() over memcpy() if the
Ethernet addresses are __aligned(2)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For the networking code and for hardware network accelerators,
it is better to have IP header 4*n aligned. On the other side,
DMA on Rx path require buffer to be aligned on 4*n as well.
Having 14 bytes of Ethernet header, these 2 alignment
requests are in contradiction.
To solve this, order hardware offload block to not remove
SNAP header. This adds extra 6 bytes between addresses and
ethertype, making it 20 bytes total. This way, both buffer and
IP header are 4*n aligned. Remaining is only to remove SNAP
by shifting addresses 6 bytes. This involves data copying, so
this feature should be disabled unless required by the platform.
Module parameter "rx_align_2" (bool, default - false)
introduced to control this feature. Feature is completely disabled
when parameter is false.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"echo" used to be called when no firmware loaded to the NIC,
this causes error output.
Probe firmware with "echo" only after it returned "ready" event.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use temporal variable for often used vring->swhead;
and use proper index in debug printing - vring->swhead
used before was modified in wil_vring_advance_head
and then increased value was used in debug print
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The cw1200 driver implements suspend and resume callbacks and assigns them
to the suspend and resume fields of the device_driver struct. These
callbacks are never actually called by anything though.
Modify the driver to properly use dev_pm_ops so that the suspend function
is actually executed upon suspend and drop the empty resume function.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
I've been getting this error when building mainline kernels using
Fedora's config files:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/hw.c: In function ‘_rtl88ee_init_mac’:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/hw.c:853:2: error: implicit declaration of function ‘rtl_hal_pwrseqcmdparsing’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (!rtl_hal_pwrseqcmdparsing(rtlpriv, PWR_CUT_ALL_MSK,
^
cc1: some warnings being treated as errors
scripts/Makefile.build:258: recipe for target 'drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/hw.o' failed
I'm not sure if this is the correct fix, but it does seem to allow the
build to complete. I suspect that this was broken by commit 34ed780a6a
(rtlwifi: Fix problems with building an allyesconfig). Most of the files
that removed the include of pwrseqcmd.h, added one for ../pwrseqcmd.h.
The rtl8188ee driver had it removed it but didn't add the include of the
file in the parent directory.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jeff.layton@primarydata.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When a MCI reset is done, make sure that AIC
is started.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the main AIC calibration function to
handle MCI_STATE_AIC_CAL.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds a function to handle the
MCI message MCI_STATE_AIC_START.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add a routine to handle the MCI_STATE_AIC_CAL_RESET
message.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since various MCI messages need to be
handled, along with driver-level support
in upper layers, disable AIC for now.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for post-processing
the AIC calibration results.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set the appropriate bits in the HW after
AIC calibration is done.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds routines to handle the MCI
message AIC_CAL_SINGLE, starting the required
HW calibration.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Various registers to control and check AIC
status.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
AIC can be disabled or enabled on a per-card
basis using MCI configuration, so register a function
to check its status.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These are necessary for implementing AIC,
supported by chips like WB222.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Quit complaining about a couple of events that we actually expect to see
during an NVM update.
Reported-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The platform_quirk element in the platform data was used
to change the way the IRQ is triggered. When set,
the EDGE_IRQ quirk would change the irqflags used
and treat edge trigger differently from the rest.
Instead of hiding this irq flag setting behind the quirk,
have the board files set the irq_trigger explicitly.
This will allow us to use standard irq DT definitions
later on.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
[Eliad - rebase, add irq_trigger field and pass it,
update board file changes]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Make PCI Device ID Tables be "const" to move them out of the data segment and
remove a redundant check on CH_PCI_DEVICE_ID_TABLE_DEFINE_BEGIN in
t4_pci_id_tbl.h to guard the contents of the include file.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-19
This wont the last 4.1 bluetooth-next pull request, but we've piled up
enough patches in less than a week that I wanted to save you from a
single huge "last-minute" pull somewhere closer to the merge window.
The main changes are:
- Simultaneous LE & BR/EDR discovery support for HW that can do it
- Complete LE OOB pairing support
- More fine-grained mgmt-command access control (normal user can now do
harmless read-only operations).
- Added RF power amplifier support in cc2520 ieee802154 driver
- Some cleanups/fixes in ieee802154 code
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setup maximum number of associated stations supported in
AP/P2P_GO mode.
This allow hostapd/wpa_supplicant to play with that limit
and set more information (eg. P2P group limit bit for P2P_GO).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions (tested with qca6174
rm2.0-00088) deliver unsolicited unknown (kind of
garbled) HTC ep0 event to host in some cases.
This issue was mainly observed with both qca988x
and qca6174 being installed on a single host
system. During driver probing if qca6174 booting
sequences were somehow deferred (e.g. by qca988x
implicitly making some resources busy presumably)
the unsolicited event would came around 1s after
ATH10K_HTC_MSG_READY_ID was delivered to host for
qca6174.
The unsolicited event would confuse driver and
cause HTT initialization (and subsequently
driver probing) to fail.
Make the ep0 event processing more robust. The
event will still be caught but instead will
only generate a warning now.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Wrong symlink name is used on error path of thermal registration
and also correcting the error message.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The firmware frequently manages to trigger this, and there's
no known driver workaround, so stop warning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
we unref IWL_MVM_REF_UCODE_DOWN on iwl_mvm_restart_complete().
Usually, the restart is initiated by iwl_mvm_nic_restart(),
which takes the reference before restarting the hw.
However, in D3 flow we might call ieee80211_restart_hw()
directly (in case of suspend error and on d3_test-resume),
which without taking the ref first. fix it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware has a race in the flow that indicates the
completion of the authentication. Checking the completion
of the authentication is not really needed anyway since
we can wait for the ALIVE notification instead.
Remove the unneeded and buggy code.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the driver callback returns that it's out of space for new
stations, the mac80211 IBSS code still keeps the station so it
doesn't try to add it over and over again.
Since the rate scaling algorithm is separate in mac80211, it also
invokes the rate scaling algorithm for such stations. It doesn't
know that our rate scaling algorithm is tightly integrated with
the MVM code and relies on those data structures, and it cannot
as the abstraction doesn't allow for it.
This leads to crashes when the rate scaling algorithm tries to
use uninitialized data, notably the mvmsta->vif pointer.
Protect against this in the rate scaling algorithm. We cannot get
good rates with such peers anyway since the firmware cannot do
anything with them.
This should fix https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=93461
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Richard Taylor <rjt-kernel@thegrindstone.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The assumption before this patch was that we don't need to
run again the INIT firmware after the system booted. The
INIT firmware runs calibrations which impact the physical
layer's behavior.
Users reported that it may be helpful to run these
calibrations again every time the interface is brought up.
The penatly is minimal, since the calibrations run fast.
This fixes:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=94341
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
NativeWifi tx mode expects QoS Data frames to be
delivered as Data frames with QoS part (e.g. tid)
being delievered out-of-band in fw tx command.
The QoS bit wasn't stripped before submitting to
firmware.
Stripping fixes two known problems:
* qca6174 IOT with some APs, e.g.
Cisco AIR-AP 1252 (which would crash after
ath10k association). Some ath9k APs would
crash as well.
* sniffing own tx frames via radiotap because,
e.g. wireshark was seeing QoS bit set but
since QoS Control was stripped in ath10k it
would parse beginning of LLC/SNAP
>From debugability point of view this removes the
ability to distinguish QoS from non-QoS frames
when sniffing own tx via radiotap. On the other
hand frames can be now parsed correctly without
special software modification.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This reverts commit 11ad714b98 because
it breaks cx82310_eth.
The custom USB_DEVICE_CLASS macro matches
bDeviceClass, bDeviceSubClass and bDeviceProtocol
but the common USB_DEVICE_AND_INTERFACE_INFO matches
bInterfaceClass, bInterfaceSubClass and bInterfaceProtocol instead, which are
not specified.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the phys_port_name operation. Port names are pulled from the
rocker hardware model in qemu and default to the qemu name + port id.
e.g.,
sw1p1: flags=4098<BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
ether 52:54:00:12:35:01 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
RX packets 0 bytes 0 (0.0 B)
RX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0
TX packets 0 bytes 0 (0.0 B)
TX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0
where 'sw1' comes from the qemu command line -device rocker,name=sw1, and
'p1' is port 1.
Patch is adapted from Scott's phys_port_id patch.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, if a multicast join operation fail, the vxlan interface will
be UP but not functional, without even a log message informing the user.
Now that we can grab socket lock after already having rntl, we don't
need to defer socket creation and multicast operations. By not deferring
we can do proper error reporting to the user through ip exit code.
This patch thus removes all deferred work that vxlan had and put it back
inline. Now the socket will only be created, bound and join multicast
group when one bring the interface up, and will undo all that as soon as
one put the interface down.
As vxlan_sock_hold() is not used after this patch, it was removed too.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in favor of their inner __ ones, which doesn't grab rtnl.
As these functions need to operate on a locked socket, we can't be
grabbing rtnl by then. It's too late and doing so causes reversed
locking.
So this patch:
- move rtnl handling to callers instead while already fixing some
reversed locking situations, like on vxlan and ipvs code.
- renames __ ones to not have the __ mark:
__ip_mc_{join,leave}_group -> ip_mc_{join,leave}_group
__ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop} -> ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop}
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removing some boilerplate by using module_pnp_driver instead of calling
register and unregister in the otherwise empty init/exit functions
Signed-off-by: Peter Huewe <peterhuewe@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Port statistics bitmap will now be initialized at port init. Even before
starting the port, statistics are visible to the user and must be properly masked.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NUM_PORT_STATS was 9 instead of 10, which caused off-by-one bug when
displaying the statistics starting from tx_chksum_offload in ethtool.
Fixes: f8c6455bb0 ('net/mlx4_en: Extend checksum offloading by CHECKSUM COMPLETE')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ndo_set_tx_maxrate support.
To support per tx queue maxrate limit, we use the update-qp firmware
command to do run-time rate setting for the qp that serves this tx ring.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the low-level device commands and definitions used for QP max-rate limiting.
This is done through the following elements:
- read rate-limit device caps in QUERY_DEV_CAP: number of different
rates and the min/max rates in Kbs/Mbs/Gbs units
- enhance the QP context struct to contain rate limit units and value
- allow to do run time rate-limit setting to QPs through the
update-qp firmware command
- QP rate-limiting is disallowed for VFs
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TI CC2521 is an RF power amplifier that is designed to interface
with the CC2520. Conveniently, it directly interfaces with the CC2520
and does not require any pins to be connected to a
microcontroller/processor. Adding a CC2591 increases the CC2520's range,
which is useful for border router and other wall-powered applications.
Using the CC2591 with the CC2520 requires configuring the CC2520 GPIOs
that are connected to the CC2591 to correctly set the CC2591 into TX and
RX modes. Further, TI recommends that the CC2520_TXPOWER and
CC2520_AGCCTRL1 registers are set differently to maximize the CC2591's
performance. These settings are covered in TI Application Note AN065.
This patch adds an optional `amplified` field to the cc2520 entry in the
device tree. If present, the CC2520 will be configured to operate with a
CC2591.
The expected pin mapping is:
CC2520 GPIO0 --> CC2591 EN
CC2520 GPIO5 --> CC2591 PAEN
Signed-off-by: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Storing the `platform_data` struct inside of the SPI struct when using
the device tree allows for a later function to edit the content of that
struct. This patch refactors the `cc2520_get_platformat_data` function
to accept a pointer to a `cc2520_platform_data` struct and populates
the fields inside of it.
This change mirrors commit aaa1c4d226
("at86rf230: copy pdata to driver allocated space").
Signed-off-by: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
- Added resource initialization based on port-id field
- Enabled second SGMII 1G interface
Signed-off-by: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This warning is misleading. In many cases, for example P2P ROC time
events, this will happen if the time event is aborted, for example
due to a higher priority time event. This is entirely normal and not
worth warning about.
In other cases, where we actually do act upon this, for example when
trying to connect and this fails, we should instead warn as part of
the disconnect operation.
Change the code to do that, i.e. make the warning a debug message,
and make it more prominent (an error) when we actually disconnect
because of it.
This also fixes confusion in the logs - the warning was mistaken for
something that needed investigation, while in most cases it's just
expected behaviour that occasionally some lower-priority time events
would not complete fully.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In 8000 HW family B-step only, the ICCM is separate
from the SRAM. This adds the ICCM to the dump data
collected for FW debug.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are transport that must buffer frames in the driver.
This means that we have frames that are not in the op_mode
and not visible to the firwmare. This causes issues when we
flush the queues: the op_mode flushes a queue, and the
firmware flushes all the frames that are *currently* on the
rings, but if the transport buffers frames, it can submit
these while we are flushing. This leads to a situation
where we still have frames on the queues after we flushed
them.
Preventing those buffered frame from getting into the
firmware is possible, but then, we have to run the Tx
response path on frames that didn't reach the firmware
which is not desirable.
The way I solve this here is to let these frames go to the
firmware, but make sure the firmware will not transmit them
(by setting the station as draining). The op_mode then needs
to wait until the transport itself is empty to be sure that
the queue is really empty.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For each RX packet until this patch there only was a debug
print of the HCMD and the offset. This adds also the
sequence number of the packet for easier matching between
what was sent, what came back / was received, and what
got stuck somewhere and was never responded by the FW.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
According to FW methodology, the capability bits should be the only ones
that change per-HW. The API bits should remain constant across different
HWs.
Currently this is not the case with multi-source LAR (API bit 9). Assign
a new capability bit to eventually replace the API bit. Until the API bit
can be deprecated, the driver will check either to enable multi-source
LAR.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If, on a GO, the CSA time event fails to be scheduled, continue the
flow towards mac80211's state machine so it doesn't get stuck, but
report an error later on the post switch which will cause mac80211
to tear down the operation. This ensures nothing gets stuck due to
the scheduling failure.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The commit breaks the legacy platforms, ie. these not using device-tree,
and setting up the interrupt resources with a flag to activate edge
detection. The issue was found on the zylonite platform.
The reason is that zylonite uses platform resources to pass the interrupt number
and the irq flags (here IORESOURCE_IRQ_HIGHEDGE). It expects the driver to
request the irq with these flags, which in turn setups the irq as high edge
triggered.
After the patch, this was supposed to be taken care of with :
irq_resflags = irqd_get_trigger_type(irq_get_irq_data(ndev->irq));
But irq_resflags is 0 for legacy platforms, while for example in
arch/arm/mach-pxa/zylonite.c, in struct resource smc91x_resources[] the
irq flag is specified. This breaks zylonite because the interrupt is not
setup as triggered, and hardware doesn't provide interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix an issue when at86rf230_read_subreg was successful. The
function at86rf230_read_subreg will directly call regmap_read which
returns zero on successful. Nobody figured out issues yet because it was
only necessary to evaluate dvdd state while probing. This could make
trouble because the stack variable could have an random value.
The function is also used by reset the irq line before requesting irq, but
the value isn't evaluated afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These functions are only used from one place each. If the cacheable_*
versions really are more efficient, then those changes should be
migrated into the common code instead.
NOTE: The old routines are just flat buggy on kernels that support
hardware with different cacheline sizes.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Moffett <Kyle.D.Moffett@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
E1x chips (57710, 57711(E)) have no support for encapsulation
offload. bnx2x incorrectly advertises the support as available.
Setting of those features is conditional on "!CHIP_IS_E1x(bp)", but
the bp struct is not initialized yet at this point and consequently
any chip passes the check.
The check must use the "chip_is_e1x" local variable instead to work
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This would fix randconfig compile error:
net/built-in.o: In function `netdev_switch_fib_ipv4_abort':
(.text+0xf7811): undefined reference to `fib_flush_external'
Also it fixes following warnings:
warning: (NET_DSA) selects NET_SWITCHDEV which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && INET)
warning: (NET_DSA_MV88E6060 && NET_DSA_MV88E6131 && NET_DSA_MV88E6123_61_65 && NET_DSA_MV88E6171 && NET_DSA_MV88E6352 && NET_DSA_BCM_SF2) selects NET_DSA which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && HAVE_NET_DSA && NET_SWITCHDEV)
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MDIO controller on little endian Socs, e.g. ls2085a is similar to the
controller on big endian Socs, but the MDIO access is little endian,
we use I/O accessor function to handle endianness, so the driver can
run on little endian Socs. A property "little-endian" is used
in DTS to indicate the MDIO is little endian, if driver probes the
property, driver will access MDIO in little endian, otherwise, driver
works in big endian by default.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a bug in xgmac_wait_until_done() which mdio_stat should be used
instead of mdio_data when checking if busy bit is cleared.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In hast to fix some sparse warning, I hard-coded a fix-sized array on the stack
which is probably too big for kernel standards. Fix this by converting array
to dynamic allocation.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves SKB allocation for RX packets from current
place i.e. after reading MP regs to place where we already
have read data from SDIO bus ie after cmd53.
mp_rx_aggr_setup has been modified accordingly to set
skb_arr to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch brings in support for SDIO single port rx aggregation
to mwifiex.
Maximum read size support by SDIO cmd53 is 64K.
Based on multi port aggregation which is already part of mwifiex, idea here
is multiple packets received in FW can be aggregated into single buffer.
A separate upload type is defined for such packet aggregated to single port.
Packets from this single buffer are later deaggregated into individual packets.
This way, driver can receive more packets each time through single SDIO cmd53;
thereby reducing no of times MMC bus is accessed.
SDIO SP aggregation support is advertised by FW during load time and driver
would get FW block size in command response of HostCmd_CMD_SDIO_SP_RX_AGGR_CFG.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
During profiling, we discovered that driver remains idle for time
when pakcet is downloaded to FW but no TX_DONE has been received
i.e. while data_sent is true.
This patch adds enhancement to TX routine where we preprocess
packets from TX queue, make them ready for TX and add them to
separate TX queue.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Chin-ran Lo <crlo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch does away with spinlock in
mwifiex_wmm_get_highest_priolist_ptr in order to improve TP.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch removes BA setup helper routines
mwifiex_is_bastream_setup and mwifiex_is_amsdu_in_ampdu_allowed.
Current code will use two functions to check bastream setup and
amsdu in ampdu. This patch change these functions to flags, thus
avoiding redundant spin_lock check while dequeuing TX packets.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Current code does not check whether main_work_queue or
rx_work_queue is running when preparing to do queue_work,
this code fix add check before calling queue_work, reducing
unnecessary queue_work switch.
This change instead sets more_task flag to ensure we run main_process
superloop once again.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SD8897 support buffers of 4K and 16 such ports can be accomodated.
So basically 64K buffer size in single aggregation is supported.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rename this function to reflect its purpose correctly.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A crash was detected while changing virtual interface type is in
progress. This was tracked to race condition in accessing bss_priority
table while change is in progress. This patch ensures that main_process
and rx_process works are locked while we change virtual interface.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In struct wl18xx_acx_rx_rate_stat, rx_frames_per_rates field is an
array, not a number. This means WL18XX_DEBUGFS_FWSTATS_FILE can't be
used to display this field in debugfs (it would display a pointer, not
the actual data). Use WL18XX_DEBUGFS_FWSTATS_FILE_ARRAY instead.
This bug has been found by adding a __printf attribute to
wl1271_format_buffer. gcc complained about "format '%u' expects
argument of type 'unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u32 *'".
Fixes: c5d94169e8 ("wl18xx: use new fw stats structures")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss_linux@m4x.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
I have here FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N v2 / idVendor=057c, idProduct=8501
and every single of this requests ends up with:
|ieee80211 phy0: rt2x00usb_vendor_request: Error - Vendor Request 0x0c failed for offset 0x0000 with error -32
I was browsing the the vedor code and I haven't seen such request so I
remove it with this patch. If I wasn't look enough or if this error is
expected then please excuse :)
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rt2800usb_autorun_detect() blindly assumes assumes that it worked while
it could have failed. Check the error code here.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
My understanding ist that rt2x00usb_register_read() is void and so the
reader is unaware of read errors and assumes that whatever was on the
stack as it was about to read.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We might be in interrupt context at few places. So replace
del_timer_sync() with del_timer(). This patch fixes a kernel
trace problem seen occasionally during our testing.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for auto ARP feature in mwifiex.
The device will respond to ARP requests from the network
with ARP response in suspended state without waking up the host.
This feature is enabled in the driver by default.
Signed-off-by: Maithili Hinge <maithili@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed Rx aggregated packets are always followed
by a single Rx packet. This patch improves our logic to add
that extra packet in next aggregation.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In HT40 modes, pulse events on primary and extension
channel are processed individually. If valid, a pulse
event will be fed into the detector
* for primary frequency, or
* for extension frequency (+/-20MHz based on HT40-mode)
* or both
With that, a 40MHz radar will result in two individual
radar events.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
To support HT40 DFS mode, a triggering detector must
reset only itself but not other detector lines.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
TPC support has been observed to cause some tx power fluctuations on
some devices with at least AR934x and AR938x chips.
Disable it for now until the bugs have been found and fixed
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
sc->nbcnvifs tracks assigned beacon slots, not enabled beacons.
Therefore, it cannot be used to decide if cur_conf->enable_beacon (bool)
should be updated, or if beacons have been enabled already.
With the current code (depending on the order of calls), beacons often
do not get enabled in an AP+STA setup.
To fix tracking of enabled beacons, convert cur_conf->enable_beacon to a
bitmask of enabled beacon slots.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Move swdev wrappers over to new swdev ops (from previous ndo ops). No
functional changes to the implementation.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
rocker: move to new swdev ops
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
dsa: move to new swdev ops
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for Hardware Filter Block (HFB) so that incoming Rx traffic
can be matched and directed to desired Rx queues.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of_property_read*() to get arch endian consistent
property values. Do some refactoring in the process.
Signed-off-by: Jingchang Lu <jingchang.lu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use conversion macros to correctly access the BE
fields of the Rx and Tx Frame Control Block on LE CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use conversion macros to correctly access the BE
fields of the Rx and Tx Buffer Descriptors on LE CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-13
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Don adds additional support for X550 MAC types, which require additional
steps around enabling and disabling Rx. Also cleans up variable type
inconsistency.
I provide a patch to allow relaxed ordering to be enabled on SPARC
architectures. Also cleans up ixgbevf whitespace and code comments to
align the driver with networking coding standard. Lastly cleaned up
uses of memcpy() where ether_addr_copy() could have been used.
Alex removes some dead code in the ixgbe cleanup patch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
Here's another set of Bluetooth & ieee802154 patches intended for 4.1:
- Added support for QCA ROME chipset family in the btusb driver
- at86rf230 driver fixes & cleanups
- ieee802154 cleanups
- Refactoring of Bluetooth mgmt API to allow new users
- New setting for static Bluetooth address exposed to user space
- Refactoring of hci_dev flags to remove limit of 32
- Remove unnecessary fast-connectable setting usage restrictions
- Fix behavior to be consistent when trying to pair already paired device
- Service discovery corner-case fixes
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These registers are also changed by transceiver and should be volatile
for right accessing via regmap debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a handling for calibration if we are 5 minutes in PLL
state. I first tried to implement the calibration functionality in
TX_ON state via register values CF_START and DCU_START, but this occurs
a one second delay at each calibration time.
An another solution to start a calibration is to switch from TRX_OFF
state into TX_ON, then a calibration is done automatically by
transceiver. This method will be used in this patch, after each transmit
of a frame we check with jiffies if the PLL is set 5 minutes without
doing a TRX_OFF->(TX_ON || RX_AACK_ON) or channel switch. The worst case
would be a transceiver in receiving mode only, but this is under normal
operation very unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Cc: Werner Almesberger <werner@almesberger.net>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch replace the state change timing relevant sleeps with
hrtimers. Currently the sleeps are done in the complete handler of
spi_async. The relation of doing the state change timing sleep with a
timer will get the sleep functionality out of spi_async complete handler
context.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch initialize xtal_trim value to zero. The xtal_trim property is
an optional device tree value. Currently if no xtal_trim property is
given the xtal_trim value can be contain random data, because it's a
stack variable. This patch init the xtal_trim value to zero which is
also the default value after reset for at86rf230 transceivers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A number of tx queue wake-up events went missing due to the
outlined scenario below. Start state is a pool of 16 tx URBs,
active tx_urbs count = 15, with the netdev tx queue open.
CPU #1 [softirq] CPU #2 [softirq]
start_xmit() tx_acknowledge()
................ ................
atomic_inc(&tx_urbs);
if (atomic_read(&tx_urbs) >= 16) {
-->
atomic_dec(&tx_urbs);
netif_wake_queue();
return;
<--
netif_stop_queue();
}
At the end, the correct state expected is a 15 tx_urbs count
value with the tx queue state _open_. Due to the race, we get
the same tx_urbs value but with the tx queue state _stopped_.
The wake-up event is completely lost.
Thus avoid hand-rolled concurrency mechanisms and use a proper
lock for contexts and tx queue protection.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Enable the xilinx driver for ARM64.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Sören Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Use the macro to copy the Ethernet address instead of memcpy().
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Fix the code comments to align with drivers/net/ code commenting style,
as well as whitespace issues. The whitespace issues resolve checkpatch
errors, like lines exceeding 80 chars (except for strings) and the use
of tabs where possible.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
This patch removes some dead code from the cleanup path for ixgbe.
Setting and clearing the flag doesn't do anything since all we are
doing is setting the flag, scheduling NAPI, clearing the flag and
then letting netpoll do the polling cleanup. As such it doesn't
make much sense to have it there.
This patch also removes one minor white-space error.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes sure that relaxed ordering is not disabled when
on SPARC, where it helps with performance.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
CC: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reported-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Correcting a mistake when I initial created this function. I should
have made this static since it is only referenced where the function
pointer is assigned.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Missed this when I created commit 6a14ee0cfb ("ixgbe: Add X550 support
function pointers"). Use a the __be* type to be consistent with how the
value is assigned.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For the X550 mac type we have to do additional steps around
enabling/disabling Rx. This patch will add a layer of indirection
around these support functions to enable this.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Delay the update of the TDMA producer index unless this is the last SKB
in a batch, or the queue is already stopped. Move the check for whether
the queue should be stopped before the xmit_more check to avoid locking
the transmit queue in case there was a SKB submitted which has xmit_more
set.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to have both bcmgenet_xmit_single() and
bcmgenet_xmit_frag() perform a free_bds decrement and a prod_index
increment by one. In case one of these functions fails to map a SKB or
fragment for transmit, we will return and exit bcmgenet_xmit() with an
error.
We can therefore safely use our local copy of nr_frags to know by how
much we should decrement the number of free buffers available, and by
how much the producer count must be incremented and do this in the tail
of bcmgenet_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, bcmgenet_desc_rx() calls bcmgenet_rx_refill() at the end of
Rx packet processing loop, after the current Rx packet has already been
passed to napi_gro_receive(). However, bcmgenet_rx_refill() might fail
to allocate a new Rx skb, thus leaving a hole on the Rx queue where no
valid Rx buffer exists.
To eliminate this situation:
1. Rewrite bcmgenet_rx_refill() to retain the current Rx skb on the Rx
queue if a new replacement Rx skb can't be allocated and DMA-mapped.
In this case, the data on the current Rx skb is effectively dropped.
2. Modify bcmgenet_desc_rx() to call bcmgenet_rx_refill() at the top of
Rx packet processing loop, so that the new replacement Rx skb is
already in place before the current Rx skb is processed.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Tested-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>--
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 2b995f6398.
Панов Андрей reported the following regression:
"Commit 2b995f6398 in 4.0.0-rc3 introduces a
nasty bug in transmit, corrupting packets.
To reproduce:
$ dd if=/dev/zero of=zeros bs=1M count=20
$ md5sum -b zeros
8f4e33f3dc3e414ff94e5fb6905cba8c *zeros
This checksum is correct.
Copy file "zeros" to another host with NFS, and it gets corrupted, checksum is
changed.
File should be big, small amounts of transmit isn't affected.
I use an i.MX6 Quad board.
If this commit is reverted, all works fine."
Reported-by: Панов Андрей <rockford@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit dfd8645ea1 wrongly assumes that VXLAN_VDI_MASK includes
eight lower order reserved bits of VNI field that are using for remote
checksum offload.
Right now, when VNI number greater then 0xffff, vxlan_udp_encap_recv()
will always return with 'bad_flag' error, reducing the usable vni range
from 0..16777215 to 0..65535. Also, it doesn't really check whether RCO
bits processed or not.
Fix it by adding new VNI mask which has all 32 bits of VNI field:
24 bits for id and 8 bits for other usage.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Array index 'j' is used before limits check.
Suggest put limit check before index use.
Signed-off-by : <Ameenali023@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function isn't really related to any bus core. It touches PCI
device config registers only, so move it to the (PCI) host file.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The semantic patch that fixes this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r@
type T;
identifier f;
@@
static T f (...) { ... }
@@
identifier r.f;
declarer name EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL;
@@
-EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(f);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The watchdog timer is used to put the device in a low-power mode when
it is idle for some time. This timer is stopped during that mode and
should be restarted upon activity. This has been broken by commit
d4150fced0365 ("brcmfmac: Simplify watchdog sleep."). This patch
restores the behaviour as it was before that commit.
Reported-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontusf@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The firmware provides pointer to SDIO shared information at end of
RAM during firmware initialization. End of RAM is obviously determined
by the actual ram size, but part of that may be used for save&restore
memory. In that case another location in RAM will hold the pointer.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead of hard-coded memory sizes it is possible to obtain that
information from the internal memory registers.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make the brcmf_chip_attach() function responsible for putting the
device in a state where it is accessible for firmware download.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The functions brcmf_chip_[enter/exit]_download() are not exclusively
used for firmware download so rename these more appropriate.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead of checking the cores in the chip only if CONFIG_BRCMDBG
is selected perform the check always and extend it with more sanity
checking.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Removing the ramsize from the brcmf_sdio structure to avoid
duplication. The information is available in brcmf_chip
structure.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
pre-requisite to shrink size of ieee80211_tx_info which in turn is
needed to shrink skb->cb to 40 bytes again.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If we want to shrink skb->cb then we'd have to see about
reducing struct ieee80211_tx_info, which gets embedded inside
skb->cb[].
It provides a scratch space to be used by wireless drivers.
ar5523 uses the maximum space available today (40 bytes), but it seems
we don't need this -- data->skb pointer seems to always point back to the
skb whose cb buffer the data structure resides, iow, given a pointer to the
embedded control buffer we can infer the skb address.
Tested-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since the RTT registers need to be configured for all
valid chains irrespective of the runtime chainmask,
use the actual chainmask of the chip.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When assigning the initvals for PCIE sleep/awake
registers, check the configuration that has been
assigned to pll_pwrsave during initialization. Also,
display a warning if we don't have valid arrays.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cards based on AR9462/AR9565 support more PCIE
power save mechanisms, so register them correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the value in ah->config.pll_pwrsave to determine
which array needs to be loaded. Also, initialize
pll_pwrsave to 1 by default.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These will be used to handle chip-specific
power save configuration.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For the AP, configuration may say not to bridge traffic between
wireless clients. This is conveyed from user space (ex: hostapd has
ap_isolate parameter) with NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, to the driver's
cfg80211 ops method change_bss
Add support for this setting.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is for AP only. If Rx data frame targeted to one of associated clients,
transmit it back to the wireless media and don't deliver to the host.
For the multicast frames, deliver to both host and wireless media.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It is expected that driver completes NAPI when less than
full budget is consumed.
Fulfill this requirement.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These changes add support for BCM4345 SDIO chipset.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Syed Asifful Dayyan <syedd@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Msgbuf is using a wait_event_timeout to wait for the response on
an ioctl. The wakeup routine uses waitqueue_active to see if
wait_event_timeout has been called. There is a chance that the
response arrives before wait_event_timeout is called, this
will result in situation that wait_event_timeout never gets
woken again and assumed result will be a timeout. This patch
removes that errornous situation by always setting the
ctl_completed var before checking for queue active.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SDIO is using a "shared" variable to handoff ctl frames to DPC
and to see when they are done. In a timeout situation this can
lead to erroneous situation where DPC started to handle the ctl
frame while the timeout expired. This patch will fix this by
adding locking around the shared variable.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The watchdog thread is used to put the SDIO bus to sleep when the
system is idling. This patch simplifies the way it is determined
when sleep can be entered.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On removal of SDIO card both functions of card will be getting
a remove call. When the first is hanging in ctrl frame xmit then
the second will cause oops. This patch fixes the xmit ctrl
handling in case of serious errors and also limits the handling
for remove to function 1 only.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
To prepare for reset ath5k should finish all asynchronous tasks. At
first, it disables the interrupt generation, then it waits for the
interrupt handler and tasklets completion, and then proceeds to the HW
configuration update. But it does not consider that the interrupt
handler or tasklet re-enables the interrupt generation. And we fall in a
situation when ath5k assumes that interrupts are disabled, but it is
not.
This can lead to different consequences, such as reception of the frame,
when we do not expect it. Under certain circumstances, this can lead to
the following warning:
WARNING: at ath5k/base.c:589 ath5k_tasklet_rx+0x318/0x6ec [ath5k]()
invalid hw_rix: 1a
[..]
Call Trace:
[<802656a8>] show_stack+0x48/0x70
[<802dd92c>] warn_slowpath_common+0x88/0xbc
[<802dd98c>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2c/0x38
[<81b51be8>] ath5k_tasklet_rx+0x318/0x6ec [ath5k]
[<8028ac64>] tasklet_action+0x8c/0xf0
[<80075804>] __do_softirq+0x180/0x32c
[<80196ce8>] irq_exit+0x54/0x70
[<80041848>] ret_from_irq+0x0/0x4
[<80182fdc>] ioread32+0x4/0xc
[<81b4c42c>] ath5k_hw_set_sleep_clock+0x2ec/0x474 [ath5k]
[<81b4cf28>] ath5k_hw_reset+0x50/0xeb8 [ath5k]
[<81b50900>] ath5k_reset+0xd4/0x310 [ath5k]
[<81b557e8>] ath5k_config+0x4c/0x104 [ath5k]
[<80d01770>] ieee80211_hw_config+0x2f4/0x35c [mac80211]
[<80d09aa8>] ieee80211_scan_work+0x2e4/0x414 [mac80211]
[<8022c3f4>] process_one_work+0x28c/0x400
[<802df8f8>] worker_thread+0x258/0x3c0
[<801b5710>] kthread+0xe0/0xec
[<800418a8>] ret_from_kernel_thread+0x14/0x1c
Fix this issue by adding a new status flag, which forbids to re-enable
the interrupt generation until the HW configuration is completed.
Note: previous patch, which reorders the Rx disable code helps to avoid
the above warning, but not fixes the root cause of unexpected frame
receiving.
CC: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
CC: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
CC: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Reported-by: Christophe Prevotaux <cprevotaux@nltinc.com>
Tested-by: Christophe Prevotaux <cprevotaux@nltinc.com>
Tested-by: Eric Bree <ebree@nltinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ath5k updates the channel pointer and after that it stops the Rx logic
and apply channel to HW. In case of channel switch, such sequence
creates a small window when a frame, which is received on the old
channel is considered as a frame received on the new one.
The most notable consequence of this situation occurs during the switch
from 2 GHz band (CCK+OFDM) to the 5GHz band (OFDM-only). Frame received
with CCK rate, e.g. beacon received at the 1mbps, causes the following
warning:
WARNING: at ath5k/base.c:589 ath5k_tasklet_rx+0x318/0x6ec [ath5k]()
invalid hw_rix: 1a
[..]
Call Trace:
[<802656a8>] show_stack+0x48/0x70
[<802dd92c>] warn_slowpath_common+0x88/0xbc
[<802dd98c>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2c/0x38
[<81b51be8>] ath5k_tasklet_rx+0x318/0x6ec [ath5k]
[<8028ac64>] tasklet_action+0x8c/0xf0
[<80075804>] __do_softirq+0x180/0x32c
[<80196ce8>] irq_exit+0x54/0x70
[<80041848>] ret_from_irq+0x0/0x4
[<80182fdc>] ioread32+0x4/0xc
[<81b4c42c>] ath5k_hw_set_sleep_clock+0x2ec/0x474 [ath5k]
[<81b4cf28>] ath5k_hw_reset+0x50/0xeb8 [ath5k]
[<81b50900>] ath5k_reset+0xd4/0x310 [ath5k]
[<81b557e8>] ath5k_config+0x4c/0x104 [ath5k]
[<80d01770>] ieee80211_hw_config+0x2f4/0x35c [mac80211]
[<80d09aa8>] ieee80211_scan_work+0x2e4/0x414 [mac80211]
[<8022c3f4>] process_one_work+0x28c/0x400
[<802df8f8>] worker_thread+0x258/0x3c0
[<801b5710>] kthread+0xe0/0xec
[<800418a8>] ret_from_kernel_thread+0x14/0x1c
The easiest way to reproduce this warning is to run scan with dualband
NIC in noisy environments, when the channel 11 runs multiple APs. In my
tests if the APs num >= 12, the warning appears in the first few
seconds of scanning.
In order to fix this, the Rx disable code moved to a higher level and
placed before the channel pointer update. This is also makes the code a
bit more symmetrical, since we disable and enable the Rx in the same
function.
In fact, at the pointer update time new frames should not appear,
because interrupt generation at this point should already be disabled.
The next patch should address this issue.
CC: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
CC: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
CC: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Reported-by: Christophe Prevotaux <cprevotaux@nltinc.com>
Tested-by: Christophe Prevotaux <cprevotaux@nltinc.com>
Tested-by: Eric Bree <ebree@nltinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* 8000 device family work
* Update to the BT Coex firmware API
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=l2Ap
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-03-12' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* Location Aware Regulatory was added by Arik
* 8000 device family work
* Update to the BT Coex firmware API
In the case of AF_INET s_addr was set to INADDR_ANY (0) which which both
symmetric with the AF_INET6 case, where s_addr is not set, and unnecessary
as udp_conf is zeroed out earlier in the same function.
I suspect this change does not have any run-time effect due to compiler
optimisations. But it does make the code a little easier on the/my eyes.
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PHY state machine (in drivers/net/phy/phy.c) will unconditionally
call phydev->adjust_link (macb_handle_link_change) when polling in the
PHY_CHANGELINK state. As currently written, macb always ends up
requesting a new tx_clk frequency in macb_handle_link_change. It is a
waste of time to request a new tx_clk frequency if the link state hasn't
changed, as the tx_clk will already be configured properly.
Let's only request a new tx_clk clock frequency when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Cc: Josh Cartwright <joshc@ni.com>
Cc: Soren Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't delete napi from hash list during module exit. This will
cause the following panic when doing module load and unload:
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at 0000004e00000075
IP: [<ffffffff816bd01b>] napi_hash_add+0x6b/0xf0
PGD 3c5d5067 PUD 0
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
...
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa0a5bfb7>] init_vqs+0x107/0x490 [virtio_net]
[<ffffffffa0a5c9f2>] virtnet_probe+0x562/0x791815639d880be [virtio_net]
[<ffffffff8139e667>] virtio_dev_probe+0x137/0x200
[<ffffffff814c7f2a>] driver_probe_device+0x7a/0x250
[<ffffffff814c81d3>] __driver_attach+0x93/0xa0
[<ffffffff814c8140>] ? __device_attach+0x40/0x40
[<ffffffff814c6053>] bus_for_each_dev+0x63/0xa0
[<ffffffff814c7a79>] driver_attach+0x19/0x20
[<ffffffff814c76f0>] bus_add_driver+0x170/0x220
[<ffffffffa0a60000>] ? 0xffffffffa0a60000
[<ffffffff814c894f>] driver_register+0x5f/0xf0
[<ffffffff8139e41b>] register_virtio_driver+0x1b/0x30
[<ffffffffa0a60010>] virtio_net_driver_init+0x10/0x12 [virtio_net]
This patch fixes this by doing this in virtnet_free_queues(). And also
don't delete napi in virtnet_freeze() since it will call
virtnet_free_queues() which has already did this.
Fixes 91815639d8 ("virtio-net: rx busy polling support")
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing with older supplicant, .drv_set_key() was failing due to
higher than ath10k firmware could handle key_index (WMI_MAX_KEY_INDEX == 3).
--
wpa_driver_nl80211_set_key: ifindex=15 alg=4 addr=0x7f02b129fbe3 key_idx=4 set_tx=0 seq_len=6 key_len=16
broadcast key
nl80211: set_key failed; err=-22 Invalid argument)
wlan0: WPA: Failed to configure IGTK to the driver
wlan0: RSN: Failed to configure IGTK
--
In order to fix this case (PMF: AES-CMAC/IGTK) force the AES_CMAC cipher to
be handled by software.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions (e.g. qca6174 with fw73)
don't deliver beacons to host reliably. This
causes random disconnects even in perfect
conditions. This is most visible with
multi-channel operation.
All available firmware revisions seem to support
beacon miss offloading so there shouldn't be any
problems.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This can be used to implement offloaded rssi
threshold, beacon miss or even automatic
in-firmware BSS roaming in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 370e567363 ("ath10k: fix broken traffic for 802.1x in client mode")
introduced a regression on WPA crypto. All keys were treated as if they were
WEP which resulted in WPA being incorrectly installed to fw/hw and subsequently
no traffic.
Reported-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 548462133d ("ath10k: fix interrupt storm") introduced a
regression. The condition responsible for bringing up monitor vdev was broken
and it was never started for CAC so effectivelly CAC would not detect radar
pulses.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Mistakenly v1 of `ath10k: fix AP/IBSS CSA with
template based fw`
(81a9a17db5) was
applied.
This patch applies the missing bits from v2:
* remove unnecessary locking
* add some (sanity) checks
There are no practical functionality differences
between v1 and v2.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The return value in iwl_mvm_get_wakeup_status() is a bit unclear in
that it's not obvious that we don't leak fw_status in some cases.
Use fw_status directly with ERR_PTR() and return only it, that way
the compiler has a chance of proving that it's uninitialized (if it
ever is due to new changes.)
Additionally, this removes a smatch warning since smatch couldn't
figure out that fw_status can't, in fact, leak here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When IWLWIFI_DEBUGFS is not set, we should not unlock the mutex after
calling iwl_mvm_query_wakeup_reasons(), because this function unlocks
it already. Move the goto out_iterate outside the #ifdef.
Change-Id: I13d86402aecf0eeec44b1abbe2b244fbc706a5eb
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The code here is a little confusing, the iwl_mvm_te_check_disconnect()
will check that the interface is a station, but going into it after
already having processed the time even end for P2P seems strange at
first look.
Put a switch statement there to distinguish the interface types and
make this more readable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We previously enabled the smart FIFO (SF) in BSS only after
association.
This cause interrupt latency on P2P on certain devices.
Change the working model to enable the SF all the time and
play with the timeout values based on the association state.
This change was not tested on older firwmares, so make it
happen only on -13.ucode and up.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
More sub system IDs were introduced for the 8260 series.
Add the new sub system IDs so the cards can be recognized.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware was not using the new API, so we don't need to
differentiate between the different stages of this new API.
The main difference here is that most of the hard coded
values are not sent through the command anymore.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The newer devices will enable a new register for this
(DEVICE_SET_NMI_8000B_REG), but the interrupt handler
isn't wired yet.
Keep the old register for now.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When a station goes to sleep, we can't transmit any frame
to it. This means that until that station will wake up, a
queue that is dedicated to this station won't progress at
all. Take this into account when monitoring stuck queues
and don't account for the time the station was asleep.
This allows to mask false positives where the queues are
stuck not because of a bug, but because of the station
being asleep.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows the op_mode to let the transport know that a
queue is currently frozen and that its timer should be
stopped.
When the queue is unfrozen, its timer should be set to
expire after the remainder of the timeout has elapsed.
This can be used when stations go to sleep. When a station
goes to sleep, the op_mode can freeze the timer so that the
queue will never be considered as stuck. When the station
wakes up, the queue will be unfrozen.
This is meant to avoid false positives that would happen if
a buggy station goes to sleep for a very long time. In case
we have a dedicated queue for this station (BA agreement)
and it goes to sleep for a very long time, the queue would
rightfully be stopped during all that time. In this case,
the stuck queue timer could fire and that would be a false
positive.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The Tx statistics weren't updated when using fixed rate for
debugging. Fix this as Tx statistics are useful in this use case.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
RTNL is not taken during CT-kill so regulatory APIs cannot be invoked.
That's fine, since the HW is only brought up to check the temperature
during CT-kill. We don't expect Tx or scanning.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When using IBSS, it's easily possible to exhaust the number
of available stations in the driver, so don't warn on it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we load the firmware for the 8000 B step device, it'll
verify its signature. In the current version of the
hardware, there can be a race between the WiFi firmware
being loaded and the Bluetooth firmware being loaded.
Check that WiFi is authenticated, if not, take ownership
on the authentication machine to make sure that the WiFi
firmware will be authenticated.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
New sub system IDs were introduced for the 8260 series.
This patch adds them so new 8260 cards can be recognized.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Make the print a bit more readable.
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If the FW returns an invalid channels count in response to an MCC request,
make sure we don't reference invalid indices in the channels array.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When entering D0i3, the MVM mutex cannot be grabbed. This interferes
with the calculation of the number of connected TDLS stations during
the setup of the power cmd.
The goal is to disable power saving for all vifs while any TDLS station
is connected. For this purpose it is enough to keep the pm_enabled
member of all mvmvifs as false. An update of the power state already
occurs when a TDLS station is added/removed, so the values are correctly
updated.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
New NVM versions in LnP platforms have the lar_enable bits in a different
offset.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We don't need to acquire MAC access for each access, it
makes much more sense to keep the MAC access. This speeds
up the Tx DMA stop flow significantly.
Moreover, if one channel can't be stopped, stop the others
but don't poll for them to avoid being stuck there for a
long time.
This solves a situation in which we were stuck in that flow
for way too long with a spinlock held which led to a kernel
panic.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In-order to recognize newer step of the device, the driver
must read the chip_version_id from the AUX bus MISC address
space. This will determine what firmware file will be
loaded.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we associate we always need to update the quotas. This
fixes a bug for cases in which quotas weren't udapted after
association.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When moving to the D3 FW give it the valid MCC from the D0 FW. When
returning from D3 to D0, query the D3 FW for the latest MCC, as
it might have changed internally. This MCC will be replayed to the D0 FW
when it boots.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When booting the card, check for a dedicated regulatory ACPI entry. If
such exists, read it and give the information to FW with the appropriate
source.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For some configurations, the driver should get the MAC
address from the hardware registers and not from the
regular locations. Since the parsing of the MAC address
is the same regardless of its source, continue the regular
code path (parsing) after we read the registers.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This module parameter is useful for debugging NVM and LAR related issues.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Starting from family 8000 B0 step the radio_cfg parameters
and the get_sku parameters moved from SW section to PHY_SKU section.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
11ac depends on 11n, so disable it if 11n is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If LAR is supported in TLV, but the NVM does not enable it, then disable
LAR support and ignore the TLV's bit that enabled LAR.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
max_eirp affects the txpower configured to the power,
so use the max tx power (22) instead of some other
value.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fix the last 5ghz channel to 165 instead of 161
Add support for 8000 family, until channel 181.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Otherwise the regulatory data will mistakenly contain only 7000 series
channels.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Chub (Communication Hub, CommsHUB) is a HW component that connects to the cellular
and connectivity cores that gets updates of mcc changes, and then notifies the FW
directly of any mcc change.
The ucode notifies the driver (via this command) that it should ask for an mcc update,
and the driver sends the ucode the update mcc command to set the updated regulatory info.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Remove a useless debug print about unsupported channels.
Also add a comment about the LAR special case where channels
might become valid later.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
According to updated regulatory guidelines, the ACTIVE bit in the NVM
also allows ibss activity on the channel. The IBSS NVM bit is not updated
when LAR is active and is deprecated. Using this bit for NO-IR incorrectly
causes all 5Ghz channels to be marked as passive.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Register to cfg80211 with all channels enabled when LAR is supported.
Appropriate channels will later be disabled when a specific regulatory
domain is defined.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Parse the NVM channel data and create a regulatory domain with a rule
for every 20Mhz channel. Use the AUTO_BW flag so the regulatory core
can unify single-channel rules into ranges.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
During init queue a regulatory update to retrieve the default
regulatory settings from FW. If we're during recovery, only replay the
current country code to FW, if it exists.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The new API sets an MCC (mobile country code) to FW and receives a
channel structure to be used as a basis for an updated regulatory domain.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The commit below didn't update the max_ht_ampdu_exponent
for the devices listed in iwl-[1-6]000.c which, in result,
became 0 instead of 8K. This reduced the size of the Rx
AMPDU from 64K to 8K which had an impact in the Rx
throughput. One user reported that because of this, his
downstream throughput droppped by a half.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.19]
Fixes: c064ddf318 ("iwlwifi: change max HT and VHT A-MPDU exponent")
Reported-and-tested-by: Valentin Manea <linux-wireless@mrs.ro>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If this situation ever happens, the mac80211 state machine gets
confused because it never clears csa_active. There was a separate
bug that lead to this happening with a working connection, but it
isn't very robust to try to keep the connection up in this case.
When removing the time event the CSA essentially procedure stops,
so the safest thing to do is to disconnect in this case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
mac80211 now informs the driver when to drop the packets
upon flush(). This will happen before disconnecting, or
before we shut down the interface. We can now rely on this
to drop all the packets including the VO queues.
When mac80211 sets drop to false, wait for all the queues
to be empty.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The semantic patch that fixes this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r@
type T;
identifier f;
@@
static T f (...) { ... }
@@
identifier r.f;
declarer name EXPORT_SYMBOL;
@@
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(f);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a performance regression introduced by
7fbb9d8415 (xen-netback: release pending
index before pushing Tx responses)
Moving the notify outside of the spin locks means it can be delayed a
long time (if the dealloc thread is descheduled or there is an
interrupt or softirq).
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Zoltan Kiss <zoltan.kiss@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bits 31:16 of RDMA_PROD_INDEX contain Rx discarded packet count, which
are the Rx packets that had to be dropped by MAC hardware since there
was no room on the Rx queue. Add code to collect this information into
the netdev stats.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FSL_PQ_MDIO and FSL_XGMAC_MDIO are not really depend on FSL_SOC, they
can build on non-PPC platforms.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code removed by commit 421d9df062 ("net/macb: merge
at91_ether driver into macb driver") should be removed
in the merge resolution as well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix ROC removal - avoids a firmware crash
* fix throughput regression on iwldvm devices
* fix panic in BT Coex
* fixes in rate control
* fixes in scan
b43:
* fix support for 5 GHz only BCM43228 model
rtlwifi:
* improve handling of IPv6 packets
brcmfmac:
* perform bound checking on vendor command buffer
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJU/vcnAAoJEG4XJFUm622bBbMIAJAmmITit1LFbm5L5zguIkVq
b9ppfEkgz6JYb4KMe6jWnvrc9yM3ywslH2Evo09ChA53A2sUhORKxlolreGTZxtQ
je3twmUCyzkbvss+aKFS4BzEDDOGwW9A/wk3LT4TZJ7Jp626k1wPXN5WZHaDh0YC
pE7fH6jnNg2Qoe68tG8WmTqrYlzU6mLpI0NNxsW+h2tK2Gqm7jSoMy96RPiwS0ZV
BFnxrJJZViMyPit48pZf338pdndkxOIlDBIJCY8qUwQIt4HxQ8DnmsLWqg9xjnfT
mSO9xgSJxfR02ZDIBYqaK41KlcharjwrF5lDi+JHkoHB2SQQM9A/noxpWu4/JGI=
=pOSK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-03-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
iwlwifi:
* fix ROC removal - avoids a firmware crash
* fix throughput regression on iwldvm devices
* fix panic in BT Coex
* fixes in rate control
* fixes in scan
b43:
* fix support for 5 GHz only BCM43228 model
rtlwifi:
* improve handling of IPv6 packets
brcmfmac:
* perform bound checking on vendor command buffer
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current driver support receive VLAN CTAG HW acceleration feature
(NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX) through software simulation. There calls the
api .skb_copy_to_linear_data_offset() to skip the VLAN tag, but there
have overlap between the two memory data point range. The patch just fix
the issue.
V2:
Michael Grzeschik suggest to use memmove() instead of skb_copy_to_linear_data_offset().
Reported-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Fixes: 1b7bde6d65 ("net: fec: implement rx_copybreak to improve rx performance")
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interrupt is enabled before napi_complete(). A network timeout
occurs if the interrupt handler is called before napi_complete().
Fix the bug by enabling the interrupt after napi_complete().
Signed-off-by: Yongbae Park <yongbae2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interrupt is enabled before napi_complete(). A network timeout
occurs if the interrupt handler is called before napi_complete().
Fix the bug by enabling the interrupt after napi_complete().
Signed-off-by: Yongbae Park <yongbae2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BCM7439 has an alternate PHY OUI: 0xae025080 which is to be found in
some variants of this chip.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass in the netlink flags (NLM_F_*) into switchdev driver for IPv4 FIB add op
to allow driver to 1) optimize hardware updates, 2) handle ip route prepend
and append commands correctly.
Suggested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Suggested-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
Overlapping changes in macb driver, mostly fixes and cleanups
in 'net' overlapping with the integration of at91_ether into
macb in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Add struct bcmgenet_rx_ring to hold all necessary information
for a single Rx queue.
2. Add bcmgenet_init_rx_queues() to initialize all Rx queues.
3. Modify bcmgenet_init_rx_ring() to initialize a single Rx queue.
4. Modify Rx interrupt path code to use per-queue data.
5. Modify bcmgenet_rx_refill() to use RxCB->bd_addr.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-09
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Greg cleans up some "hello world" strings which were left around from
early development.
Shannon modifies the drive to make sure the sizeof() calls are taking
the size of the actual struct that we care about. Also updates the
NVMUpdate read/write so that it is less noisy when logging. This was
because the NVMUpdate tool does not necessarily know the ReadOnly map of
the current NVM image, and must try reading and writing words that may be
protected. This generates an error out of the Firmware request that the
driver logs. Unfortunately, this ended up spitting out hundreds of
bogus read/write error messages. If a user wants the noisy logging,
the change can be overridden by enabling the NVM update debugging.
Mitch fixes a possible deadlock issue where if a reset occurred when the
netdev is closed, the reset task will hang in napi_disable. Added
ethtool RSS support as suggested by Ben Hutchings.
Jesse fixes a bug introduced in the force writeback code, where the
interrupt rate was set to 0 (maximum) by accident. The driver must
correctly set the NOITR fields to avoid IT update as a side effect
of triggering the software interrupt.
I provided a simple cleanup to make the use of PF/VF consistent, which
was reported by Joe Perches.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The configurations are not modified by the driver. Make them 'const' so
that they may be placed in a read-only section.
Signed-off-by: Josh Cartwright <joshc@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for setting the RSS hash table and hash key through ethtool.
This patch incorporates suggestions from Ben Hutchings
<ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>.
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump PF version to 1.2.37 and VF version to 1.2.25
Change-ID: I0287a750408250dc055c03e1f744fd5f0caefd68
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Print the LAN, SAN, and Port MACs for the VSI if debugfs command
dump VSI is used on the PF's VSI.
Example output:
[260221.871244] i40e 0000:04:00.0: MAC address: 68:05:ca:26:15:e0 SAN MAC: 00:00:00:00:02:00 Port MAC: 68:05:ca:26:15:e3
Change-ID: I0b393113dfb5ee7ff4f9e5227e4177885f0cc15e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Joe Perches pointed out that we were inconsistent in the use of
PF vs pf or VF vs vf in our driver code. Since acronyms are usually
capitalized to denote that it is an acronym, changed all references to
be consistent throughout the code.
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The NVMUpdate tool doesn't necessarily know the ReadOnly map of the current
NVM image, and must try reading and writing words that may be protected.
This generates an error out of the Firmware request that the driver logs.
Unfortunately, this ends up spitting out hundreds of bogus read and write
error message that looks rather messy.
This patch checks the error type and under normal conditions will not print
the typical read and write errors during NVMUpdate. This can be overridden
by enabling the NVM update debugging. This results in a much less messy log
file, and likely many fewer customer support questions.
Change-ID: Id4ff2e9048c523b0ff503aa5ab181b025ec948ea
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a bug introduced in the force writeback code, where the interrupt
rate was set to 0 (maximum) by accident.
The driver must correctly set the NOITR fields to avoid ITR update
as a side effect of triggering the software interrupt.
Change-ID: I290851ae04ef3811c43aab5ee33242029f26c1a3
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a reset occurs when the netdev is closed, the reset task will hang in
napi_disable, causing deadlocks and general grumpiness.
Check to make sure the device is actually running before stopping
everything. This allows the reset task to complete and have a real good
time.
Change-ID: Iaaea84acbcb9b3810c216b14c3326e4287b75b58
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure the sizeof() calls are taking the size of the actual struct
that we care about. By using the pointer variable, we'll always get
the right struct size, even if the variable type changes sometime in
the future.
Change-ID: Id5858f883cf42447365ea3733080d7714f975bce
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While using the Linux "strings" command I found these two strings in the
driver. There's no need for them and they're kinda silly.
Change-ID: I4e19b02983d48b631e9a9979f49790492845f221
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Kvaser firmware can only read and write messages that are
not crossing the USB endpoint's wMaxPacketSize boundary. While
receiving commands from the CAN device, if the next command in
the same URB buffer crossed that max packet size boundary, the
firmware puts a zero-length placeholder command in its place
then moves the real command to the next boundary mark.
The driver did not recognize such behavior, leading to missing
a good number of rx events during a heavy rx load session.
Moreover, a tx URB context only gets freed upon receiving its
respective tx ACK event. Over time, the free tx URB contexts
pool gets depleted due to the missing ACK events. Consequently,
the netif transmission queue gets __permanently__ stopped; no
frames could be sent again except after restarting the CAN
newtwork interface.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Upon a URB submission failure, the driver calls usb_free_urb()
but then manually frees the URB buffer by itself. Meanwhile
usb_free_urb() has alredy freed out that transfer buffer since
we're the only code path holding a reference to this URB.
Remove two of such invalid manual free().
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fixes a missing initialization of ctrlmode and ctrlmode_supported fields,
for all other CAN devices than the first one. This fix only concerns
the PCAN-USB Pro FD dual-channels CAN-FD device made by PEAK-System.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
When accessing CAN network interfaces with AF_PACKET sockets e.g. by dhclient
this can lead to a skb_under_panic due to missing skb initialisations.
Add the missing initialisations at the CAN skbuff creation times on driver
level (rx path) and in the network layer (tx path).
Reported-by: Austin Schuh <austin@peloton-tech.com>
Reported-by: Daniel Steer <daniel.steer@mclaren.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
On my test environment the throughput of a file transfer drops
from 4.4MBps to 116KBps due the number of repeated warning
messages. This patch removes the warning messages as DMA works
correctly with addresses using 0xC0000000 bits.
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To test a checkpatch spelling patch, I ran codespell against
drivers/net/ethernet/.
$ git ls-files drivers/net/ethernet/ | \
while read file ; do \
codespell -w $file; \
done
I removed a false positive in e1000_hw.h
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not having a reset control line to the ethernet controller should not be a
hard failure. Instead, add support for deferred probing and just print out
a debug statement.
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-07
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Most notably, Greg provides the patch to remove the dreaded configfs
changes in the driver.
Shannon cleans up a sparse warning by simply straighting out the code
so it is less convoluted. Fixes an issue where the vector allocation
was trying too hard to save vectors for VMDq, to the point of not giving
the PF enough when in a tight situation, such as an NPAR partition.
Changed the driver to make sure that the PF will get all the queues and
vectors it wants to fill out its destiny. Cleans up reporting to only
print the port and VEB stats if it is the first partition of a
multiplexed port.
Catherine cleans up some duplicated code by simply removing the duplicate
code.
Kamil cleans up the driver by removing an un-needed endian conversion
because it is already done by a register read function.
Jesse fixes a variable width of a datatype, where a u16 should have been
a u32. Also cleans up debug_read_register() to resolve some sparse
warnings. Updates the driver to use prefetch() to get the next Tx
descriptor, like in ixgbe, to improve performance.
Akeem moves around code to enable/disable loopback so that other non-SRIOV
supported driver functions can take advantage of the changes.
Anjali cleans up the logging for adding/deleting FD-SB filters, since
ethtool shows all the filters on an interface. Updates the driver to
use l4_tunnel type generically to keep code flow simple. Simplifies
the RSS code since the driver initializes the rss_size_max in sw_init.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EEE configuration is similar for the various MV88E6xxx chips.
Add generic support for it.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple Rx queues:
1. Move the initialization of priv->num_rx_bds, priv->rx_bds, and
priv->rx_cbs from bcmgenet_init_rx_ring() to bcmgenet_init_dma()
since they are not specific to a single Rx queue. Mimics the Tx
init model where priv->num_tx_bds, priv->tx_bds, and priv->tx_cbs
are initialized in bcmgenet_init_dma().
2. Program DMA_MBUF_DONE_THRESH = 1 so that future Rx queues Q0-Q15
will get per-packet Rx interrupt.
3. Group DMA_START_ADDR, RDMA_READ_PTR, RDMA_WRITE_PTR, and DMA_END_ADDR
initialization together. Mimics the Tx init model.
4. There is 1-to-1 mapping between RxCBs and RxBDs.
Precalculate RxCB->bd_addr so that it can be used in the future.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
macb and at91_ether drivers can be compiled as modules, but the at91_ether
driver use some functions and variables defined in the macb one, thus
creating a dependency on the macb driver.
Since these drivers are sharing the same logic we can easily merge
at91_ether into macb.
In order to factorize common probing logic we've added an ->init() function
to struct macb_config (the structure associated with the compatible
string), and moved macb specific init code from macb_probe to macb_init.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the functions from the Common Clk Framework handle NULL pointer as
input argument.
Since the TX clock is optional, we now set tx_clk to NULL value
instead of ERR_PTR(-ENOENT) when this clock is not available. This simplifies
the clock management and avoid the need to test tx_clk value.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With multi platform support those sections could lead to unexpected
behavior if both ARCH_AT91 and another ARM SoC using the MACB IP are
selected.
Add two new capabilities to encode the default MII mode and the presence
of a CLKEN bit in USRIO register.
Then define the appropriate config for IPs embedded in at91 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commits below broke compilation when
CONFIG_IWLWIFI_DEBUGFS is not set.
FIx that.
Fixes: ddf89ab10a ("iwlwifi: mvm: allow to force the Rx chains from debugfs")
Fixes: 9d761fd8a5 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add trigger for firmware dump upon missed beacons")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The use of configfs is not allowed in network drivers. Strip the code that
uses it.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump i40e to 1.2.12 and i40evf to 1.2.6.
Change-ID: I641871da3a9abd396b28eda5744a4d68493c1400
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Performance can be improved a bit by imitating ixgbe and using
prefetch to get us the next Tx descriptor.
Change-ID: Ice7ffd4cd0ce87c35295059bdb7972a7f53723aa
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We initialize the pf->rss_size_max in sw_init now
and hence this code can be simplified.
Change-ID: I1a7abc837604a40bc65e6c6b21190b909ed6bb21
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use l4_tunnel type generically to keep code flow simple.
Change-ID: Ic52287e3b1ca4204e6b6e13431890c1a6ae9c422
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since GLQF_FDCNT_0 register now has the right offset, use it to simplify our
FD flush flow.
If the filter add error happens to be for SB we just auto disable SB.
If filter error happens to be for ATR, auto disable ATR and mark
the state to FD_FLUSH_REQUESTED. Which gets cleared when flush completes.
If we are entering flush too quickly (< 30 seconds) and we have quite
a few SB rules, its time to disable ATR for good. Since SB + ATR rules
is most likely making the FD table unstable.
ATR can be re-enabled by turning ntuple off (ethtool -K ntuple off)
and will remain off after turning ntuple on till it gets unstable again.
Change-ID: I2154a2e0a5d44851a2f0eb8731e2f1d4a4d1acbc
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is not necessary to print FD filter add/delete log with
normal debug settings because ethtool -n ethx shows all the FD-SB
filters on an interface. The log can still be turned on through higher
debug levels and it will continue to print a log if there was an error
in the add/delete process.
Change-ID: I67db2baf49e2075d2f537de40f7895e5b02cd610
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Only print the port and veb stats if this is the first partition
of a multiplexed port.
Change-ID: I7ce0c323cdee5cfd2e54d8bea5b0b9102987e671
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since changes made to enable or disable loopback for all VSIs, not only SR-IOV
or PCIOV, then it became necessary to move the associated functions to main
file - so that other non-SRIOV supported driver can take advantage of the
changes.
Change-ID: I59a49fd23a6136acda5e16f8d1e5ac7fd9c5fc05
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The initial problem solved here is that the vector allocation was trying
too hard to save vectors for VMDq, to the point of not giving the PF enough
when in a tight situation such as an NPAR partition. This change makes
sure that the PF will get all the queues and vectors it wants to fill
out its destiny. Essentially, nothing is specially reserved for VMDq,
it simply gets whatever is left after the PF, FCoE, and FD sideband get
what they want.
Additionally, the calculations for the reservations were harder to follow
than necessary, so I've made it more straight forward.
Change-ID: I99b384f104535b686c690b8ef0a787559485c8d4
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There were some additional spaces and strange (double swapping) logic
in this function that I started looking at because sparse was warning.
This fixes the sparse warning and fixes up the other issues.
Change-ID: I72a91a4197cd45921602649040e6bd25e5f17c0a
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The kernel returns a u32 for netif_msg_init, and we were storing
it in a u16. Fix the width of the datatype.
Change-ID: I4b23326e5707c91cd59325c5a1ccb2ba7a3974fc
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove LE16 to CPU endianes conversion from i40e_read_nvm_word_srctl
function, as it's already done by register read function.
Change-ID: I739f0f20a9b8e18223e54c0ca5443e63d75da878
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This series of code was repeated twice, remove one of them.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A sparse complaint in i40e_debug_aq in a funky buffer write goes away by
straightening out the code out to something less convoluted.
Also fix some other sparse warnings while we are at it, making some
functions static and using NULL instead of 0.
Change-ID: I93907534fe1f1f675830774b3d14ecf1c6ffc9a0
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A short or malformed vendor command buffer could cause reads outside
the command buffer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v3.19
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontusf@broadcom.com>
[arend@broadcom.com: slightly modified debug trace output]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The check was't really necessary and couldn't even
work to begin with because pci_restore_state()
restores only first 64 bytes of PCI configuration
space.
Actually the PCI subsystem takes care of this so
there's no need for explicit calls to save PCI
state in ath10k.
This is necessary for future WoWLAN support.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In some cases the device ends up sleeping while
ath10k didn't expect it to leading to reading
garbage from registers, e.g. when shared irqs are
used and the driver is in powered down state.
This effectively makes the device remain awake all
the time even when all interfaces are down.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Promiscuous mode is enabled when wlan interface is added to
bridge. ath10k creates a monitor mode when promiscuous mode
is enabled. When monitor vdev is running along with other
vdev(s) there is a huge number of interrupts generated
especially in noisy condition. Fix this by not enabling
promiscuous(monitor) mode when already a vdev is running.
As disabling promiscuous mode may have issues with 4-address
bridging in STA mode, the change is done specific to non-sta/ibss
mode types. This does not change the support of virtual interface of
type monitor along with other vdevs of any type.
This could fix management frame drop in fw due to unavailable
buffers because in monitor mode device receives everything seen
on the air. In noisy condition, disabling monitor mode helps assoc
go through without any issue.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patches does not modify any functionality. Just a code move
so that ath10k_vdev_stop() can be used in ath10k_vdev_start_restart()
for any failure cases which involves vdev_stop().
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This improves coexistance with 11b legacy devices
on wmi-tlv and qca6174.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since new wmi-tlv firmware doesn't have SWBA event
the only way to deliver P2P NoA information is
through a new dedicated event.
This fixes P2P GO Probe Responses to include P2P
NoA when appropriate on the new firmware.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some files are getting bloated and it makes sense
to split some of the code into separate files. Do
so with the P2P NoA code and prepare it for reuse.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware doesn't report a complete and
ready-to-use vht cap. Instead the driver is
supposed to fill in the missing bits related to
number of chains.
This effectively increases Compressed Steering
Number and Number of Sounding Dimensions in
AssocReq frames for devices with more than one RF
chain and should improve TxBF performance.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The command was truncated so the parameter value
was seen in fw as 0. This caused U-APSD enabled
stations to be misconfigured and mistreated by AP.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow user to configure the duty cycle upto 100%. Since thermal
mitigation algorithm is running in user space, remove the driver
level limitation and let the user to control the temperature.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When WEP keys are uploaded it's possible that
there are stations associated already (e.g. when
merging) without any keys. Static WEP needs an
explicit per-peer key upload.
Make sure to re-upload wep keys if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When running 802.1x WEP keys must be installed
without pairwise-groupwise swap (which is
necessary for static WEP).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This has been missed while adding the QCA6174 support.
As in the last time, without advertising the firmware files
as needed (or optional) for ath10k, these won't be built into
ram disk for instance.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 with wmi-tlv firmware uses offloaded
beaconing scheme (i.e. templates). This requires a
little different approach when implementing CSA.
Add missing code to update CS count and report CSA
completion to mac80211. Without it channel switch
was never finished.
To avoid races during interface teardown data_lock
has been used to protect is_up and is_started so
they can be compared against before scheduling
count down work.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a static checker warning here on devel kernels:
drivers/net/hamradio/mkiss.c:560 ax_xmit()
warn: variable dereferenced before check 'skb' (see line 532)
It turns out that the NULL check can be deleted.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the IEEE DCB handlers for set/get QCN parameters and
statistics reading per TC.
Signed-off-by: Shani Michaeli <shanim@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add device capability, firmware command opcode and etc prior elements
needed for QCN suppprt. Disable SRIOV VF view/access for QCN is disabled.
While here, remove a redundant offset definition into the
QUERY_DEV_CAP mailbox.
Signed-off-by: Shani Michaeli <shanim@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ZynqMP soc has single interrupt for all the queue events. So,
passing the IRQF_SHARED flag for interrupt registration call.
Signed-off-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include multi queue support for the ethernet IP version in xilinx ZynqMP
SoC.
Signed-off-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
brcmfmac:
* sdio improvements
* add a debugfs file so users can provide us all the revinfo we could
ask for
iwlwifi:
* add triggers for firmware dump collection
* remove support for -9.ucode
* new statitics API
* rate control improvements
ath9k:
* add per-vif TX power capability
* BT coexistance fixes
ath10k:
* qca6174: enable STA transmit beamforming (TxBF) support
* disable multi-vif power save by default
bcma:
* enable support for PCIe Gen 2 host devices
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJU+dliAAoJEG4XJFUm622bsqQH/RO1Gxuw6hmiHPeeIcoDmlvt
MZKvy6xcAiFqREfGwDxjVminlTZ7/MB9bABeaoQKzpQFpCJW/ftjIqwfbRqZWsvG
3IC0s2nPTwWU8YSsZTbifnyXCVNQDJuE+5nQ3hMO2rE/dZDi1zt1fS2hiSXtlASS
kgBJcfXgoVxvhZ1WI+uVpbU0RtwXmI7tVylREE1sbgCrg7AuJx4Q2QmZ1GioPRLy
20HnFVFcIcbHk4eXVwAJOspdjctujoR858pg/oxlcVXWb7MOOCV/Fk8WMursZxFh
qj/I/kbDcFYh3H5uC+6qL/kRByY80/yckLDiMbghA0QR5/PSx2nvp/UfkqIf008=
=qgVl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-03-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Major changes:
brcmfmac:
* sdio improvements
* add a debugfs file so users can provide us all the revinfo we could
ask for
iwlwifi:
* add triggers for firmware dump collection
* remove support for -9.ucode
* new statitics API
* rate control improvements
ath9k:
* add per-vif TX power capability
* BT coexistance fixes
ath10k:
* qca6174: enable STA transmit beamforming (TxBF) support
* disable multi-vif power save by default
bcma:
* enable support for PCIe Gen 2 host devices
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple Rx queues, add GENET_Q16_RX_BD_CNT
and hw_params->rx_bds_per_q.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple Rx queues, adjust the call to
alloc_etherdev_mqs() to allow max GENET_MAX_MQ_CNT + 1 Rx queues.
The actual number of Rx queues in use is correctly adjusted with:
netif_set_real_num_rx_queues(priv->dev, priv->hw_params->rx_queues + 1);
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcmgenet driver doesn't yet support multiple Rx queues.
Set hw_params->rx_queues = 0 accordingly.
The default Rx queue (Q16) is still created and operational.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-06
This series contains updates to e1000, e1000e and igb.
Yanir provides updates to e1000e based on the patches provided by John
Linville. First updates the code comment to better describe the changes
and the impact on the driver. Second removed calls to ioremap/unmap for
i219 since this is only relevant to older hardware only. Starting with
i219, the NVM will not be mapped to its one BAR but to a address region
in another bar.
Alex Duyck provides two fixes for igb, first fixes a compile warning
where a variable may be used uninitialized, so Alex initializes it.
Second fixes an issue where all of the pin register values were having
to be pushed onto the stack each time the function was called, so to
avoid this, Alex made them static const so that they should only need
to be allocated once and we can avoid all the instructions to get them
onto the stack.
Eliezer found an issue in e1000 where we needed to be calling
netif_carrier_off earlier in the down() to prevent the stack from
queuing more packets to the interface.
Sabrina Dubroca resolved a potential race condition by adding a
dummy allocator. There was a race condition between e1000_change_mtu()
cleanups and netpoll, when changing the MTU across jumbo sizes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patches implements the poll_controller support for all
bonding driver. If the slaves have poll_controller net_op defined,
this implementation calls them. This is mode agnostic implementation
and iterates through all slaves (based on mode) and calls respective
handler.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a race condition between e1000_change_mtu's cleanups and
netpoll, when we change the MTU across jumbo size:
Changing MTU frees all the rx buffers:
e1000_change_mtu -> e1000_down -> e1000_clean_all_rx_rings ->
e1000_clean_rx_ring
Then, close to the end of e1000_change_mtu:
pr_info -> ... -> netpoll_poll_dev -> e1000_clean ->
e1000_clean_rx_irq -> e1000_alloc_rx_buffers -> e1000_alloc_frag
And when we come back to do the rest of the MTU change:
e1000_up -> e1000_configure -> e1000_configure_rx ->
e1000_alloc_jumbo_rx_buffers
alloc_jumbo finds the buffers already != NULL, since data (shared with
page in e1000_rx_buffer->rxbuf) has been re-alloc'd, but it's garbage,
or at least not what is expected when in jumbo state.
This results in an unusable adapter (packets don't get through), and a
NULL pointer dereference on the next call to e1000_clean_rx_ring
(other mtu change, link down, shutdown):
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
IP: [<ffffffff81194d6e>] put_compound_page+0x7e/0x330
[...]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81195445>] put_page+0x55/0x60
[<ffffffff815d9f44>] e1000_clean_rx_ring+0x134/0x200
[<ffffffff815da055>] e1000_clean_all_rx_rings+0x45/0x60
[<ffffffff815df5e0>] e1000_down+0x1c0/0x1d0
[<ffffffff811e2260>] ? deactivate_slab+0x7f0/0x840
[<ffffffff815e21bc>] e1000_change_mtu+0xdc/0x170
[<ffffffff81647050>] dev_set_mtu+0xa0/0x140
[<ffffffff81664218>] do_setlink+0x218/0xac0
[<ffffffff814459e9>] ? nla_parse+0xb9/0x120
[<ffffffff816652d0>] rtnl_newlink+0x6d0/0x890
[<ffffffff8104f000>] ? kvm_clock_read+0x20/0x40
[<ffffffff810a2068>] ? sched_clock_cpu+0xa8/0x100
[<ffffffff81663802>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x92/0x260
By setting the allocator to a dummy version, netpoll can't mess up our
rx buffers. The allocator is set back to a sane value in
e1000_configure_rx.
Fixes: edbbb3ca10 ("e1000: implement jumbo receive with partial descriptors")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When bringing down an interface netif_carrier_off() should be
one the first things we do, since this will prevent the stack
from queuing more packets to this interface.
This operation is very fast, and should make the device behave
much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Also, this would Do The Right Thing (TM) if this device has some
sort of fail-over teaming and redirect traffic to the other IF.
Move netif_carrier_off as early as possible.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While addressing the pin problem I noticed that all of the pin register
values where having to be pushed onto the stack each time the function was
called. To avoid that I am making them static const so that they should
only need to be allocated once and we can avoid all the instructions to get
them onto the stack..
size before:
text data bss dec hex filename
161477 10512 8 171997 29fdd drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb.ko
size after:
text data bss dec hex filename
161205 10512 8 171725 29ecd drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb.ko
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When building the kernel using the gcc 4.8.3 compiler included in Fedora 20
I was repeatedly seeing the warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ptp.c: In function ‘igb_ptp_feature_enable_i210’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ptp.c:395:21: warning: ‘pin’ may be used uninitialized in this function
[-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
tssdp &= ~ts_sdp_en[pin];
^
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ptp.c:471:6: note: ‘pin’ was declared here
int pin;
^
To resolve it I am assigning the pin a value of -1 when it is instantiated.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Starting I219, the NVM will not be mapped to its own BAR, but to an
address region in another bar. The mapping/unmapping is relevant
to older HW only.
CC: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The interface to the device flash was modified in i219 and later HW.
This patch better describes the change and the impact on the driver.
CC: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver implements ndo_switch_fib_ipv4_add/del ops to add/del/mod IPv4
routes to/from switchdev device. Once a route is added to the device, and the
route's nexthops are resolved to neighbor MAC address, the device will forward
matching pkts rather than the kernel. This offloads the L3 forwarding path
from the kernel to the device. Note that control and management planes are
still mananged by Linux; only the data plane is offloaded. Standard routing
control protocols such as OSPF and BGP run on Linux and manage the kernel's FIB
via standard rtm netlink msgs...nothing changes here.
A new hash table is added to rocker to track neighbors. The driver listens for
neighbor updates events using netevent notifier NETEVENT_NEIGH_UPDATE. Any ARP
table updates for ports on this device are recorded in this table. Routes
installed to the device with nexthops that reference neighbors in this table
are "qualified". In the case of a route with nexthops not resolved in the
table, the kernel is asked to resolve the nexthop.
The driver uses fib_info->fib_priority for the priority field in rocker's
unicast routing table.
The device can only forward to pkts matching route dst to resolved nexthops.
Currently, the device only supports single-path routes (i.e. routes with one
nexthop). Equal Cost Multipath (ECMP) route support will be added in followup
patches.
This patch is driver support for unicast IPv4 routing only. Followup patches
will add driver and infrastructure for IPv6 routing and multicast routing.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver is removed (e.g. using unbind through sysfs), the
clocks get disabled twice, once on fec_enet_close and once on
fec_drv_remove. Since the clocks are enabled only once, this leads
to a warning:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 402 at drivers/clk/clk.c:992 clk_core_disable+0x64/0x68()
Remove the call to fec_enet_clk_enable in fec_drv_remove to balance
the clock enable/disable calls again. This has been introduce by
e8fcfcd568 ("net: fec: optimize the clock management to save power").
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The latest spec "I-IPA01-0266-USR Rev 10" limit the MID field length to 12 bit
value. For previous versions it is 16 bit value.
This change will not break the backward compatibility as the latest ID value is
7 and with in the 12 bit value limit.
Signed-off-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eTSEC of-nodes may have children which are not queue-group nodes. For
example new-style fixed-phy declarations. These where incorrectly
assumed to be additional queue-groups.
Change the search to filter out any nodes which are not queue-groups,
or have been disabled.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Ben Hutchings, ioremap uses unsigned long as
its parameter type, so we should be using that instead of u32
or int.
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcmgenet_set_wol() correctly sets MPD_PW_EN when a password is specified
to match magic packets against, however, when we switch from a
password-matching to a matching without password we would leave this bit
turned on, and GENET would only match magic packets with passwords.
This can be reproduced using the following sequence:
ethtool -s eth0 wol g
ethtool -s eth0 wol s sopass 00:11:22:33:44:55
ethtool -s eth0 wol g
The simple fix is to clear the MPD_PWD_EN bit when WAKE_MAGICSECURE is
not set.
Fixes: c51de7f397 ("net: bcmgenet: add Wake-on-LAN support code")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
This series contains updates to i40e only.
Greg provides fixes for the NPAR transmit scheduler where the driver
initialization caused the BW configurations to not take effect, so use
a BW configuration read and write back to "kick" the transmit scheduler
into action. Fixes the ethtool offline test, where we were not actually
taking the device offline before doing the testing.
Matt modifies the get and set LED functions so they ignore activity LEDs
since we are required to blink the link LEDs only.
Neerav provides a workaround for whenever a DCBX configuration is changed,
where the firmware doe not set the operational status bit of the
application TLV status as returned from the "Get CEE DCBX Oper Cfg" admin
queue command. So remove the check for the operational and sync bits of
the application TLV status until a firmware fix is provided.
Shannon changes the driver to grab the NVM devstarter version and not
the image version, since it is the more useful version and is what
should be displayed. Moves the IRQ tracking setup and tear down into
the same routines that do the IRQ setup and tear down. This keeps
like activities together and allows us to track exactly the number
of vectors reserved from the OS, which may be fewer than are available
from the hardware.
Jesse provides a fix to use a more portable sign extension by replacing
0xffff.... with ~(u64)0 or ~(u32)0. Also fixes XPS mask when resetting,
where the driver would accidentally clear the XPS mask for all queues
back to 0. This caused higher CPU utilization and had some other
performance impacts for transmit tests. Cleans up some whitespace
formatting.
Catherine provides a fix where some firmware versions are incorrectly
reporting a breakout cable as PHY type 0x3 when it should be 0x16
(I40E_PHY_TYPE_10GBASE_SFPP_CU). Adds the 10G and 40G AOC PHY types
to the case statement in get_media_type and ethtool get_settings so
that the correct information gets reported back to the user.
Anjali provides IOREMAP changes for future device support, where we
do not want to map the whole CSR space since some of it is mapped by
other drivers with different mapping methods.
Mitch changes the i40e driver to not "spam" the system log with
messages about VF VSI when VFs are created and when they are reset to
reduce user annoyance.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit de7b5b3d79 ("net: eth: xgene: change APM X-Gene SoC platform
ethernet to support ACPI") breaks booting with devicetree with UEFI
firmware. In that case, I get:
Unhandled fault: synchronous external abort (0x96000010) at 0xfffffc0000620010
Internal error: : 96000010 [#1] SMP
Modules linked in: vfat fat xfs libcrc32c ahci_xgene libahci_platform libahci
CPU: 7 PID: 634 Comm: NetworkManager Not tainted 4.0.0-rc1+ #4
Hardware name: AppliedMicro Mustang/Mustang, BIOS 1.1.0-rh-0.14 Mar 1 2015
task: fffffe03d4c7e100 ti: fffffe03d4e24000 task.ti: fffffe03d4e24000
PC is at xgene_enet_rd_mcx_mac.isra.11+0x58/0xd4
LR is at xgene_gmac_tx_enable+0x2c/0x50
pc : [<fffffe000069d6fc>] lr : [<fffffe000069dcc4>] pstate: 80000145
sp : fffffe03d4e27590
x29: fffffe03d4e27590 x28: 0000000000000000
x27: fffffe03d4e277c0 x26: fffffe03da8fda10
x25: fffffe03d4e2760c x24: fffffe03d49e28c0
x23: fffffc0000620004 x22: 0000000000000000
x21: fffffc0000620000 x20: fffffc0000620010
x19: 000000000000000b x18: 000003ffd4a96020
x17: 000003ff7fc1f7a0 x16: fffffe000079b9cc
x15: 0000000000000000 x14: 0000000000000000
x13: 0000000000000000 x12: fffffe03d4e24000
x11: fffffe03d4e27da0 x10: 0000000000000001
x9 : 0000000000000000 x8 : fffffe03d4e27a20
x7 : 0000000000000000 x6 : 00000000ffffffef
x5 : fffffe000105f7d0 x4 : fffffe00007ca8c8
x3 : fffffe03d4e2760c x2 : 0000000000000000
x1 : fffffc0000620000 x0 : 0000000040000000
Process NetworkManager (pid: 634, stack limit = 0xfffffe03d4e24028)
Stack: (0xfffffe03d4e27590 to 0xfffffe03d4e28000)
...
Call trace:
[<fffffe000069d6fc>] xgene_enet_rd_mcx_mac.isra.11+0x58/0xd4
[<fffffe000069dcc0>] xgene_gmac_tx_enable+0x28/0x50
[<fffffe00006a112c>] xgene_enet_open+0x2c/0x130
[<fffffe00007b9254>] __dev_open+0xc8/0x148
[<fffffe00007b956c>] __dev_change_flags+0x90/0x158
[<fffffe00007b9664>] dev_change_flags+0x30/0x70
[<fffffe00007c8ab8>] do_setlink+0x278/0x870
[<fffffe00007c95bc>] rtnl_newlink+0x404/0x6a8
[<fffffe00007c8040>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x98/0x218
[<fffffe00007e78e4>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xe0/0xf8
[<fffffe00007c7f94>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x30/0x44
[<fffffe00007e6f2c>] netlink_unicast+0xfc/0x210
[<fffffe00007e75b8>] netlink_sendmsg+0x498/0x5ac
[<fffffe00007990b8>] do_sock_sendmsg+0xa4/0xcc
[<fffffe000079a958>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x1fc/0x208
[<fffffe000079b984>] __sys_sendmsg+0x4c/0x94
[<fffffe000079b9f8>] SyS_sendmsg+0x2c/0x3c
The problem here is that the enet hw clocks are not getting
initialized because of a test to avoid the initialization if
UEFI is used to boot. This is an incorrect test. When booting
with UEFI and devicetree, the kernel must still initialize
the enet hw clocks. If booting with ACPI, the clock hw is
not exposed to the kernel and it is that case where we want
to avoid initializing clocks.
Signed-off-by: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Feng Kan <fkan@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EEH recovery for bnx2x based adapters is not reliable on all Power
systems using the default hot reset, which can result in an
unrecoverable EEH error. Forcing the use of fundamental reset
during EEH recovery fixes this.
Cc: stable<stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow for better scalability on systems with large core counts, we
will try and allocate enough RDMA Concentrator IQs and MSI/X vectors as
we have cores. If we cannot get enough MSI/X vectors, fall back to the
minimum required: 1 per adapter rx channel.
Also clean up cxgb_enable_msix() to make it readable and correct a bug
where the vectors are not correctly assigned if the driver doesn't get
the full amount requested.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a common function for all Rx queue allocation.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When handling a from-guest frag list, xenvif_handle_frag_list()
replaces the frags before calling the destructor to clean up the
original (foreign) frags. Whilst this is safe (the destructor doesn't
actually use the frags), it looks odd.
Reorder the function to be less confusing.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every time a VIF is destroyed up to 256 pages may be leaked if packets
with more than MAX_SKB_FRAGS frags were transmitted from the guest.
Even worse, if another user of ballooned pages allocated one of these
ballooned pages it would not handle the unexpectedly >1 page count
(e.g., gntdev would deadlock when unmapping a grant because the page
count would never reach 1).
When handling a from-guest skb with a frag list, unref the frags
before releasing them so they are freed correctly when the VIF is
destroyed.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use correct pointer arithmetic to get the pointer to each stat.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump i40e to 1.2.11 and i40evf to 1.2.5
Change-ID: Ie13375941606b0a027e5b5dbc235f5f5f03b75c8
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver spams the system log with messages about VF VSI when VFs
are created, as well as each time they are reset. This is annoying, and
the information isn't even useful most of the time.
Remove this message to reduce user annoyance.
Change-ID: I8de90d05380f54b038c9c8c3265150be87c9242c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move the IRQ tracking setup and teardown into the same routines that
do the IRQ setup and teardown. This keeps like activities together and
allows us to track exactly the number of vectors reserved from the OS,
which may be fewer than are available from the HW.
Change-ID: I6b2b1a955c5f0ac6b94c3084304ed0b2ea6777cf
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For future device support we do not want to map the whole CSR space since some
of it is mapped by other drivers with different mapping methods.
Note: As a side effect, the flash region (if exposed through the memory map)
gets unmapped too since it follows the future use region.
Change-ID: Ic729a2eacd692984220b1a415ff4fa0f98ea419a
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix some double blank lines and un-split a function declaration that all
fits on one line. Also make i40e_get_priv_flags static.
Change-ID: I11b5d25d1153a06b286d0d2f5d916d7727c58e4a
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the 10G and 40G AOC PHY types to the case statement in get_media_type
and ethtool get_settings so that the correct information gets reported
back to the user.
Change-ID: I1b4849d22199a9acf7c8807166d0317c1faad375
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current SKID length configuration causes firmware
to reject peer creation for not able to allocate
AST entries for peers. This issue is observed when
least significant 3 bytes are used ramdomly to create
client MAC addresses.
AST table SKID length configuration is increased to
maximum value to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Certain radar types such as FCC radar type 5 are using chirp
in their pulses, hence looking up the chirp status will enhance
to avoid false radar detection.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware reports chirp status in phy error event if it's detected
and the chirp status is valuable to distinguish radar types.
So save it to use for DFS parttern detector.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some of radar types such as FCC radar type 5 require
to look up chirp in pulse to detect genuine radar and
it will prevent DFS channels from false radar detection.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Having lower number of copy engine entries for target to host
WMI ring is causing drops in receiving management frames. This
issue is observed during max clients (128 clients) stress testing.
While bursting deauthentication frames from simulated clients,
approx. 70% of frames are getting dropped due to lower ring entries.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the system administrator is requesting an offline diagnostic test using
'ethtool -t' then we should, you know, actually take the device offline
before doing the testing.
Change-ID: I6afa1cbfcc821c9ab6e6f47ed4d8dc2d8dd20e82
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some FW versions are incorrectly reporting a breakout cable as PHY type
0x3 when it should be 0x16 (I40E_PHY_TYPE_10GBASE_SFPP_CU).
If we get this value back from FW and the version is < 4.40, reassign it
to I40E_PHY_TYPE_10GBASE_SFPP_CU.
Change-ID: Ibb41a0e3cd2c0753744e8553959240df6ed13ae8
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During resets (possibly caused by a Tx hang) the driver would
accidentally clear the XPS mask for all queues back to 0.
This caused higher CPU utilization and had some other performance impacts
for transmit tests.
Change-ID: I95f112432c9e643a153eaa31cd28cdcbfdd01831
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The commit below introduced an unsafe dereference of
mvmvif->phy_ctxt. It can be NULL even if we hold the mutex.
We can be handling a BT Coex notification while the vif has
already been unassigned. This can happen since the BT Coex
notification is hanled asynchronuously: we can have started
to handle the BT Coex notification trying to acquire the
mutex while the unassign flow already got it. The BT Coex
notification handling will wait for the mutext. I'll get it
later, but then mvmvif->phy_ctxt will be NULL.
Panic log:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
IP: [<f985180d>] iwl_mvm_bt_notif_iterator+0x9d/0x340 [iwlmvm]
*pdpt = 0000000000000000 *pde = f000eef300000007
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
Workqueue: events iwl_mvm_async_handlers_wk [iwlmvm]
task: ed719b20 ti: ec03e000 task.ti: ec03e000
EIP: 0060:[<f985180d>] EFLAGS: 00010202 CPU: 2
EIP is at iwl_mvm_bt_notif_iterator+0x9d/0x340 [iwlmvm]
EAX: 00000000 EBX: f6d3cb70 ECX: f6d3cb70 EDX: 00000000
ESI: ec03fe40 EDI: efeb8810 EBP: ec03fdf0 ESP: ec03fdac
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 0000 SS: 0068
CR0: 80050033 CR2: 00000000 CR3: 01a1a000 CR4: 001407f0
Stack:
f743ca80 f744a404 ec03fdcc c10e3952 00003aba f743ca80 00000246 f743ca80
00000246 00000000 00000001 00000000 ebd45ff6 ebd458a4 f6d3c500 ebd45578
ebd44b01 ec03fe18 f99e1bc2 00000002 ebd44bc0 f9851770 00000000 f6d3c500
Call Trace:
[<c10e3952>] ? ring_buffer_unlock_commit+0xa2/0xd0
[<f99e1bc2>] __iterate_interfaces+0x82/0x110 [mac80211]
[<f9851770>] ? iwl_mvm_bt_coex_reduced_txp+0x140/0x140 [iwlmvm]
[<f99e1c6a>] ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic+0x1a/0x20 [mac80211]
[<f9851427>] iwl_mvm_bt_coex_notif_handle+0x77/0x280 [iwlmvm]
[<f9852161>] iwl_mvm_rx_bt_coex_notif_old+0x211/0x220 [iwlmvm]
[<f9850b8b>] iwl_mvm_rx_bt_coex_notif+0x19b/0x1b0 [iwlmvm]
[<f983944f>] iwl_mvm_async_handlers_wk+0x7f/0xe0 [iwlmvm]
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.19+]
Fixes: 123f515635 ("iwlwifi: mvm: BT Coex - add support for TTC / RRC")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use automatic sign extension by replacing 0xffff... constants
with ~(u64)0 or ~(u32)0.
Change-ID: I73cab4cd2611795bb12e00f0f24fafaaee07457c
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
0x2A is the NVM version so it has useful data but it is per image
version every image can have a different one. 0x18 is the dev starter
version which all the images for release will have the same version.
Of the two 0x18 is more useful and is what should be displayed.
Change-ID: Idf493da13a42ab211e2de0bef287f5de51033cca
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In CEE mode the firmware does not set the operational status bit of
the application TLV status as returned from the "Get CEE DCBX Oper Cfg"
AQ command. This occurs whenever a DCBX configuration is changed.
This is a workaround to remove the check for the operational and sync bits
of the application TLV status till a firmware fix is provided.
Change-ID: I1a31ff2fcadcb06feb5b55776a33593afc6ea176
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Modify our get and set LED functions so they ignore activity LEDs,
as we are required to blink the link LEDs only.
Change-ID: I647ea67a6fc95cbbab6e3cd01d81ec9ae096a9ad
Signed-off-by: Matt Jared <matthew.a.jared@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recent changes to the driver initialization have caused the BW
configurations to not take effect. We use a BW configuration read and
write back to "kick" the Tx scheduler into action.
Change-ID: I94ab377c58d3a3986e3de62b6c199be3fd2ee5e6
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
1. Use c_index and ring->c_index to determine how many TxCBs/TxBDs are
ready for cleanup
- c_index = the current value of TDMA_CONS_INDEX
- TDMA_CONS_INDEX is HW-incremented and auto-wraparound (0x0-0xFFFF)
- ring->c_index = __bcmgenet_tx_reclaim() cleaned up to this point on
the previous invocation
2. Add bcmgenet_tx_ring->clean_ptr
- index of the next TxCB to be cleaned
- incremented as TxCBs/TxBDs are processed
- value always in range [ring->cb_ptr, ring->end_ptr]
3. Fix incrementing of dev->stats.tx_packets
- should be incremented only when tx_cb_ptr->skb != NULL
These changes simplify __bcmgenet_tx_reclaim(). Furthermore, Tx ring size
can now be any value.
With the old code, Tx ring size had to be a power-of-2:
num_tx_bds = ring->size;
c_index &= (num_tx_bds - 1);
last_c_index &= (num_tx_bds - 1);
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I recently did a rework of the smc91x driver and did some build-testing
by compiling hundreds of randconfig kernels. Unfortunately, my script
was wrong and did not actually test the configurations that mattered,
so I introduced stupid typos in almost every file I touched.
I fixed my script now, built all configurations that actually matter
and fixed all the typos, this is the result.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: b70661c708 ("net: smc91x: use run-time configuration on all ARM machines")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Thanks to spatch, plus manual removal of "&*". Then a sweep for
for_each_cpu_mask => for_each_cpu.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Jason Cooper <jason@lakedaemon.net>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@ezchip.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=pJAi
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.1-20150304' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-03-04
this is a pull request of 3 patches for net-next/master.
Aaron Wu contributes three patches for the blackfin can driver, which
cleans up the driver and makes use of more platform independent code.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the list is traversed using rcu variant. That is not correct
since dev_set_mac_address can be called which eventually calls
rtmsg_ifinfo_build_skb and there, skb allocation can sleep. So fix this
by remove the rcu usage here.
Fixes: 3d249d4ca7 "net: introduce ethernet teaming device"
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the .sriov_configure() PCI method to allow for
runtime enabling/disabling of VFs. The module param "num_vfs" is now
deprecated.
At the time of driver load the PF-pool resources are allocated to the PF.
When the user enables VFs, the resources are then re-distributed across
PFs and VFs based on the number of VFs enabled.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SR-IOV is enabled in the adapter, the FW distributes resources
evenly across the PF and it's VFs. This is currently done only for some
resources.
This patch adds support for a new cmd that queries the FW for the list
of resources for which the distribution is allowed and distributes them
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On BE2, BE3 and Skhawk-R chips one non-RSS (called "default") RXQ was
needed to receive non-IP traffic. Some FW versions now export a
capability called IFACE_FLAGS_DEFQ_RSS where this requirement doesn't hold.
On such FWs the driver now does not create the non-RSS default queue.
This prevents wasting one RXQ per VF.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the backward compatibile of the older driver with the
newer firmware by making the binding unique so that the older driver won't
recognize the non-supported interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Tested-by: Mark Langsdorf <mlangsdo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove Kconfig dependency and enable driver for
all ARCHs.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Sören Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case there was some tx buffer reclaimed and not enough rx packets
to consume the whole budget, napi_complete would not be called and
interrupts would be kept disabled, effectively resulting in the
network core never to call the poll callback again and no rx/tx
interrupts to be fired either.
Fix that by only accounting the rx work done in the poll callback.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Schichan <nschichan@freebox.fr>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we're getting IRQs after lots of resources are already
allocated:
* netdev
* clocks
* MDIO bus
Also HW gets initialized by the time when checking IRQs as well.
Now there's a possibility for master interrupt controller to be not
probed yet. This will lead to exit from GMAC probe routine with "-
EPROBE_DEFER" and so deferred probe will hapen later on.
But since we exited the first GMAC probe without release of all
allocated resources there could be conflicts on subsequent probes.
For example this is what happens for me:
--->8---
stmmaceth e0018000.ethernet: no reset control found
stmmac - user ID: 0x10, Synopsys ID: 0x37
Ring mode enabled
DMA HW capability register supported
Normal descriptors
RX Checksum Offload Engine supported (type 2)
TX Checksum insertion supported
Enable RX Mitigation via HW Watchdog Timer
libphy: stmmac: probed
eth0: PHY ID 20005c7a at 1 IRQ POLL (stmmac-0:01) active
platform e0018000.ethernet: Driver stmmaceth requests probe deferral
...
...
...
stmmaceth e0018000.ethernet: no reset control found
stmmac - user ID: 0x10, Synopsys ID: 0x37
Ring mode enabled
DMA HW capability register supported
Normal descriptors
RX Checksum Offload Engine supported (type 2)
TX Checksum insertion supported
Enable RX Mitigation via HW Watchdog Timer
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 6 at fs/sysfs/dir.c:31 sysfs_warn_dup+0x4e/0x68()
sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename
'/devices/platform/axs10x_mb/e0018000.ethernet/mdio_bus/stmmac-0'
CPU: 0 PID: 6 Comm: kworker/u2:0 Not tainted 4.0.0-rc1-next-20150303+#8
Workqueue: deferwq deferred_probe_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core+0xb8/0x114
warn_slowpath_common+0x5a/0x8c
warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2e/0x38
sysfs_warn_dup+0x4e/0x68
sysfs_create_dir_ns+0x98/0xa0
kobject_add_internal+0x8c/0x2e8
kobject_add+0x4a/0x8c
device_add+0xc6/0x448
mdiobus_register+0x6c/0x164
stmmac_mdio_register+0x112/0x264
stmmac_dvr_probe+0x6c0/0x85c
stmmac_pltfr_probe+0x2e4/0x50c
platform_drv_probe+0x26/0x5c
really_probe+0x76/0x1dc
bus_for_each_drv+0x42/0x7c
device_attach+0x64/0x6c
bus_probe_device+0x74/0xa4
deferred_probe_work_func+0x50/0x84
process_one_work+0xf8/0x2cc
worker_thread+0x110/0x478
kthread+0x8a/0x9c
ret_from_fork+0x14/0x18
---[ end trace a2dfaa7d630c8be1 ]---
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 6 at lib/kobject.c:240
kobject_add_internal+0x218/0x2e8()
kobject_add_internal failed for stmmac-0 with -EEXIST, don't try to
register things with the same name in the same di.
CPU: 0 PID: 6 Comm: kworker/u2:0 Tainted: G W
4.0.0-rc1-next-20150303+ #8
Workqueue: deferwq deferred_probe_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core+0xb8/0x114
warn_slowpath_common+0x5a/0x8c
warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2e/0x38
kobject_add_internal+0x218/0x2e8
kobject_add+0x4a/0x8c
device_add+0xc6/0x448
mdiobus_register+0x6c/0x164
stmmac_mdio_register+0x112/0x264
stmmac_dvr_probe+0x6c0/0x85c
stmmac_pltfr_probe+0x2e4/0x50c
platform_drv_probe+0x26/0x5c
really_probe+0x76/0x1dc
bus_for_each_drv+0x42/0x7c
device_attach+0x64/0x6c
bus_probe_device+0x74/0xa4
deferred_probe_work_func+0x50/0x84
process_one_work+0xf8/0x2cc
worker_thread+0x110/0x478
kthread+0x8a/0x9c
ret_from_fork+0x14/0x18
---[ end trace a2dfaa7d630c8be2 ]---
libphy: mii_bus stmmac-0 failed to register
: Cannot register as MDIO bus
stmmac_pltfr_probe: main driver probe failed
stmmaceth: probe of e0018000.ethernet failed with error -22
--->8---
Essential fix is to check for IRQs availability as early as possible and
then safely go to deferred probe if IRQs are not there yet.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statistics registers have write-clear behaviour, which means we
will lose any increment between the read and write. Mitigate this by
only clearing when we read a non-zero value, so we will never falsely
report a total of zero. This also saves time as we only handle
error statistics here and they won't often be incremented.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are many different sets of registers implemented by the
different versions of this controller, and we can only expect this to
get more complicated in future. Limit how much ethtool needs to know
by including an explicit bitmap of which registers are included in the
dump, allowing room for future growth in the number of possible
registers.
As I don't have datasheets for all of these, I've only included
registers that are:
- defined in all 5 register type arrays, or
- used by the driver, or
- documented in the datasheet I have
Add one new capability flag so we can tell whether the RTRATE
register is implemented.
Delete the TSU_ADRL0 and TSU_ADR{H,L}31 definitions, as they weren't
used and the address table is already assumed to be contiguous.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we may silently read/write a register at offset 0. Change
this to WARN and then ignore the write or read-back all-ones.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At least on the R8A7790, RFS8 reflects the RINT8 (multicast) MAC
status flag.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not all firmware revisions have a proper
multi-interface client powersaving implementation,
e.g. qca6174 WLAN.RM.2.0-00073.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6184 WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 has a bug in sta
powersave state machine and requires peer param to
be poked to enable the powersave.
Calling this unconditionally should be safe for
other chips/firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During wmm tests changing wmm parameters did not change anything.
This was because of mismatch in WMM params per vdev command.
WMM params per vdev uses different command structure than wmm params
per pdev command.
Patch concerns qca6174.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 firmware uses full rx
reordering offload and delivers Rx via a new HTT
event. The event however is incorrectly generated
in firmware and becomes overly long (with trailing
garbage). This was hitting defined CE buffer limit
that was programmed to the device and caused
device to crash upon busier Rx traffic.
Increasing the CE buffer limit for HTT Rx pipe to
2KBytes seems to be enough to workaround this
problem.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The release_firmware() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Jouni reported that certain combinations of hwsim test cases failed,
and we found that beaconing was erroneously enabled too early on any
channel switch, which lead to the BI of 2000 TU from the first test
case to leak into the second one, which then didn't beacon properly.
To fix this, set data->beacon_int to zero when all stop beaconing so
that beaconing cannot be started (which was intended as 'restarted')
elsewhere.
Additionally, Jouni found that due to this 'restart' and the beacon
interval handling station interfaces would also have a needlessly
running beacon timer all the time, of course not doing anything.
To also fix the latter case only use the beacon interval when it's
actually needed, i.e. when beaconing gets enabled.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Tested-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Header file was in arch dependent location arch/blackfin/include/asm/bfin_can.h,
Now move and merge the useful contents of header file into driver code, note
the original header file is reserved for full registers set access test by other
code so it survives.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Wu <Aaron.wu@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Blackfin was built without MMU, old driver code access the IO space by
physical address, introduce the ioremap approach to be compitable with
the common style supporting MMU enabled arch.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Wu <Aaron.wu@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Replace the blackfin arch dependent style of bfin_read/bfin_write with
common readw/writew
Signed-off-by: Aaron Wu <Aaron.wu@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c
The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-03
This series contains updates to fm10k, i40e and i40evf.
Matthew updates the fm10k driver by cleaning up code comments and whitespace
issues. Also modifies the tunnel length header check, to make it more robust
by calculating the inner L4 header length based on whether it is TCP or UDP.
Implemented ndo_features_check() that allows drivers to report their offload
capabilities per-skb.
Neerav updates the i40e driver to skip over priority tagging if DCB is not
enabled. Fixes an issue where the driver is not flushing out the
DCBNL app table for applications that are not present in the local DCBX
application configuration TLVs. Fixed i40e where, in the case of MFP
mode, the driver was returning the incorrect number of traffic classes
for partitions that are not enabled for iSCSI. Even though the driver
was not configuring these traffic classes in the transmit scheduler for
the NIC partitions, it does use this map to setup the queue mappings.
Shannon updates i40e/i40evf to include the firmware build number in the
formatted firmware version string.
Akeem adds a safety net (by adding a 'default' case) for the possible
unmatched switch calls.
Mitch updates i40e to not automatically disable PF loopback at runtime,
now that we have the functionality to enable and disable PF loopback. This
fix cleans up a bogus error message when removing the PF module with VFs
enabled. Adds a extra check to make sure that the indirection table
pointer is valid before dereferencing it.
Anjali enables i40e to enable more than the max RSS qps when running in a
single TC mode for the main VSI. It is possible to enable as many as
num_online_cpus(). Adds a firmware check to ensure that DCB is disabled for
firmware versions older than 4.33. Updates i40e/i40evf to add missing
packet types for VXLAN offload. Updated i40e to be able to handle varying
RSS table size for each VSI, since all VSI's do not have the same RSS table
size.
v2: Dropped previous patch #9 "i40e/i40evf: Add capability to gather VEB
per TC stats" since the stats should be in ethtool and not debugfs.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) If an IPVS tunnel is created with a mixed-family destination
address, it cannot be removed. Fix from Alexey Andriyanov.
2) Fix module refcount underflow in netfilter's nft_compat, from Pablo
Neira Ayuso.
3) Generic statistics infrastructure can reference variables sitting on
a released function stack, therefore use dynamic allocation always.
Fix from Ignacy Gawędzki.
4) skb_copy_bits() return value test is inverted in ip_check_defrag().
5) Fix network namespace exit in openvswitch, we have to release all of
the per-net vports. From Pravin B Shelar.
6) Fix signedness bug in CAIF's cfpkt_iterate(), from Dan Carpenter.
7) Fix rhashtable grow/shrink behavior, only expand during inserts and
shrink during deletes. From Daniel Borkmann.
8) Netdevice names with semicolons should never be allowed, because
they serve as a separator. From Matthew Thode.
9) Use {,__}set_current_state() where appropriate, from Fabian
Frederick.
10) Revert byte queue limits support in r8169 driver, it's causing
regressions we can't figure out.
11) tcp_should_expand_sndbuf() erroneously uses tp->packets_out to
measure packets in flight, properly use tcp_packets_in_flight()
instead. From Neal Cardwell.
12) Fix accidental removal of support for bluetooth in CSR based Intel
wireless cards. From Marcel Holtmann.
13) We accidently added a behavioral change between native and compat
tasks, wrt testing the MSG_CMSG_COMPAT bit. Just ignore it if the
user happened to set it in a native binary as that was always the
behavior we had. From Catalin Marinas.
14) Check genlmsg_unicast() return valud in hwsim netlink tx frame
handling, from Bob Copeland.
15) Fix stale ->radar_required setting in mac80211 that can prevent
starting new scans, from Eliad Peller.
16) Fix memory leak in nl80211 monitor, from Johannes Berg.
17) Fix race in TX index handling in xen-netback, from David Vrabel.
18) Don't enable interrupts in amx-xgbe driver until all software et al.
state is ready for the interrupt handler to run. From Thomas
Lendacky.
19) Add missing netlink_ns_capable() checks to rtnl_newlink(), from Eric
W Biederman.
20) The amount of header space needed in macvtap was not calculated
properly, fix it otherwise we splat past the beginning of the
packet. From Eric Dumazet.
21) Fix bcmgenet TCP TX perf regression, from Jaedon Shin.
22) Don't raw initialize or mod timers, use setup_timer() and
mod_timer() instead. From Vaishali Thakkar.
23) Fix software maintained statistics in bcmgenet and systemport
drivers, from Florian Fainelli.
24) DMA descriptor updates in sh_eth need proper memory barriers, from
Ben Hutchings.
25) Don't do UDP Fragmentation Offload on RAW sockets, from Michal
Kubecek.
26) Openvswitch's non-masked set actions aren't constructed properly
into netlink messages, fix from Joe Stringer.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (116 commits)
openvswitch: Fix serialization of non-masked set actions.
gianfar: Reduce logging noise seen due to phy polling if link is down
ibmveth: Add function to enable live MAC address changes
net: bridge: add compile-time assert for cb struct size
udp: only allow UFO for packets from SOCK_DGRAM sockets
sh_eth: Really fix padding of short frames on TX
Revert "sh_eth: Enable Rx descriptor word 0 shift for r8a7790"
sh_eth: Fix RX recovery on R-Car in case of RX ring underrun
sh_eth: Ensure proper ordering of descriptor active bit write/read
net/mlx4_en: Disbale GRO for incoming loopback/selftest packets
net/mlx4_core: Fix wrong mask and error flow for the update-qp command
net: systemport: fix software maintained statistics
net: bcmgenet: fix software maintained statistics
rxrpc: don't multiply with HZ twice
rxrpc: terminate retrans loop when sending of skb fails
net/hsr: Fix NULL pointer dereference and refcnt bugs when deleting a HSR interface.
net: pasemi: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: stmmac: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: 8390: axnet_cs: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: 8390: pcnet_cs: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
...
Use the built-in function instead of memset.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the built-in function instead of memset.
Miscellanea:
Add #include <linux/etherdevice.h>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the built-in function instead of memset.
Miscellanea:
Add #include <linux/etherdevice.h> where appropriate
Use ETH_ALEN instead of 6
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the built-in function instead of memset.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Module dependencies are broken in the case where CONFIG_I40E=y and
CONFIG_CONFIGFS_FS=m. This fixes the broken dependency.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the ax25 stack calls dev_queue_xmit it always calls
ax25_type_trans which sets skb->protocol to ETH_P_AX25.
Which means that by looking at the protocol type it is possible to
detect IP packets that have not been munged by the ax25 stack in
ndo_start_xmit and call a function to munge them.
Rename ax25_neigh_xmit to ax25_ip_xmit and tweak the return type and
value to be appropriate for an ndo_start_xmit function.
Update all of the ax25 devices to test the protocol type for ETH_P_IP
and return ax25_ip_xmit as the first thing they do. This preserves
the existing semantics of IP packet processing, but the timing will be
a little different as the IP packets now pass through the qdisc layer
before reaching the ax25 ip packet processing.
Remove the now unnecessary ax25 neighbour table operations.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 6ce29b0e2a ("gianfar: Avoid unnecessary reg accesses in adjust_link()")
eliminates unnecessary calls to adjust_link for phy devices which don't support
interrupts and need polling. As part of that work, the 'new_state' local flag,
which was used to reduce logging noise on the console, was eliminated.
Unfortunately, that means that a 'Link is Down' log message will now be
issued continuously if a link is configured as UP, the link state is down,
and the associated phy requires polling. This occurs because priv->oldduplex
is -1 in this case, which always differs from phydev->duplex. In addition,
phydev->speed may also differ from priv->oldspeed. gfar_update_link_state()
is therefore called each time a phy is polled, even if the link state did not
change.
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a function that will enable changing the MAC address
of an ibmveth interface while it is still running.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Routine rtl_is_special_data() is supposed to identify packets that need to
use a low bit rate so that the probability of successful transmission is
high. The current version has a bug that causes all IPv6 packets to be
labelled as special, with a corresponding low rate of transmission. A
complete fix will be quite intrusive, but until that is available, all
IPv6 packets are identified as regular.
This patch also removes a magic number.
Reported-and-tested-by: Alan Fisher <acf@unixcube.org>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.18+]
Cc: Alan Fisher <acf@unixcube.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It was incorrectly detected as 2 GHz device.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This allows wpa_supplicant/hostapd to send a vendor command and verify
response to that command and a vendor event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This modifies cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() with an additional argument
struct wireless_dev *wdev. __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() is modified to
take in *wdev argument, if wdev != NULL, both the NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
and wdev identifier are added to the vendor event.
These changes make it easier for drivers to add ifindex indication in
vendor events cleanly.
This also updates all existing users of cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
and __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() in the kernel tree.
Signed-off-by: Ahmad Kholaif <akholaif@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11ad adds new a network type (PBSS) and changes the capability
field interpretation for the DMG (60G) band.
The same 2 bits that were interpreted as "ESS" and "IBSS" before are
re-used as a 2-bit field with 3 valid values (and 1 reserved). Valid
values are: "IBSS", "PBSS" (new) and "AP".
In order to get the BSS struct for the new PBSS networks, change the
cfg80211_get_bss() function to take a new enum ieee80211_bss_type
argument with the valid network types, as "capa_mask" and "capa_val"
no longer work correctly (the search must be band-aware now.)
The remaining bits in "capa_mask" and "capa_val" are used only for
privacy matching so replace those two with a privacy enum as well.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
[rewrite commit log, tiny fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cppcheck detected a buffer overflow:
[drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:634]: (error) Width 8
given in format string (no. 1) is larger than destination buffer
'cmd[8]', use %7s to prevent overflowing it.
For the current %8s sscanf we require cmd to be 9 chars long
so increase it by 1 byte to prevent the sscan overflow (rather
than reduce the %8s specifier to %7s as cppcheck recommends).
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* ath9k_mci_update_rssi() is required only for
cards that use MCI scheme. Make sure that it
is not called for 3-wire cards.
* Call ath9k_ps_wakeup() early since register
accesses are made in ath9k_mci_update_rssi().
* Fix usage of btcoex_lock to handle no_stomp_timer.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make sure that the btcoex timers are started/stopped
properly for both 3-wire and MCI schemes.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When disabling BTCOEX, clearing the wlanactive gpio line
is required only for pre-AR9003 cards.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Commit "ath9k_hw: remove ATH_BTCOEX_CFG_MCI" removed
MCI as a separate coex scheme, but we need it to
avoid fiddling with GPIO registers during
ath9k_init_btcoex() that are meant only for 3-wire
cards.
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The MCI configuration values are assigned
in ath9k_hw_btcoex_init_mci() which are used
by the MCI reset routine. When initializing
BTCOEX/MCI, ath_mci_setup() ends up using
uninitialized data. Fix this by setting up
the configuration parameters before issuing
a MCI reset.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ath_init_btcoex_timer() always returns 0, so
checking for error conditions is not required.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add HAL_DEF_WOWLAN case in rtl92cu_get_hw_reg
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Features which are device specific are already updated in
interface specific initialization e.g. register_dev.
We should not initialize them in mwifiex_init_adapter();
else this would overwrite earlier settings.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
From the indenting, it seems like the READ_NEXT_PAIR() was supposed to
be inside the while loop.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The # flag in %X means print a 0X prefix. Remove the extra 0x prefix.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In order to add per-vif TX power capability cap per-packet TX power to vif
configured power if the latter is lower than per-rate TX power and mac80211
per-frame power. Use vif TX power if TPC has been disabled for current the
interface
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Configure the HW with highest TX power among all vif when HW TPC has been
enabled in order to add support to per-vif TX power capability. Use lowest
configured power among all interfaces when TPC is disabled
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
HAL_RETRY_LIMIT_*
RESET_DELAY_8185
RT_IBSS_INT_MASKS
RT_AC_INT_MASKS
NUM_OF_*
BT_*,
MAX_{LINES,BYTES}_*,
*_THREE_WIRE
*_QUEUE related
Signed-off-by: Priit Laes <plaes@plaes.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set The BT/WLAN priority weights correctly and make sure
that MCI_LNA_TAKE is sent only for cards that share
PA/LNA.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Handle MCI_STATE_INIT_GPM_OFFSET separately and do not
overload ar9003_mci_get_next_gpm_offset() with a special
case.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The LNA_TRANS message needs to be sent only for
chips which have shared PA/LNA.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use a subroutine to enable MCI debug statistics
if it is present in the global configuration.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch makes sure that the antenna configuration
is used properly when setting AR_MCI_TX_CTRL.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The value programmed in the BTCOEX control register
is different for each chip. This patch adds support
for 2-ANT, 1-ANT solutions based on AR9565.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Several new MCI parameters need to be handled for
new chips, add them.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If we fail to allocate the sched/gpm buffers when
initializing MCI, we bail out properly. Checking
them in ar9003_mci_reset() is unnecessary, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* remove support for -9.ucode
* new statitics API
* rate control improvements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=uonl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-03-01' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* add triggers for firmware dump collection
* remove support for -9.ucode
* new statitics API
* rate control improvements
Bump i40e to 1.2.10 and i40evf to 1.2.4
Change-ID: I48aa64df05fcc8356e7026f3a9e69ecf78d0c785
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In case of MFP mode the driver was returning incorrect number of TCs
for partitions that are not enabled for iSCSI. Though the driver does
not configure these TCs in the Tx scheduler for the NIC partitions;
it does use this map to setup the queue mappings.
This patch fixes this and keeps all the NIC partitions to the default
PF TC i.e. TC0.
Change-ID: Iede214c907e7bac1356e999049b9f642759512b3
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allow DCBNL operations in MFP mode to allow query of port DCB settings
via all the PFs and register iSCSI APP on iSCSI enabled PF.
Change-ID: I34cc39b4665d0a631847d4079350d3814f02381e
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add an extra check to make sure that the indirection table pointer is
valid before dereferencing it.
Change-ID: I698adbf3daff03081d01f489dc95a9f1ad8b12f1
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With changes to default number of queue pairs that the interface comes up with
from 1 per online CPU to 1 per lan_msix, we need to make sure we recalculate
rss_size. We will now recalculate rss_size based on number of queues enabled in
the VSI.
Without this fix if the max_lan_msix < num_online_cpu we will be coming up
with fewer queues but will be populating rss_size based on num_online_cpus.
This will result in packets getting silently dropped because RSS LUT has queues
that are not enabled.
Change-ID: Ifac8796ce1be1758bb0c34f38dbf4a3a76621e76
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since all VSIs don't have the same RSS table size,
have one for each VSI instead of having a single define
for RSS table size
Change-ID: Ic2c7c66e4a389d4b6c8841a707510a9735041f02
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were missing a few packet types for VXLAN offload. This patch fixes
that.
Change-ID: I4b23aa0b08e40ed49d0df6c49a5ed9f2009b44ce
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue where the driver is not flushing out the
DCBNL app table for applications that are not present in the local
DCBX application configuration TLVs.
Change-ID: I1f1ee04c81c145071b2ab15657546eb10b81fadb
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For FW < 4.33 DCB should be disabled.
Also Autoneg workaround to avoid Rx stall is still needed for FW < 4.33.
Change-ID: Iff36ad86be2f597e7701096014d6d094332a9a21
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When running in a single TC mode the HW can be configured to enable more
than max RSS qps for the Main VSI. This patch makes it possible to
enable as many as num_online_cpus().
ethtool -L can still be used to reconfigure number of qps
to a smaller value.
Change-ID: I3e2df085276982603d86dfd79477c0ada8d30b8f
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we now have functionality to enable and disable PF loopback at
runtime, don't try to do it automatically. Removing this call also gets
rid of a bogus error message when removing the PF module with VFs
enabled.
Change-ID: Ic38652d8a3b9498d96113bfaa5ea7bad050862e9
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds default case to handle unmatched switch calls.
Change-ID: Icd203570a1dc5322c1038f68b98a83195e8ad28c
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Include the FW build number in the formatted FW version string. In order
to fit within ethtool's 32 character limit, the etrack's unused high order
bits are trimmed as is the leading 0 for the NVM version. This leaves
us with 2 character left for if/when the etrack id goes to 5 hex chars
and the NVM major number goes to 2 chars.
Change-ID: Icb004c4b9b14a2f54dd200b467fcc1d7b9297308
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If DCB is not enabled priority tagging is not needed
so skip over that section.
Change-ID: Ia3f3fa07945b421259a9ca38329d6d1cbd6c6bcc
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a few silly typos in the code and checkpatch warnings in support of
general code cleanliness.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The introduction of ndo_features_check allows drivers to report their
offload capabilities per-skb. Implement this in fm10k to take advantage
of this new functionality.
Reported-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The FM10000 host interface can only support up to 184 bytes when
performing tunnel offloads. Because of this, a check was added to
prevent the driver from attempting to feed a header to the hardware too
big for it to parse. Make this check a little more robust by calculating
the inner L4 header length based on whether it is TCP or UDP.
Cc: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
My previous fix to clear padding of short frames used skb->len as the
DMA length, assuming that skb_padto() extended skb->len to include the
padding. That isn't the case; we need to use skb_put_padto() instead.
(This wasn't immediately obvious because software padding isn't
actually needed on the R-Car H2. We could make it conditional on
which chip is being driven, but it's probably not worth the effort.)
Reported-by: "Violeta Menéndez González" <violeta.menendez@codethink.co.uk>
Fixes: 612a17a54b50 ("sh_eth: Fix padding of short frames on TX")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit fd9af07c34.
The hardware manual states that the frame error and multicast bits are
copied to bits 9:0 of RD0, not bits 25:16. I've tested that this is
true for RFS1 (CRC error), RFS3 (frame too short), RFS4 (frame too
long) and RFS8 (multicast).
Also adjust a comment to agree with this.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of RX ring underrun (RDE), we attempt to reset the software
descriptor pointers (dirty_rx and cur_rx) to match where the hardware
will read the next descriptor from, as that might not be the first
dirty descriptor. This relies on reading RDFAR, but that register
doesn't exist on all supported chips - specifically, not on the R-Car
chips. This will result in unpredictable behaviour on those chips
after an RDE.
Make this pointer reset conditional and assume that it isn't needed on
the R-Car chips. This fix also assumes that RDFAR is never exposed at
offset 0 in the memory map - this is currently true, and a subsequent
commit will fix the ambiguity between offset 0 and no-offset in the
register offset maps.
Fixes: 79fba9f517 ("net: sh_eth: fix the rxdesc pointer when rx ...")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When submitting a DMA descriptor, the active bit must be written last.
When reading a completed DMA descriptor, the active bit must be read
first.
Add memory barriers to ensure that this ordering is maintained.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the most cases the spi messages has a length of two. Currently we
always set the the len field to two before transmit a spi message. In
cases for read out/write in the frame buffer we need another len. This
patch use trx len two as default. For the frame buffer cases we restore
the trx len to two on success and failure. This will reduce the len
setting of two when it's already two.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the referencing for the state change context
variable. The state change context should only set once and this is by
initial a state change. This patch will use the initial state change
variable in the complete handler of the state change by using the ctx
context which should be always the same like the initial state change
context.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By holding the irq variable inside at86rf230_state_change we can squash
some multiple dereferencing for getting irq num.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch refactor the receive handling into one function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
I had this variable because I thought it would be protected by
disable/enable irq but this is not true. It's protected by stop/wake
netdev queue which is called by ieee802154_xmit_complete.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce a transmit retry handling into at86rf230 transmit
path. Current behaviour is to wait the normal receive time if we want
to go into STATE_TX_ON when the transceiver is in STATE_BUSY_RX_AACK
which indicates that a frame is currently receiving. A non force state
change will not interrupt the the receiving state.
The current behaviour is that after the normal receive time we will
start a force change into STATE_TX_ON. With this patch we do seven
retries to go into STATE_TX_ON without forcing. After we hit the
AT86RF2XX_MAX_TX_RETRIES we will start the force state change.
This is a polling like method to go into STATE_TX_ON in times of maximum
receiving time.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there are no more users kill dev_rebuild_header and all of it's
implementations.
This is long overdue.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AX25 already has it's own private arp cache operations to isolate
it's abuse of dev_rebuild_header to transmit packets. Add a function
ax25_neigh_construct that will allow all of the ax25 devices to
force using these operations, so that the generic arp code does
not need to.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The two sets of header operations are functionally identical remove
the duplicate definition.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The two sets of header operations are functionally identical remove the
duplicate definition.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets which are sent from the selftest (ethtool) flow,
should not be passed to GRO stack but rather dropped by
the driver after validation. To achieve that, we disable
GRO for the duration of the selftest.
Fixes: dd65beac48 ("net/mlx4_en: Extend usage of napi_gro_frags")
Reported-by: Carol Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bit mask for currently supported driver features (MLX4_UPDATE_QP_SUPPORTED_ATTRS)
of the update-qp command was defined twice (using enum value and pre-processor
define directive) and wrong.
The return value of the call to mlx4_update_qp() from within the SRIOV
resource-tracker was wrongly voided down.
Fix both issues.
issue: none
Fixes: 09e05c3f78 ('net/mlx4: Set vlan stripping policy by the right command')
Fixes: ce8d9e0d67 ('net/mlx4_core: Add UPDATE_QP SRIOV wrapper support')
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-02
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request targeting the 4.1 kernel:
- ieee802154/6lowpan cleanups
- SCO routing to host interface support for the btmrvl driver
- AMP code cleanups
- Fixes to AMP HCI init sequence
- Refactoring of the HCI callback mechanism
- Added shutdown routine for Intel controllers in the btusb driver
- New config option to enable/disable Bluetooth debugfs information
- Fix for early data reception on L2CAP fixed channels
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After TIPC doesn't depend on iocb argument in its internal
implementations of sendmsg() and recvmsg() hooks defined in proto
structure, no any user is using iocb argument in them at all now.
Then we can drop the redundant iocb argument completely from kinds of
implementations of both sendmsg() and recvmsg() in the entire
networking stack.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It doesn't operate on PCI core, but PCI host device, so there is no
point of passing core related struct.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Bringing PCIe hosted bus up requires operating on host-related core.
Since we plan to support PCIe Gen 2 devices we should provide a helper
picking the correct one (PCIE or PCIE2).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Starting with kernel 3.19 reason is provided by cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently scan params structure has only active or passive dwell time
fields, passive one is used for fragmented scans too. FW needs the
passive dwell time even when performing fragmented scan for calculating
time between channels. Add a separate parameter for fragmented dwell time
and pass both fragmented and passive to FW.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Lots of issues can be caught when the RSSI drops. Add the
ability to collect the firmware data at that point.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
It can be very useful to monitor the statistics and trigger
a firmware dump when a certain value hits a certain offset.
Since the statistics are huge, add a generic trigger. When
the DWORD at offset X reaches value Y.
Since there is another trigger before this one I can't add
right now because of a dependency on mac80211, add a
reserved entry to keep the enum in place.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Sometimes the firmware will have a hard coded configuration.
In this case, the driver won't find any configuration
in the firmware file, and it will have to re-start
recording in case it has been stopped. This can't be done
by the configuration host command since there is no such
host command configured. Do that with the registers instead.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This will allow to collect the data as soon the firmware
sends a specific notification of command response.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We fire the trigger when the channel switch starts, but
the delay is configurable. That makes is easier to catch
channel switches that fail.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Missing beacons is a good indication that something is going
wrong in the firmware. Add a trigger to be able to collect
data when we start missing beacons with a configurable
threshold.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Now that the firmware dump can be triggered by events in
the code and not only the user or an firmware ASSERT, we
need a way to know why the firmware dump was triggered.
Add a section in the dump file for that.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Most of the time, the issues we want to debug with the
firmware dump mechanism are transient. It is then very
hard to stop the recording on time and get meaningful
data.
In order to solve this, I add here an infrastucture
of triggers. The user will supply a list of triggers
that will start / stop the recording. We have two types
of triggers: start and stop. Start triggers can start a
specific configuration. The stop triggers will be able to
kick the collection of the data with the currently running
configuration. These triggers are given to the driver by
the .ucode file - just like the configuration.
In the next patches, I'll add triggers in the code.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
20 ms fragments are no longer required by system.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Packet Level Co-Running is a BT Coex feature which is
supported on certain devices only, hence the need for
a TLV flag for it.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We shouldn't call iwl_mvm_d3_disconnect_iter() on the running
interfaces when we are woken up due to net-detect, because it doesn't
make sense. Additionally, this seems to set the
IEEE80211_SDATA_DISCONNECT_RESUME flag that will cause a disconnection
on the next resume (if a normal WoWLAN is used).
To solve this, skip the iteration loop when net-detect is set.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reported-by: Samuel Tan <samueltan@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When a PADT frame is received, the socket may not be in a good state to
close down the PPP interface. The current implementation handles this by
simply blocking all further PPP traffic, and hoping that the lack of traffic
will trigger the user to investigate.
Use schedule_work to get to a process context from which we clear down the
PPP interface, in a fashion analogous to hangup on a TTY-based PPP
interface. This causes pppd to disconnect immediately, and allows tools to
take immediate corrective action.
Note that pppd's rp_pppoe.so plugin has code in it to disable the session
when it disconnects; however, as a consequence of this patch, the session is
already disabled before rp_pppoe.so is asked to disable the session. The
result is a harmless error message:
Failed to disconnect PPPoE socket: 114 Operation already in progress
This message is safe to ignore, as long as the error is 114 Operation
already in progress; in that specific case, it means that the PPPoE session
has already been disabled before pppd tried to disable it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Farnsworth <simon@farnz.org.uk>
Tested-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Christoph Schulz <develop@kristov.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bnx2 driver uses .ndo_fix_features to force enable of Rx VLAN tag
stripping when the card cannot disable it. The driver should remove
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX flag from hw_features instead so it is fixed
for the ethtool.
Cc: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Cc: Dept-HSGLinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add *_SIZE macros for the bits ENDIA_DESC and
ENDIA_PKT
Signed-off-by: Arun Chandran <achandran@mvista.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Program management descriptor's access mode according to the
dynamically detected CPU endianness.
Signed-off-by: Arun Chandran <achandran@mvista.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows for packet parsing to be done by the fast path. This performance
optimization already exists for IPv4. Add similar logic for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Amitabha Banerjee <banerjeea@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 60b4ea1781 ("net: systemport: log RX buffer allocation and RX/TX DMA
failures") added a few software maintained statistics using
BCM_SYSPORT_STAT_MIB_RX and BCM_SYSPORT_STAT_MIB_TX. These statistics are read
from the hardware MIB counters, such that bcm_sysport_update_mib_counters() was
trying to read from a non-existing MIB offset for these counters.
Fix this by introducing a special type: BCM_SYSPORT_STAT_SOFT, similar to
BCM_SYSPORT_STAT_NETDEV, such that bcm_sysport_get_ethtool_stats will read from
the software mib.
Fixes: 60b4ea1781 ("net: systemport: log RX buffer allocation and RX/TX DMA failures")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 44c8bc3ce3 ("net: bcmgenet: log RX buffer allocation and RX/TX dma
failures") added a few software maintained statistics using
BCMGENET_STAT_MIB_RX and BCMGENET_STAT_MIB_TX. These statistics are read from
the hardware MIB counters, such that bcmgenet_update_mib_counters() was trying
to read from a non-existing MIB offset for these counters.
Fix this by introducing a special type: BCMGENET_STAT_SOFT, similar to
BCMGENET_STAT_NETDEV, such that bcmgenet_get_ethtool_stats will read from the
software mib.
Fixes: 44c8bc3ce3 ("net: bcmgenet: log RX buffer allocation and RX/TX dma failures")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use timer API functions setup_timer and mod_timer instead
of structure assignments as they are standard way to set
the timer and to update the expire field of an active timer
respectively.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used for
this is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use timer API functions setup_timer and mod_timer instead
of structure assignments as they are standard way to set
the timer and to update the expire field of an active timer
respectively.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used for
this is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use timer API functions setup_timer and mod_timer instead
of structure assignments as they are standard way to set
the timer and to update the expire field of an active timer
respectively.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used for
this is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use timer API functions setup_timer and mod_timer instead
of structure assignments as they are standard way to set
the timer and to update the expire field of an active timer
respectively.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used for
this is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use timer API functions setup_timer and mod_timer instead
of structure assignments as they are standard way to set
the timer and to update the expire field of an active timer
respectively.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used for
this is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change 'mutliple' to 'multiple'
Change 'Firmare' to 'Firmware'
Signed-off-by: Yannick Guerrini <yguerrini@tomshardware.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting a dev_pm_ops suspend/resume pair but not a set of
hibernation functions means those pm functions will not be
called upon hibernation.
Fix this by using SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS, which appropriately
assigns the suspend and hibernation handlers and move
cpsw_suspend/resume calbacks under CONFIG_PM_SLEEP
to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <Grygorii.Strashko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting a dev_pm_ops suspend_late/resume_early pair but not a
set of hibernation functions means those pm functions will
not be called upon hibernation.
Fix this by using SET_LATE_SYSTEM_SLEEP_PM_OPS, which appropriately
assigns the suspend and hibernation handlers and move
davinci_mdio_x callbacks under CONFIG_PM_SLEEP to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <Grygorii.Strashko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new API slightly changes the layout of the version of
the firmware - prepare for that.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Report the average beacon signal and the number of received beacons as
measured by the firmware.
Since the firmware just counts, and doesn't reset the counter at all,
clear it in the firmware whenever we associate. However, accumulate it
over firmware restart.
Since clearing the statistics in the firmware will also clear the ones
for the radio statistics, add those to the accumulator when cleared.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Due to HW bug in the DBGC when driver want to stop the dbg recording it
should wait 100us before collecting the data instead of write 0 to
DBGC_OUT_CTRL.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The legacy scan API is deprecated and not used anymore with 10 and
higher firmware versions. Since we deprecated firmware version 9, we
can remove a whole lot of unused code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This firmware is not supported anymore. Stop loading this firmware.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Export the radio statistics from the statistics v10 API (if the
firmware also has the capability to fill these statistics) using
the global survey data facility.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
New firmware versions will report statistics using a new version 10
of the API, instead of the current version 8. Add support for this.
This enables getting beacon and radio statistics.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows to use the firmware debugging system even when
the configuration values are set hard coded in the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The shared antenna should be forbidden to use only if there's
high BT activity. Comparing to BT_OFF was effectively causing
us to always forbid using the shared antenna for SISO. This
leads to degraded performance in scenarios where the shared
antenna would have better performance.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add this to the info printed when reading rate_scale_table.
Useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
ss_force is a debugging option to force a certain single stream
tx mode. It's not useful if it gets reset after tx idle. Fix that.
While at it also make sure any code touching ss_force will only
get compiled if debugfs support is configured.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Newer devices have more PAPD channel groups.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When a TDLS station is being drained its Tx queues are still in use. Don't
allocate them to a different station in the meantime.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Due to issues with Miracast adapters MIMO reception disable
use of MIMO when for low latency P2P traffic.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Once the FW supports autonomous decision between STBC/BFER/SISO
we no longer set the STBC bit and ANT_AB in the rate table.
However the FW rate in the tx response will have the STBC
or BFER bit set and the antennas set to ANT_AB in case these
were chosen by it. This will cause us to discard any such
response as unmatching the current LQ table and thus break
the rs search cycle completely.
Fix this by relaxing the rate matching in case we're working
with the new API and STBC/BFER are used.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The check to avoid the shared antenna was passed the wrong
antenna parameter. It should have checked whether the antenna of
the next column we're considering is allowed and instead it was
passed the current antenna.
This could lead to a wrong choice of the next column in the rs
algorithm and non optimal performance.
Fixes: commit 219fb66b49 ("iwlwifi: mvm: rs - don't use the shared antenna when BT load is high")
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Commit 740c7f31c0 ("sh_eth: Ensure DMA engines are stopped before
freeing buffers") added a call to sh_eth_reset() to the
sh_eth_set_ringparam() and sh_eth_close() paths.
However, setting the software reset bit(s) in the EDMR register resets
the MAC Address Registers to zero. Hence after kexec, the new kernel
doesn't detect a valid MAC address and assigns a random MAC address,
breaking DHCP.
Set the MAC address again after the reset in sh_eth_dev_exit() to fix
this.
Tested on r8a7740/armadillo (GETHER) and r8a7791/koelsch (FAST_RCAR).
Fixes: 740c7f31c0 ("sh_eth: Ensure DMA engines are stopped before freeing buffers")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds bcmgenet_tx_poll for the tx_rings. This can reduce the
interrupt load and send xmit in network stack on time. This also
separated for the completion of tx_ring16 from bcmgenet_poll.
The bcmgenet_tx_reclaim of tx_ring[{0,1,2,3}] operative by an interrupt
is to be not more than a certain number TxBDs. It is caused by too
slowly reclaiming the transmitted skb. Therefore, performance
degradation of xmit after 605ad7f ("tcp: refine TSO autosizing").
Signed-off-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Brian reported crashes using IPv6 traffic with macvtap/veth combo.
I tracked the crashes in neigh_hh_output()
-> memcpy(skb->data - HH_DATA_MOD, hh->hh_data, HH_DATA_MOD);
Neighbour code assumes headroom to push Ethernet header is
at least 16 bytes.
It appears macvtap has only 14 bytes available on arches
where NET_IP_ALIGN is 0 (like x86)
Effect is a corruption of 2 bytes right before skb->head,
and possible crashes if accessing non existing memory.
This fix should also increase IPv4 performance, as paranoid code
in ip_finish_output2() wont have to call skb_realloc_headroom()
Reported-by: Brian Rak <brak@vultr.com>
Tested-by: Brian Rak <brak@vultr.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
four-way-handshake problem. The others are various small fixes
for problems all over, nothing really stands out.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=H3+7
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-02-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A few patches have accumulated, among them the fix for Linus's
four-way-handshake problem. The others are various small fixes
for problems all over, nothing really stands out.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for reporting the actual and maximum combined channels
count of the hv_netvsc driver via 'ethtool --show-channels'.
This required adding 'max_chn' to 'struct netvsc_device', and assigning
it 'rsscap.num_recv_que' in 'rndis_filter_device_add'. Now we can access
the combined maximum channel count via 'struct netvsc_device' in the
ethtool callback.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Schwartzmeyer <andrew@schwartzmeyer.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the checks in get_hwsim_data_ref_from_addr, wmediumd
was only able to use the second mac address (those starting with
0x42). This is confusing and needlessly limiting, so allow any
configured address.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a fully converted cfg80211 driver needs cfg80211-wext for
userspace API purposes, the symbols need not be exported. When
other drivers (orinoco/hermes or ipw2200) are enabled, they do
need the symbols exported as they use them directly.
Make those drivers select a new CFG80211_WEXT_EXPORT Kconfig
symbol (instead of just CFG80211_WEXT) and export the functions
only if requested - this saves about 1/2k due to the size of
EXPORT_SYMBOL() itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Prior to this patch, sending a packet with the source MAC address of one
of the CPSW interfaces to one of the CPSW slave ports while it's configured in
dual_emac mode would update the port_num field of the VLAN/Unicast Address
Table Entry. This would cause it to discard all incoming traffic addressed to
that MAC address, essentially rendering the port useless until the ALE table is
cleared (by starting and stopping the interface or rebooting.)
For example, if eth0 has a MAC address of 90:59:af:8f:43:e9 it will have
an ALE table entry:
00 00 00 00 59 90 02 30 e9 43 8f af
(VLAN Addr vlan_id=2 unicast type=0 port_num=0 addr=90:59:af:8f:43:e9)
If you configure another device with the same MAC address and connect it
to the first CPSW slave port and send some traffic the ALE table entry
becomes:
04 00 00 00 59 90 02 30 e9 43 8f af
(VLAN Addr vlan_id=2 unicast type=0 port_num=1 addr=90:59:af:8f:43:e9)
>From this point forward all incoming traffic addressed to
90:59:af:8f:43:e9 will be dropped.
Setting the SECURE bit for the VLAN/Unicast address table entry for each
interface's MAC address corrects the problem.
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the usbnet core does not update the tx_packets statistic for
drivers with FLAG_MULTI_PACKET and there is no hook in the TX
completion path where they could do this.
cdc_ncm and dependent drivers are bumping tx_packets stat on the
transmit path while asix and sr9800 aren't updating it at all.
Add a packet count in struct skb_data so these drivers can fill it
in, initialise it to 1 for other drivers, and add the packet count
to the tx_packets statistic on completion.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Tested-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a discrepancy here because the niu_class_to_ethflow() returns
zero on failure and one on success but the caller expected zero on
success and negative on failure.
The problem means that we allow the user to pass classes and flow_types
which we don't want. I've looked at it a bit and I don't see it as a
very serious bug.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The smc91x driver traditionally gets configured at compile-time
for whichever hardware it runs on. This no longer works on
ARM as we continue to move to building all-in-one kernels.
Most ARM configurations with this driver already use run-time
configuration through DT or through platform_data, but a
few have not been converted yet.
I've checked all ARM boards that use this driver in their
legacy board files, and converted the ones that were using
compile-time configuration in smc91x.h to behave like the
other ones and provide the interrupt polarity along with
the MMIO configuration (width, stride) at platform device
creation time.
In particular, these combinations were previously selectable
in Kconfig but in fact broken:
- sa1100 assabet plus pleb
- msm combined with any other armv6/v7 platform
- pxa-idp combined with any non-DMA pxa variant
- LogicPD PXA270 combined with any other pxa
- nomadik combined with any other armv4/v5 platform,
e.g. versatile.
None of these seem critical enough to warrant a backport
to stable, but it would be nice to clean this up for good.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
----
I would like the patch to get merged through netdev, after
Robert and/or Linus have verified it on at least some hardware.
There are a few other non-ARM platforms using this driver,
I could do the same patch for those if we want to take
it further.
arch/arm/mach-msm/board-halibut.c | 8 ++++-
arch/arm/mach-msm/board-qsd8x50.c | 8 ++++-
arch/arm/mach-pxa/idp.c | 5 +++
arch/arm/mach-pxa/lpd270.c | 8 ++++-
arch/arm/mach-realview/core.c | 7 ++++
arch/arm/mach-realview/realview_eb.c | 2 +-
arch/arm/mach-sa1100/neponset.c | 6 ++++
arch/arm/mach-sa1100/pleb.c | 7 ++++
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c | 9 +++--
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.h | 114 ++----------------------------------------------------------
10 files changed, 57 insertions(+), 117 deletions(-)
Tested-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-02-26
This series contains fixes for i40e and i40evf only.
Alexey Khoroshilov found a possible leak of 'cmd_buf' when copy_from_user()
failed in i40e_dbg_command_write(), so resolved by calling kfree().
Shannon provides a fix to ensure the shift and bitwise precedences do not
work backwards for us by adding parans. Fixed the driver by preventing
the driver from allowing stray interrupts or causing system logs from
un-handled interrupts by combining the ICR0 shutdown with the standard
interrupt shutdown and add the interrupt clearing to the PCI shutdown
path. Fixed an issue where a NVM write times out before a transaction
can complete, so Shannon added logic to make another attempt by
reacquiring the semaphore, then retry the write, if the one retry fails,
we will then give up. Adds checks to pointers before their use to ensure
we do not try to dereference NULL pointers when returning values from the
AdminQ calls.
Akeem adds a check to bail out if the device is already down when checking
for Tx hang subtask.
Anjali fixes TSO with more than 8 frags per segment issue. The hardware
has some limitations which the driver needs to adhere to:
1) no more than 8 descriptors per packet on the wire
2) no header can span more than 3 descriptors
If one of these events happens, the hardware will generate an internal
error and freeze the Tx queue, so Anjali fixes this by linearizes the skb
to avoid these situations. Fixed an issue where the per Traffic Class
queue count was higher than queues enabled, which will fix a warning
with multiple function mode where systems regularly have more cores than
vectors. Fixed TCP/IPv6 over VXLAN Tx checksum offload, where we were
checking the outer protocol flags and deciding the flow for the inner
header.
Jesse fixes a race condition in the transmit hang detection. Before we
were having issues of false Tx hang detection, no the driver makes more
direct with the checks for progress forward by directly checking the head
write back address and tail register when determining progress. This
avoids Tx hangs where the software gets behind, because we are directly
checking hardware state when determining a hang state.
Neerav fixes the transmit ring Qset handle when DCB reconfigures. The issue
was when DCB is reconfigured to a single traffic class (TC) and the driver
did not reset the Tx ring Qset handle to correct the mapping, which caused
the Tx queue to disable timeouts. Also as part of DCB reconfiguration flow
if the Tx queue disable times out, then issue a PF reset to do some level
of recovery.
Mitch stops flow director on shutdown because, in some cases, the hardware
would continue to try to access the FDIR ring after entering D3Hot state,
which would cause either PCIe errors or NMIs, depending upon the system
configuration.
* NOTE * I have verified that this series of patches for net will not cause
any merge issues when you sync up your net tree with your net-next tree.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible that the hardware may not have been properly shutdown
before this driver gets control, through use by firmware, for example.
Until the driver is loaded, interrupts associated with the hardware
could go pending. When the IRQs are requested napi support has not
been initialized yet, but the ISR will get control and schedule napi
processing resulting in a kernel panic because the poll routine has not
been set.
Adjust the code so that the driver is fully ready to handle and process
interrupts as soon as the IRQs are requested. This involves requesting
and freeing IRQs during start and stop processing and ordering the napi
add and delete calls appropriately.
Also adjust the powerup and powerdown routines to match the start and
stop routines in regards to the ordering of tasks, including napi
related calls.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just another AX88178-based 10/100/1000 USB-to-Ethernet dongle. This one
shows up in lsusb as: "Sitecom Europe B.V. LN-028 Network USB 2.0 Adapter".
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Cc: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows TSO being set/unset on the master, so that GSO
segmentation is done after team layer.
Similar patch is present for bonding:
b0ce3508b2 ("bonding: allow TSO being set on bonding master")
and bridge:
f902e8812e ("bridge: Add ability to enable TSO")
Suggested-by: Jiri Prochazka <jprochaz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"val" is declared as a u64 so static checkers complain that this shift
can wrap. I don't have the hardware but probably it's doesn't have over
31 ports. Still we may as well silence the warning even if it's not a
real bug.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure kmalloc() succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing reads and writes to adapter memory via the PCI-E Memory Window
interface, data gets swizzled on 4-byte boundaries on Big-Endian systems
because we need to account for the register read/write interface which
incorporates a swizzle onto the Little-Endian PCI-E Bus.
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should complete notify_check before returning the credits. Once we return the
credits, adaptor may access the notify data.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Sankar <ssujith@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing I experience a deadlock while using the at86rf233 on a
raspberry pi. The reason was an edge triggered gpio irq because the irq
triggered while irq was disabled. This issue doesn't happend on a level
triggered irq because the irq will hit after calling enable_irq.
This patch adds a warning that it's not recommended to use a edge-triggered
irq type. Also change the examples to high-level irqtype.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The at86rf2xx chips supports the setting of irq polarity if active low
or active high. This patch adds a handling for IRQ_ACTIVE_LOW if the
irq_type is IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we support at86rf233 we need to ensure that basic operation
default values are the same. This patch always sets IRQ_MASK_MODE to 0
which is after reset 1 at the at86rf233 and 0 at the at86rf231.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes tx_timeout handling. We used it in sync xmit
handling. Since we support async xmit handling a xmit timeout handling
isn't easy to implement and should be implemented by netdev watchdog
mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for setting the xtal trim register. Some at86rf2xx
transceiver boards needs fine tuning the xtal capacitor.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch copies the platform data in driver allocated space at first.
With this change we ensure that we access the allocated platform data as
readonly space.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For the STA interface, track 'privacy'.
Refactor safety checks to:
- always print connection params
- always check IE size validity
- require RSN IE for secure connection
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make this field to track privacy attribute for all interface types
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On some platforms get_cycles() implemented to allways return 0.
On such platforms "Division by zero" bug was triggered.
Signed-off-by: Boris Sorochkin <boriss@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Change threshold to be variable debugfs entry from hard-coded 0.
Default threshold value is 16 descriptors because HW is capable
of fetching up to 16 descriptors at once.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Shulman <qca_shulmanv@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Mark expected branches using likely()/unlikely().
Do it on high performance route - data path and interrupts
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the old hardware, bug existed that caused DA and SA for every
Rx packet to be swapped in the AP mode.
New hardware has fix for this bug. Enable this fix in the
hardware.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Hardware older than Sparrow B0 obsolete.
There is no WiFi product that uses this hardware.
Recent firmware does not support it either.
Remove driver support.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Introduce boot loader. Instead of the operational firmware,
very small boot loader is burned to the on-board flash. Boot loader
initializes hardware upon reset, and prepares for low power mode.
Boot loader reports MAC address and detects radio chip connected.
Driver loads firmware only when bringing up interface. All information
required to set up network interface, most important is MAC address,
reported by the boot loader
The firmware composed of 2 files:
- wil6210.fw - firmware itself (compiled code + data)
- wil6210.board - board file (various board and radio dependent
calibrations and parameters)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Commit 84b313b35f ("mwifiex: make tx packet 64 byte DMA aligned")
induced payload offset issue for USB interface.
There is no USB interface header for tx packets, so there's no need to
pull interface length while processing tx skb.
This patch fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for DMA alignment of sk_buffs
allocated for RX.
Patch also adds support to modify skb allocation flags.
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
FW crash has been observed while running iperf TX with SD8887
devices. This is because of invalid TX buffer setting. SD8887
supports 2K buffer sizes. This patch fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch changes datatypes for device capability flags to bool.
Patch also aggregates these variables at single place.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes a crash which was happening because of RX of
management frames on uninitialzed interface. Now we drop management
frames for interfaces where cfg80211 has not registered any management
subtype reception or interface has no NL80211 iftype set.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch handles a corner case where TX packet would remain in
driver queue till next packet comes in.
Here is sequence:
1. TX packet is queued via hard_start_xmit and main_work is queued
2. SDIO interrupt comes in which directly call mwifiex_main_process.
This starts executing main superloop.
3. Now work from step1 is scheduled but at first check itself it sees
mwifiex_processing is set and exits.
4. Now if superloop from step2 has passed TX processing part of superloop
this packet would remain in queue until next packet/command/SDIO interrupt
arrives and queues main_work.
This patch fixes this corner case by defining more_task flag which is set when
mwifiex_processing is found to be true. At end of superloop we again check if
more_task flag is set and if set, execute superloop again.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Debugfs_remove will check for error or NULL for us, so it is not
necessary to do this here.
Signed-off-by: Bas Peters <baspeters93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Delete SET_USB_STOP macro and rtl_usb_deinit because
those are called twice in USB de-initialize routine.
Add some de-initialize workqueue function in USB disconnect routine.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cleanup the port forwarding state transitions for the cases when the port
joins or leaves a bridge, or is brought admin UP or DOWN. When port is
bridged, we can rely on bridge driver putting port in correct state using
STP callback into port driver, regardless if bridge is enabled for STP or not.
When port is not bridged, we can reuse some of the STP code to enabled or
disable forwarding depending on UP or DOWN.
Tested by trying all the transitions from bridge/not bridge, and UP/DOWN, and
verifying port is in the correct forwarding state after each transition.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a rename of physical ports from "lport" to "pport". Not a
functional change. OF-DPA uses logical ports (lport) for tunnels, but the
driver (and device) were using "lport" for physical ports. Renaming physical
ports references to "pport", freeing up "lport" for use later with tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rocker device returns error codes if something goes wrong with descriptor
processing. Originally the device used standard errno codes for different
errors, but since those errno codes aren't portable across ARCHs, the device
now returns hard-coded error codes that stay constant across diff ARCHs. Fix
driver to use those same hard-coded values.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device is a dongle made by Philips to enhance their TVs with wireless capabilities,
but works flawlessly on any upstream kernel, provided that the ath9k_htc module is attached to it.
It's correctly recognized by lsusb as "0471:209e Philips (or NXP) PTA01 Wireless Adapter" and the
patch has been tested on real hardware.
Signed-off-by: Leon Nardella <leon.nardella@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All hw driver components in the rtlwifi driver, except for the
rtl8192de component has this bug. They would clear BE bit in the
ACM_CTRL register instead of the VO bit when processing the VO queue.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In some rare circumstances the escan protection timer can expire
before the setup completed (due to long timeouts on IOCTL). This
patch avoids this situation by setting the timer after the setup
completed correctly.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The SDIO watchdog will put the device in sleep mode when there is
no activity for some time and nothing to do anymore. This check
is incomplete and should also check if there is a control frame
to transmit.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Borrowed the idea of the PM freezer to make sdio suspend wait for
watchdog and DPC thread to freeze at a safe point in their thread
routine. The suspend takes 20-25 msec.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make the revision info visible in debugfs. The new debugfs
file is named 'revinfo'.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When a key is set or cleared with an unsupported key index then
brcmfmac will print an error. With most wpa_supplicants this is
happening a lot. The error print is confusing and not needed.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Changing the SDIO state of the driver involves changing the bus
interface state. Adding a helper function makes sure that knowledge
is in one place.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
alloc_workqueue() has string format formation ability e.g. wqname%ifname
will be treated as wqnameifname. Use this and remove string operations
while defining strings for workqueue names.
Reported-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
the if/elseif/else is exhaustive - there is no 4th case given the
rssi_ctrl_mask = RADIO_2055_NBRSSI_SEL | RADIO_2055_WBRSSI_G1_SEL |
RADIO_2055_WBRSSI_G2_SEL;
so this unreachable else case (dead code) can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When coming out of WoW sleep, check and restart
timers based on TSF2.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The events for patterns 8..15 need to be
cleared on wakeup.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Handle the user-configured patterns in the range 8..15
when waking up and update wow_status correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The power save state of MCI has to be disabled
when enabling WoW sleep, check this properly.
ar9003_mci_state() doesn't handle MCI_STATE_GET_WLAN_PS_STATE
right now, but this will be done later when proper
support for MCI/PS is added.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Several new MCI states have to handled,
add them to the list.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When MCI is enabled and WoW sleep is enabled,
make sure that the RTC keep awake timer is set
with the required value. This is also required
when the AR_WA is programmed.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Along with AR9462, AR9565 also has an extra field
in the TX descriptor which needs to be zeroed out
for the keep alive frame. This makes the earlier
REG_WRITE redundant, so it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make sure we don't try to dereference NULL pointers when returning values
from the AdminQ calls.
Change-ID: Ia6694f2f415d50acf0aba063c863568742799aff
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some circumstances, a multi-write transaction takes longer than the
default 3 minute timeout on the write semaphore. If the write failed with
an EBUSY status, this is likely the problem, so here we try to reacquire
the semaphore then retry the write. We only do one retry, then give up.
Change-ID: I1c8be60688acc2f39573839579baf601207c4a36
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some cases, the hardware would continue to try to access the FDIR
ring after entering D3Hot state, which would cause either PCIe errors or
NMIs, depending upon system configuration.
Explicitly stop FDIR in our shutdown routine to eliminate this
possibility.
Change-ID: I1bd9fc7fd8f151fe24cad132ac9adddab923e3af
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Combine the ICR0 shutdown with the standard interrupt shutdown, and
add the interrupt clearing to the PCI shutdown path.
This prevents the driver from allowing stray interrupts or causing
system logs from un-handled interrupts.
Change-ID: I48f6ab95cad7f8ca77c1f26c92a51cc1034ced43
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were checking the outer Protocol flags and deciding the flow for
inner header. This patch fixes that.
This fixes the Tx checksum offload for TCP/IPv6 over vxlan.
Change-ID: I837aaea921d34f71b24c2bc32aaadea5001ddf78
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of DCB reconfiguration flow if the Tx queue disable times out
then issue a PF reset to do some level of recovery.
Change-ID: I7550021c55bff355351c0365e61e1f05fcaff46d
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When DCB is reconfigured to single TC the driver did not reset the
Tx ring Qset handle to the correct mapping; which caused Tx queue
disable timeouts.
Change-ID: I4da5915ec92a83c281b478d653fae6ef1b72edfe
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver or hardware gets less interrupt vectors than the actual
number of CPU cores, limit the queue count for the priority queue
traffic class (TC) queues.
This will fix a warning with multiple function mode where systems
regularly have more cores than vectors.
Also add extra comment for readability.
Change-ID: I4f02226263aa3995e1f5ee5503eac0cd6ee12fbd
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was having some issues with false Tx hang detection. This
makes the driver a little more direct with the checks for progress
forward by directly checking the head write back address and tail register
when determining progress. This avoids Tx hangs where the software
gets behind, because we are directly checking hardware state when
determining hang state.
Change-ID: I774f0e861c9e8ab5ccb213634100fe15440ae24a
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hardware has some limitations the driver needs to adhere to,
that we found in extended testing.
1) no more than 8 descriptors per packet on the wire
2) no header can span more than 3 descriptors
If one of these events occurs, the hardware will generate an internal
error and freeze the Tx queue.
This patch linearizes the skb to avoid these situations.
Change-ID: I37dab7d3966e14895a9663ec4d0aaa8eb0d9e115
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds check to bail out if device is already down when checking
for Tx hang subtask.
Change-ID: I3853fb7a6d11cb9a4c349b687cb25c15b19977a0
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add parens to make sure the shift and bitwise precedences don't work backwards
for us.
Change-ID: I60c10ef4fad6bc654522b9d8a53da2e270a0f268
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The patch fixes a leak of 'cmd_buf' when copy_from_user() failed
in i40e_dbg_command_write().
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-02-24
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only, which bumps their
versions to i40e 1.2.9 and i40evf 1.2.3.
Paul fixes i40e_debug_aq() for big endian machines by adding the
appropriate LExx_TO_CPU wrappers.
Catherine adds a requested speed variable to the link_status to store the
last speeds we requested from the firmware and use the advertised speed
settings in get_settings in ethtool now that we have it. Due to the
new code addition, she also refactors get_settings to improve readability
and to accommodate some of the longer lines of code by adding two
functions i40e_get_settings_link_up() and i40e_get_settings_link_down().
Carolyn adds a struct to the VSI struct to keep track of RXNFC settings
done via ethtool. Adds more information to the interrupt vector
names, specifically to the VF misc vector name so that we can distinguish
between all the interrupts.
Ashish enables the i40evf driver to enable debug prints via ethtool.
Mitch updates i40e to enable packet split only when IOMMU is in use,
since it shows a distinct advantage over the single-buffer path
because it minimizes DMA mapping and unmapping. Also adds the receive
routine in use to the features log message to be able to print the
receive packet split status.
Greg adds the ability to get, set and commit permanently the NPAR
partition BW configuration through configfs. Enables an application
to query the i40e driver's private flags to get the status of NPAR
enablement via ethtool.
Neerav adds support for bridge offload ndo_ops getlink and setlink
to enable bridge hardware mode as per the mode set via IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE.
The support is only enabled in the case of a PF VSI and not available for
any other VSI type.
Kevin fixes i40e by ensuring the BUF and FLAG_RD flags are set for
indirect admin queue command.
Vasu updates the driver to setup FCoE netdev device type as "fcoe", so that
it shows up in sysfs as FCoE device.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the bridge join, leave and set_stp callbacks by making that
we do the following:
- when a port joins the bridge, all existing ports in the bridge get
their VLAN control register updated with that joining port
- the joining port is including all existing bridge ports in its own
VLAN control register
The leave operation is fairly similar, special care must be taken to
make sure that port leaving the bridging is not removing itself from its
own VLAN control register.
Since the various BR_* states apply directly to our HW semantics, we
just need to translate these constants into their corresponding HW
settings, and voila!
We make sure to trigger a fast-ageing process for ports that are
joining/leaving the bridge and transition from incompatible states, this
is equivalent to triggering an ARL flush for that port.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PHY requires different settings for the Decision Feedback Analyzer
(DFE) when running in KX mode vs. KR mode. Update the code to change
these settings when changing modes in order to provide a more stable
link.
Additionally, adjust the 10GbE PQ skew default setting to a more sane
value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit below didn't update the max_ht_ampdu_exponent
for the devices listed in iwl-[1-6]000.c which, in result,
became 0 instead of 8K. This reduced the size of the Rx
AMPDU from 64K to 8K which had an impact in the Rx
throughput. One user reported that because of this, his
downstream throughput droppped by a half.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.19]
Fixes: c064ddf318 ("iwlwifi: change max HT and VHT A-MPDU exponent")
Reported-and-tested-by: Valentin Manea <linux-wireless@mrs.ro>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Bump i40e to 1.2.9 and i40evf 1.2.3
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I345d777e94abd0acffe6a28793f675d251a86299
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the netdev name to the VF misc vector name. Without
this patch, all the interrupts show the same info, so it difficult to
distinguish them.
Change-ID: I247828697e1373ecfb5f8dc1bc9618e98a7f4942
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allow an application to query the i40e driver's private flags to get the
status of NPAR enablement. This will be used by applications to determine
if there are NPAR specific features available.
Change-ID: Ia6d9477a48f9c4cb41ca022bd433f77da3f2146c
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set FLAG_RD for send_driver_version AQ command.
Change-ID: I8253051eff85a1d4b5a4e12ce0395b65ceb91e62
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the RX routine in use to the features log message.
Change-ID: Ifbbf28fb7f42b9a3d2828586488e9e6331107dd5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Setup FCoE netdev device type as "fcoe", so that it shows up in
sysfs as FCoE device.
Change-ID: Ie13a1a332dba4d5802586926104ee01ef20da44f
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
BUF flag must be set for indirect AQ command.
Change-ID: I6819718a47baf69d1a91ebaed89f735ed6e86025
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for bridge offload ndo_ops getlink and setlink to
enable bridge hardware mode as per the mode set via IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE.
The support is only enabled in case of a PF VSI and not available for
any other VSI type.
By default the i40e driver inserts a bridge as part of the bring-up
when a FDIR type VSI and/or a FCoE VSI is created. This bridge is
created in VEB mode by default i.e. after creating the bridge using
"Add VEB" AQ command the loopback for the PF's default VSI is enabled.
The patch adds capability where all the VSIs created as downlink to
the bridge inherits the loopback property and enables loopback only
if the uplink bridge is operating in VEB mode.
Hence, there is no need to explicitly enable loopback as part of
allocating resources for SR-IOV VFs and call to do that has been
removed.
In case a user-request is made either via "bridge" utility or using
the bridge netlink interface that requires to change the hardware
bridge mode then that would require a PF reset and rebuild of the
switch hierarchy.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I4d78fc1c83158efda29ba7be92239b74f75d6d25
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-By: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add configfs controls to get, set and commit NPAR BW configurations.
We export three controls:
min_bw - Can take a value from 0 to 100 inclusive
max_bw - Can take a value from 1 to 100 inclusive
commit - A write-only control that accepts only a value of 1 and will
cause the BW settings to be permanently committed to NVM so
that they are persistent across power cycles and system
resets
The BW values are relative and are expressed as percentages. For more
information on the interpretation of the BW settings see the Dell
specifications for NPAR.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: Id7496ca65630b5037e32ba6a5a748fbc1632881b
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-By: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to be able to get, set and commit permanently the NPAR
partition BW configuration through configfs. These are necessary
precursor functions for that feature.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I9d5ca160a9288145f1dd2042994028679fff55f3
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When an IOMMU is in use, the packet split receive path shows a distinct
advantage over the single-buffer path because it minimizes DMA mapping
and unmapping. However, this is not an advantage for systems with no
IOMMU. At init time, check to see if an IOMMU is enabled and enable
packet split receives.
Change-ID: I4f70d2e9c31bbea3dc8fd0c5734959a6e6602210
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Copy setting from ethtool to the HW specific struct to actually
enable prints. Change print from i40e to i40evf to differentiate
drivers in bare metal scenarios.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I06fee26247299a08f2e1c70fc811a9ea0931c4dd
Signed-off-by: Ashish Shah <ashish.n.shah@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a struct to the VSI struct to keep track of rxnfc
settings done via ethtool. Without this patch, the device can only
list the options available, not the current settings and this is not
clear to the user. Without current settings, the available settings
never changing looks like a bug.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I087bbfdb33b330496a671630a7586773e3b3e589
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a requested speed variable to the link_status struct to store the
last speeds we requested from the firmware (the speeds the FW will be
advertising with if autoneg is enabled).
Use the advertised speed settings in get_settings in ethtool now that
we have it. Also set the requested speed settings in set_settings in
ethtool as they are requested and initialize them in probe based on what
the firmware remembers as the last requested speeds.
To accommodate some longer lines in this new code, and improve
readability I have added two functions i40e_get_settings_link_up
and i40e_get_settings_link_down which get_settings now calls first.
It then does all of the settings that happen regardless of link
state. Some PHY types that supported the same settings were also combined.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: Ica0c5ac81b6069ea6a7406fce7482f7816d4455c
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function i40e_debug_aq() prints information helpful in debugging
admin queue commands, but it doesn't do so correctly on big endian machines.
This patch adds the appropriate LExx_TO_CPU wrappers for big endian
architectures.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I4b2dc229ed5bf6dfe35632a58cddf53c21aff4b0
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add Byte Queue Limits (BQL) support to via-rhine driver.
[edumazet] tweaked patch and changed TX_RING_SIZE from 16 to 64
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-kernel@mcmilk.de>
Tested-by: Jamie Gloudon <jamie.gloudon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the pending indexes are released /after/ pushing the Tx response
then a stale pending index may be used if a new Tx request is
immediately pushed by the frontend. The may cause various WARNINGs or
BUGs if the stale pending index is actually still in use.
Fix this by releasing the pending index before pushing the Tx
response.
The full barrier for the pending ring update is not required since the
the Tx response push already has a suitable write barrier.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Churn Detection machines detect the situation where a port is operable,
but the Actor and Partner have not attached the link to an Aggregator and
brought the link into operation within a bound time period. Under normal
operation of the LACP, agreement between Actor and Partner should be reached
very rapidly. Continued failure to reach agreement can be symptomatic of
device failure.
Actor-churn-detection state-machine
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
===================================
BEGIN=True + PortEnable=False
|
v
+------------------------+ ActorPort.Sync=True +------------------+
| ACTOR_CHURN_MONITOR | ---------------------> | NO_ACTOR_CHURN |
|========================| |==================|
| ActorChurn=False | ActorPort.Sync=False | ActorChurn=False |
| ActorChurn.Timer=Start | <--------------------- | |
+------------------------+ +------------------+
| ^
| |
ActorChurn.Timer=Expired |
| ActorPort.Sync=True
| |
| +-----------------+ |
| | ACTOR_CHURN | |
| |=================| |
+--------------> | ActorChurn=True | ------------+
| |
+-----------------+
Similar for the Partner-churn-detection.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802.1AX standard states:
"The DA in LACPDUs is the Slow_Protocols_Multicast address."
This patch enforces that and drops LACPDUs with destination MAC
addresses other than Slow_Protocols_Multicast address
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-02-23
This series contains updates to e1000e, igbvf, i40e and i40evf.
David adds support for i219 devices to the e1000e driver.
Jeff (me) provides two patches to cleanup igbvf, first cleans up the
whitespace issues found and the second cleans up the usage of msleep(),
min() and max() with usleep_range(), min_t() and max_t() respectively.
Kamil updates the shadow RAM read/write functions by refactoring them
to prepare for future work.
Shannon renames the debugfs command "clear_stats pf" to clear_stats port"
to clarify what the function really does.
Mitch refactors the receive routine, by splitting the receive hot path
code into two, one for packet split and one for single buffer, which
improves receive performance. Disables NAPI polling sooner when closing
the interface to fix an occasional panic during close which was
caused by the driver trying to delete and clean rings at the same time.
Also refactors reset for i40evf, since a recent change to the shutdown
flow messed up the reset flow. Since i40evf_down() now holds the
critical section lock, we cannot call it from the reset handler, which
also holds the lock.
Nicholas restricts the virtual channel opcodes should remain consistent
between updates to the opcode enum.
Neerav converts the VSI connection type to use a #define instead of
using a magic number.
Anjali updates the registers file to remove registers no longer available.
Also fixes the EMPR interrupt handling, so that we won't trigger another
EMPR when we receive an EMPR event.
Catherine cleans up the variable an_enable since it was set and never
used.
Greg fixes the netdev op that allows the operator to turn MAC/VLAN
spoof checking on and off so that it includes the flag for VLAN spoof
checking.
v2: Updated patch #10 in the series to use test_and_clear_bit() as
suggested by Sergei Shtylyov
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcmgenet_hw_params->bds_cnt and GENET_DEFAULT_BD_CNT are used only in Tx init.
Rename them accordingly:
- bcmgenet_hw_params->bds_cnt => bcmgenet_hw_params->tx_bds_per_q
- GENET_DEFAULT_BD_CNT => GENET_Q16_TX_BD_CNT
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is 1-to-1 mapping between TxCBs and TxBDs. Precalculate TxCB->bd_addr
once in bcmgenet_init_dma() instead of doing it over and over needlessly in
bcmgenet_get_txcb().
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Rename bcmgenet_init_multiq() to bcmgenet_init_tx_queues()
2. Fix bcmgenet_init_tx_queues() function description
3. Move Tx default queue init inside bcmgenet_init_tx_queues()
4. Modify bcmgenet_init_dma() to call bcmgenet_init_tx_queues()
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Simplify function description
2. Rename function parameter write_ptr to start_ptr to better indicate use
3. Remove unnecessary local variable first_bd
4. Remove out-of-place comment "Unclassified traffic goes to ring 16"
5. Fix TDMA_WRITE_PTR register init
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct two problems with the error handling when using the netlink
forwarding API: first, the netlink skb is never freed if nla_put()
fails; and second, genlmsg_unicast() can fail if the netlink socket
is full. In the latter case, the corresponding data skb is not counted
as a drop and userspace programs like wmediumd will see TCP stalls
due to lost packets.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Under rare circumstances, after a reset, set_rx_mode might get called
while the watchdog is running, which will cause a deadlock on the
critical section lock. To correct this, add a counter and give up trying
to get the lock after fifty tries. Log a message if this happens but
don't take any other action. Because this happens after a reset, all of
the Rx filters are still in place and the device won't lose
connectivity.
We can also get stuck during shutdown, if the PF has stopped communicating
with us, or if a reset is occurring. If we can't get the lock after a reasonable
amount of time, just error out. Something else bad is happening anyway, so
adding this filter is the least of our concern right now.
Change-ID: I159731e2a82a06b389ee31b34ce336548e05baa0
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent change to the shutdown flow messed up the reset flow. Since
i40evf_down now holds the critical section lock, we cannot call it from
the reset handler, which also holds the lock. To do so causes a deadlock
accompanied by wailing and gnashing of teeth. This is easily triggered
by running an ethtool self-test on the PF device.
Instead, we move the relevant portions of i40evf_down into the reset
handler and bend them to our will. Additionally, we can optimize the
reinit path by not deleting the MAC and VLAN filters and then adding
them back again. Instead, we just set the 'add' flag and let the
watchdog resynchronize the filter list with the PF driver. We also
reword a few messages to make them more consistent with the rest of the
driver.
Change-ID: I03dd92ae736f7719fca3564b12a2cf9b98c6cb18
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When closing the interface, disable NAPI polling before any other
activities. This fixes an occasional panic during close caused by the
driver trying to delete and clean rings at the same time.
Change-ID: Ib4d427b13d310258ea85b248d535da70ecf0c1e9
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The netdev op that allows the operator to turn MAC/VLAN spoof checking on
and off did not include the flag for VLAN spoof checking. This patch
fixes that problem.
Change-ID: Ib4c9e639024a854592d97af22706544881ac3fcb
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump i40e to 1.2.8 and i40evf to 1.2.2
Change-ID: I64f47c3367ea8ff2a53068e895d7a1f60726c871
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
An_enable was never used only set so lets remove it. The function
update_link_info only did two things, call get_link_info and set
an_enabled. Therefore we should also remove update_link_info and
change all references to it to get_link_info.
Change-ID: Ie3022680fa7a94bfd495a4f5fc76a73701d85569
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We shouldn't trigger another EMPR when we receive an EMPR event.
This patch handles EMPR event reception with a different state
so that we can do the right thing for NVM.
Change-ID: I9cac70b3658600f016a65beb6fb157e1c1f9adf9
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some registers have been removed so take them out and
stop updating and looking at them.
Change-ID: I33da922c8de993a94dd8b8d8a2ae2146b8ca1a27
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use #defined VSI connection type values instead of using magic numbers.
Change-ID: I2f6cf7bf394d391e1c0fe61779e9e4ad8858154a
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Until the time a more robust versioning scheme is needed/implemented all
established virtual channel opcode values should remain consistent between
updates to the opcode enum.
This patch repositions I40E_VIRTCHNL_OP_CONFIG_RSS to the end of the enum. In
its current position this opcode displaces the initial value of
I40E_VIRTCHNL_OP_EVENT and will cause PF/VF compatibility issues.
Going forward the expectation is either:
a) All future opcode additions will be added as the last element of the
enum. Once VF drivers start making use of the new commands the virtual
channel version will need to be incremented and drivers will need to
implement a simple version check whereby VF drivers can only load on
PFs with a >= version.
b) or, if needed, design and implement a more complicated API
negotiation capability.
In either case PF drivers should always maintain backwards compatibility with
earlier VF driver versions.
Change-ID: Ie245daa09a231b6680ed793d648bdcc76caefe58
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Nunley <nicholas.d.nunley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Split the receive hot path code into two, one for packet split and one
for single buffer. This improves receive performance since we only need
to check if the ring is in packet split mode once per NAPI poll time,
not several times per packet. The single buffer code is further improved
by the removal of a bunch of code and several variables that are not
needed. On a receive-oriented test this can improve single-threaded
throughput.
Also refactor the packet split receive path to use a fixed buffer for
headers, like ixgbe does. This vastly reduces the number of DMA mappings
and unmappings we need to do, allowing for much better performance in
the presence of an IOMMU.
Lastly, correct packet split descriptor types now that we are actually
using them.
Change-ID: I3a194a93af3d2c31e77ff17644ac7376da6f3e4b
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Change debugfs command from "clear_stats pf" to "clear_stats port"
to be clearer what the action is. Also, limit the action to the
base PF, not the NPAR partitions.
Change-ID: I22aa39c0962d83a83a985097b1000ed7f8c66f3f
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change is to refactor the read/write functions to support
future work.
Change-ID: I13150d5e3042f2c617362c0140dc7e6473ebcdee
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixed a few cases of when we used msleep() when we should have been
using usleep_range(). Also updated the usage of min/max() to use
min_t/max_t().
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Fix the code comments to align with the drivers/net/ commenting style.
Also fix other checkpatch errors such as using tabs where possible and
properly wrap lines to conform to the 80 char limit (unless it is
a string).
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
i219 is the next-generation LOM that will be available on systems with the
Sunrise Point Platform Controller Hub (PCH) chipset from Intel. This patch
provides the initial support for the device.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Tested-by: Carmen Edwards <carmenx.edwards@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Incorrect NAPI polling caused WARNING at net/core/dev.c net_rx_action.
Some stability issues were also seen at high throughput and system
load before this patch.
This patch contains several changes in altera_tse_main.c:
- tse_rx() is fixed to not process more than `limit` frames
- tse_poll() is refactored to match NAPI logic
- only received frames are counted for return value
- removed bogus condition `(rxcomplete >= budget || txcomplete > 0)`
- replace by: if (rxcomplete < budget) -> call __napi_complete and enable irq
- altera_isr()
- replace spin_lock_irqsave() by spin_lock() - we are in isr
- use spinlocks just over irq manipulation, not over __napi_schedule
- reset IRQ first, then disable and schedule napi
This is a cleaned up resubmission from Vlastimil's recent submission.
Signed-off-by: Vlastimil Setka <setka@vsis.cz>
Signed-off-by: Roman Pisl <rpisl@kky.zcu.cz>
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch corrects a typo in the way tx_fifo_depth is read from the
devicetree. This patch was submitted by Vlastimil about a week ago,
and is now cleaned up and resubmitted.
Signed-off-by: Vlastimil Setka <setka@vsis.cz>
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current FW is declaring support for BFER in ucode_capa.capa
but it doesn't really support it unless the new LQ_SS_PARAMS API
is supported as well. Avoid publishing BFER in our VHT caps
if FW doesn't support.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
iwl_mvm_stop_roc removes TE only if running flag is set. This is not correct
since this flag is only set when the TE is started.
This resulted in a TE not being removed, when mac80211 believes that there are
no active ROCs.
Fixes: bf5da87f60 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add remove flow for AUX ROC time events")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently following race is possible in team:
CPU0 CPU1
team_port_del
team_upper_dev_unlink
priv_flags &= ~IFF_TEAM_PORT
team_handle_frame
team_port_get_rcu
team_port_exists
priv_flags & IFF_TEAM_PORT == 0
return NULL (instead of port got
from rx_handler_data)
netdev_rx_handler_unregister
The thing is that the flag is removed before rx_handler is unregistered.
If team_handle_frame is called in between, team_port_exists returns 0
and team_port_get_rcu will return NULL.
So do not check the flag here. It is guaranteed by netdev_rx_handler_unregister
that team_handle_frame will always see valid rx_handler_data pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Fixes: 3d249d4ca7 ("net: introduce ethernet teaming device")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain conditions, mac80211 may ask us to stop a scan (scheduled
or normal) that is not running anymore. This can also happen when we
are doing a different type of scan, for instance, mac80211 can ask us
to stop a scheduled scan when we are running a normal scan, due to
some race conditions. In this case, we would stop the wrong type of
scan and leave everything everything in a wrong state.
To fix this, simply ignore scan stop requests for scans types that are
not running.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The check to avoid the shared antenna was passed the wrong
antenna parameter. It should have checked whether the antenna of
the next column we're considering is allowed and instead it was
passed the current antenna.
This could lead to a wrong choice of the next column in the rs
algorithm and non optimal performance.
Fixes: commit 219fb66b49 ("iwlwifi: mvm: rs - don't use the shared antenna when BT load is high")
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.19]
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Every time be_setup() is called, the driver will have to wait for the
function/FW to be properly initialized. So, it make sense to move this call
inside be_setup().
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the resource cleanup sequences performed in be_suspend(),
be_eeh_err_detected() and be_err_detection_task() are same. Moved the
common code to a new routine be_cleanup() to avoid code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the adapter initialisation sequences performed in be_resume(),
be_eeh_resume() and be_err_recover() are same. Renamed be_resume() to
be_pci_resume() and moved the common code to a new routine be_resume() to
avoid code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The steps needed for Lancer's reset/initialization sequence are:
a) wait for SLIPORT_STAUS RDY bit to be set
b) set the SLIPORT_CONTROL IP bit
c) repeat step "a"
The code needed for this sequence is already covered by the be_func_init()
routine (with minor modifications.) So, get rid of the
lancer_test_and_set_rdy_state() and lancer_provisioning_error() routines
that unnecessarily duplicate this code. Also fixed the error recovery
function to take care of these changes
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when an error is detected, the queue resources are being cleaned up
in the recovery routine. The resources are better cleaned up in the error
detection routine itself (similar to EEH code.)
So, this patch re-factors error processing logic to follow the following sequence:
- check if there is an error in adapter
- if error,
- cleanup resources
- attempt recovery
The patch renames lancer_recover_func() to be_err_recover() as this
routine will be used in the future for error recovery on Skyhawk too.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also rename func_recovery_work/task to err_detection_work/task as error
detection is the primary goal of this task while recovery is not guaranteed.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function initialization sequence is executed in be_probe(), be_resume
and be_eeh_resume(). Move this code to a new routine called be_func_init()
to prevent code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the code to fetch the adapter state is in be_setup()->be_get_config().
So, move the code from be_get_initial_config() to be_get_config().
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The members of be_adapter struct were being allocated in two separate
routines -- be_ctrl_init() and be_stats_init(). Also, some other members
were allocated elsewhere. This patch moves the alloc/free code into
be_drv_init/cleanup() routines. The be_pci_map_bars() routine that was
called from be_ctrl_init() is now called directly from be_probe().
The new routine be_drv_init() will now be the place-holder for allocating
memory for any new be_adapter{} members in the future.
Some routines needed to be moved to provide forward definitions for their
calls.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently rs uses the info in mac80211 tx status which is
a translation of the actual rate coming up from the FW in
the tx response. This is matched up against the LQ table first
rate to make sure this tx frame used the current LQ table.
Instead of using the translated mac80211 info it's easier and
cleaner to just pass the actual tx response rate in the driver
private data and use that for matching.
This becomes even more important once the FW begins to
decide on its own whether to use STBC/BFER/SISO.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A scan abort command failure is not that unusual, since we may try to
send it after the scan has actually completed but before we received
the completed notification from the firmware. The scan abort can also
fail for other reasons, such as a timeout. In such cases, we should
clear things up so the next scans will work again. To do so, don't
return immediately in case of failures, but call
ieee80211_scan_completed() and clear the scan_status flags.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are certain regressions which are pointing to
these two commits which we are having a hard time
resolving. So revert them for now.
Specifically this reverts:
commit 0bec3b700d
Author: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Date: Wed Jan 7 10:49:49 2015 +0100
r8169: add support for xmit_more
and
commit 1e91887685
Author: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Date: Wed Oct 1 13:38:03 2014 +0200
r8169: add support for Byte Queue Limits
There were some attempts by Eric Dumazet to address some obvious
problems in the TX flow, to see if they would fix the problems,
but none of them seem to help for the regression reporters.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helper functions to access current->state.
Direct assignments are prone to races and therefore buggy.
current->state = TASK_RUNNING is replaced by __set_current_state()
Thanks to Peter Zijlstra for the exact definition of the problem.
Suggested-By: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Acked-By: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak <kas@fi.muni.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helper functions to access current->state.
Direct assignments are prone to races and therefore buggy.
Thanks to Peter Zijlstra for the exact definition of the problem.
Suggested-By: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the BNA driver version to 3.2.25.1 and the firmware version
to 3.2.5.1
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading 64-bits register was not working because we inverted the steps
between reading the lower 32-bits of the register and reading the upper
32-bits. Swapping these operations is how the HW guarantees that 64-bits
reads are latched correctly. We only have a handful of 64-bits registers
for now, mostly MIB counters, so the imapct is low.
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An error return from __vnet_tx_trigger() sets the TX descriptor to
VIO_DESC_FREE while leaving port->tx_bufs[txi].skb set. This leads
to a BUG_ON() the next time this descriptor is used.
This patch frees the pending skb when getting a trigger error to
match the VIO_DESC_FREE state.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Issue caught by 0-day kernel test infrastructure. Code changed to use sockaddr
members so that %pISc can be used instead.
Fixes: b5a02f503c ('cxgb4 : Update ipv6 address handling api')
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipvlan was added into 3.19 release and iproute2 added support
for the same in iproute2-3.19 package.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ltpc driver is rather outdated and does not get built on most
platforms because it requires the ISA_DMA_API symbol. However
there are some ARM platforms that have ISA_DMA_API but no virt_to_bus,
and they get this build error when enabling the ltpc driver.
drivers/net/appletalk/ltpc.c: In function 'handlefc':
drivers/net/appletalk/ltpc.c:380:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'virt_to_bus' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
set_dma_addr(dma,virt_to_bus(ltdmacbuf));
^
This adds another dependency in Kconfig to avoid that configuration.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The smc91x driver tries to support multiple platforms at compile
time, but they are mutually exclusive at runtime, and not clearly
defined.
Trying to build for CONFIG_SA1100_ASSABET without CONFIG_ASSABET_NEPONSET
results in this link error:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `smc_drv_probe':
:(.text+0x33310c): undefined reference to `neponset_ncr_frob'
since the neponset_ncr_set function is not defined otherwise.
Similarly, building for both CONFIG_SA1100_ASSABET and CONFIG_SA1100_PLEB
results in a different build error:
smsc/smc91x.c: In function 'smc_drv_probe':
smsc/smc91x.c:2299:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'neponset_ncr_set' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
neponset_ncr_set(NCR_ENET_OSC_EN);
^
smsc/smc91x.c:2299:19: error: 'NCR_ENET_OSC_EN' undeclared (first use in this function)
neponset_ncr_set(NCR_ENET_OSC_EN);
^
This is an attempt to fix the call site responsible for both
errors, making sure we call the function exactly when the driver
is actually trying to run on the assabet/neponset machine. With
this patch, I no longer see randconfig build errors in this file.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts all __raw_readl and __raw_writel function calls
to their corresponding readl_relaxed and writel_relaxed variants.
It also tells the driver to set ahb_endian_swp_mgmt_en bit in dma_cfg
when the CPU is configured in big endian mode.
Signed-off-by: Arun Chandran <achandran@mvista.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If both promisc and allmulti are set, promisc should trump allmulti and
disable the MAC filter; otherwise, the interface is not really promisc.
Previously, this code checked IFF_ALLMULTI prior to and without regard for
IFF_PROMISC; if both were set, only multicast and direct unicast traffic
would make it through the filter.
Signed-off-by: Derrick Pallas <pallas@meraki.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates BNX2 driver version to 2.2.6 and CNIC driver version
to 2.5.21.
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not enable filter SORT MODE in chip init routine. This patch addresses an
issue where BCM5716 sporadically drops packets when changing multicast list.
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides additional changes as a part of BNX2 and CNIC driver
re-branding effort.
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phy_init_eee uses phy_find_setting(phydev->speed, phydev->duplex)
to find a valid entry in the settings array for the given speed
and duplex value. For full duplex 1000baseT, this will return
the first matching entry, which is the entry for 1000baseKX_Full.
If the phy eee does not support 1000baseKX_Full, this entry will not
match, causing phy_init_eee to fail for no good reason.
Fixes: 9a9c56cb34 ("net: phy: fix a bug when verify the EEE support")
Fixes: 3e7077067e ("phy: Expand phy speed/duplex settings array")
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always read bInterfaceNumber from the current altsetting, not from the first one
available in the altsetting array. This is coming from code review, not related
to any specific bug.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Morgado <aleksander@aleksander.es>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The National Instruments USB Host-to-Host Cable is based on the Prolific
PL-25A1 chipset. Add its VID/PID so the plusb driver will recognize it.
Signed-off-by: Ben Shelton <ben.shelton@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- To avoid multiple accesses to CQE, extract compl_status and end_idx from
be_tx_compl_get().
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Reduce code duplication by moving WRB-frags setup into a function.
- Do not setup WRB-header before frags are setup, which is unncessary if
there's errors while setting up frags. We should only grab an entry for
the header, setup the frags and if everything is fine setup the header.
- The error cleanup can be moved into a small function.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The WRB header is setup by wrb_fill_hdr() routine. This routine currently
gets some of the WRB params as args and figures out rest of the WRB params
by looking at various fields in skb (like gso, checksum, vlan-tag etc).
All these params could instead be retrieved from the skb into a structure
and passed to this routine. This separates wrb_fill_hdr() to only provide
chip-specific code to fill the WRB. This also makes it simple to support
chips with different WRB formats.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ehea creates memory hotplug, reboot and crash hooks even if there
are no adapters in the box. Just create them when we probe our
first adapter.
[cascardo: use ehea_register_memory_hooks return code]
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Tested-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the device is configured to use single chip addressing mode, the
phy devices of the port are not accessible on the host MDIO
bus. Instead the switch internal MDIO bus must be used. For this to
work, the phy polling unit must be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6352 allows access to the port phys via an internal mdio bus
which is accessed using registers in the GLOBAL 2 range. The mv88e6171
and probably other devices use the same mechanism. Move this code into
the shared mv88e6xxx.c library.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This debug output is not really an error message since mac reset can fail
if the phy clocks are gated, specifically when the phy has been placed in
a powered down or isolation mode. The netdev output masks were changed from
err to dbg, and comments added in the code.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change use of Altera TSE's MDIO access from phy 0 registers to phy 1
registers. This allows support for GMII, MII, RGMII, and SGMII
designs where the external PHY is always accesible through
Altera TSE's MDIO phy 1 registers and Altera's PCS is accessible
through MDIO phy 0 registers for SGMII applications.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Tested-by: Kai Lin Ng <kailng@altera.com>
Tested-by: Dalon Westergreen <dwesterg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support setting the rx coalesce. Then someone could change the rx
agg timeout value through ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rx early size is calculated with the mtu, so it has to be
re-calculated when the mtu is changed.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate USB_RX_EARLY_AGG into USB_RX_EARLY_TIMEOUT and USB_RX_EARLY_SIZE.
Replace r8153_set_rx_agg() with r8153_set_rx_early_timeout() and
r8153_set_rx_early_size().
Set the default timeout value according to the USB speed.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull kconfig updates from Michal Marek:
"Yann E Morin was supposed to take over kconfig maintainership, but
this hasn't happened. So I'm sending a few kconfig patches that I
collected:
- Fix for missing va_end in kconfig
- merge_config.sh displays used if given too few arguments
- s/boolean/bool/ in Kconfig files for consistency, with the plan to
only support bool in the future"
* 'kconfig' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mmarek/kbuild:
kconfig: use va_end to match corresponding va_start
merge_config.sh: Display usage if given too few arguments
kconfig: use bool instead of boolean for type definition attributes
On top of tht is the major rework of lguest, to use PCI and virtio 1.0, to
double-check the implementation.
Then comes the inevitable fixes and cleanups from that work.
Thanks,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=ivCe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull virtio updates from Rusty Russell:
"OK, this has the big virtio 1.0 implementation, as specified by OASIS.
On top of tht is the major rework of lguest, to use PCI and virtio
1.0, to double-check the implementation.
Then comes the inevitable fixes and cleanups from that work"
* tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (80 commits)
virtio: don't set VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_DRIVER_OK twice.
virtio_net: unconditionally define struct virtio_net_hdr_v1.
tools/lguest: don't use legacy definitions for net device in example launcher.
virtio: Don't expose legacy net features when VIRTIO_NET_NO_LEGACY defined.
tools/lguest: use common error macros in the example launcher.
tools/lguest: give virtqueues names for better error messages
tools/lguest: more documentation and checking of virtio 1.0 compliance.
lguest: don't look in console features to find emerg_wr.
tools/lguest: don't start devices until DRIVER_OK status set.
tools/lguest: handle indirect partway through chain.
tools/lguest: insert driver references from the 1.0 spec (4.1 Virtio Over PCI)
tools/lguest: insert device references from the 1.0 spec (4.1 Virtio Over PCI)
tools/lguest: rename virtio_pci_cfg_cap field to match spec.
tools/lguest: fix features_accepted logic in example launcher.
tools/lguest: handle device reset correctly in example launcher.
virtual: Documentation: simplify and generalize paravirt_ops.txt
lguest: remove NOTIFY call and eventfd facility.
lguest: remove NOTIFY facility from demonstration launcher.
lguest: use the PCI console device's emerg_wr for early boot messages.
lguest: always put console in PCI slot #1.
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Missing netlink attribute validation in nft_lookup, from Patrick
McHardy.
2) Restrict ipv6 partial checksum handling to UDP, since that's the
only case it works for. From Vlad Yasevich.
3) Clear out silly device table sentinal macros used by SSB and BCMA
drivers. From Joe Perches.
4) Make sure the remote checksum code never creates a situation where
the remote checksum is applied yet the tunneling metadata describing
the remote checksum transformation is still present. Otherwise an
external entity might see this and apply the checksum again. From
Tom Herbert.
5) Use msecs_to_jiffies() where applicable, from Nicholas Mc Guire.
6) Don't explicitly initialize timer struct fields, use setup_timer()
and mod_timer() instead. From Vaishali Thakkar.
7) Don't invoke tg3_halt() without the tp->lock held, from Jun'ichi
Nomura.
8) Missing __percpu annotation in ipvlan driver, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Don't potentially perform skb_get() on shared skbs, also from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Fix COW'ing of metrics for non-DST_HOST routes in ipv6, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
11) Fix merge resolution error between the iov_iter changes in vhost and
some bug fixes that occurred at the same time. From Jason Wang.
12) If rtnl_configure_link() fails we have to perform a call to
->dellink() before unregistering the device. From WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (39 commits)
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type
rtnetlink: call ->dellink on failure when ->newlink exists
com20020-pci: add support for eae single card
vhost_net: fix wrong iter offset when setting number of buffers
net: spelling fixes
net/core: Fix warning while make xmldocs caused by dev.c
net: phy: micrel: disable NAND-tree for KSZ8021, KSZ8031, KSZ8051, KSZ8081
ipv6: fix ipv6_cow_metrics for non DST_HOST case
openvswitch: Fix key serialization.
r8152: restore hw settings
hso: fix rx parsing logic when skb allocation fails
tcp: make sure skb is not shared before using skb_get()
bridge: netfilter: Move sysctl-specific error code inside #ifdef
ipv6: fix possible deadlock in ip6_fl_purge / ip6_fl_gc
ipvlan: add a missing __percpu pcpu_stats
tg3: Hold tp->lock before calling tg3_halt() from tg3_init_one()
bgmac: fix device initialization on Northstar SoCs (condition typo)
qlcnic: Delete existing multicast MAC list before adding new
net/mlx5_core: Fix configuration of log_uar_page_sz
sunvnet: don't change gso data on clones
...
Pull debugfs patches from Al Viro:
"debugfs patches, mostly to make it possible for something like tracefs
to be transparently automounted on given directory in debugfs.
New primitive in there is debugfs_create_automount(name, parent, func,
arg), which creates a directory and makes its ->d_automount() return
func(arg). Another missing primitive was debugfs_create_file_size() -
open-coded in quite a few places. Dave's patch adds it and converts
the open-code instances to calling it"
* 'debugfs_automount' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
debugfs: Provide a file creation function that also takes an initial size
new primitive: debugfs_create_automount()
debugfs: split end_creating() into success and failure cases
debugfs: take mode-dependent parts of debugfs_get_inode() into callers
fold debugfs_mknod() into callers
fold debugfs_create() into caller
fold debugfs_mkdir() into caller
debugfs_mknod(): get rid useless arguments
fold debugfs_link() into caller
debugfs: kill __create_file()
debugfs: split the beginning and the end of __create_file() off
debugfs_{mkdir,create,link}(): get rid of redundant argument
Pull misc VFS updates from Al Viro:
"This cycle a lot of stuff sits on topical branches, so I'll be sending
more or less one pull request per branch.
This is the first pile; more to follow in a few. In this one are
several misc commits from early in the cycle (before I went for
separate branches), plus the rework of mntput/dput ordering on umount,
switching to use of fs_pin instead of convoluted games in
namespace_unlock()"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
switch the IO-triggering parts of umount to fs_pin
new fs_pin killing logics
allow attaching fs_pin to a group not associated with some superblock
get rid of the second argument of acct_kill()
take count and rcu_head out of fs_pin
dcache: let the dentry count go down to zero without taking d_lock
pull bumping refcount into ->kill()
kill pin_put()
mode_t whack-a-mole: chelsio
file->f_path.dentry is pinned down for as long as the file is open...
get rid of lustre_dump_dentry()
gut proc_register() a bit
kill d_validate()
ncpfs: get rid of d_validate() nonsense
selinuxfs: don't open-code d_genocide()
Provide a file creation function that also takes an initial size so that the
caller doesn't have to set i_size, thus meaning that we don't have to call
deal with ->d_inode in the callers.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
If firmware advertises support for TxBF then the
driver has to instruct the firmware accordingly
during runtime. Without this patch connecting to
an AP with beamformer support would yield abysmal
Rx performance.
This has been tested with wmi-tlv and qca6174
while acting as a STA beamformee only.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This processes and pushes fw stats to the debug
module (if enabled).
Changing the generic ath10k_wmi_requests_stats()
call to use more stat bits has no effect on older
firmware binaries.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New qca6174 wmi-tlv firmware revisions support
more stat event bits.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The expected parameter is not a single value but a
mask of values.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New qca6174 wmi-tlv firmware supports vdev stats.
This patch adds support for it in the debug
frontend.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions don't notify host about
self-bss-peer removal until after associated vdev
is deleted. This has been observed with qca6174
WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 firmware.
This patch fixes AP teardown slowdowns and
prevents delays and warnings:
ath10k_pci 0000:00:05.0: failed to remove peer for AP vdev 0: -110
ath10k_pci 0000:00:05.0: removing stale peer xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx from vdev_id 0
ath10k_pci 0000:00:05.0: peer-unmap-event: unknown peer id 24
ath10k_pci 0000:00:05.0: peer-unmap-event: unknown peer id 8
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The value was off by one. The error probably has no negative
affect on any upstream firmware, but should be fixed anyway
in case it comes into use in the future.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
A bit of general cleanup to make debug messages more useful.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In case firmware fails to start the scan, then complete
the start condition and clean up so that driver does not
block on timeout.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
NAND-tree is used to check wiring between MAC and PHY using NAND gates
on the PHY side, hence the name.
NAND-tree initial status is latched at reset by probing the IRQ pin.
However some devices are sharing the PHY IRQ pin with other peripherals
such as Atmel SAMA5D[34]x-EK boards when using the optional TM7000
display module, therefore they are switching the PHY in NAND-tree test
mode depending on the current IRQ line status at reset.
This patch ensure PHY is not in NAND-tree test mode for all Micrel PHYs
using IRQ line as a NAND-tree toggle mode at reset.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Rochet <sylvain.rochet@finsecur.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a capability which let the hw could change the settings
automatically when the power change to ON. However, the USB reset
would reset the settings to the hw default, so the driver has to
restore the relative settings. Otherwise, it would influence the
functions of the hw, and the compatibility for the USB hub and
USB host controller.
The relative settings are as following.
- set the power down scale to 96.
- enable the power saving function of USB 2.0.
- disable the ALDPS of ECM mode.
- set burst mode depending on the burst size.
- enable the flow control of endpoint full.
- set fifo empty boundary to 32448 bytes.
- enable the function of exiting LPM when Rx OK occurs.
- set the connect timer to 1.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
As rc is used here only for wait_for_completion_timeout the type is simply
changed to unsigned long.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The patch "module: fix types of device tables aliases" newly requires that
invocations of
MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(type, name);
come *after* the definition of `name'. That is reasonable, but some
drivers weren't doing this. Fix them.
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Cc: Andrey Ryabinin <a.ryabinin@samsung.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
printk and friends can now format bitmaps using '%*pb[l]'. cpumask
and nodemask also provide cpumask_pr_args() and nodemask_pr_args()
respectively which can be used to generate the two printf arguments
necessary to format the specified cpu/nodemask.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
printk and friends can now format bitmaps using '%*pb[l]'. cpumask
and nodemask also provide cpumask_pr_args() and nodemask_pr_args()
respectively which can be used to generate the two printf arguments
necessary to format the specified cpu/nodemask.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If skb allocation fails once the IP header has been received, the rx state is
being set to WAIT_SYNC. The logic, though, shouldn't directly return, as the
buffer may contain a full packet, and therefore the WAIT_SYNC state needs to be
processed (resetting state to WAIT_IP, clearing rx_buf_size and re-initializing
rx_buf_missing).
So, just let the while loop continue so that in the next iteration the WAIT_SYNC
state cleanly stops the loop. The WAIT_SYNC processing will be done just after
that, only if the end of packet is flagged.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Morgado <aleksander@aleksander.es>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch to add __percpu qualifier to pcpu_stats
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tg3_init_one() calls tg3_halt() without tp->lock despite its assumption
and causes deadlock.
If lockdep is enabled, a warning like this shows up before the stall:
[ BUG: bad unlock balance detected! ]
3.19.0test #3 Tainted: G E
-------------------------------------
insmod/369 is trying to release lock (&(&tp->lock)->rlock) at:
[<ffffffffa02d5a1d>] tg3_chip_reset+0x14d/0x780 [tg3]
but there are no more locks to release!
tg3_init_one() doesn't call tg3_halt() under normal situation but
during kexec kdump I hit this problem.
Fixes: 932f19de ("tg3: Release tp->lock before invoking synchronize_irq()")
Signed-off-by: Jun'ichi Nomura <j-nomura@ce.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* remove superfluous warning message which is not needed anymore
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJU25/iAAoJEG4XJFUm622bJrgH/0oEdBDDCqlzKH51CQO40vgE
Nhl8LOJxOb/7qUcZKyulqQTFZumzKiOi3Skm67gK/RG3hgeacxb9rv7nZ0I1nn+8
bl8PElTX9p1E9zec7Iwm/bdL7IV79CYc+1izU8A9oMHVffohDA5HULcFRRz5BQ+C
BuKOteZizNP/iGhWc//8NcebFHQvOBFkyalFSRzkz+JabAGvBKEDunHcDakpCOFE
1MDbUyEVh2aEY1+iT7xYmQVjtJPInmIwcTeIPuvBgJ0RgLoHHliEDJGm+O6CLQgR
gwx6DrbNV82GFO6yNV6lLdUNJ821MLU5NTmIUNoC7D3ILaRxfJk9rXr5kUKRmyU=
=Lxa1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-02-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
rtlwifi:
* remove superfluous warning message which is not needed anymore
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Northstar (Broadcom's ARM architecture) we need to manually enable
all cores. Code for that is already in place, but the condition for it
was wrong.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver keeps adding multicast addresses without deleting removed MACs and
worrying about adapters filter limit. This results into actual count of programmed
multicast addresses get accumulated over the time and overruns the adapter's
filter limit without putting device in ACCEPT_ALL_MULTI mode. This causes
newly added multicast traffic to fail after the sequence of addition - deletion
in certain pattern.
This issue is seen only when netdev's mcast list count is less than adapters
mcast filter limit.
e.g. If adapters multicast filter limit is 38 per function
then following sequence would result in multicast traffic failure for
newly added MACs.
- add less than 38 multicast MACs
- remove previously added multicast MACs
- add new multicast MACs (less than 38)
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code failed to configure the page size for architectures with page
size different than 4K - PPC for example.
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch unclones an skb for the case where the sunvnet driver needs to
change the segmentation size so that it doesn't interfere with TCP SACK's
use of them.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the use of functions setup_timer
and mod_timer.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used
for this as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_NET_XGENE=y but CONFIG_OF=n:
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c:1033: warning: ‘xgene_enet_of_match’ defined but not used
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable.
Converting milliseconds to jiffies by "val * HZ / 1000" is technically
OK but msecs_to_jiffies(val) is the cleaner solution and handles all
corner cases correctly. This is a minor API cleanup only.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Acked-by: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change remote checksum handling to set checksum partial as default
behavior. Added an iflink parameter to configure not using
checksum partial (calling csum_partial to update checksum).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds infrastructure so that remote checksum offload can
set CHECKSUM_PARTIAL instead of calling csum_partial and writing
the modfied checksum field.
Add skb_remcsum_adjust_partial function to set an skb for using
CHECKSUM_PARTIAL with remote checksum offload. Changed
skb_remcsum_process and skb_gro_remcsum_process to take a boolean
argument to indicate if checksum partial can be set or the
checksum needs to be modified using the normal algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remote checksum offload processing is currently the same for both
the GRO and non-GRO path. When the remote checksum offload option
is encountered, the checksum field referred to is modified in
the packet. So in the GRO case, the packet is modified in the
GRO path and then the operation is skipped when the packet goes
through the normal path based on skb->remcsum_offload. There is
a problem in that the packet may be modified in the GRO path, but
then forwarded off host still containing the remote checksum option.
A remote host will again perform RCO but now the checksum verification
will fail since GRO RCO already modified the checksum.
To fix this, we ensure that GRO restores a packet to it's original
state before returning. In this model, when GRO processes a remote
checksum option it still changes the checksum per the algorithm
but on return from lower layer processing the checksum is restored
to its original value.
In this patch we add define gro_remcsum structure which is passed
to skb_gro_remcsum_process to save offset and delta for the checksum
being changed. After lower layer processing, skb_gro_remcsum_cleanup
is called to restore the checksum before returning from GRO.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the normal {} instead of a macro to terminate an array.
Remove the macro too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the normal {} instead of a macro to terminate an array.
Remove the macro too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) More iov_iter conversion work from Al Viro.
[ The "crypto: switch af_alg_make_sg() to iov_iter" commit was
wrong, and this pull actually adds an extra commit on top of the
branch I'm pulling to fix that up, so that the pre-merge state is
ok. - Linus ]
2) Various optimizations to the ipv4 forwarding information base trie
lookup implementation. From Alexander Duyck.
3) Remove sock_iocb altogether, from CHristoph Hellwig.
4) Allow congestion control algorithm selection via routing metrics.
From Daniel Borkmann.
5) Make ipv4 uncached route list per-cpu, from Eric Dumazet.
6) Handle rfs hash collisions more gracefully, also from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add xmit_more support to r8169, e1000, and e1000e drivers. From
Florian Westphal.
8) Transparent Ethernet Bridging support for GRO, from Jesse Gross.
9) Add BPF packet actions to packet scheduler, from Jiri Pirko.
10) Add support for uniqu flow IDs to openvswitch, from Joe Stringer.
11) New NetCP ethernet driver, from Muralidharan Karicheri and Wingman
Kwok.
12) More sanely handle out-of-window dupacks, which can result in
serious ACK storms. From Neal Cardwell.
13) Various rhashtable bug fixes and enhancements, from Herbert Xu,
Patrick McHardy, and Thomas Graf.
14) Support xmit_more in be2net, from Sathya Perla.
15) Group Policy extensions for vxlan, from Thomas Graf.
16) Remove Checksum Offload support for vxlan, from Tom Herbert.
17) Like ipv4, support lockless transmit over ipv6 UDP sockets. From
Vlad Yasevich.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1494+1 commits)
crypto: fix af_alg_make_sg() conversion to iov_iter
ipv4: Namespecify TCP PMTU mechanism
i40e: Fix for stats init function call in Rx setup
tcp: don't include Fast Open option in SYN-ACK on pure SYN-data
openvswitch: Only set TUNNEL_VXLAN_OPT if VXLAN-GBP metadata is set
ipv6: Make __ipv6_select_ident static
ipv6: Fix fragment id assignment on LE arches.
bridge: Fix inability to add non-vlan fdb entry
net: Mellanox: Delete unnecessary checks before the function call "vunmap"
cxgb4: Add support in cxgb4 to get expansion rom version via ethtool
ethtool: rename reserved1 memeber in ethtool_drvinfo for expansion ROM version
net: dsa: Remove redundant phy_attach()
IB/mlx4: Reset flow support for IB kernel ULPs
IB/mlx4: Always use the correct port for mirrored multicast attachments
net/bonding: Fix potential bad memory access during bonding events
tipc: remove tipc_snprintf
tipc: nl compat add noop and remove legacy nl framework
tipc: convert legacy nl stats show to nl compat
tipc: convert legacy nl net id get to nl compat
tipc: convert legacy nl net id set to nl compat
...
- Reworked handling for foreign (grant mapped) pages to simplify the
code, enable a number of additional use cases and fix a number of
long-standing bugs.
- Prefer the TSC over the Xen PV clock when dom0 (and the TSC is
stable).
- Assorted other cleanup and minor bug fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJU2JC+AAoJEFxbo/MsZsTRIvAH/1lgQ0EQlxaZtEFWY8cJBzxY
dXaTMfyGQOddGYDCW0r42hhXJHeX7DWXSERSD3aW9DZOn/eYdneHq9gWRD4uPrGn
hEFQ26J4jZWR5riGXaja0LqI2gJKLZ6BhHIQciLEbY+jw4ynkNBLNRPFehuwrCsZ
WdBwJkyvXC3RErekncRl/aNhxdi4p1P6qeiaW/mo3UcSO/CFSKybOLwT65iePazg
XuY9UiTn2+qcRkm/tjx8K9heHK8SBEGNWuoTcWYF1to8mwwUfKIAc4NO2UBDXJI+
rp7Z2lVFdII15JsQ08ATh3t7xDrMWLzCX/y4jCzmF3DBXLbSWdHCQMgI7TWt5pE=
=PyJK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'stable/for-linus-3.20-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip
Pull xen features and fixes from David Vrabel:
- Reworked handling for foreign (grant mapped) pages to simplify the
code, enable a number of additional use cases and fix a number of
long-standing bugs.
- Prefer the TSC over the Xen PV clock when dom0 (and the TSC is
stable).
- Assorted other cleanup and minor bug fixes.
* tag 'stable/for-linus-3.20-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip: (25 commits)
xen/manage: Fix USB interaction issues when resuming
xenbus: Add proper handling of XS_ERROR from Xenbus for transactions.
xen/gntdev: provide find_special_page VMA operation
xen/gntdev: mark userspace PTEs as special on x86 PV guests
xen-blkback: safely unmap grants in case they are still in use
xen/gntdev: safely unmap grants in case they are still in use
xen/gntdev: convert priv->lock to a mutex
xen/grant-table: add a mechanism to safely unmap pages that are in use
xen-netback: use foreign page information from the pages themselves
xen: mark grant mapped pages as foreign
xen/grant-table: add helpers for allocating pages
x86/xen: require ballooned pages for grant maps
xen: remove scratch frames for ballooned pages and m2p override
xen/grant-table: pre-populate kernel unmap ops for xen_gnttab_unmap_refs()
mm: add 'foreign' alias for the 'pinned' page flag
mm: provide a find_special_page vma operation
x86/xen: cleanup arch/x86/xen/mmu.c
x86/xen: add some __init annotations in arch/x86/xen/mmu.c
x86/xen: add some __init and static annotations in arch/x86/xen/setup.c
x86/xen: use correct types for addresses in arch/x86/xen/setup.c
...
In commit e9538cf4f9 ("rtlwifi: Fix error when accessing unmapped memory
in skb"), a printk was included to indicate that the condition had been
reached. There is now enough evidence from other users that the fix is
working. That logging statement can now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V3.18]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes indentation issue and error found in argument
reported by static analysis. Without this patch, sparse and other
static analysis errors will be found.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull RCU updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main RCU changes in this cycle are:
- Documentation updates.
- Miscellaneous fixes.
- Preemptible-RCU fixes, including fixing an old bug in the
interaction of RCU priority boosting and CPU hotplug.
- SRCU updates.
- RCU CPU stall-warning updates.
- RCU torture-test updates"
* 'core-rcu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (54 commits)
rcu: Initialize tiny RCU stall-warning timeouts at boot
rcu: Fix RCU CPU stall detection in tiny implementation
rcu: Add GP-kthread-starvation checks to CPU stall warnings
rcu: Make cond_resched_rcu_qs() apply to normal RCU flavors
rcu: Optionally run grace-period kthreads at real-time priority
ksoftirqd: Use new cond_resched_rcu_qs() function
ksoftirqd: Enable IRQs and call cond_resched() before poking RCU
rcutorture: Add more diagnostics in rcu_barrier() test failure case
torture: Flag console.log file to prevent holdovers from earlier runs
torture: Add "-enable-kvm -soundhw pcspk" to qemu command line
rcutorture: Handle different mpstat versions
rcutorture: Check from beginning to end of grace period
rcu: Remove redundant rcu_batches_completed() declaration
rcutorture: Drop rcu_torture_completed() and friends
rcu: Provide rcu_batches_completed_sched() for TINY_RCU
rcutorture: Use unsigned for Reader Batch computations
rcutorture: Make build-output parsing correctly flag RCU's warnings
rcu: Make _batches_completed() functions return unsigned long
rcutorture: Issue warnings on close calls due to Reader Batch blows
documentation: Fix smp typo in memory-barriers.txt
...
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-02-09
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Rickard Strandqvist removes an unused function for i40e.
John Linville reorders a piece of code so that y_budget does not get used
by the FCoE code before it gets initialized.
Mitch adds a delay after VF reset with a minimum of 10ms to allow the
hardware internal FIFOs to flush. Bumps up the ARQ descriptors, since
we can easily overrun the PF's admin receive queue. Added locking around
the VF reset code, since during VF deallocation, we cannot depend on
simply masking the interrupt since this does not lock out the service task,
which can still call the reset routine. Fix a potential multi-minute
delay on driver unload, VF disable or system shutdown. When the module
is being unloaded, waiting for the PF to politely handle all of our admin
queue requests might take forever with a lot of VFs enabled, so just
stop everything and request a VF reset. Also stops the watchdog during
shutdown to prevent a log full of admin queue errors and the occasional
hang when the system is shut down.
Anjali forces Tx descriptor writebacks on ITR by kicking off the SWINT
interrupt since we noticed that there are non-cache-aligned Tx
descriptors waiting in the ring while interrupts are disabled under NAPI.
Enables loopback for the FCoE VSI, so that VSIs can directly talk to each
other without going out on the wire.
Matthew fixes an LED blink issue by making sure to clear the GPIO blink
field, instead of OR'ing against zero if the field is already '1'.
Greg cleans up a function header comment.
Vasu helps biosdevname user tool to differentiate dev_port for PCoE netdev
and PF netdev, by setting different dev_port value for FCoE netdev.
Carolyn adds a call to u64_stats_init to the receive setup in order to
avoid lockdep errors with seqcount on newer kernels.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vunmap() function performs also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to get option/expansion rom version flashed in the adapter via
ethtool getdrvinfo function.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When queuing work to send the NETDEV_BONDING_INFO netdev event, it's
possible that when the work is executed, the pointer to the slave
becomes invalid. This can happen if between queuing the event and the
execution of the work, the net-device was un-ensvaled and re-enslaved.
Fix that by queuing a work with the data of the slave instead of the
slave structure.
Fixes: 69e6113343 ('net/bonding: Notify state change on slaves')
Reported-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iwlwifi:
* more work for new devices (4165 / 8260)
* cleanups / improvemnts in rate control
* fixes for TDLS
* major statistics work from Johannes - more to come
* improvements for the fw error dump infrastructure
* usual amount of small fixes here and there (scan, D0i3 etc...)
* add support for beamforming
* enable stuck queue detection for iwlmvm
* a few fixes for EBS scan
* fixes for various failure paths
* improvements for TDLS Offchannel
wil6210:
* performance tuning
* some AP features
brcm80211:
* rework some code in SDIO part of the brcmfmac driver related to
suspend/resume that were found doing stress testing
* in PCIe part scheduling of worker thread needed to be relaxed
* minor fixes and exposing firmware revision information to
user-space, ie. ethtool.
mwifiex:
* enhancements for change virtual interface handling
* remove coupling between netdev and FW supported interface
combination, now conversion from any type of supported interface
types to any other type is possible
* DFS support in AP mode
ath9k:
* fix calibration issues on some boards
* Wake-on-WLAN improvements
ath10k:
* add support for qca6174 hardware
* enable RX batching to reduce CPU load
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJU1fUoAAoJEG4XJFUm622bnjMH/25f2kyLAJSLJmiIhpEcYlNJ
CJMAYsSTcqhKaMEbx742StUUDH3pa1oV4mQ5csVa2QJIsS90WzPpB1eRnNtQ69Nj
89Zfwa6bbX0TXDgw1Aa28NewPY/3xWpCjI03HBQaMIncToWv3/dzNUr0bEmIuBds
wsr5Y+fy80VKnkoXG7XzGFOqmxxFwNS+UF3M1WNtQ+xcr9rK3/LLxyWFy84S9UIe
4lVOb+df91YFIJeLs28/hfTiRhvV0fWIbupGv8UhuBMho+F0dpLvra+3xksEqALu
4+AzI0j9GjqFfMzbmRBcPcT4Rl37nLmvQ+7XokrFgAYS5zp7OGylOMU3nHyvkuY=
=iL8v
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-02-07' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Major changes:
iwlwifi:
* more work for new devices (4165 / 8260)
* cleanups / improvemnts in rate control
* fixes for TDLS
* major statistics work from Johannes - more to come
* improvements for the fw error dump infrastructure
* usual amount of small fixes here and there (scan, D0i3 etc...)
* add support for beamforming
* enable stuck queue detection for iwlmvm
* a few fixes for EBS scan
* fixes for various failure paths
* improvements for TDLS Offchannel
wil6210:
* performance tuning
* some AP features
brcm80211:
* rework some code in SDIO part of the brcmfmac driver related to
suspend/resume that were found doing stress testing
* in PCIe part scheduling of worker thread needed to be relaxed
* minor fixes and exposing firmware revision information to
user-space, ie. ethtool.
mwifiex:
* enhancements for change virtual interface handling
* remove coupling between netdev and FW supported interface
combination, now conversion from any type of supported interface
types to any other type is possible
* DFS support in AP mode
ath9k:
* fix calibration issues on some boards
* Wake-on-WLAN improvements
ath10k:
* add support for qca6174 hardware
* enable RX batching to reduce CPU load
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/pci.c
Conflict resolution is to get rid of the 'end' label and keep
the rest.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a call to u64_stats_init to Rx setup.
This done in order to avoid lockdep errors with seqcount on newer kernels.
Change-ID: Ia8ba8f0bcbd1c0e926f97d70aeee4ce4fd055e93
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For all VSIs on a VEB, Loopback mode should be either on or off.
Our configuration requires them to be ON so that VSIs can directly
talk to each other without going out on the wire.
Change-ID: I77b8310bc846329972b13b185949ab1431a46c30
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set different dev_port value 1 for FCoE netdev than the default zero
dev_port value for PF netdev, this helps biosdevname user tool to
differentiate them correctly while both attached to the same PCI
function.
Change-ID: I8fb90e4ef52a1242f7580e49a3f0918735aee8ef
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure to clear the GPIO blink field, instead of OR'ing against zero
if the field is already '1'.
Change-ID: Ie52a52abd48f6f52b20778a6b8b0c542dfc9245c
Signed-off-by: Matt Jared <matthew.a.jared@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch forces Tx descriptor writebacks on ITR by kicking
off the SWINT interrupt when we notice that there are non-cache-aligned
Tx descriptors waiting in the ring while interrupts are disabled
under NAPI.
Change-ID: dd6d9675629bf266c7515ad7a201394618c35444
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Stop the service task in the shutdown handler, preventing it from
accessing the admin queue after it had been closed. This fixes a panic
that could occur when the system was shut down with a lot of VFs
enabled.
Change-ID: I286735e3842de472385bbf7ad68d30331e508add
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Stop the watchdog during shutdown. Failing to do this causes a log full
of admin queue errors and the occasional hang when the system is shut
down.
Change-ID: Ib2fd11213cca2fa589eb68577e86b1000c23c250
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Occasionally on shutdown, the FW will hand us a bunch of messages filled
with zeros, which can cause us to spin trying to handle them. Just
ignore these and get on with shutting down.
Change-ID: I347e9648f7153ad5a7b7e0847b87f7aad5f3e0da
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the module is being unloaded, don't wait for the PF to politely
handle all of our admin queue requests, as that might take forever with
a lot of VFs enabled. Instead, just stop everything and request a VF
reset.
When the original shutdown code was written, VF resets were unreliable,
so we avoided them. But with production hardware and firmware, and the
1.x PF driver, this is no longer the case.
This fixes a potential multi-minute delay on driver unload, VF disable,
or system shutdown.
Change-ID: Ib43d6d860ef6b9b8f26e8dce0615a0302608c7d9
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During VF deallocation, we need to lock out the VF reset code. However,
we cannot depend on simply masking the interrupt, as this does not lock
out the service task, which can still call the reset routine. Instead,
leave the interrupt enabled, but add locking around the VF disable and
reset routines.
For the disable code, we wait to get the lock, as the reset code will
take a finite amount of time to run. For the reset code, we just return
if we fail to get the lock. Since we know that the VFs are being
disabled, we don't need to handle the reset.
This fixes a panic when disabling SR-IOV.
Change-ID: Iea0a6cdef35c331f48c6d5b2f8e6f0e86322e7d8
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When enabling 64 VFs and loading the VF driver in the host kernel, we
can easily overrun the PF's admin receive queue. Double the size of this
queue, and increase the work limit to allow the PF to handle more
requests in a single pass through the service task.
Change-ID: I0efbbdc61954bffad422a2f33c4b948a59370bf5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Delay a minimum of 10ms after VF reset, to allow the hardware's internal
FIFOs to flush.
Change-ID: I8a02ddb28c9f0d7303a1eb21d0b2443e5b4c1cda
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This I40E_FCOE block increments v_budget before it has been initialized,
then v_budget gets overwritten a few lines later. This patch just
reorders the code hunks in what I believe was the intended sequence.
Coverity: CID 1260099
Signed-off-by: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the function i40e_rx_is_fip() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program
called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
src_ip is a pointer to a union vxlan_addr, one member of which is a
struct sockaddr. Passing a pointer to src_ip is wrong; one should pass
the value of src_ip itself. Since %pIS formally expects something of
type struct sockaddr*, let's pass a pointer to the appropriate union
member, though this of course doesn't change the generated code.
Fixes: e4c7ed4153 ("vxlan: add ipv6 support")
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hex constant chosen for VMXNET3_REV1_MAGIC is offensive,
replace it with its decimal equivalent.
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Receive Flow Steering is a nice solution but suffers from
hash collisions when a mix of connected and unconnected traffic
is received on the host, when flow hash table is populated.
Also, clearing flow in inet_release() makes RFS not very good
for short lived flows, as many packets can follow close().
(FIN , ACK packets, ...)
This patch extends the information stored into global hash table
to not only include cpu number, but upper part of the hash value.
I use a 32bit value, and dynamically split it in two parts.
For host with less than 64 possible cpus, this gives 6 bits for the
cpu number, and 26 (32-6) bits for the upper part of the hash.
Since hash bucket selection use low order bits of the hash, we have
a full hash match, if /proc/sys/net/core/rps_sock_flow_entries is big
enough.
If the hash found in flow table does not match, we fallback to RPS (if
it is enabled for the rxqueue).
This means that a packet for an non connected flow can avoid the
IPI through a unrelated/victim CPU.
This also means we no longer have to clear the table at socket
close time, and this helps short lived flows performance.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump Transport Processor modules congestion control configuration
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support to dump the current contents of mailbox and the driver which owns
it.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump out various chip sensor information. Currently Chip Temperature
and Core Voltage.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 32-bit fields of a tx-wrb are little endian. The driver is currently
using be_dws_le_to_cpu() routine to swap (cpu to le) all the fields of
a tx-wrb. So, the rsvd field is also unnecessarily swapped.
This patch fixes this by individually swapping the required fields.
Also, the type of the fields in eth_tx_wrb{} is now changed to __le32
from u32 to avoid sparse warnings.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for processing the port misconfigure async
event generated by the FW. This event is generated typically when an
optical module is incorrectly installed or is faulty.
This patch also moves the port_name field to the adapter struct for
logging the event. As the be_cmd_query_port_name() call is now moved
to be_get_config(), it is modified to use the mailbox instead of MCCQ
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch re-factors the filter setting (uc-list, mc-list, promisc, vlan)
code in be_set_rx_mode() and be_vid_config() to make it more readable
and reduce code duplication.
This patch adds a separate field to track the state/mode of filtering,
along with moving all the filtering related fields to one place in be
be_adapter structure.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch passes BE_IF_FLAGS_XXX flags to be_cmd_rx_filter() routine
instead of the IFF_XXX flags. Doing this gets rid of the code to convert
the IFF_XXX flags to the BE_IF_FLAGS_XXX used by the FW cmd. The patch
also removes code for setting if_flags_mask that was duplicated for each
filter mode.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While sending FW update cmds to the FW, the driver specifies the "type"
of each component that needs to be flashed. The FW then picks the offset
in the flash area at which the componnet is to be flashed. This doesn't work
when new components that the current FW doesn't recognize, need to be
flashed. Recent FWs (10.2 and above) support a scheme of FW-update wherein
the "offset" of the component in the flash area can be specified instead
of the "type". This patch uses the "offset" based FW-update mechanism and
only when it fails, it fallsback to the old "type" based update.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skyhawk-B0 FW UFI is not compatible to flash on Skyhawk-P2 ASIC.
But, Skyhawk-P2 FW UFI is compatible with both B0 and P2 chips.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch re-factors the code that checks for flash file compatibility with
the chip type, for better readability, as follows:
- be_get_ufi_type() returns the UFI type from the flash file
- be_check_ufi_compatibility() checks if the UFI type is compatible
with the adapter/chip that is being flashed
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BIT(x) is the preffered usage.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Routines that are called only inside one src file must remain in that
file itself. Including them in a header file that is used for exporting
routine/struct definitions, causes unnecessary compilation of other
src files, when such a routine is modified.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-02-05
This series contains updates to fm10k, ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Matthew fixes an issue where fm10k does not properly drop the upper-most four
bits on of the VLAN ID due to type promotion, so resolve the issue by not
masking off the bits, but by throwing an error if the VLAN ID is out-of-bounds.
Then cleans up two cases where variables were not being used, but were
being set, so just remove the unused variables.
Don cleans up sparse errors in the x550 family file for ixgbe. Fixed up
a redundant setting of the default value for set_rxpba, which was done
twice accidentally. Cleaned up the probe routine to remove a redundant
attempt to identify the PHY, which could lead to a panic on x550. Added
support for VXLAN receive checksum offload in x550 hardware. Added the
Ethertype Anti-spoofing feature for affected devices.
Emil enables ixgbe and ixgbevf to allow multiple queues in SRIOV mode.
Adds RSS support for x550 per VF. Fixed up a couple of issues introduced
in commit 2b509c0cd2 ("ixgbe: cleanup ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_vlan"), fixed
setting of the VLAN inside ixgbe_enable_port_vlan() and disable the
"hide VLAN" bit in PFQDE when port VLAN is disabled. Cleaned up the
setting of vlan_features by enabling all features at once. Fixed the
ordering of the shutdown patch so that we attempt to shutdown the rings
more gracefully. We shutdown the main Rx filter in the case of Rx and we
set the carrier_off state in the case of Tx so that packets stop being
delivered from outside the driver. Then we shutdown interrupts and NAPI,
then finally stop the rings from performing DMA and clean them. Added
code to allow for Tx hang checking to provide more robust debug info in
the event of a transmit unit hang in ixgbevf. Cleaned up ixgbevf logic
dealing with link up/down by breaking down the link detection and up/down
events into separate functions, similar to how these events are handled
in other drivers. Combined the ixgbevf reset and watchdog tasks into a
single task so that we can avoid multiple schedules of the reset task when
we have a reset event needed due to either the mailbox going down or
transmit packets being present on a link down.
v2: Fixed up patch #03 of the series to remove the variable type change
based on feedback from David Laight
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan_get_protocol() has been defined and use it to replace
get_protocol().
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX and NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX at the
same line.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is unnecessary to accress the hw register if the device is unplugged.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace (tp->speed & LINK_STATUS) with netif_carrier_ok().
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set LPM timer to 500us, except for RTL_VER_04 which doesn't link at
USB 3.0.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a error occurs when submitting rx, skip the remaining submissions
and try to submit them again next time.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using per channel DMA interrupts the transmit interrupt (TI) and the
receive interrupt (RI) are masked off so as to not generate an interrupt
to the main ISR. However, should another interrupt fire for the DMA channel
that is handled by the main ISR the TI/RI bits can still be set. This
will cause the wrong and uninitialized napi structure to be used causing a
panic. Add a check to be sure per channel DMA interrupts are not enabled
before acting on those bit flags.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the power on/off recommended procedure for the Single GPHY we
have on our Starfighter 2 switch. In order to make sure we get proper
LED link/activity signaling during suspend, switch the link indication
from the Switch/MAC to the PHY.
Finally, since the GPHY needs to be reset to be put in low power mode,
we will loose any context applied to it: workarounds, EEE etc.. so we
need to call phy_init_hw() to get our fixups re-applied successfully.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the code that touches the single GPHY register from
bcm_sf2_sw_resume() to a separate function since we will have to
enable/disable the GPHY from different locations, and we want the code
to be self-contained.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case where there is only one switch, no routing table will have
been allocated, so do not dereference it in this case.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a couple bugs with the error handling in this function.
1) If we can't allocate "rx_ring->rx_skbuff" then we should call
dma_free_coherent() but we don't.
2) free_rx_ring() frees "rx_ring->rx_skbuff_dma" and "rx_ring->rx_skbuff"
so calling it in a loop causes a double free.
Also it was a bit confusing how we sometimes freed things before doing
the goto. I've cleaned it up so it does error handling in normal kernel
style.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Enable stuck queue detection for iwlmvm
* A few fixes for EBS scan
* Fixes for various failure paths
* Improvements for TDLS Offchannel
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=6aXS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-02-03' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* Add support for beamforming
* Enable stuck queue detection for iwlmvm
* A few fixes for EBS scan
* Fixes for various failure paths
* Improvements for TDLS Offchannel
The functions brcmu_pkt_buf_free_skb() and usb_free_urb() test whether
their argument is NULL and then return immediately. Thus the test around
the call is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The relay_close() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The functions kfree() and release_firmware() were called in a few cases
by the cw1200_load_firmware_cw1200() function during error handling even if
the passed variables contained still a null pointer.
Corresponding implementation details could be improved by adjustments for
jump targets.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The release_firmware() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is only an API consolidation to make things more readable.
Instances of HZ / CONST are replaced by appropriate msecs_to_jiffies().
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Sometimes while CPU have some load and ath5k doing the wireless
interface reset the whole WiSoC completely freezes. Set of tests shows
that using atomic delay function while we wait interface reset helps to
avoid such freezes.
The easiest way to reproduce this issue: create a station interface,
start continous scan with wpa_supplicant and load CPU by something. Or
just create multiple station interfaces and put them all in continous
scan.
This patch partially reverts the commit 1846ac3dbe ("ath5k: Use
usleep_range where possible"), which replaces initial udelay()
by usleep_range().
I do not know actual source of this issue, but all looks like that HW
freeze is caused by transaction on internal SoC bus, while wireless
block is in reset state.
Also I should note that I do not know how many chips are affected, but I
did not see this issue with chips, other than AR5312.
CC: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
CC: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
CC: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Fixes: 1846ac3dbe ("ath5k: Use usleep_range where possible")
Reported-by: Christophe Prevotaux <c.prevotaux@rural-networks.com>
Tested-by: Christophe Prevotaux <c.prevotaux@rural-networks.com>
Tested-by: Eric Bree <ebree@nltinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set the transmit rate for the keep-alive frames
as 1M/CCK when the current channel is in the
2GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Chips in the AR9003 family have a second TSF, which
needs to be cleared when putting the card to
sleep.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Setting the required configuration in the PCIE
WorkAround register needs to be done after all the
WoW parameters have been set.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch addresses several issues with the
ath9k_hw_wow_enable() routine:
* The usage of set/clr variables is removed. Writing
the required values to registers is cleaner.
* The shift value of 28 for the contention window field
in AR_WOW_PATTERN is incorrect, change it to 27.
* Disabling Keep Alive needs to be done based on the
LINK_CHANGE option. This is done unconditionally now,
fix this.
* The workaround for the D1/D3 issue is required only
for AR9462.
* The bitfield for enabling pattern matching for packets
less than 256 bytes has expanded for new chips, handle
this accordingly.
* General cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since the number of user patterns is higher for
newer chips, make sure that this is registered
during initialization.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer chips like WB222, WB335 support more than
8 user-configurable patterns. This patch adds
support for it by setting up the correct HW
registers.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This driver utilizes a FIFO buffer for RX descriptors. There are four places
in the code where it calculates the number of free slots. Several of those
locations do the calculation incorrectly. To fix these and to prevent future
mistakes, a common inline routine is created.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V3.18]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The hardware and firmware for the RTL8192EE utilize a FIFO list of
descriptors. There were some problems with the initial implementation.
The worst of these failed to detect that the FIFO was becoming full,
which led to the device needing to be power cycled. As this condition
is not relevant to most of the devices supported by rtlwifi, a callback
routine was added to detect this situation. This patch implements the
necessary changes in the pci handler, and the linkage into the appropriate
rtl8192ee routine.
Signed-off-by: Troy Tan <troy_tan@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V3.18]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch enables the ethertype Anti-Spoofing feature for affected
devices. It is configured such that LLDP packets sent by a VF will
be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change combines the reset and watchdog tasklets into a single task.
The advantage of this is that we can avoid multiple schedules of the reset
task when we have a reset event needed due to either the mailbox going down
or transmit packets being present on a link down.
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up the logic dealing with link down/up by breaking down the
link detection and up/down events into separate functions - similar to how these
events are handled in other drivers.
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds code to allow for Tx hang checking. The idea is to provide
more robust debug info in the event of a transmit unit hang. Similar to the
logic in ixgbe.
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch updates the ordering of the shutdown path so that we attempt to
shutdown the rings more gracefully. Basically the big changes are that we
shutdown the main Rx filter in the case of Rx and we set the carrier_off
state in the case of Tx so that packets stop being delivered from outside
the driver. Then we shut down interrupts and NAPI. Finally we stop the
rings from performing DMA and clean them. This is a bit more graceful than
the previous path.
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean up the setting of vlan_features by enabling all features at once.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support VXLAN receive checksum offload in X550 hardware.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We always identify the PHY in our reset_hw path anyway so there is
no need to do it in get_invariants(). The reason I even noticed this
is that for new hardware (X550em) we don't assign some methods until
later in probe and calling phy.ops.read_reg could lead to a panic.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
My original patch 6a14ee0cfb "ixgbe: Add X550 support function pointers"
accidental set a default value for this structure member twice.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes couple of issues introduced by
commit 2b509c0cd2 ("ixgbe: cleanup ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_vlan")
- fix setting of the VLAN inside ixgbe_enable_port_vlan()
- disable the "hide VLAN" bit in PFQDE when port VLAN is disabled
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X550 provides RSS registers for configuring RSS per VF.
This patch introduces ixgbevf_setup_vfmrqc() which uses the VFRETA,
VFRSSRK and VFMRQC registers to configure RSS on X550.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables multiple queues and RSS support for the VF.
Maximum of 2 queues are supported due to available vectors.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ixgbe_set_sriov_queues() has the logic to allow multiple queues, this patch
just removes the limitation.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up prototypes that should have been defined
as static.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix two cases where variables are being set but not used.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh<Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, fm10k_update_xc_addr_pf has an issue where it does not
properly drop the upper-most four bits of the VLAN ID due to type
promotion. Resolve the issue not by masking off the bits, but by
throwing an error if the VLAN ID is out-of-bounds.
Reported-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
vxge-config.c:4640:30: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
interface.c:83:5: warning: symbol 'xenvif_poll' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
macb.c:2038:26: warning: symbol 'gem_ethtool_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Alongside drops exporting of gem_ethtool_ops as there is no need.
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warnings:
bnx2x_main.c:9172:6: warning: symbol 'bnx2x_stop_ptp' was not declared. Should it be static?
bnx2x_main.c:13321:6: warning: symbol 'bnx2x_register_phc' was not declared. Should it be static?
bnx2x_main.c:14638:5: warning: symbol 'bnx2x_enable_ptp_packets' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warnings:
enic_main.c:92:28: warning: symbol 'mod_table' was not declared. Should it be static?
enic_main.c:109:28: warning: symbol 'mod_range' was not declared. Should it be static?
enic_main.c:1306:5: warning: symbol 'enic_busy_poll' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
enic_ethtool.c:95:6: warning: symbol 'enic_intr_coal_set_rx' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
be_cmds.c:2750:5: warning: symbol 'be_cmd_set_qos' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
cxgb4_dcb.c:25:6: warning: symbol 'dcb_ver_array' was not declared. Should it be static?
Alongside making it const.
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warnings:
netvsc.c:688:5: warning: symbol 'netvsc_copy_to_send_buf' was not declared. Should it be static?
rndis_filter.c:627:5: warning: symbol 'rndis_filter_set_offload_params' was not declared. Should it be static?
rndis_filter.c:702:5: warning: symbol 'rndis_filter_set_rss_param' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add a missing check on the return value of devm_kzalloc,
which would cause a NULL pointer dereference in a OOM situation.
Signed-off-by: Kiran Padwal <kiran.padwal@smartplayin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the static attribute groups and the driver data via
tty_port_register_device_attr() instead of manual device_create_file()
and device_remove_file() calls.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/vxlan.c
drivers/vhost/net.c
include/linux/if_vlan.h
net/core/dev.c
The net/core/dev.c conflict was the overlap of one commit marking an
existing function static whilst another was adding a new function.
In the include/linux/if_vlan.h case, the type used for a local
variable was changed in 'net', whereas the function got rewritten
to fix a stacked vlan bug in 'net-next'.
In drivers/vhost/net.c, Al Viro's iov_iter conversions in 'net-next'
overlapped with an endainness fix for VHOST 1.0 in 'net'.
In drivers/net/vxlan.c, vxlan_find_vni() added a 'flags' parameter
in 'net-next' whereas in 'net' there was a bug fix to pass in the
correct network namespace pointer in calls to this function.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows for a VXLAN-GBP socket to talk to a Linux VXLAN socket by
not setting any of the bits.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of manual calls of device_create_file() and
device_remove_files(), assign the static attribute groups to netdev
groups array. This simplifies the code and avoids the possible
races.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Acked-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of manual calls of device_create_file() and
device_remove_files(), assign the static attribute groups to netdev
groups array. This simplifies the code and avoids the possible
races.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions kfree() and vfree() perform also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around their calls is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=rHuc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-3.20-20150204' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-02-04
this is a pull request of 2 patches for net-next/master.
Nicholas Mc Guire contributes a patch for the janz-ican3 driver to fix
a mismatch in an assignment. Ahmed S. Darwish contributes a patch for
the kvaser_usb driver, to make the driver more robust during the
bus-off handling.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
cpsw-common.c:23:5: warning: symbol 'cpsw_am33xx_cm_get_macid' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI")
driver's NAPI poll routine is expected to return
exact budget value if it wants to be re-called.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Fixes: d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The release_firmware() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cxgb_busy_poll, corresponding to ndo_busy_poll, gets called by the socket
waiting for data.
With busy_poll enabled, improvement is seen in latency numbers as observed by
collecting netperf TCP_RR numbers.
Below are latency number, with and without busy-poll, in a switched environment
for a particular msg size:
netperf command: netperf -4 -H <ip> -l 30 -t TCP_RR -- -r1,1
Latency without busy-poll: ~16.25 us
Latency with busy-poll : ~08.79 us
Based on original work by Kumar Sanghvi <kumaras@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RSS support requires enablement based on the features reported by
the hardware. The setting of this flag is missing. Add support to
set the RSS enablement flag based on the reported hardware features.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions cpsw_ale_destroy() and of_dev_put() test whether their argument
is NULL and then return immediately. Thus the test around the call
is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The of_dev_put() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of traffic classes reported by the hardware is zero-based
so increment the value returned to get an actual count.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves memory utilization and therefore the packets rate
for special MTU's. Instead of setting the frag_stride to the maximal
hard coded frag_size, use the actual frag_size that is set according to
the MTU, when setting the stride of the last frag.
So, for example, for MTU 1600, where the frag_size of the 2nd frag is
86, the frag_size is set to 128 instead of 4096. See below:
Before:
frag:0 - size:1536 prefix:0 stride:1536
frag:1 - size:86 prefix:1536 stride:4096
frag 0 allocator: - size:32768 frags:21
frag 1 allocator: - size:32768 frags:8
After:
frag:0 - size:1536 prefix:0 stride:1536
frag:1 - size:86 prefix:1536 stride:128
frag 0 allocator: - size:32768 frags:21
frag 1 allocator: - size:32768 frags:256
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Initialization of page_alloc, print actual allocated page
size and number of frags it contains. prints is done only when drv
message level is set on the interface.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Align the IDs in the code with the modinfo, lspci -n, etc tools outputs.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do support cache line sizes of 32 and 64 bytes without activating the
CQE stride feature. Fix a misleading print saying that these cache line
sizes aren't supported.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Initialization to struct config_dev before filling and using it.
Fix to warning:
warning: config_dev.rx_checksum_val may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a) Previously, mlx4_mr_rereg_write filled the MPT's start
and length with the old MPT's values.
Fixing the initialization to take the new start and length.
b) In addition access flags in mpt_status were initialized instead of
status due to bad boolean operation. Fixing the operation.
c) Initialization of pd_slave caused a protection error.
Fix - removing this initialization.
d) In resource_tracker.c: Fixing vf encoding to be one-based.
Fixes: e630664c ('mlx4_core: Add helper functions to support MR re-registration')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Capture NETDEV events generated by the bonding driver and based on that
make decisions of how to configure port aggregation in the mlx4 core driver.
This includes setting the V2P port table and re-creating the interested
interfaces in bonded/non-bonded mode.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Supply interface functions to bond and unbond ports of a mlx4 internal
interfaces. Example for such an interface is the one registered by the
mlx4 IB driver under RoCE.
There are
1. Functions to go in/out to/from bonded mode
2. Function to remap virtual ports to physical ports
The bond_mutex prevents simultaneous access to data that keep status of
the device in bonded mode.
The upper mlx4 interface marks to the mlx4 core module that they
want to be subject for such bonding by setting the MLX4_INTFF_BONDING
flag. Interface which goes to/from bonded mode is re-created.
The mlx4 Ethernet driver does not set this flag when registering the
interface, the IB driver does.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the hardware interface required for port aggregation.
1. Disable RX port check on receive - don't perform a validity check
that matches to QP's port and the port where the packet is received.
2. Virtual to physical port remap - configure virtual to physical port
mapping. Port remap capability for virtual functions.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use notifier chain to dispatch an event upon a change in slave state.
Event is dispatched with slave specific info.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move slave state changes to a helper function, this is a pre-step for adding
functionality of dispatching an event when this helper is called.
This commit doesn't add new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=wOaR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-02-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Last round of updates for net-next:
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
As there is a discrepancy between the code and the comments this is in
a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-02-03
Here's what's likely the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.20.
Notable changes include:
- xHCI workaround + a new id for the ath3k driver
- Several new ids for the btusb driver
- Support for new Intel Bluetooth controllers
- Minor cleanups to ieee802154 code
- Nested sleep warning fix in socket accept() code path
- Fixes for Out of Band pairing handling
- Support for LE scan restarting for HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER
- Improvements to data we expose through debugfs
- Proper handling of Hardware Error HCI events
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch correct the bad expression while writing the
bit-pattern from software's buffer to hardware registers.
Signed-off-by: Sanjeev Sharma <Sanjeev_Sharma@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds skb_remcsum_process and skb_gro_remcsum_process to
perform the appropriate adjustments to the skb when receiving
remote checksum offload.
Updated vxlan and gue to use these functions.
Tested: Ran TCP_RR and TCP_STREAM netperf for VXLAN and GUE, did
not see any change in performance.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commone register macors (e.g. RSR) is too commont to drivers, it may
be conflict with the architectures (e.g. xtensa, sh).
The related warnings (with allmodconfig under xtensa):
CC [M] drivers/net/usb/sr9700.o
In file included from drivers/net/usb/sr9700.c:24:0:
drivers/net/usb/sr9700.h:65:0: warning: "RSR" redefined
#define RSR 0x06
^
In file included from ./arch/xtensa/include/asm/bitops.h:22:0,
from include/linux/bitops.h:36,
from include/linux/kernel.h:10,
from include/linux/list.h:8,
from include/linux/module.h:9,
from drivers/net/usb/sr9700.c:13:
./arch/xtensa/include/asm/processor.h:190:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
#define RSR(v,sr) __asm__ __volatile__ ("rsr %0,"__stringify(sr) : "=a"(v));
^
Signed-off-by: Chen Gang <gang.chen.5i5j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Freescale ethernet controllers have the capability to re-assemble fragmented
data into a single ethernet frame. This patch uses this capability and
implements NETIP_F_SG feature into the fs_enet ethernet driver.
On a MPC885, I get 53% performance improvement on a ftp transfer of a 15Mb file:
* Without the patch : 2,8 Mbps
* With the patch : 4,3 Mbps
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sending data in high speed then introducing a busoff results
in spurious BUS_ERROR events from the USBCan-II firmware directly
_after_ the triggered BUS_OFF event.
In the current CAN state handling code, this will lead to an
invalid can state of ACTIVE, ERROR, or PASSIVE even though the
CAN controller has been already shut down due to the busoff.
Guard the state handling code from such invalid events.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int, this patch
removes the type mismatch by moving the call into the condition.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The 3.2 revision has a different target BMI
version so it wasn't recognized by ath10k (despite
the chip_id rev being on the supported list
already).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Introduce an optional log level configuration for the existing debugfs fw_dbglog file. It
allows users to configure the desired log level for firmware dbglog messages.
To configure log level as WARN:
echo 0xffffffff 2 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/ath10k/fw_dbglog
The values are:
VERBOSE 0
INFO 1
WARN 2
ERR 3
Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Otherwise ath10k will just checksum everything even if it did not
go through the TCP/IP stack (for example bridged frames). In the worst
case this could mean recreating the checksum for incorrect data.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The command logic shouldn't really care about
arvif structure.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Ath10k driver sets wrong default key idx that results in
sending unicast frames with multicast key.
The reason for this behavior is that cached broadcast key
is installed for station MAC address on association. After
dot1x completes, unicast key is installed for station
MAC address. Default key idx is set to broadcast key id when
driver tries to send broadcast frame. This causes firmware
to use broadcast key id to transmit unicast frames to stations.
Used TX_USAGE flag to set default key for stations.
Added callback for setting unicast default idx which will be
invoked on every default key idx configuration.
Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This reverts commit 3d0ad09412.
Now that GSO functionality can correctly track if the fragment
id has been selected and select a fragment id if necessary,
we can re-enable UFO on tap/macvap and virtio devices.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 5188cd44c5.
Now that GSO layer can track if fragment id has been selected
and can allocate one if necessary, we don't need to do this in
tap and macvtap. This reverts most of the code and only keeps
the new ipv6 fragment id generation function that is still needed.
Fixes: 3d0ad09412 (drivers/net: Disable UFO through virtio)
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation depends on msm-bus driver which
is not merged into mainline kernel therefore
this code is removed
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Print (at debug level) all cipher and AKM suites
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Print Tx descriptors
Print ring index for all Tx related messages
Sort prefixes: Tx for transmit, TxC for completion, added "D"
for descriptor related prints
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use spinlock, this should not impact Tx as lock is always free
except for de-allocation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Non-cacheable Tx descriptor for the last fragment of
multi-fragment frame used to be written back twice.
Refactor code to always write non-cacheable descriptor
only once
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the Tx, work around used to force destination index 0
to be used. This is no more necessary, as firmware supports
multiple destinations
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since the maximum number of configurable patterns
is chip-specific, use the HW capability instead
of a fixed value for checking if a free pattern
slot is available.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These macros are applicable to pre-AR9003 chips
and the addresses are different for the AR9003
family. Since they are unused anyway, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since the number of patterns that can be configured in
the HW is higher for newer chips, store the chip-specific
value in ath9k_hw_wow.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This can be used to hold the WOW state in
ath9k_hw.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is no need to allocate a new structure and
free it for every user pattern, instead use local
variables.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This can be used to force WOW for cards that
are not present in the supported PCI ID list.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Printing the value of the wakeup status is sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The various variables tracking bmiss interrupts
are not really used anywhere except in a debug
message. Remove them since they have no functional
purpose.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch makes sure that valid WOW triggers
are present before trying to suspend the device.
Also, introduce and use ATH_OP_WOW_ENABLED to
bypass PCI suspend and clear it in resume().
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Registering the card as a wakeup source needs to
be done once, during initialization. When the WOW
configuration changes, the card's status as wakeup
source needs to be changed too and this is done
via the set_wakeup() callback. Also, make sure
the device is removed properly using ath9k_deinit_wow().
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If CONFIG_ATH9K_CHANNEL_CONTEXT is enabled, check whether
multiple contexts are active and if so, return 1 without
enabling WOW since we don't support it in this case.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If multiple interfaces are active or there is no
associated station interface, bail out early and
return 1 so that mac80211 can proceed with the normal
suspend routine.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
WOW capability is registered with mac80211 only when
the device has the ability to wakeup, so there is no
need to check in the suspend() routine.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Do not try to cancel work instances and ANI when
the device is not present or WOW triggers are
not configured. Bail out early and use ath_err()
for such error conditions.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Enabling WOW based on the chip is incorrect since
it needs to be done for specific sub-devices which
have proper platform support.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When AP is started, firmware exits power save mode. This
means power save manager of AP takes priority over station.
Firmware stop sending periodic AWAKE events to host.
We may have UAPSD enabled on station which buffers data
packets until AWAKE event from firmware. Data path is
unnecessarily blocked in this case. This patch disables
UAPSD mode to reenable transmit data path.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch makes sure that skb is freed after downloading
NULL packet in error cases. Also, USB chipsets return
-EINPROGRESS after downloading packets, they are freed in
USB completion handler later. We will add missing change
to set tx_lock_flag for USB which blocks further packets.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Memory is leaked after downloading already processed packet. This
patch fixes the problem by freeing returned skb. Other transmit
paths don't have this problem.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Wakeup timer is in sync with 'pm_wakeup_fw_try' flag. It
has been started instead of cancelling at one place. This
patch corrects it.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There are instances where the DMA engine stalls. The new code detects
such stalls and restarts DMA without needing a power reset.
Signed-off-by: Troy Tan <troy_tan@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.18]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The firmware supplies two kinds of packets via the RX mechanism. Besides the
normal data received over the air, these packets may contain bluetooth status
and other information. The present code fails to detect which kind of
information was received.
Signed-off-by: Troy Tan <troy_tan@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V3.18]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Initially, the routine to update the write point in the FIFO buffer was
coded to save CPU time by not doing the calculation every interrupt. This
was an error and results in TX hangs.
Signed-off-by: Troy Tan <troy_tan@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V3.18]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the buffer descriptor index exceeds 2, then a TX HANG condition
will result.
Signed-off-by: Troy Tan <troy_tan@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V3.18]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The quota threshold should be reduced to 4 to update the
firmware more frequently.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
After commit e9d8b2c296 (xen-netback:
disable rogue vif in kthread context), a fatal (protocol) error would
leave the guest Rx thread spinning, wasting CPU time. Commit
ecf08d2dbb (xen-netback: reintroduce
guest Rx stall detection) made this even worse by removing a
cond_resched() from this path.
Since a fatal error is non-recoverable, just allow the guest Rx thread
to exit. This requires taking additional refs to the task so the
thread exiting early is handled safely.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reported-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit de966c5928 (net/mlx4_core: Support more than 64 VFs) was meant to
allow up to 126 VFs. However, due to leaving MLX4_MFUNC_MAX too low, using
more than 80 VFs resulted in memory corruptions (and Oopses) when more than
80 VFs were requested. In addition, the number of slaves was left too high.
This commit fixes these issues.
Fixes: de966c5928 ("net/mlx4_core: Support more than 64 VFs")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Add support for IEEE ets & pfc api.
* Fix bug that resulted in incorrect bandwidth percentage being returned for
CEE peers
* Convert pfc enabled info from firmware format to what dcbnl expects before
returning
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ARM has 32-byte cache lines, which according to the comment in
the init registers function seems to work best with the default
value of 0x4800 that is also used on sparc and parisc.
This adds ARM to the same list, to use that default but no
longer warn about it.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Grant Grundler <grundler@parisc-linux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hip04 ethernet driver causes a new compile-time warning
when built as a loadable module:
WARNING: modpost: missing MODULE_LICENSE() in drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hip04_eth.o
see include/linux/module.h for more information
This adds the license as "GPL", which matches the header of the file.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a bug where vnet_skb_shape() didn't set the already-selected
queue mapping when a packet copy was required. This results in using the
wrong queue index for stops/starts, hung tx queues and watchdog timeouts
under heavy load.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently qlge_update_hw_vlan_features() will always first put the
interface down, then update features and then bring it up again. But it
is possible to hit this code while the adapter is down and this causes a
non-paired call to napi_disable(), which will get stuck.
This patch fixes it by skipping these down/up actions if the interface
is already down.
Fixes: a45adbe8d3 ("qlge: Enhance nested VLAN (Q-in-Q) handling.")
Cc: Harish Patil <harish.patil@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for retrieving port level statistics from device.
Hook is added for ethtool's stats functionality. For example,
$ ethtool -S eth3
NIC statistics:
rx_packets: 12
rx_bytes: 2790
rx_dropped: 0
rx_errors: 0
tx_packets: 8
tx_bytes: 728
tx_dropped: 0
tx_errors: 0
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently ndo_bridge_setlink and ndo_bridge_dellink handlers point
to the default switchdev handlers
This follows my bonding driver changes.
I have only compile tested this patch. However similar
bonding code has been tested.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want bond to pick up the offload flag if any of its slaves have it.
NETIF_F_HW_SWITCH_OFFLOAD flag is added to the mask, so that
netdev_increment_features does not ignore it.
This also adds ndo_bridge_setlink and ndo_bridge_dellink handlers.
These currently point to the default handlers provided by the
switchdev api.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch sets the NETIF_F_HW_SWITCH_OFFLOAD feature flag on rocker ports
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bridge flags are needed inside ndo_bridge_setlink/dellink handlers to
avoid another call to parse IFLA_AF_SPEC inside these handlers
This is used later in this series
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- In tx_hard_error_bump_tc interrupt, tc should be bumped only when current
device instance is in DMA threshold mode. Check per device xstats.threshold
other than global tc.
- Set per device xstats.threshold to SF_DMA_MODE when current device
instance is set to SF mode.
v2-changes:
- fix ident style
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit dc9daab226 ("cxgb4: Added support in debugfs to dump
sge_qinfo") a preprocessor check for CONFIG_CXGB4_DCB got added, which should
have been CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4_DCB. After adding the right preprocessor, build
fails due to missing function ethqset2pinfo. Fixing that as well.
V2: Updated description since the patch also fixes build failure
Reported-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscal.nl>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the warnings (space before , ) shown by
checkpatch.pl
Signed-off-by: Mohammad Jamal <md.jamalmohiuddin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch replaces the shifting operations by BIT macro
Signed-off-by: Mohammad Jamal <md.jamalmohiuddin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By using only the usb interface number for the rfkill name, we might
have a name conflicts in case two similar hso devices are connected.
In this patch, the name of the hso rfkill interface embed the value
of a counter that is incremented each time a new rfkill interface is
added.
Suggested-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For hso serial devices, two cancel_work_sync were missing in the
disconnect method.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The serial_table is used to map the minor number of the usb serial device
to its associated context. The table is updated in the probe method and
in hso_serial_ref_free() which is called either from the tty cleanup
method or from the usb disconnect method.
This patch ensures that the serial_table is updated in the disconnect
method and no more from the cleanup method to avoid the following
potential race condition.
- hso_disconnect() is called for usb interface "x". Because the serial
port was open and because the cleanup method of the tty_port hasn't
been called yet, hso_serial_ref_free() is not run.
- hso_probe() is called and fails for a new hso serial usb interface
"y". The function hso_free_interface() is called and iterates
over the element of serial_table to find the device associated to
the usb interface context.
If the usb interface context of usb interface "y" has been created
at the same place as for usb interface "x", then the cleanup
functions are called for usb interfaces "x" and "y" and
hso_serial_ref_free() is called for both interfaces.
- release_tty() is called for serial port linked to usb interface "x"
and possibly crash because the tty_port structure contained in the
hso_device structure has been freed.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function hso_serial_common_free() is called either by the cleanup
method of the tty or by the usb disconnect method.
In the former case, the usb_disconnect() has been already called
and the sysfs group associated to the device has been removed.
By calling tty_unregister directly from the usb_disconnect() method,
we avoid a warning due to the removal of the sysfs group of the usb
device.
Example of warning:
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 778 at fs/sysfs/group.c:225 sysfs_remove_group+0x50/0x94()
sysfs group c0645a88 not found for kobject 'ttyHS5'
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 778 Comm: kworker/0:3 Tainted: G W 3.18.0+ #105
Workqueue: events release_one_tty
[<c000dfe4>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c000c014>] (show_stack+0x14/0x1c)
[<c000c014>] (show_stack) from [<c0016bac>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x5c/0x7c)
[<c0016bac>] (warn_slowpath_common) from [<c0016c60>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x30/0x40)
[<c0016c60>] (warn_slowpath_fmt) from [<c00ddd14>] (sysfs_remove_group+0x50/0x94)
[<c00ddd14>] (sysfs_remove_group) from [<c0221e44>] (device_del+0x30/0x190)
[<c0221e44>] (device_del) from [<c0221fb0>] (device_unregister+0xc/0x18)
[<c0221fb0>] (device_unregister) from [<c0221fec>] (device_destroy+0x30/0x3c)
[<c0221fec>] (device_destroy) from [<c01fe1dc>] (tty_unregister_device+0x2c/0x5c)
[<c01fe1dc>] (tty_unregister_device) from [<c029a428>] (hso_serial_common_free+0x2c/0x88)
[<c029a428>] (hso_serial_common_free) from [<c029a4c0>] (hso_serial_ref_free+0x3c/0xb8)
[<c029a4c0>] (hso_serial_ref_free) from [<c01ff430>] (release_one_tty+0x30/0x84)
[<c01ff430>] (release_one_tty) from [<c00271d4>] (process_one_work+0x21c/0x3c8)
[<c00271d4>] (process_one_work) from [<c0027758>] (worker_thread+0x3d8/0x560)
[<c0027758>] (worker_thread) from [<c002be4c>] (kthread+0xc0/0xcc)
[<c002be4c>] (kthread) from [<c0009630>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x24)
---[ end trace cb88537fdc8fa208 ]---
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need for a dedicated reset work in the hso driver since
there is already a reset work foreseen in usb_interface that does
the same.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In other functions of the driver, variables of type "struct hso_serial"
are denoted by "serial" and variables of type "struct hso_device" are
denoted by "hso_dev". This patch makes the hso_free_interface()
consistent with these notations.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the rfkill interface was created, a buffer containing the name
of the rfkill node was allocated. This buffer was never freed when the
device disappears.
To fix the problem, we put the name given to rfkill_alloc() in
the hso_net structure.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the disconnect path, tx_buffer should freed like tx_data to avoid
a memory leak when the device disconnects.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the device disappear, the function hso_disconnect() is called to
perform cleanup. In the cleanup function, hso_free_interface() calls
tty_port_tty_hangup() in view of scheduling a work to hang up the tty if
needed. If the port was not open then hso_serial_ref_free() is called
directly to cleanup everything. Otherwise, hso_serial_ref_free() is called
when the last fd associated to the port is closed.
For each open port, tty_release() will call the close method,
hso_serial_close(), which drops the last kref and call
hso_serial_ref_free() which unregisters, destroys the tty port
and finally frees the structure in which the tty_port structure
is included. Later, in tty_release(), more precisely when release_tty()
is called, the tty_port previously freed is accessed to cancel
the tty buf workqueue and it leads to a crash.
In view of avoiding this crash, we add a cleanup method that is called
at the end of the hangup process and we drop the last kref in this
function when all the ports have been closed, when tty_port is no
more needed and when it is safe to free the structure containing the
tty_port structure.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No timer related function is used in this driver.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the chanel hw_value and not the center frequency when
building channel array for scan_config_cmd.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Enable EBS on one shot scans if supported by FW.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When iwl_mvm_power_update_mac() is called, we have already added the
mac context, so if this call fails we should remove the mac.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.15+]
Fixes: commit e5e7aa8e25 ('iwlwifi: mvm: refactor power code')
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Last EBS status wasn't set to success in the initialization, which
caused the first scan to be without EBS. Fix that.
When EBS is not enabled by the driver, the FW still sends ebs_status success,
which can override EBS failure state. Consider only EBS failures, to avoid
such override. Last_ebs_success is set back to true upon disconnection.
Last_ebs_success wasn't set in umac scan abort flow, fix that too.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Different queue can have different behavior. While it can be
unacceptable for a certain queue to be stuck for 2 seconds
(e.g. the command queue), it can happen that another queue
will stay stuck for even longer (a queue servicing a power
saving client in GO).
The op_mode can even make the timeout be a function of the
listen interval.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This watchdog allows to monitor the transmit queues. When a
queue doesn't progress for a too long time, a timer fires
and then, debug data can be collected.
This watchdog has never been enabled on dvm controlled
devices, so don't enable it there.
In order to have it running on mvm controlled devices, we
need to fix a small issue in the transport layer: mvm
controlled devices use the shadow registers optimization.
In this case, the watchdog wasn't running at all, even if
enabled by the module parameter. Fix that on the way.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
During out-of-channel activities (e.g. scan) TDLS ch-switch responses from
a peer are kept in FW. These packets arrive only after the out-of-channel
activity is complete, which can be in the order of several seconds.
Since TDLS ch-sw has no dialog-token-like mechanism for distinguishing
sessions, use the GP2 time of the incoming ch-switch response to discern
validity. For this purpose record the GP2 time of an outgoing TDLS ch-sw
request and compare to the Rx time of the ch-sw response.
The methods works in practice since the GP2 time of FW-deferred Rx is
accurate and contains the real Rx timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add a response-received state and add more limits on allowed requests
in each state of the connection. Previously ch-switch requests from
other peers could interrupt an outgoing active ch-switch. Also stale
packets from the current peer could disrupt the channel switch state.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The base address of the scheduler in the device's memory
(SRAM) comes from two different sources. The periphery
register and the alive notification from the firmware.
We have a check in iwl_pcie_tx_start that ensures that
they are the same.
When we resume from WoWLAN, the firmware may have crashed
for whatever reason. In that case, the whole device may be
reset which means that the periphery register will hold a
meaningless value. When we come to compare
trans_pcie->scd_base_addr (which really holds the value we
had when we loaded the WoWLAN firmware upon suspend) and
the current value of the register, we don't see a match
unsurprisingly.
Trick the check to avoid a loud yet harmless WARN.
Note that when the WoWLAN has crashed, we will see that
in iwl_trans_pcie_d3_resume which will let the op_mode
know. Once the op_mode is informed that the WowLAN firmware
has crashed, it can't do much besides resetting the whole
device.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Some devices have 31 TFD queues. Don't enable it yet since
there are still issues with it, but at least prepare the
code for it. There was a bug in the read pointer assignment,
fix that. Also, move the inline functions to iwl-scd.h which
is the right place.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In certain testing scenarios we'd like to force a decision
between STBC/BFER/SISO. In the normal scenario this decision
is done by the FW. Enable this option vis debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
VHT Beamformer (BFER) will be used if the peer supports it
and there's a benefit to use it vs. STBC or SISO.
The driver now tells the FW whether BFER and/or STBC are
allowed but the FW will make the decision to use either
or stick to SISO on its own.
BFER is limited to a single remote peer. The driver takes
care of ensuring this to the FW and prioritizes with which
peer BFER will be used.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Printing all the scratch data of the TFDs of that queue is
useless and stuffed the kernel log with data. Remove that.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We don't really need to use different mac colors when adding mac
contexts, because they're not used anywhere. In fact, the firmware
doesn't accept 255 as a valid color, so we get into a SYSASSERT 0x3401
when we reach that.
Remove the color increment to use always zero and avoid reaching 255.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.10+]
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There's really no reason to pad out the field with spaces at the
end of the line - they're practically invisible there anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If we don't want to restart the firmware, don't reprobe either in case
of a failure during reconfiguration. This allows us to debug failures
in the reconfig flow as well.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
NetCP on Keystone has cpsw ale function similar to other TI SoCs
and this driver is re-used. To allow both ti cpsw and keystone netcp
to re-use the driver, convert the cpsw ale to a module and configure
it through Kconfig option CONFIG_TI_CPSW_ALE. Currently it is statically
linked to both TI CPSW and NetCP and this causes issues when the above
drivers are built as dynamic modules. This patch addresses this issue
While at it, fix the Makefile and code to build both netcp_core and
netcp_ethss as dynamic modules. This is needed to support arm allmodconfig.
This also requires exporting of API calls provided by netcp_core so that
both the above can be dynamic modules.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Tested-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing code frees the skb in EAGAIN case, in which the skb will be
retried from upper layer and used again.
Also, the existing code doesn't free send buffer slot in error case, because
there is no completion message for unsent packets.
This patch fixes these problems.
(Please also include this patch for stable trees. Thanks!)
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the following kernel crash,
WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 0 at net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:3079 tcp_clean_rtx_queue+0x658/0x80c()
Call trace:
[<fffffe0000096b7c>] dump_backtrace+0x0/0x184
[<fffffe0000096d10>] show_stack+0x10/0x1c
[<fffffe0000685ea0>] dump_stack+0x74/0x98
[<fffffe00000b44e0>] warn_slowpath_common+0x88/0xb0
[<fffffe00000b461c>] warn_slowpath_null+0x14/0x20
[<fffffe00005b5c1c>] tcp_clean_rtx_queue+0x654/0x80c
[<fffffe00005b6228>] tcp_ack+0x454/0x688
[<fffffe00005b6ca8>] tcp_rcv_established+0x4a4/0x62c
[<fffffe00005bf4b4>] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0x16c/0x350
[<fffffe00005c225c>] tcp_v4_rcv+0x8e8/0x904
[<fffffe000059d470>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x100/0x26c
[<fffffe000059dad8>] ip_local_deliver+0xac/0xc4
[<fffffe000059d6c4>] ip_rcv_finish+0xe8/0x328
[<fffffe000059dd3c>] ip_rcv+0x24c/0x38c
[<fffffe0000563950>] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x29c/0x7c8
[<fffffe0000563ea4>] __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x7c
[<fffffe0000563f54>] netif_receive_skb_internal+0x5c/0xe0
[<fffffe0000564810>] napi_gro_receive+0xb4/0x110
[<fffffe0000482a2c>] xgene_enet_process_ring+0x144/0x338
[<fffffe0000482d18>] xgene_enet_napi+0x1c/0x50
[<fffffe0000565454>] net_rx_action+0x154/0x228
[<fffffe00000b804c>] __do_softirq+0x110/0x28c
[<fffffe00000b8424>] irq_exit+0x8c/0xc0
[<fffffe0000093898>] handle_IRQ+0x44/0xa8
[<fffffe000009032c>] gic_handle_irq+0x38/0x7c
[...]
Software writes poison data into the descriptor bytes[15:8] and upon
receiving the interrupt, if those bytes are overwritten by the hardware with
the valid data, software also reads bytes[7:0] and executes receive/tx
completion logic.
If the CPU executes the above two reads in out of order fashion, then the
bytes[7:0] will have older data and causing the kernel panic. We have to
force the order of the reads and thus this patch introduces read memory
barrier between these reads.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a skb has multiple vlans and it is CHECKSUM_PARTIAL,
ixgbevf_tx_csum() fails to get the network protocol and checksum related
descriptor fields are not configured correctly because skb->protocol
doesn't show the L3 protocol in this case.
Use first->protocol instead of skb->protocol to get the proper network
protocol.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a skb has multiple vlans and it is CHECKSUM_PARTIAL,
ixgbe_tx_csum() fails to get the network protocol and checksum related
descriptor fields are not configured correctly because skb->protocol
doesn't show the L3 protocol in this case.
Use vlan_get_protocol() to get the proper network protocol.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a skb has multiple vlans and it is CHECKSUM_PARTIAL,
igbvf_tx_csum() fails to get the network protocol and checksum related
descriptor fields are not configured correctly because skb->protocol
doesn't show the L3 protocol in this case.
Use vlan_get_protocol() to get the proper network protocol.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They are all either written once or extremly rarely (e.g. from init
code), so we can move them to the .data..read_mostly section.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like on 3517 davinci_emac MAC address registers have a
different layout compared to dm816x and am33xx.
Let's add a function to get the 3517 MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At least on dm81xx, we can get the davinci_emac MAC address the same
way as on am33xx cpsw.
Let's also use ether_addr_copy() for davinci_emac while at it.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like davinci_emac and cpsw can share some code although the
device registers have a different layout.
At least the code for getting the MAC address using syscon can
be shared by passing the register offset. Let's start with that
and set up a minimal shared cpsw-shared.c.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent patch tried to work around a valid warning for the use of a
deprecated interface by blindly changing from the old
pcmcia_request_exclusive_irq() interface to pcmcia_request_irq().
This driver has an interrupt handler that is not currently aware
of shared interrupts, but can be easily converted to be.
At the moment, the driver reads the interrupt status register
repeatedly until it contains only zeroes in the interesting bits,
and handles each bit individually.
This patch adds the missing part of returning IRQ_NONE in case none
of the bits are set to start with, so we can move on to the next
interrupt source.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 5f5316fcd0 ("am2150: Update nmclan_cs.c to use update PCMCIA API")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ni65 and lance ethernet drivers manually program the ISA DMA
controller that is only available on x86 PCs and a few compatible
systems. Trying to build it on ARM results in this error:
ni65.c: In function 'ni65_probe1':
ni65.c:496:62: error: 'DMA1_STAT_REG' undeclared (first use in this function)
((inb(DMA1_STAT_REG) >> 4) & 0x0f)
^
ni65.c:496:62: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
ni65.c:497:63: error: 'DMA2_STAT_REG' undeclared (first use in this function)
| (inb(DMA2_STAT_REG) & 0xf0);
The DMA1_STAT_REG and DMA2_STAT_REG registers are only defined for
alpha, mips, parisc, powerpc and x86, although it is not clear
which subarchitectures actually have them at the correct location.
This patch for now just disables it for ARM, to avoid randconfig
build errors. We could also decide to limit it to the set of
architectures on which it does compile, but that might look more
deliberate than guessing based on where the drivers build.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cosa driver is rather outdated and does not get built on most
platforms because it requires the ISA_DMA_API symbol. However
there are some ARM platforms that have ISA_DMA_API but no virt_to_bus,
and they get this build error when enabling the ltpc driver.
drivers/net/wan/cosa.c: In function 'tx_interrupt':
drivers/net/wan/cosa.c:1768:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'virt_to_bus'
unsigned long addr = virt_to_bus(cosa->txbuf);
^
The same problem exists for the Hostess SV-11 and Sealevel Systems 4021
drivers.
This adds another dependency in Kconfig to avoid that configuration.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cs89x0 driver can either be built as an ISA driver or a platform
driver, the choice is controlled by the CS89x0_PLATFORM Kconfig
symbol. Building the ISA driver on a system that does not have
a way to map I/O ports fails with this error:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `cs89x0_ioport_probe.constprop.1':
:(.init.text+0x4794): undefined reference to `ioport_map'
:(.init.text+0x4830): undefined reference to `ioport_unmap'
This changes the Kconfig logic to take that option away and
always force building the platform variant of this driver if
CONFIG_HAS_IOPORT_MAP is not set. This is the only correct
choice in this case, and it avoids the build error.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=PZQW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-3.20-20150128' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-28-01
this is a pull request of 12 patches for net-next/master.
There are 3 patches by Ahmed S. Darwish, which update the kvaser_usb
driver and add support for the USBcan-II based adapters. Stéphane
Grosjean contributes 7 patches for the peak_usb driver, which add
support for the CANFD USB adapters. I contribute 2 patches which clean
up the peak_usb driver structure a bit.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit cd1e65044d ("of/device: Don't register disabled
devices"), the disabled device will not be registered at all. So we
don't need to do the check again in the platform device driver.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hao <haokexin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we've run out of space in the output buffer to store more data, we
will call zlib_deflate with a NULL output buffer until we've consumed
remaining input.
When this happens, olen contains the size the output buffer would have
consumed iff we'd have had enough room.
This can later cause skb_over_panic when ppp_generic skb_put()s
the returned length.
Reported-by: Iain Douglas <centos@1n6.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the netns to src_net to avoid confusion with the netns where the
interface stands. The user may specify IFLA_NET_NS_[PID|FD] to create
a x-netns netndevice: IFLA_NET_NS_[PID|FD] points to the netns where the
netdevice stands and src_net to the link netns.
Note that before commit f01ec1c017 ("vxlan: add x-netns support"), it was
possible to create a x-netns vxlan netdevice, but the netdevice was not
operational.
Fixes: f01ec1c017 ("vxlan: add x-netns support")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
src_net points to the netns where the netlink message has been received. This
netns may be different from the netns where the interface is created (because
the user may add IFLA_NET_NS_[PID|FD]). In this case, src_net is the link netns.
It seems wrong to override the netns in the newlink() handler because if it
was not already src_net, it means that the user explicitly asks to create the
netdevice in another netns.
CC: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
CC: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@lockless.no>
Fixes: 8391c4aab1 ("caif: Bugfixes in CAIF netdevice for close and flow control")
Fixes: c412540063 ("caif-hsi: Add rtnl support")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During drv_start/drv_stop stress testing in ARM platform,
sometimes target is taking more that 5ms to wake up. Similar
behaviour also noted during driver load and unload iterations.
On such cases, the wakup duration lies between 5-6ms. Hence
increasing pci wakup timeout 10ms to be more safer. With this
changes, able to complete power down/up >100 iterations without
any issues.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Enable the MCS8 and MCS9 support for 2.4G band, it will
use these data rate with other devices having the same
capability.
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware revisions providing sta keepalive service
have it enabled by default.
mac80211 already does idle connection polling so
it makes no sense to duplicate this in ath10k.
mac80211 wouldn't even know of the offloaded
keepalive NullFunc frames.
This prevents sending out some extraneous frames
on the air.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New wmi-tlv firmware for qca6174 has STA keepalive
service available. The service can provide
automatic idle connection polling via NullFunc
frames to AP when acting as a client.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New wmi-tlv firmware for qca6174 supports this.
This should fix issues related to multi-vif WMM.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New wmi-tlv firmware for qca6174 supports this.
This will be used soon.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
mac80211 already requests WMM per vif but firmware
wasn't able to handle this until now. However new
wmi-tlv firmware for qca6174 is capable of this.
This prepares per-vif WMM param setup.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are new (not anymore?) Broadcom 802.11ac wireless cards based on
chipsets like BCM4352 and BCM4360. They use a new PHY type (called
simply AC) that will require new specific code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
AC-PHY hardware includes new control 0x3 bits that need to be set to the
0x1 by default.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On some AR955x/QCA953x boards, noise floor calibration
gets stuck and the cause is a hardware/BB issue. To fix
this, peak detect calibration in the HW is disabled
and is done in the driver instead. There a few differences
with the calibration routine for older chips like
AR9331.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The value is different for PCOEM cards and AR955x/AR953x.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The LNA gain setting override needs to be done
only for AR9330 and PCOEM chips.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This can be used if we need to apply register settings
for all PCOEM solutions (in the AR9003 family).
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch disables HW peak detect calibration for
AR955x, since it is problematic on a few boards.
Instead, manual calibration will be done in the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch disables HW peak detect calibration for
QCA953x, since it is problematic on a few boards.
Instead, manual calibration will be done in the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
b43 has a FIXME about locking in the mac80211 set-beacon-int callback for a long time.
As it turns out there actually is a tiny race window that could result in
a use-after-free bug of the 'current_beacon' memory.
Nobody ever reported this, so it probably never happened.
Fix this by adding a spin lock that protects the current_beacon access.
We must not be in atomic context while accessing hardware (due to SDIO),
so the beacon update bottom half has to clone the skb and release the lock
before writing it to hardware.
Let's all hope that this stops the troll who is trying to submit incorrect
fixes for this issue repeatedly.
And let's hope that I'm not a troll, too, who just hides even more evil code
in an even more complex attempt to fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch enables 11h extensions in FW upon detecting DFS
channel in start radar detection/channel switch handlers.
Patch also takes care of disabling 11h when non DFS channels
are to be set during start_ap handler.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds cfg80211 channel_switch support for mwifiex.
Upon receiving channel switch request, driver would parse channel
switch announcement IE from beacon_data.
If TX is blocked, netdev queues are stopped. IEs from csa_beacon
are then parsed and set to FW.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for radar_detected event from FW.
Driver in turn would stop netdev queues to stop TX traffic and
issue RADAR_DETECT event to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for channel report enabling.
Channel report event happens if radar is detected on specified channel
after driver has issued radar detect command within CAC time.
Driver in turn sends RADAR_DETECTED event to cfg80211 to tell radar was
detected within CAC time.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for cfg80211 start_radar_detection handler.
Upon reception of start_radar_detection, driver prepares radar detect
command to FW.
Delayed work is queued for CAC time which sends radar detection finished
event to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Head & Tail IEs are supposed to be added to beacon and probe response.
This patch adds separate function for parsing head and tail IEs from
cfg80211_beacon_data and sets them to FW.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Refactor mwifiex_cfg80211_start_ap by creating separate function
to set AP channel and another for configuring other AP parameters
and starting AP.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch moves IE management routine to end of start_ap handler.
IEs now would be updated after AP has started.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Store AP configuration in private structure so that we know
current AP configuration.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When regulatory domain changes, cfg80211 already issues request
to change regulatory domain to driver via reg_notifier.
There is no need to set regulatory again during start_ap.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently, we support virtual interface type change from
station<=>adhoc or station <=> p2p client/GO.
This patch adds support to change virtual interface type to
any of the type advertised in interface combinations.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to handle PS events on AP interface as well.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently interface limits are checked by seeing if bss_mode for
particular priv is set. If bss_mode is not set, interface creation
is allowed. This patch adds framework to initializes maximum virtual
interfaces supported during load time and check current number of
interfaces created agains allowed interface limit during new virtual
interface creation.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
FW initialization routine can also be called while changing
virtual interface types.
This patch adds bool parameter "init" to init command routine
so as to differentiate between initialization during driver load
and change virtual interface handler.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This would be used to set mac address while changing virtual
interface to different types.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
wdev is used even after del_virtual_interface handler in cfg80211
in nl80211_post_doit. Since we have freed wdev in handling of
del_virtual_intf, this can result into crash while deleting
interface.
Avoid this be not declaring wdev which part of
mwifiex_private structure but struct wireless_dev type.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
RTS threshold, fragmentation threshold are per device properties.
Setting them on any interface would be reflected for all other
interfaces as well. This patch removes unnesessary command download
per interface.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is not used anywhere execpt initialization.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The nvram file can hold a key=value combination in which the value
may have spaces, ie. 'RAW1=80 02 fe ff'. The parsing functionality
did not deal with this so it gives an error message:
[621746.311635] brcmfmac: brcmf_nvram_handle_key
warning: ln=90:col=11: '=' expected, skip invalid key entry
because RAW1=80 is being considerd as key=value pair and it expects
'=' sign after '02' for next key=value pair. This entry can be
completely ignored as firmware does not need it.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When revinfo retrieval fails we can not show the firmware version
in ethtool driver info. Store the result to be used when handling
ethtool driver info callback.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Obtain device revision information and store it.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In some scenarios the chip number and revision may not be provided
by the bus layer. If the chip number is not filled, the common
layer will ask the firmware for this information.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Introducing a define that the caller of brcmu_boardrev_str() can
use to allocate enough room for buffer passed to the function.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In brcmf_usb_probe_cb() the device is checked to determine whether
it is already running firmware. However, when no firmware download
is needed it still continues to request the firmware files. This
is fixed by returning after successful setup.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
During suspend the bus state is put in the down state. When data
is being transmitted during this state then the netdev queue will
be close. This patch will wake the queue on state data if the
queue was closed.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Each bus driver is maintaing an exported bus state indicating
if upper layers can or cannot send data. SDIO is using this state
also for more private states. This makes handling the states and
state changes complex. This patch minimises the exposed states
and makes SDIO keep track of an internal state where necessary.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Before going in suspend state the watchdog thread needs to put the
device in bus sleep state, which assures it can go in deep-sleep
state during D3 state.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver always called cfg80211_disconnected() with reason parameter
set to zero, ie. unknown. However, firmware does provide a valid
802.11 reason code in DEAUTH and DISASSOC event message to the driver.
This patch passes the reason code to cfg80211_disconnected().
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Control frames are normally handled outside DPC, but sometimes
within DPC. To simplify code always handle control within DPC.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the system is resumed a deadlock can occur when DPC gets
entered before resume is complete. This patch fixes this by
properly checking the suspend state outside the claim_host code
block.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On every tx the flow worker is triggered. When running high
throughput data this causes an excessive amount of times the worker
gets activated. This patch starts scheduling the worker more relaxed
once outstanding tx has reached a certain depth.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Access point require this API to check peer alive status.
Assume peer is alive when it is connected, because
firmware implements keep alive checks and will disconnect
peer if it is not alive.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement Tx status reporting using skb_complete_wifi_ack().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Interrupt moderation parameters will never be passed as module
parameters. For product, they will be hard-coded after lab testing,
and for debugging, they can be altered via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Shulman <qca_shulmanv@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Due to HW limitation, inter-packet gap timeout max value is 13 usec.
Update of current thresholds from 15 to 13 usec.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Shulman <qca_shulmanv@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Tuning rings size for performance optimization.
Increasing Tx ring size, allows buffering more packets for HW, thus
eliminating idle periods which were observed with smaller ring at
high throughput, because HW was fetching packets faster than driver was
filling them into the TX ring. Rx ring was similarly increased to
avoid same problems in Rx.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Shulman <qca_shulmanv@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Tx queue was hard-coded to 1000 in ether_setup. Add wil_dev_setup
function which configures tx queue len to chosen default value
after calling ether_setup.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Shulman <qca_shulmanv@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
upon cfg80211_stop_ap, a graceful AP shutdown is requested from firmware
followed by firmware reset.
In case graceful request failed, error was returned to cfg80211.
The change is to return success in this scenario, because firmware
reset will anyhow shutdown the AP.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
netif_carrier_on indication was too late. In case Rx packet received
before netif_carrier_on indication, upper layers could not send
Tx packet back.
The fix is to indicate netif_carrier_on earlier:
for STA, indicate netif_carrier_on when association starts.
for AP/PCP, indicate netif_carrier_on upon starting AP/PCP.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The if block was supposed to have curly braces. In the current code we
complain about dropped rx packets when we shouldn't.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the foreign page flag in netback to get the domid and grant ref
needed for the grant copy. This signficiantly simplifies the netback
code and makes netback work with foreign pages from other backends
(e.g., blkback).
This allows blkback to use iSCSI disks provided by domUs running on
the same host.
Signed-off-by: Jennifer Herbert <jennifer.herbert@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Add gnttab_alloc_pages() and gnttab_free_pages() to allocate/free pages
suitable to for granted maps.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Ballooned pages are always used for grant maps which means the
original frame does not need to be saved in page->index nor restored
after the grant unmap.
This allows the workaround in netback for the conflicting use of the
(unionized) page->index and page->pfmemalloc to be removed.
Signed-off-by: Jennifer Herbert <jennifer.herbert@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Add support for the following new PEAK-System technik CANFD USB adapters:
PCAN-USB FD single CANFD channel USB adapter
PCAN-USB Pro FD dual CANFD channels USB adapter
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Acked-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Add a common function that pushes the skb in the network queue with adding
timestamps information, converted from time values read from the
PEAK USB adapters.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Add support for the following new PEAK-System technik CANFD USB adapters:
PCAN-USB FD single CANFD channel USB adapter
PCAN-USB Pro FD dual CANFD channels USB adapter
The communication protocol has been developed using some mechanisms that
did exist in the PCAN-USB Pro, thus, this patch also changes some
previously static functions and data into global ones.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Upgrade PEAK-System USB adapters core to the new data structures (names) and
callbacks added for the support of the CANFD extension. This specific patch
includes changes that deal with the new struct canfd_frame.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Upgrade PEAK-System USB adapters core to the new data structures (names) and
callbacks added for the support of the CANFD extension. This specific patch
does the mandatory changes to support new data bittiming specs.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Add the definition of a new callback that enable any PEAK-System CAN USB
adapter to grant read access to its Bus Error Counters value. This ability is
not supported by all the PEAK-System adapters, thus, for those, the callback
pointer will be initiaized to NULL, which is correct regarding the linux-can
device driver specs.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Export the ctrlmode_supported value from the core file to each adapter specific
file. This has been mandatory for supporting the new CANFD extension.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
A "struct peak_usb_adapter" describes a certain USB adapter, as this doesn't
change during runtime, this patch marks all USB adapter definitions as const.
Acked-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch converts the list "static struct peak_usb_adapter
*peak_usb_adapters_list[]" to be used with ARRAY_SIZE not with a NULL
termination, as the size is known during compile time.
Acked-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
CAN to USB interfaces sold by the Swedish manufacturer Kvaser are
divided into two major families: 'Leaf', and 'USBcanII'. From an
Operating System perspective, the firmware of both families behave
in a not too drastically different fashion.
This patch adds support for the USBcanII family of devices to the
current Kvaser Leaf-only driver.
CAN frames sending, receiving, and error handling paths has been
tested using the dual-channel "Kvaser USBcan II HS/LS" dongle. It
should also work nicely with other products in the same category.
List of new devices supported by this driver update:
- Kvaser USBcan II HS/HS
- Kvaser USBcan II HS/LS
- Kvaser USBcan Rugged ("USBcan Rev B")
- Kvaser Memorator HS/HS
- Kvaser Memorator HS/LS
- Scania VCI2 (if you have the Kvaser logo on top)
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Acked-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Replace most of the can interface's state and error counters
handling with the new can-dev can_change_state() mechanism.
Suggested-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Acked-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Update all of the can interface's state and error counters before
trying any skb allocation that can actually fail with -ENOMEM.
Suggested-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Acked-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
In Intel Quark SoC X1000, both of the Ethernet controllers support
MSI interrupt handling. This patch enables them to use MSI interrupt
servicing in stmmac_pci for Intel Quark X1000.
Signed-off-by: Kweh, Hock Leong <hock.leong.kweh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces run-time board detection through DMI and MAC-PHY
configuration function used by quark_default_data() during initialization. It
fills up the phy_addr for Galileo and Galileo Gen2 boards to indicate that the
Ethernet MAC controller is or is not connected to any PHY.
The implementation takes into consideration for future expansion in Quark
series boards that may have different PHY address that is linked to its MAC
controllers.
This piece of work is derived from Bryan O'Donoghue's initial work for Quark
X1000 enabling.
Signed-off-by: Kweh, Hock Leong <hock.leong.kweh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Intel Quark SoC X1000 provides two 10/100 Mbps Ethernet MAC
controllers which may or may not be connected to PHY on board.
This MAC controller only supports RMII PHY. This patch add Quark
PCI ID as well as Quark default platform data info to this driver.
Signed-off-by: Kweh, Hock Leong <hock.leong.kweh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently CPTS is built into the netcp driver even though there is no
call out to the CPTS driver. This patch removes the dependency in Kconfig
and remove cpts.o from the Makefile for NetCP.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move firmware version MACRO to a new t4fw_version.h file so that csiostor driver
can also use it.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The firmware might change the hca core clock frequency after the driver
issues the INIT_PORT command. Therefore we need to query the new
value again and save in to the cached dev caps.
Fixes: ddd8a6c1 ('net/mlx4_core: Read HCA frequency and map internal clock')
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are dumping device capabilities which are supported both by the
firmware and the driver. Align the array that holds the capability
strings with this practice.
Reported-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a memory corruption at mlx4_MAD_IFC_wrapper.
A table of size dev->caps.pkey_table_len[port]*sizeof(*table)
was allocated, but get_full_pkey_table() assumes that the number
of entries in the table is a multiplication of 32 (which isn't always
correct).
Fixes: 0a9a018 ('mlx4: MAD_IFC paravirtualization')
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use cmd->autoneg as a user hint to decide what to set in ethtool set settings callback.
When cmd->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE set according to ethtool->advertise otherwise,
set according to ethtool->speed.
Usage:
- ethtool -s eth<x> speed 56000 autoneg off
- ethtool -s eth<x> advertise 0x800000 autoneg on
While we're here:
- Move proto_admin masking outcome check to be adjacent to the operation.
- Move en_warn("port reset..") print to "port reset" block.
Fixes: 312df74 ("net/mlx4_en: mlx4_en_set_settings() always fails when autoneg is set")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_bf_alloc had an unnecessary/duplicate code line. Did no harm,
but not good practice.
Reported by the Mellanox Beijing team.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Struct mlx4_vhcr was implicitly padded by the gcc compiler on 64-bit
architectures.
This commit makes that padding explicit, to prevent issues with
changing compilers and with incompatibilities between 32-bit architecture
implicit padding and 64-bit architecture implicit padding.
This structure is used in virtualization for communication between
the Host and its Guests. The explicit padding allows 64-bit Hosts
(old and new) to continue to interoperate with 64-bit Guests (old and new).
However, without this fix, 64-bit Hosts could not interoperate with 32-bit
Guests (since these did not insert the padding dword). With this fix,
32-bit Guests will be able to interoperate with 64-bit Hosts (since
the structure offsets will be identical on both).
Reported-by: Alexander Schmidt <alexs@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver incorrectly assigned an out-mailbox to this command,
and used an opcode modifier = 0, which is a reserved value (it
should use opcode modifier = 1).
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The firmware spec states that the timeout for all commands should be 60 seconds.
In the past, the spec indicated that there were several classes of timeout
(short, medium, and long). The driver has these different timeout classes.
We leave the class differentiation in the driver as-is (to protect against any
future spec changes), but set the timeout for all classes to be 60 seconds.
In addition, we fix a few commands which had hard-coded numeric timeouts specified.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Structs allocated for the resource tracker must be freed in
the error flow.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reserved lKey is different for each VF.
A base lkey value is returned in QUERY_DEV_CAP at offset 0x98.
The reserved L_key value for a VF is:
VF_lkey = base_lkey + (VF_number << 8).
This VF L_key value should be returned in QUERY_FUNC_CAP
(opcode-modifier = 0) at offset 0x48.
To indicate that the lkey value at offset 0x48 is valid, the Hypervisor
sets a flag bit in dword 0x0, offset 27 in the QUERY_FUNC_CAP wrapper
function.
When the VF calls QUERY_FUNC_CAP, it should check if this flag bit is set.
If it is set, the VF should take the reserved lkey value at offset 0x48.
If the bit is not set, the VF should not use a reserved lkey
(i.e., should set its reserved lkey value to 0).
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the firmware can detect a bad cable, allow it to generate an
event, and print the problem in the log.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous commit is based on a wrong assumption, fdb messages are always sent
into the netns where the interface stands (see vxlan_fdb_notify()).
These fdb messages doesn't embed the rtnl attribute IFLA_LINK_NETNSID, thus we
need to add it (useful to interpret NDA_IFINDEX or NDA_DST for example).
Note also that vxlan_nlmsg_size() was not updated.
Fixes: 193523bf93 ("vxlan: advertise netns of vxlan dev in fdb msg")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix sparse warning about non-static function
drivers/net/bonding/bond_main.c:3737:5: warning: symbol
'bond_3ad_xor_xmit' was not declared. Should it be static?
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a slave is added to a bond and it is not in full duplex mode,
AD_PORT_LACP_ENABLED flag is cleared, due to this LACP PDU is not sent
on slave. When the duplex is changed to full, the flag needs to be set
to send LACP PDU.
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch attempts to fix the following problems when an actor or
partner's aggregator is not active:
1. a slave's lacp port state is marked as AD_STATE_SYNCHRONIZATION
even if it is attached to an inactive aggregator. LACP advertises
this state to the partner, making the partner think he can move
into COLLECTING_DISTRIBUTING state even though this link will not
pass traffic on the local side
2. a slave goes into COLLECTING_DISTRIBUTING state without checking
if the aggregator is actually active
3. when in COLLECTING_DISTRIBUTING state, the partner parameters may
change, e.g. the partner_oper_port_state.SYNCHRONIZATION. The
local mux machine is not reacting to the change and continue to
keep the slave and bond up
4. When bond slave leaves an inactive aggregator and joins an active
aggregator, the actor oper port state need to update to SYNC state.
v2:
* fix style issues in bond_3ad.c
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mode 802.3ad, fix incorrect bond slave active state when slave is not in
active aggregator. During bond_open(), the bonding driver always sets
the slave active flag to true if the bond is not in active-backup, alb,
or tlb modes. Bonding should let the aggregator selection logic set the
active flag when in 802.3ad mode.
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int, this
patch just fixes up the declarations.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-sdb.dts
net/sched/cls_bpf.c
Two simple sets of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case when alloc_netdev fails we return NULL to a caller. But there is no
check for NULL in the probe drivers. This patch changes NULL to an error
pointer. The function description is amended to reflect what we may get
returned.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After rtl8192cu download firmware routine, set fw_ready flag.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some devices do not support extended scan.
This patch adds support to enble ext_scan selectively.
For SD/PCIe interfaces, deefine ext_scan_support as part of
card structure and use it to initialize ext_scan in adapter
during registering device. For USB interfaces, we initialize
ext_scan during register_dev handler.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SD8801 is Marvell's 1x1 802.11bgn offering.
This patch adds Device IDs for SD8801 and also defines card
structure which has definition for register offsets, buffer sizes etc.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Huang <frankh@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: James Cameron <quozl@laptop.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ath9k and ath9k_htc use the variable name "led_blink" to indicate
whether the module parameter "blink" is on. This name is easy to
conflict with other variables, and has caused a compiler error found
by kbuild test bot. The compiler error is as following:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ath9k_htc.o:(.data+0x47c): multiple definition of `led_blink'
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ath9k.o:(.bss+0x20): first defined here
Fixes: 3a939a6712 ("ath9k_htc: Add a module parameter to disable blink")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hong Xu <hong@topbug.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Patch "rtlwifi: add support to send beacon frame" allows
the beaconing of rtl8192cu. But mesh beaconing is not
working. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In AP mode, beacon frame is necessary to keep connection.
this patch adds a sending beacon frame routine in initialization routine.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds fix to set carrier state off during ndo_open.
Carrier should be set to ON when device is ready to send data.
In case of station/adhoc interface device is able to transfer
data after successful association/join operation.
For AP this would be after bss_active event.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
New wmi-tlv firmware uses HTT 3.0 protocol which
uses TX_FRM command for management frames (instead
of a dedicated command). To support PMF it is
necessary to provide explicit tailroom.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Software encryption was never necessary.
Tested with fw 636 and fw 10.x.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It makes little sense to keep handling irqs if fw
is dead.
This prevents multiple fw register dumps upon
crash on some devices (seen on QCA6174).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Only userspace can make an educated decision when
a trigger frame is required so make sure the
autotrigger service is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New wmi-tlv firmware for qca6174 has u-UAPSD
autotrigger service. If it is enabled firmware
generates trigger frames automatically as
configured.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The workaround couldn't work correctly because the
802.11 header wasn't properly stripped of QoS Data
bit so it wasn't recognized in the later parts of
tx path as NullFunc frame and ended up in HTT Tx
instead of HTT Mgmt Tx.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware supporting beacon templates (i.e. wmi-tlv
for qca6174) doesn't implicitly take dtim period
from the template. Instead it requires vdev param
to be set accordingly.
This fixes dtim period being stuck at 3.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HTT Tx protocol uses arbitrary host assigned ids
too associate with MSDUs when delivering
completions.
Instead of rolling out own id generation scheme
use the tools provided in kernel.
This should have little to no effect on
performance.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Replace a magic number with a PCI #define symbol.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both 10.2 firmware binaries 10.2-00082-4 and
10.2.4.20 have introduced ABI changes to fw_stats
each. This caused fw_stats to output wrong data.
Define new structures and use them to parse the
statistics correctly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This will make it easier to implement fw stats
parsing for firmware 10.2.
This also renames a few structures for
consistency.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The QCA6174 in combination with new wmi-tlv firmware is capable of
multi-channel, beamforming, tdls and other features.
This patch just makes it possible to boot these devices and do some basic stuff
like connect to an AP without encryption. Some things may not work or may be
unreliable. New features will be implemented later. This will be addressed
eventually with future patches.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The QCA6174 chip has an extra 4 bytes in
rx_ppdu_end structure which is used in htt_rx_desc
and HTT Rx ring offset setup. This is necessary
for correct Rx for QCA6174 (otherwise Rx
descriptors are overwritten and corrupted).
This means QCA988X will have an extra 4 byte
padding in Rx descriptor layout which is harmless.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are some very rare cases with some hardware
configuration that the device doesn't init quickly
enough in which case reading chip_id yielded 0.
This caused driver to subsequently fail to setup
the device.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New firmware and firmware (qca6174 hw3.0+ and fw
266+) are capable of full aggregation rx
reordering. If it's enabled then Rx is handled via
a new, separate htt event.
The rx ring behaviour is changed a little to
support the new rx scheme. These changes shouldn't
affect qca988x performance.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It doesn't make much sense to share the
ath10k_skb_cb with Rx path. The Rx path doesn't
need to keep any mac80211's data.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions may report this event as
part of their diagnostics.
This avoids `unknown event` warnings and adds
tracing for the event.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions may report this event as
part of their diagnostics.
This avoids `unknown event` warnings and adds
tracing for the event.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The ath10k driver only supports HW crypto (except for management
frames or so - CMAC needs to be done in software). Make it use
the new IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag to ensure mac80211
doesn't erroneously attempt to use software crypto.
Taking through my tree after Kalle's ACK to avoid breaking the
ath10k driver with the next crypto patches.
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With the commit d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI") napi
repoll is done only when work_done == budget. When in busy_poll is we return 0
in napi_poll. We should return budget.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible to see the old value of the LP advertising flags
through ethtool after reconfiguring the PHY and before autonegotiation
completes. If autonegotiation is turned off then the last value seen
will persist indefinitely.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a remote machine crashes while there are pending transmit buffers, the
sunvnet driver reallocates the ring descriptors giving us enries that have
state VIO_DESC_FREE but also an allocated skb. This results in a BUG_ON()
call when the remote reboots and we reach that point in the ring.
This patch:
1) clears pending tx packets in the ring on port reset
2) changes a BUG_ON() to a pr_warn() when a remote host has given us an invalid
descriptor state
3) collapses multiple active buffer frees in a ring to a single message per
ring and adds the device name and remote MAC address
This fixes the particular problem of not cleaning up pending buffers on a
reset, but also prevents us from crashing if the remote handles descriptors
out of order or sets an unexpected state for a descriptor.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the clearing of ring data in vnet_port_free_tx_bufs to after
the freeing of pending buffers in the ring. Otherwise, this can result in
dereferencing a NULL pointer.
Reported-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Use the return value of dma_map_single(), rather than calling
virt_to_page() separately
- Check for mapping failue
- Call dma_unmap_single() rather than dma_sync_single_for_cpu()
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dma_map_single() may fail if an IOMMU or swiotlb is in use, so
we need to check for this.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we try to clear EDRRR and EDTRR and immediately continue to
free buffers. This is unsafe because:
- In general, register writes are not serialised with DMA, so we still
have to wait for DMA to complete somehow
- The R8A7790 (R-Car H2) manual states that the TX running flag cannot
be cleared by writing to EDTRR
- The same manual states that clearing the RX running flag only stops
RX DMA at the next packet boundary
I applied this patch to the driver to detect DMA writes to freed
buffers:
> --- a/drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c
> +++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c
> @@ -1098,7 +1098,14 @@ static void sh_eth_ring_free(struct net_device *ndev)
> /* Free Rx skb ringbuffer */
> if (mdp->rx_skbuff) {
> for (i = 0; i < mdp->num_rx_ring; i++)
> + memcpy(mdp->rx_skbuff[i]->data,
> + "Hello, world", 12);
> + msleep(100);
> + for (i = 0; i < mdp->num_rx_ring; i++) {
> + WARN_ON(memcmp(mdp->rx_skbuff[i]->data,
> + "Hello, world", 12));
> dev_kfree_skb(mdp->rx_skbuff[i]);
> + }
> }
> kfree(mdp->rx_skbuff);
> mdp->rx_skbuff = NULL;
then ran the loop:
while ethtool -G eth0 rx 128 ; ethtool -G eth0 rx 64; do echo -n .; done
and 'ping -f' toward the sh_eth port from another machine. The
warning fired several times a minute.
To fix these issues:
- Deactivate all TX descriptors rather than writing to EDTRR
- As there seems to be no way of telling when RX DMA is stopped,
perform a soft reset to ensure that both DMA enginess are stopped
- To reduce the possibility of the reset truncating a transmitted
frame, disable egress and wait a reasonable time to reach a
packet boundary before resetting
- Update statistics before resetting
(The 'reasonable time' does not allow for CS/CD in half-duplex
mode, but half-duplex no longer seems reasonable!)
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If RX traffic is overflowing the FIFO or DMA ring, logging every time
this happens just makes things worse. These errors are visible in the
statistics anyway.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of a call to ndo_close() a netdevice driver may call
phy_disconnect() -> phy_detach() -> phy_suspend(), such that the PHY is
suspsended at this point and a netdevice driver may clock gate the
backing peripheral providing MDIO bus accessses as well.
Update mdio_bus_phy_may_suspend() to return whether a PHY is allowed to
be suspended and conversely resumed if and only if it was not previously
suspended before while it is currently in detached (netdev pointer is
NULL) state.
This fixes bus errors seen during S2/S3 suspend/resume cycles for
netdevice drivers such as GENET which clock gates the entire Ethernet
MAC, including the MDIO bus block.
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to avoid double calls to phydev->drv->suspend and resume, keep
track of whether the PHY has already been suspended as a consequence of
a successful call to phy_suspend(). We will use this in our MDIO bus
suspend/resume hooks to avoid a double suspend call.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phy_suspend and phy_resume are an abstraction on top of the PHY device
driver suspend and resume callbacks, utilize those since they are the
proper interface to suspending and resuming a PHY device.
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some busy bits are available in the global register 1, such as the ATU
Busy bit. We may want to use this function to wait for them to change,
so add a new parameter to mv88e6352_wait() instead of hard-coding
REG_GLOBAL2.
In the meantime, since the REG_READ() macro already checks for error,
remove the redundant check for ret < 0.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds debug messages for the generic mv88e6xxx read and write
routines. The output is similar to this:
mdio-gpio mdio-gpio.0: <- addr: 0x1b reg: 0x05 val: 0x4000
mdio-gpio mdio-gpio.0: -> addr: 0x1b reg: 0x07 val: 0x3113
mdio-gpio mdio-gpio.0: -> addr: 0x1b reg: 0x08 val: 0x0330
mdio-gpio mdio-gpio.0: -> addr: 0x1b reg: 0x09 val: 0x0000
This is convenient to dynamically debug operations through debugfs with:
echo file mv88e6xxx.c +p > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While being in an ERROR_WARNING state, and receiving further
bus error events with error counters still in the ERROR_WARNING
range of 97-127 inclusive, the state handling code erroneously
reverts back to ERROR_ACTIVE.
Per the CAN standard, only revert to ERROR_ACTIVE when the
error counters are less than 96.
Moreover, in certain Kvaser models, the BUS_ERROR flag is
always set along with undefined bits in the M16C status
register. Thus use bitwise operators instead of full equality
for checking that register against bus errors.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
On some x86 laptops, plugging a Kvaser device again after an
unplug makes the firmware always ignore the very first command.
For such a case, provide some room for retries instead of
completely exiting the driver init code.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Send expected argument to the URB completion hander: a CAN
netdevice instead of the network interface private context
`kvaser_usb_net_priv'.
This was discovered by having some garbage in the kernel
log in place of the netdevice names: can0 and can1.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Upon receiving a hardware event with the BUS_RESET flag set,
the driver kills all of its anchored URBs and resets all of
its transmit URB contexts.
Unfortunately it does so under the context of URB completion
handler `kvaser_usb_read_bulk_callback()', which is often
called in an atomic context.
While the device is flooded with many received error packets,
usb_kill_urb() typically sleeps/reschedules till the transfer
request of each killed URB in question completes, leading to
the sleep in atomic bug. [3]
In v2 submission of the original driver patch [1], it was
stated that the URBs kill and tx contexts reset was needed
since we don't receive any tx acknowledgments later and thus
such resources will be locked down forever. Fortunately this
is no longer needed since an earlier bugfix in this patch
series is now applied: all tx URB contexts are reset upon CAN
channel close. [2]
Moreover, a BUS_RESET is now treated _exactly_ like a BUS_OFF
event, which is the recommended handling method advised by
the device manufacturer.
[1] http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/239442http://www.webcitation.org/6Vr2yagAQ
[2] can: kvaser_usb: Reset all URB tx contexts upon channel close
889b77f7fd
[3] Stacktrace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffff8158de87>] dump_stack+0x45/0x57
[<ffffffff8158b60c>] __schedule_bug+0x41/0x4f
[<ffffffff815904b1>] __schedule+0x5f1/0x700
[<ffffffff8159360a>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0xa/0x10
[<ffffffff81590684>] schedule+0x24/0x70
[<ffffffff8147d0a5>] usb_kill_urb+0x65/0xa0
[<ffffffff81077970>] ? prepare_to_wait_event+0x110/0x110
[<ffffffff8147d7d8>] usb_kill_anchored_urbs+0x48/0x80
[<ffffffffa01f4028>] kvaser_usb_unlink_tx_urbs+0x18/0x50 [kvaser_usb]
[<ffffffffa01f45d0>] kvaser_usb_rx_error+0xc0/0x400 [kvaser_usb]
[<ffffffff8108b14a>] ? vprintk_default+0x1a/0x20
[<ffffffffa01f5241>] kvaser_usb_read_bulk_callback+0x4c1/0x5f0 [kvaser_usb]
[<ffffffff8147a73e>] __usb_hcd_giveback_urb+0x5e/0xc0
[<ffffffff8147a8a1>] usb_hcd_giveback_urb+0x41/0x110
[<ffffffffa0008748>] finish_urb+0x98/0x180 [ohci_hcd]
[<ffffffff810cd1a7>] ? acct_account_cputime+0x17/0x20
[<ffffffff81069f65>] ? local_clock+0x15/0x30
[<ffffffffa000a36b>] ohci_work+0x1fb/0x5a0 [ohci_hcd]
[<ffffffff814fbb31>] ? process_backlog+0xb1/0x130
[<ffffffffa000cd5b>] ohci_irq+0xeb/0x270 [ohci_hcd]
[<ffffffff81479fc1>] usb_hcd_irq+0x21/0x30
[<ffffffff8108bfd3>] handle_irq_event_percpu+0x43/0x120
[<ffffffff8108c0ed>] handle_irq_event+0x3d/0x60
[<ffffffff8108ec84>] handle_fasteoi_irq+0x74/0x110
[<ffffffff81004dfd>] handle_irq+0x1d/0x30
[<ffffffff81004727>] do_IRQ+0x57/0x100
[<ffffffff8159482a>] common_interrupt+0x6a/0x6a
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fix compilation warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:2415:12: warning: 'macb_suspend'
defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static int macb_suspend(struct device *dev)
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:2432:12: warning: 'macb_resume'
defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static int macb_resume(struct device *dev)
when CONFIG_PM=y, CONFIG_PM_SLEEP=n are used.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver is trying to acquire clocks which maybe
are not available yet. Allow the driver to request
deffered probe by providing a probe function and
registering it with module_platform_driver. [1]
This patch is based on 3.19-rc5.
[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2013/9/23/118
Signed-off-by: Nicolae Rosia <nicolae.rosia@certsign.ro>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 69ad0dd7af
Author: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
Date: Mon May 19 13:59:59 2014 -0300
net: mv643xx_eth: Use dma_map_single() to map the skb fragments
caused a nasty regression by removing the support for highmem skb
fragments. By using page_address() to get the address of a fragment's
page, we are assuming a lowmem page. However, such assumption is incorrect,
as fragments can be in highmem pages, resulting in very nasty issues.
This commit fixes this by using the skb_frag_dma_map() helper,
which takes care of mapping the skb fragment properly. Additionally,
the type of mapping is now tracked, so it can be unmapped using
dma_unmap_page or dma_unmap_single when appropriate.
This commit also fixes the error path in txq_init() to release the
resources properly.
Fixes: 69ad0dd7af ("net: mv643xx_eth: Use dma_map_single() to map the skb fragments")
Reported-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to stop the RX path accessing the RX ring while it's being
stopped or resized, we clear the interrupt mask (EESIPR) and then call
free_irq() or synchronise_irq(). This is insufficient because the
interrupt handler or NAPI poller may set EESIPR again after we clear
it. Also, in sh_eth_set_ringparam() we currently don't disable NAPI
polling at all.
I could easily trigger a crash by running the loop:
while ethtool -G eth0 rx 128 && ethtool -G eth0 rx 64; do echo -n .; done
and 'ping -f' toward the sh_eth port from another machine.
To fix this:
- Add a software flag (irq_enabled) to signal whether interrupts
should be enabled
- In the interrupt handler, if the flag is clear then clear EESIPR
and return
- In the NAPI poller, if the flag is clear then don't set EESIPR
- Set the flag before enabling interrupts in sh_eth_dev_init() and
sh_eth_set_ringparam()
- Clear the flag and serialise with the interrupt and NAPI
handlers before clearing EESIPR in sh_eth_close() and
sh_eth_set_ringparam()
After this, I could run the loop for 100,000 iterations successfully.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the device is down then no packet buffers should be allocated.
We also must not touch its registers as it may be powered off.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We must only ever stop TX queues when they are full or the net device
is not 'ready' so far as the net core, and specifically the watchdog,
is concerned. Otherwise, the watchdog may fire *immediately* if no
packets have been added to the queue in the last 5 seconds.
What's more, sh_eth_tx_timeout() will likely crash if called while
we're resizing the TX ring.
I could easily trigger this by running the loop:
while ethtool -G eth0 rx 128 && ethtool -G eth0 rx 64; do echo -n .; done
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an skb to be transmitted is shorter than the minimum Ethernet frame
length, we currently set the DMA descriptor length to the minimum but
do not add zero-padding. This could result in leaking sensitive
data. We also pass different lengths to dma_map_single() and
dma_unmap_single().
Use skb_padto() to pad properly, before calling dma_map_single().
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kalle Valo says:
====================
pull-request: wireless-drivers-next 2015-01-22
now a bigger pull request for net-next. Rafal found a UTF-8 bug in
patchwork[1] and because of that two commits (d0c102f70a and
d0f66df539) have his name corrupted:
Acked-by: Rafa? Mi?ecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Somehow I failed to spot that when I commited the patches. As rebasing
public git trees is bad, I thought we can live with these and decided
not to rebase. But I'll pay close attention to this in the future to
make sure that it won't happen again. Also we requested an update to
patchwork.kernel.org, the latest patchwork doesn't seem to have this
bug.
Also please note this pull request also adds one DT binding doc, but
this was reviewed in the device tree list:
.../bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt | 30 +
Please let me know if you have any issues.
[1] https://lists.ozlabs.org/pipermail/patchwork/2015-January/001261.html
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Dual EMAC, the default VLANs are used to segregate Rx packets between
the ports, so adding the same default VLAN to the switch will affect the
normal packet transfers. So returning error on addition of dual EMAC
default VLANs.
Even if EMAC 0 default port VLAN is added to EMAC 1, it will lead to
break dual EMAC port separations.
Fixes: d9ba8f9e62 (driver: net: ethernet: cpsw: dual emac interface implementation)
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.9+
Reported-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clear the TX COE bit when force_thresh_dma_mode is set even hardware
dma capability says support.
Tested on BF609.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dont' pass SF_DMA_MODE to rxmode in this case.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=yXcf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-3.20-20150121' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-21-01
this is a pull request of 4 patches for net-next/master.
Andri Yngvason contributes one patch to further consolidate the CAN
state change handling. The next patch is by kbuild test robot/Fengguang
Wu which fixes a coccinelle warning in the CAN infrastructure. The two
last patches are by me, they remove a unused variable from the flexcan
and at91_can driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add sh_eth_{suspend|resume}() implementing {suspend|resume|freeze|thaw|poweroff|
restore}() PM methods to make it possible to restore from hibernation not only
in Linux but also in e.g. U-Boot and to have more determined state on resume/
restore.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ulyanov <mikhail.ulyanov@cogentembedded.com>
[Sergei: moved sh_eth_{suspend|resume}() before sh_eth_runtime_nop(), enclosed
them with #ifdef CONFIG_PM_SLEEP, reordered the local variables, got rid of
*goto* and label, reordered macro invocations, renamed, modified the changelog.]
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use SET_RUNTIME_PM_OPS() macro to initialize the runtime PM method pointers in
the 'struct dev_pm_ops'.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ulyanov <mikhail.ulyanov@cogentembedded.com>
[Sergei: renamed, added the changelog.]
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=k63Q
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-3.19-20150121' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2015-01-21
this is a pull request for v3.19, net/master, which consists of a single patch.
Viktor Babrian fixes the issue in the c_can dirver, that the CAN interface
might continue to send frames after the interface has been shut down.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for Byte Queue Limits to the STMicro MAC driver.
Tested on a Amlogic S802 quad Cortex-A9 board, where the use of BQL
decreases the latency of a high priority ping from ~12ms to ~1ms when
the 100Mbit link is saturated by 20 TCP streams.
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit b5a02f503c ("cxgb4 : Update ipv6 address handling api") introduced
a regression where unregister cxgb4_inet6addr_notifier wasn't getting called
during module_exit.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
spin_event_timeout() is PPC dependent, use an arch independent
equivalent instead.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 5a7baa7885 ("bonding: Advertize vxlan offload features when
supported"), Or Gerlitz added support conditional vxlan offload.
In this patch I also add support for all kind of tunnels,
but we allow a bonding device to not require segmentation,
as it is always better to make this segmentation at the very last stage,
if a particular slave device requires it.
Tested:
Setup a GRE tunnel,
on a physical NIC not having tx-gre-segmentation.
Results on bnx2x are even better, as we no longer have to segment
in software.
ethtool -K bond0 tx-gre-segmentation off
super_netperf 50 --google-pacing-rate 30000000 -H 10.7.8.152 -l 15
7538.32
ethtool -K bond0 tx-gre-segmentation on
super_netperf 50 --google-pacing-rate 30000000 -H 10.7.8.152 -l 15
10200.5
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor the interrupt disabling in a function: bcm_sf2_intr_disable()
since we are doing the same thing in the setup and suspend paths.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fixed_phy_set_link_update() contains an early check against a NULL
callback pointer, which basically prevents us from removing any
previous callback we may have set. The users of the fp->link_update
callback deal with a NULL callback just fine, so we really want to allow
"removing" a link_update callback to avoid dangling callback pointers
during e.g: module removal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SRIOV commands are executed over the comm-channel and get
a fatal error (e.g. timeout, closing command failure) the VF enters
into error state and reset flow is activated.
To be able to recognize whether the failure was on a closing command, the
operational code for the given VHCR command is used. Once the device entered
into an error state we prevent redundant error messages from being printed.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In SRIOV, both the PF and the VF may attempt device recovery whenever they
assume that the device is not functioning. When the PF driver resets the
device, the VF should detect this and attempt to reinitialize itself.
The VF must be able to reset itself under all circumstances, even
if the PF is not responsive.
The VF shall reset itself in the following cases:
1. Commands are not processed within reasonable time over the communication channel.
This is done considering device state and the correct return code based on
the command as was done in the native mode, done in the next patch.
2. The VF driver receives an internal error event reported by the PF on the
communication channel. This occurs when the PF driver resets the device or
when VF is out of sync with the PF.
Add 'VF reset' capability, which allows the VF to reinitialize itself even when the
PF is not responsive.
As PF and VF may run their reset flow simulantanisly, there are several cases
that are handled:
- Prevent freeing VF resources upon FLR, when PF is in its unloading stage.
- Prevent PF getting VF commands before it has finished initializing its resources.
- Upon VF startup, check that comm-channel is online before sending
commands to the PF and getting timed-out.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix AER callbacks to work properly, it includes:
- Refractoring AER to be aligned with Reset flow support.
- Sync with concurrent catas flow.
In addition, fix the shutdown PCI callback to sync with
concurrent catas flow.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to manage interface state to sync between reset flow and some other
relative cases such as remove_one. This has to be done to prevent certain
races. For example in case software stack is down as a result of unload call,
the remove_one should skip the unload phase.
Implement the remove_one case, handling AER and other cases comes next.
The interface can be up/down, upon remove_one, the state will include an extra
bit indicating that the device is cleaned-up, forcing other tasks to finish
before the final cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We activate reset flow upon command fatal errors, when the device enters an
erroneous state, and must be reset.
The cases below are assumed to be fatal: FW command timed-out, an error from FW
on closing commands, pci is offline when posting/pending a command.
In those cases we place the device into an error state: chip is reset, pending
commands are awakened and completed immediately. Subsequent commands will
return immediately.
The return code in the above cases will depend on the command. Commands which
free and close resources will return success (because the chip was reset, so
callers may safely free their kernel resources). Other commands will return -EIO.
Since the device's state was marked as error, the catas poller will
detect this and restart the device's software stack (as is done when a FW
internal error is directly detected). The device state is protected by a
persistent mutex lives on its mlx4_dev, as such no need any more for the
hcr_mutex which is removed.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This includes:
- resetting the chip when a fatal error is detected (the current code
does not do this).
- exposing the ability to enter error state from outside the catas code
by calling its functionality. (E.g. FW Command timeout, AER error).
- managing a persistent device state. This is needed to sync between
reset flow cases.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a WQ per device instead of a single global WQ, this allows
independent reset handling per device even when SRIOV is used.
This comes as a pre-patch for supporting chip reset
for both native and SRIOV.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an HCA enters an internal error state, this is detected by the driver.
The driver then should reset the HCA and restart the software stack.
Keep ports information and some SRIOV configuration in a persistent area
to have it valid across reset.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maintain a persistent memory that should survive reset flow/PCI error.
This comes as a preparation for coming series to support above flows.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ip6_route_output() always returns a valid dst pointer unlike in IPv4
case. So the validation has to be different from the IPv4 path. Correcting
that error in this patch.
This was picked up by a static checker with a following warning -
drivers/net/ipvlan/ipvlan_core.c:380 ipvlan_process_v6_outbound()
warn: 'dst' isn't an ERR_PTR
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NAPI poll logic now enforces that a poller returns exactly the budget
when it wants to be called again.
If a driver limits TX completion, it has to return budget as well when
the limit is hit, not the number of received packets.
Reported-and-tested-by: Mike Galbraith <umgwanakikbuti@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI")
Cc: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Acked-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call hex2bin() library function instead of doing conversion here.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call hex2bin() library function, instead of doing conversion here.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IWL_UCODE_TLV_API_SCD_CFG is a new API and hence, check if
enabled in the correct field.
Fixes: 0294d9eece ("iwlwifi: mvm: let the firmware configure the scheduler")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-01-22
This series contains updates to e1000, e1000e, igb, fm10k and virtio_net.
Asaf Vertz provides a fix for e1000 to future-proof the time comparisons
by using time_after_eq() instead of plain math.
Mathias Koehrer provides a fix for e1000e to add a check to e1000_xmit_frame()
to ensure a work queue will not be scheduled that has not been initialized.
Jacob adds the use of software timestamping via the virtio_net driver.
Alex Duyck cleans up page reuse code in igb and fm10k. Cleans up the
page reuse code from getting into a state where all the workarounds
needed are in place as well as cleaning up oversights, such as using
__free_pages instead of put_page to drop a locally allocated page.
Richard Cochran provides 4 patches for igb dealing with time sync.
First provides a helper function since the code that handles the time
sync interrupt is repeated in three different places. Then serializes
the access to the time sync interrupt since the registers may be
manipulated from different contexts. Enables the use of i210 device
interrupt to generate an internal PPS event for adjusting the kernel
system time. The i210 device offers a number of special PTP hardware
clock features on the Software Defined Pins (SDPs), so added support for
two of the possible functions (time stamping external events and
periodic output signals).
Or Gerlitz fixes fm10k from double setting of NETIF_F_SG since the
networking core does it for the driver during registration time.
Joe Stringer adds support for up to 104 bytes of inner+outer headers in
fm10k and adds an initial check to fail encapsulation offload if these
are too large.
Matthew increases the timeout for the data path reset based on feedback
from the hardware team, since 100us is too short of a time to wait for
the data path reset to complete.
Alexander Graf provides a fix for igb to indicate failure on VF reset
for an empty MAC address, to mirror the behavior of ixgbe.
Florian Westphal updates e1000 and e1000e to support txtd update delay
via xmit_more, this way we won't update the Tx tail descriptor if the
queue has not been stopped and we know at least one more skb will be
sent right away.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the vxlan transmit path there is no need to reference the socket
for a tunnel which is needed for the receive side. We do, however,
need the vxlan_dev flags. This patch eliminate references
to the socket in the transmit path, and changes VXLAN_F_UNSHAREABLE
to be VXLAN_F_RCV_FLAGS. This mask is used to store the flags
applicable to receive (GBP, CSUM6_RX, and REMCSUM_RX) in the
vxlan_sock flags.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP tunnel transmit functions udp_tunnel_xmit_skb and
udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb include a socket argument. The socket being
passed to the functions (from VXLAN) is a UDP created for receive
side. The only thing that the socket is used for in the transmit
functions is to get the setting for checksum (enabled or zero).
This patch removes the argument and and adds a nocheck argument
for checksum setting. This eliminates the unnecessary dependency
on a UDP socket for UDP tunnel transmit.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the commit d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI") napi repoll
is done only when work_done == budget. When we are in busy_poll we return 0 in
napi_poll. We should return budget.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix an IRQ storm caused by commit 872b5d814f
iwlwifi:
* A fix for scan that fixes a firmware assertion
* A fix that improves roaming behavior. Same fix has been tested for
a while in iwldvm. This is a bit of a work around, but the real fix
should be in mac80211 and will come later.
* A fix for BARs that avoids a WARNING.
* one fix for rfkill while scheduled scan is running.
Linus's system hit this issue. WiFi would be unavailable
after this has happpened because of bad state in cfg80211.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJUvhf2AAoJEG4XJFUm622blNIH/3JlfJZxjfFs5nCkLPRS03m1
GNMhwHuoFDUSHNUCO57kROVcoryvd3D9kNA5bDGXkNHQIS1DQj4K44mZFKfF6L1K
Kon/OP+pxJXpDV+5G42zF5QSRLg6uGb/cvxKEXyU9MhISXcWIIyncqAwZZWzoaFS
ZcjqhvO0iUbdywrbU8nAAOH8+8zwL16A5nZxadeBF6yMf939EUsDzcDW9WoSNSsE
vYZlHTRsymx2TANquoFBo8/mSeB0jcd+1eBr6mMetzUJLfjvxihbyP9Ci+C31ov4
592s9dGQpxgri/qbRMt0XjwxAXRYnXluu2Rcf4jmmilQON7cZiZKZQnukpgIu3I=
=cq2e
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-01-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
ath9k:
* fix an IRQ storm caused by commit 872b5d814f
iwlwifi:
* A fix for scan that fixes a firmware assertion
* A fix that improves roaming behavior. Same fix has been tested for
a while in iwldvm. This is a bit of a work around, but the real fix
should be in mac80211 and will come later.
* A fix for BARs that avoids a WARNING.
* one fix for rfkill while scheduled scan is running.
Linus's system hit this issue. WiFi would be unavailable
after this has happpened because of bad state in cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable kernel config "CONFIG_HAVE_DMA_API_DEBUG", FEC have kernel warning:
[ 6.650444] fec 2188000.ethernet: DMA-API: device driver tries to free DMA memory it has not allocated
[ 6.664289] Modules linked in:
[ 6.667378] CPU: 0 PID: 3 Comm: ksoftirqd/0 Not tainted 3.19.0-rc4-00688-g8834016-dirty #150
[ 6.675841] Hardware name: Freescale i.MX6 SoloX (Device Tree)
[ 6.681698] Backtrace:
[ 6.684189] [<80011e3c>] (dump_backtrace) from [<80011fdc>] (show_stack+0x18/0x1c)
[ 6.691789] r6:80890154 r5:00000000 r4:00000000 r3:00000000
[ 6.697533] [<80011fc4>] (show_stack) from [<806d2d88>] (dump_stack+0x80/0x9c)
[ 6.704799] [<806d2d08>] (dump_stack) from [<8002a4e4>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x7c/0xb4)
[ 6.712917] r5:00000445 r4:00000000
[ 6.716544] [<8002a468>] (warn_slowpath_common) from [<8002a5c0>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x38/0x40)
[ 6.725265] r8:809a2ee8 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:00000000 r4:00000042
[ 6.732087] [<8002a58c>] (warn_slowpath_fmt) from [<802d6268>] (check_unmap+0x86c/0x98c)
[ 6.740202] r3:808c79bc r2:8089060c
[ 6.743826] [<802d59fc>] (check_unmap) from [<802d65e4>] (debug_dma_unmap_page+0x80/0x88)
[ 6.752029] r10:00000000 r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:00000001 r6:be12a410 r5:00000000
[ 6.759967] r4:00000042
[ 6.762538] [<802d6564>] (debug_dma_unmap_page) from [<80440248>] (fec_enet_rx_napi+0x7ec/0xb9c)
[ 6.771345] r7:00000400 r6:be3e4000 r5:bf08fa20 r4:be036000
[ 6.777094] [<8043fa5c>] (fec_enet_rx_napi) from [<8056ae24>] (net_rx_action+0x134/0x324)
[ 6.785297] r10:be089e60 r9:80998180 r8:ffff8d68 r7:0000012c r6:00000040 r5:00000001
[ 6.793239] r4:be036718
[ 6.795801] [<8056acf0>] (net_rx_action) from [<8002db24>] (__do_softirq+0x138/0x2d0)
[ 6.803655] r10:00000003 r9:00000003 r8:80996378 r7:8099c080 r6:00000100 r5:8099c08c
[ 6.811593] r4:00000000
[ 6.814157] [<8002d9ec>] (__do_softirq) from [<8002dd00>] (run_ksoftirqd+0x44/0x5c)
[ 6.821836] r10:00000000 r9:00000000 r8:809b133c r7:00000000 r6:00000001 r5:00000000
[ 6.829775] r4:be027e80
[ 6.832346] [<8002dcbc>] (run_ksoftirqd) from [<80048290>] (smpboot_thread_fn+0x154/0x1c4)
[ 6.840649] [<8004813c>] (smpboot_thread_fn) from [<80044780>] (kthread+0xdc/0xf8)
[ 6.848224] r10:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:8004813c r6:be027e80 r5:be027ec0 r4:00000000
[ 6.856179] [<800446a4>] (kthread) from [<8000ebc8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c)
[ 6.863425] r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:800446a4 r4:be027ec0
[ 6.869156] ---[ end trace 861cf914d2461a8b ]---
There have one bug in .fec_enet_tx_queue() function to unmap the DMA memory:
For SG or TSO, get one buffer descriptor and then unmap the related DMA memory, and then
get the next buffer descriptor, loop to while() to check "TX_READY". If "TX_READY" bit
still __IS__ existed in the BD (The next fraglist or next TSO packet is not transmited
complitely), exit the current clean work. When the next work is triggered, it still repeat
above step with the same BD. The potential issue is that unmap the same DMA memory for
multiple times.
The patch fix the clean work for SG and TSO packet.
Reported-by: Anand Moon <moon.linux@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When max_tx_rate is set via bw_max in the NIC resource desc, bw_min must be
set to 0.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some FW cmd related definitions were included in be_hw.h
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Lancer FW is picky about requiring a function reset FW cmd as a part
of the initialization sequence.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a log message in case of POST timeout in Lancer to
help debugging failure cases. It also logs sliport_status register value in
case of POST timeout.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The support for this exists only in skyhawk FW.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the FW cmd to set flow control fails, the adapter state must simply
reflect the old values.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes a bit of duplication of code that initializes the en_flags.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, dwmac-rk uses a custom propety "phy_regulator" to get the name of the
right regulator to use to power on or power off the phy. This commit converts the
driver to use phy-supply devicetree property and the corresponding API, it cleans
the code a bit and make it simpler to maintain. This also replaces the property
phy_regulator by the standard property phy-supply in rk3288-evb-rk808.dts.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As these settings can be directly expressed from devicetree for both fixed
regulators and pmic-integrated regulators, it is more standard to set them
from dts and let the regulator framework use the right voltage informations
when it is used in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support to dump the rss table, rss_config, rss_key, rss_pf_config and
rss_vf_config
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support to dump the contents of the flash in the adapter
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updated hardware documention shows the Rx flow control settings were
moved from the Rx queue operation mode register to a new Rx queue flow
control register. The old flow control settings are now reserved areas
of the Rx queue operation mode register. Update the code to use the new
register.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always fully coalesce guest Rx packets into the minimum number of ring
slots. Reducing the number of slots per packet has significant
performance benefits when receiving off-host traffic.
Results from XenServer's performance benchmarks:
Baseline Full coalesce
Interhost VM receive 7.2 Gb/s 11 Gb/s
Interhost aggregate 24 Gb/s 24 Gb/s
Intrahost single stream 14 Gb/s 14 Gb/s
Intrahost aggregate 34 Gb/s 34 Gb/s
However, this can increase the number of grant ops per packet which
decreases performance of backend (dom0) to VM traffic (by ~10%)
/unless/ grant copy has been optimized for adjacent ops with the same
source or destination (see "grant-table: defer releasing pages
acquired in a grant copy"[1] expected in Xen 4.6).
[1] http://lists.xen.org/archives/html/xen-devel/2015-01/msg01118.html
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netlink FDB messages are sent in the link netns. The header of these messages
contains the ifindex (ndm_ifindex) of the netdevice, but this ifindex is
unusable in case of x-netns vxlan.
I named the new attribute NDA_NDM_IFINDEX_NETNSID, to avoid confusion with
NDA_IFINDEX.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel's string library does in fact have strcasecmp, at least
since ded220bd8f ("[STRING]: Move strcasecmp/strncasecmp to
lib/string.c"). Moreover, this open-coded version is in fact wrong: If
the strings only differ in their last character, a and b have already
been incremented to point to the terminating NUL bytes, so they would
wrongly be treated as equal.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
if(!wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout(...))
only handles the timeout case - this patch adds handling the
signal case the same as timeout.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
if(!wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout(...))
only handles the timeout case - this patch adds handling the
signal case the same as timeout.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Coverity: CID 114932
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This clause is conditioned on htc_hdr != NULL, but it will only be NULL
when that check is reached.
Coverity: CID 114318
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch introduces the use of function put_unaligned_le32.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used is as follows:
@a@
typedef u32, __le32, uint32_t;
{u32,__le32,uint32_t} e32;
identifier tmp;
expression ptr;
expression y,e;
type T;
type T;
@@
- tmp = cpu_to_le32(y);
<+... when != tmp
(
- memcpy(ptr, (T)&tmp, \(4\|sizeof(u32)\|sizeof(__le32)\|sizeof(uint32_t)\|sizeof(e32)\));
+ put_unaligned_le32(y,ptr);
|
- memcpy(ptr, (T)&tmp, ...);
+ put_unaligned_le32(y,ptr);
)
...+>
? tmp = e
@@ type T; identifier a.tmp; @@
- T tmp;
...when != tmp
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We recently introduced a new error path which needs an unlock.
Fixes: 6d5a748d48 ('wlcore: add ability to reduce FW interrupts during suspend')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The else if check condition checks for the opposite of the
if check, hence the else if check is redundant and can be
replaced with a simple else:
if (rtlpriv->rtlhal.macphymode == SINGLEMAC_SINGLEPHY) {
..
} else if (rtlpriv->rtlhal.macphymode != SINGLEMAC_SINGLEPHY) {
..
}
replaced with:
if (rtlpriv->rtlhal.macphymode == SINGLEMAC_SINGLEPHY) {
..
} else {
..
}
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add an option "blink" to enable or disable the LED blink. The default
value is set to 1 so that existing users would not experience any
unexpected changes.
Signed-off-by: Hong Xu <hong@topbug.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently, wcn36xx only asks for a TX BA session if it has
already established one for RX. Thus, two wcn36xx devices cannot
do a-mpdu between themselves since they both wait for the other
to go first. Fix this by starting a BA session after a few QoS
data frames have been sent to a STA.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The pdu is part of the buffer descriptor, so it makes
sense that one function would fill both. Also, passing
the whole skb instead of just the header pointer to the
set_tx_data function paves the way for using its fields
for ampdu setup inside set_tx_data().
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The dxe lock is missing its initialization, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ctl->skb_lock is never initialized, a fact caught by lockdep.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The DMA engine will reset the valid bit after a descriptor is
complete; any with the valid bit still set may still be in
use by the hardware, so check that before freeing the descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
wcn36xx currently sends an incorrect sequence number into the BA session
setup firmware command: it should be saving or updating the ssn in the
TX_START ampdu_action callback instead of waiting until TX_OPERATIONAL.
However, we can sidestep the issue by letting the hardware generate the
sequence numbers for QoS frames, as is done in prima, so do that.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
bd->tx_comp is a single bit in a bitfield, so assigning
"info->flags & IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS" only happens
to work because TX_STATUS is defined to BIT(0); if it were
any other bit this assignment would fail.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set up default configuration for the device when we call start.
The defaults come from dumps from the prima driver for the same
hardware.
This fixes transmit A-MPDU; previously only one MPDU would be
sent per A-MPDU due to missing MAX_MPDUS_IN_AMPDU setting.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Avoid printing dev_{warn/dbg} messages while holding spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Ignore scan and connection requests from cfg80211 when driver
unload is in process or previous command has timed out due to
a firmware bug. This patch fixes corner case system crash
issues.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Check if the frame has been completed without any
error and use IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED to
indicate successful transmission of no-ack frames.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* cleanups / improvemnts in rate control
* fixes for TDLS
* major statistics work from Johannes - more to come
* improvements for the fw error dump infrastructure
* usual amount of small fixes here and there (scan, D0i3 etc...)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=rSyU
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-01-22' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* more work for new devices (4165 / 8260)
* cleanups / improvemnts in rate control
* fixes for TDLS
* major statistics work from Johannes - more to come
* improvements for the fw error dump infrastructure
* usual amount of small fixes here and there (scan, D0i3 etc...)
Don't update Tx tail descriptor if queue hasn't been stopped
and we know at least one more skb will be sent right away.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't update Tx tail descriptor if we queue hasn't been stopped and
we know at least one more skb will be sent right away.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit 5ac6f91d changed the igb driver to expose a zero (empty) mac
address to the VF on reset rather than a random one.
However, that behavioral change also requires igbvf driver changes
which can be hard especially when we want to talk to proprietary
guest OSs.
Looking at the code previous to the commit in Linux that made igbvf
work with empty mac addresses (8d56b6d), we can see that on reset
failure the driver will try to generate a new mac address with both
the old and the new code.
Furthermore, ixgbe does send reset failure when it detects an empty
mac address (35055928c).
So I think it's safe to make igb behave the same. With this patch I
can successfully run a Windows 8.1 guest with an empty mac address
and an assigned igbvf device that has no mac address set by the host.
If anyone is aware of a guest driver that chokes on NACK returns of
VF RESET commands, please speak up.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on feedback from the hardware team, 100us is too short of a time
to wait for the data path reset to complete and the recommendation is to
increase this timeout to 150us.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
fm10k supports up to 184 bytes of inner+outer headers. Add an initial
check to fail encap offload if these are too large.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The networking core does it for the driver during registration time.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i210 device offers a number of special PTP Hardware Clock features on
the Software Defined Pins (SDPs). This patch adds support for two of the
possible functions, namely time stamping external events, and periodic
output signals.
The assignment of PHC functions to the four SDP can be freely chosen by
the user.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i210 device can produce an interrupt on the full second. This
patch allows using this interrupt to generate an internal PPS event
for adjusting the kernel system time.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The time sync related interrupt registers may be manipulated from
different contexts. This patch protects the registers from being
asynchronously changed by the reset function.
Also, the patch removes a misleading comment. The reset function
is disabling a bunch of functions, not enabling them.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code that handles the time sync interrupt is repeated in three
different places. This patch refactors the identical code blocks into
a single helper function.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up the page reuse code getting it into a state where all
the workarounds needed are in place as well as cleaning up a few minor
oversights such as using __free_pages instead of put_page to drop a locally
allocated page.
It also cleans up how we clear the descriptor status bits. Previously they
were zeroed as a part of clearing the hdr_addr. However the hdr_addr is a
64 bit field and 64 bit writes can be a bit more expensive on on 32 bit
systems. Since we are no longer using the header split feature the upper
32 bits of the address no longer need to be cleared. As a result we can
just clear the status bits and leave the length and VLAN fields as-is which
should provide more information in debugging.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up the page reuse code getting it into a state where all
the workarounds needed are in place as well as cleaning up a few minor
oversights such as using __free_pages instead of put_page to drop a locally
allocated page.
It also cleans up how we clear the descriptor status bits. Previously they
were zeroed as a part of clearing the hdr_addr. However the hdr_addr is a
64 bit field and 64 bit writes can be a bit more expensive on on 32 bit
systems. Since we are no longer using the header split feature the upper
32 bits of the address no longer need to be cleared. As a result we can
just clear the status bits and leave the length and VLAN fields as-is which
should provide more information in debugging.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables the use of software timestamping via the virtio_net
driver.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the Intel 82527EI (driver: e1000e) there is an issue when running
the ptpd2 program, that leads to a kernel oops. The reason is here that
in e1000_xmit_frame() a work queue will be scheduled that has not been
initialized in this case. The work queue "tx_hwstamp_work" will only be
initialized if adapter->flags & FLAG_HAS_HW_TIMESTAMP set. This check
is missing in e1000_xmit_frame().
The following patch adds the missing check.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Koehrer <mathias.koehrer@etas.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To be future-proof and for better readability the time comparisons are
modified to use time_after_eq() instead of plain, error-prone math.
Signed-off-by: Asaf Vertz <asaf.vertz@tandemg.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the PHY_CTXT command sent to the FW the TX chains were
indeed configured by the values of both FW TLVs and of NVM,
but the RX chains were left out and configured only by FW
TLV.
This causes problems in 4165 HW, where there are 1x1
antennas, and the wrong configuration denies the driver
from connecting to the AP.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver loads the 2 CPU sections, then it needs to let
the firmware know to start the authentication of the
sections. This is done by writing the relevants bits to
FH_UCODE_LOAD_STATUS.
For CPU1, the driver sets the lower 16 bits. For both CPUs,
the driver sets all the 32 bits.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The stats argument is always only passed as &mvm->drv_rx_stats, so
there's no point in passing it when the mvm pointer is passed.
Remove the argument entirely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The new API tells the FW that it's allowed to use STBC
but the FW will decide on its own whether to use STBC
or SISO (and in the future Beamformer).
Keep support for the old API which sets STBC explicitly
in the rates in the LQ table while we still support old
FW revisions.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Prepare to add some more code there so refactor to
separate functions.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
for_each_set_bit expect the size in number of bits and not
in bytes.
Fixes: a0f6bf2a5b ("iwlwifi: mvm: use private TFD queues for TDLS stations")
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The iwl_mvm_mac_get_queues_mask() added vif->hw_queue[ac] to the
queue mask although it might be set to IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
With this value, we de-facto disable the feature. Since it
is not working yet, disable it completely.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
C step functionality in the driver is exactly the same as
B step besides the ucode name that present as iwlwifi-8000C-xx.ucode
instead of iwlwifi-8000B-xx.ucode
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The ref_lock that was recently added is missing initialization
which makes lockdep unhappy and is generally a bad idea.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add a comment indicating that the WLAN_CIPHER_SUITE_WEP104 case falls
through to the WLAN_CIPHER_SUITE_WEP40 case in iwl_mvm_send_sta_key.
This will document that the lack of a break is intentional.
Coverity: CID 1260023
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Tx STBC was used only when in CAM mode or if powersave is disabled.
Effectively this meant we never used STBC as these modes aren't
used on most platforms by default. Change that.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This is now implemented by mac80211 (commit below).
mac80211 will flush/drop the frames on the queues before
suspending / disconnecting.
It will then send the deauth and wait until the queues are
empty.
commit 3b24f4c653
Author: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Date: Wed Jan 7 15:42:39 2015 +0200
mac80211: let flush() drop packets when possible
This reverts commit 4e6c48e098.
In order to change the usage of U-APSD on the fly later,
move the enabling condition into a new function that is
called when authenticated.
This allows the module parameter to become writable, it
won't take effect immediately but at least on the next
association the new value will be used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Some further updates for net-next:
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
If the firmware sends spontaneous DTS notfications with the
temperature (indicated in a TLV), we can ignore the temperature we get
in the RX statistics notifications. This prevents potentially
handling the same temperature change twice. It also ignores
notifications with temperature equal to 0 that happens from time to
time.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
These aren't useful and overflowing so drop them
and also fix a minor typo.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There's no need to duplicate the structure field name in the string,
just generate the string in the macro that's there anyway. To keep
the debugfs output the same, rename one (otherwise unused) field.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware API structs are split differently, synchronize
the struct splits with the current firmware definitions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we want to trigger an NMI in the device, we need to set
bit 7 and not bit 0. However, older firmwares don't register
to the interrupt issued by bit 7. Use bit 7 first so that
the correct interrupt will be issued hoping that the firmware
will react. To be on the safe side, set bit 0 in case the
firmware didn't register to the proper interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the FW is in error status - try to read the RXF and
TXF (all of them) and add them to the dump data.
This shouldn't happen in non-error statuses, as we don't
want to stop the RXF/TXF while they are running.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Some HW modules have two SRAMs. In such cases add the secondary SRAM to
the list of dumped segments.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As this functionality relies on getting a firmware notification
it is difficult to test. Allow accessing the data for it from
debugfs to be able to trigger all kinds of scenarios to test.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A new host command can be used to configure the scheduler
instead of accessing the scheduler's registers from the
driver. This is easier and less error prone since accessing
the hardware at certain moments can lead to races with the
firmware.
Prefer to use the host command whenever it is available.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use only basic dwell time (10 ms for active scan and 110 for passive),
regardless of the number of the probes and the band, if it is
supported by the FW. The FW will add 3 ms for each probe sent and 10
ms for low band channels.
Add a TLV flag to indicate such support in FW.
This fix is needed to fix few bugs regarding scans that take too much time.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver doesn't support the firmwares that don't have
these capabilities. The code that actually used these
flags has been removed already, but the flags were left
for an unclear reason. Remove them.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Print the nvm version in the log for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fragmented scan should be applied for all channels, passive and active.
When scanning on passive channels the firmware uses frag_passive_dwell
to define the maximum continuous scan time before returning to the
operating channel. On active channels max_out_time is the parameter
used by the firmware to define the maximum time allowed out of the
operating channel. Since active channels' scan should also be fragmented
set max_out_time equal to frag_passive_dwell.
In addition:
- Set max_out_time and suspend_time if the firmware doesn't support
fragmented scan to avoid unexpected behavior.
- Adjust max_out_time for second level of scan precedence.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This is to work around interoperability bugs with devices
that don't hanle MIMO properly.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
iwl_mvm_fw_dbg_collect allows to collect debug data from
the firmware. Most of the firmware interaction is done in
non-sleepable context. It makes little sense to force the
caller of iwl_mvm_fw_dbg_collect to sleep.
Defer the actual collection to a worker so that this
function will be able to be called from any context.
Reviewed-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In case platform is in d0i3 - make sure it is awake when
writing the registers to stop the monitor when collecting FW
debug data. Plus, remove unneeded mutex locking currently
done.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This option enables scan offload iteration complete notification from
firmware which includes the last iteration's status and the scanned
channels from the current iteration.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add a new config for 4165 series over PCI and insert support
for two new 4165 series PCI IDs.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This makes sure that we're not trying to read/write any of
the FW debug data collected during d0i3.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Repeating the legacy rates avoids degrading quickly to
lower rates due to collisions which is common when doing
TCP Tx traffic in legacy.
This slightly improves TCP Tx throughput while working
in legacy in different scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If Tx failed because the STA was in powersave there's no point
in sending a BAR so avoid indicating AMPDU_NO_BACK to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Put controller into init mode in network stop to end pending transmissions. The
issue is observed in cases when transmitted frame is not acked.
Signed-off-by: Viktor Babrian <babrian.viktor@renyi.mta.hu>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Some devices might not implement config space access
(e.g. remoteproc used not to - before 3.9).
virtio/net needs config space access so make it
fail gracefully if not there.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Pull RCU updates from Paul E. McKenney:
- Documentation updates.
- Miscellaneous fixes.
- Preemptible-RCU fixes, including fixing an old bug in the
interaction of RCU priority boosting and CPU hotplug.
- SRCU updates.
- RCU CPU stall-warning updates.
- RCU torture-test updates.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
In order to be able to move the stats increment from can_bus_off() into
can_change_state(), the increment had to be moved back into code that was using
can_bus_off() but not can_change_state().
As a side-effect, this patch fixes the following bugs:
* Redundant call to can_bus_off() in c_can.
* Bus-off counted twice in xilinx_can.
Signed-off-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
These are coming from the FW and are used to access arrays.
Bad values can cause an out of bounds access so discard
such ba_notifs and warn.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.10+]
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
"sp->desc[i]" has 25 characters. "dev->name" has 15 characters. If we
used all 15 characters then the sprintf() would overflow.
I changed the "sprintf(sp->name, "%s Neterion %s"" to snprintf(), as
well, even though it can't overflow just to be consistent.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Bvmr
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Some further updates for net-next:
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Read OCP register 0xa43a~0xa43b would clear some flags which the hw
would use, and it may let the device lost. However, the unit of
reading is 4 bytes. That is, it would read 0xa438~0xa43b when calling
sram_read() to read OCP_SRAM_DATA.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ocp_write_word() and ocp_write_byte(), there is a generic_ocp_read()
which is used to read the whole 4 byte data, keep the unchanged bytes,
and modify the expected bytes. However, the "byen" could be used to
determine which bytes of the 4 bytes to write, so the action could be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IRQs should only get activated when there is nothing to poll in the
queue any more and to after every poll.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi should get registered before the netdev and not after.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mii_check_media() does not update the link (carrier) state or log link
changes when the link mode is forced. Drivers using the mii library
must do this themselves, but most of them do not.
Instead of changing them all, provide a sensible default behaviour
similar to mii_check_link() when the mode is forced.
via-rhine depends on it being a no-op in this case, so make its call
to mii_check_media() conditional.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver connects and disconnects the PHY device whenever the
net device is brought up and down. The ethtool get_settings,
set_settings and nway_reset operations will dereference a null
or dangling pointer if called while it is down.
I think it would be preferable to keep the PHY connected, but there
may be good reasons not to.
As an immediate fix for this bug:
- Set the phydev pointer to NULL after disconnecting the PHY
- Change those three operations to return -ENODEV while the PHY is
not connected
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently net_device_ops::set_rx_mode is only implemented for
chips with a TSU (multiple address table). However we do need
to turn the PRM (promiscuous) flag on and off for other chips.
- Remove the unlikely() from the TSU functions that we may safely
call for chips without a TSU
- Make setting of the MCT flag conditional on the tsu capability flag
- Rename sh_eth_set_multicast_list() to sh_eth_set_rx_mode() and plumb
it into both net_device_ops structures
- Remove the previously-unreachable branch in sh_eth_rx_mode() that
would otherwise reset the flags to defaults for non-TSU chips
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enhances the NetCP gbe driver to support 10GbE subsystem
available in Keystone NetCP. The 3-port 10GbE switch sub-module contains
the following components:- 10GbE Switch, MDIO Module, 2 PCS-R Modules
(10GBase-R) and 2 SGMII modules (10/100/1000Base-T). The GBE driver
together with netcp core driver provides support for 10G Ethernet
on Keystone SoCs.
10GbE hardware spec is available at
http://www.ti.com/general/docs/lit/getliterature.tsp?baseLiteratureNumber=spruhj5&fileType=pdf
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>
Cc: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@kernel.org>
Cc: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
Cc: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add support for 1G Ethernet driver based on Keystone
NetCP hardware. The gigabit Ethernet (GbE) switch subsystem is one of the main
components of the network coprocessor (NETCP) peripheral. The purpose of the
gigabit Ethernet switch subsystem in the NETCP is to provide an interface to
transfer data between the host device and another connected device in
compliance with the Ethernet protocol. GbE consists of 5 port Ethernet Switch
module, 4 Serial Gigabit Media Independent Interface (SGMII) modules, MDIO
module and SerDes.
Driver for 5 port GbE switch and SGMII module is added in this patch. These
hardware modules along with netcp core driver provides Network driver functions
for 1G Ethernet.
Detailed hardware spec is available at
http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprugv9d/sprugv9d.pdf
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>
Cc: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@kernel.org>
Cc: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
Cc: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network coprocessor (NetCP) is a hardware accelerator available in
Keystone SoCs that processes Ethernet packets. NetCP consists of following
hardware components
1 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) subsystem with a Ethernet switch sub-module to
send and receive packets.
2 Packet Accelerator (PA) module to perform packet classification
operations such as header matching, and packet modification operations
such as checksum generation.
3 Security Accelerator(SA) capable of performing IPSec operations on
ingress/egress packets.
4 An optional 10 Gigabit Ethernet Subsystem (XGbE) which includes a
3-port Ethernet switch sub-module capable of 10Gb/s and 1Gb/s rates
per Ethernet port.
5 Packet DMA and Queue Management Subsystem (QMSS) to enqueue and dequeue
packets and DMA the packets between memory and NetCP hardware components
described above.
NetCP core driver make use of the Keystone Navigator driver API to allocate
DMA channel for the Ethenet device and to handle packet queue/de-queue,
Please refer API's in include/linux/soc/ti/knav_dma.h and
drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss.h for details.
NetCP driver consists of NetCP core driver and at a minimum Gigabit
Ethernet (GBE) module (1) driver to implement the Network device function.
Other modules (2,3) can be optionally added to achieve supported hardware
acceleration function. The initial version of the driver include NetCP
core driver and GBE driver modules.
Please refer Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt
for design of the driver.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>
Cc: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@kernel.org>
Cc: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
Cc: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c03abd8463 (net: ethernet: cpsw: don't requests IRQs we don't
use) left one build breakage when NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is enabled.
Fix this build break by referring to the correct irqs_table array.
Fixes: c03abd8463 (net: ethernet: cpsw: don't requests IRQs we don't use)
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To fix invalid hardware accesses, the commit 872b5d814f ("ath9k: do not
access hardware on IRQs during reset") made the irq handler ignore interrupts
emitted after queueing a hardware reset (which disables the IRQ). This left a
small time window for the IRQ to get re-enabled by the tasklet, which caused
IRQ storms. Instead of returning IRQ_NONE when ATH_OP_HW_RESET is set, disable
the IRQ entirely for the duration of the reset.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Linus's system hit this issue. WiFi would be unavailable
after this has happpened because of bad state in cfg80211.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=WBj6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-01-15' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* one fix for rfkill while scheduled scan is running.
Linus's system hit this issue. WiFi would be unavailable
after this has happpened because of bad state in cfg80211.
When we have an active scheduled scan, and the RFKILL
interrupt kicks in, the stack will cancel the scheduled
scan as part of the down flow. But cancelling scheduled
scan usually implies sending a command to the firwmare
which has been killed as part of the RFKILL interrupt
handling.
Because of that, we returned an error to mac80211 when
it asked to stop the scheduled scan and didn't notify the
end of the scheduled scan. Besides a fat warning, this led
to a situation in which cfg80211 would refuse any new scan
request.
To disentangle this, fake that the scheduled scan has been
stopped without sending the command to the firwmare, return
0 after having properly let cfg80211 know that the scan
has been cancelled.
This is basically the same as:
commit 9b520d8495
Author: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Date: Tue Nov 4 15:54:11 2014 +0200
iwlwifi: mvm: abort scan upon RFKILL
This code existed but not for all the different FW APIs
we support.
Fix this.
but for the scheduled scan case.
Link: http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/133232
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
CPSW never uses RX_THRESHOLD or MISC interrupts. In
fact, they are always kept masked in their appropriate
IRQ Enable register.
Instead of allocating an IRQ that never fires, it's best
to remove that code altogether and let future patches
implement it if anybody needs those.
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is in preparation for a nicer IRQ
handling scheme where we use different IRQ
handlers for each IRQ line (as it should be).
Later, we will also drop IRQs offset 0 and 3
because they are always disabled in this driver.
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Contrary to common expectations for an "int" return, these functions
return only a positive value -- if used correctly they cannot even
return 0 because the message header will necessarily be in the skb.
This makes the very common pattern of
if (genlmsg_end(...) < 0) { ... }
be a whole bunch of dead code. Many places also simply do
return nlmsg_end(...);
and the caller is expected to deal with it.
This also commonly (at least for me) causes errors, because it is very
common to write
if (my_function(...))
/* error condition */
and if my_function() does "return nlmsg_end()" this is of course wrong.
Additionally, there's not a single place in the kernel that actually
needs the message length returned, and if anyone needs it later then
it'll be very easy to just use skb->len there.
Remove this, and make the functions void. This removes a bunch of dead
code as described above. The patch adds lines because I did
- return nlmsg_end(...);
+ nlmsg_end(...);
+ return 0;
I could have preserved all the function's return values by returning
skb->len, but instead I've audited all the places calling the affected
functions and found that none cared. A few places actually compared
the return value with <= 0 in dump functionality, but that could just
be changed to < 0 with no change in behaviour, so I opted for the more
efficient version.
One instance of the error I've made numerous times now is also present
in net/phonet/pn_netlink.c in the route_dumpit() function - it didn't
check for <0 or <=0 and thus broke out of the loop every single time.
I've preserved this since it will (I think) have caused the messages to
userspace to be formatted differently with just a single message for
every SKB returned to userspace. It's possible that this isn't needed
for the tools that actually use this, but I don't even know what they
are so couldn't test that changing this behaviour would be acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch benefits from newly introduced switchdev notifier and uses it
to propagate fdb learn events from rocker driver to bridge. That avoids
direct function calls and possible use by other listeners (ovs).
Suggested-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a "page = alloc_page(mask);", we do not need to use
compound_head() : page already points to the right place.
This would be true even if using alloc_pages().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-01-16
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
This series is a little bit larger than normal because two of the patches are
version bumps.
Shannon provides tweaks to i40e and i40evf to keep the firmware, software
and silicon validation in line together by removing unused and
deprecated code, adding define for iSCSI and fix queue mask size. Fix
i40e so we do not give up in the reset/rebuild process if DCB setup
fails, just handle it the same as in the probe setup. Cleans up PTP
log messages by removing the use of __func__ as we are not using that
any longer and removes the netdev name, since that can change and can
be misleading. Adds struct size checks to indirect and command
structs that were left out previously. Added admin queue API updates
(LLDP control, OEM OCSD and OCBB commands).
Kevin increases ASQ timeout for scenarios with multi-function devices.
Carolyn fixes a problem where the interrupts descriptions from the MSIx
configuration were truncating the needed bus info, which makes it hard
to distinguish configurations from port to port. Increased the string
buffer size in order to allow the full data to be displayed.
Sravanthi cleans up the dump stats string from debugfs.
Jacob updates i40e to only enable the PTP interrupt in PFs which have PTP
enabled, instead of blindly enabling the PTP interrupt flags for all PFs.
Also updated i40e so that we do not do Tx or Rx timestamps if we do not
have PTP enabled. Added the same check against pf->ptp_rx as we have
in Rx timestamp code path because it is possible that the user can
configure only Tx hardware timestamping so we do not want to check for
Rx timestamp hang since the software won't be handling them.
Neerav updates the driver to disable firmware LLDP agent for NICs with
a firmware version lower than v4.3 and added a message when this happens.
Adds parsing and reporting of iSCSI capability for a given device or
function, as well as adding support for iSCSI partition type with DCB
in NPAR mode.
v2:
- Dropped patch 10 "i40e: clean up PTP log messages" based on feedback
from David Laight and David Miller
- Split up the original patch 13 "i40e: AQ API updates for new commands"
into 2 patches (now #12 & #13) based on feedback from Or Gerlitz
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Certain PHY settings need to be configurable by UEFI depending on the
platform being used. Add new device tree / ACPI properties that, if
present, will override the pre-determined values currently used.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for ACPI to the amd-xgbe and amd-xgbe-phy drivers. This
support converts many of the device tree APIs to the new device_property
APIs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving and processing extended next pages the base registers
were used instead of the XNP registers. Update the code to use the
device XNP and link partner XNP registers.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Advertise and apply the Forward Error Correction capabilities of the
device based on the FEC ability of the device. Also, remove the use
of some hard coded values related to KR and FEC in preference of some
#defines.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The auto negotiation logic was geared to being the initiator of the
auto negotiation. This presented problems when auto negotiation was
initiated by the remote end. Change the auto negotiation logic to
make use of the auto negotiation event interrupt thus allowing the
auto negotiation state machine to function properly in either scenario.
This also removes the polling during auto-negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the Tx ring cleanup can run at the same time that data is being
transmitted, a spin lock was used to protect the ring. This patch
eliminates the need for Tx spinlocks by updating the current ring
position only after all ownership bits for data being transmitted have
been set. This will insure that ring operations in the Tx cleanup path
do not interfere with the ring operations in the Tx transmit path.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the Rx descriptor ring processing similar to the Tx descriptor
ring processing. Remove the realloc_index and realloc_threshold
variables and base everything on the current index counter and the
dirty index counter.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When performing a device restart, like during an MTU change, sometimes
the device queues still have data and get hung up trying to flush
resulting in the device becoming unresponsive until brought down and
back up. To prevent this, always perform a device reset during a
restart.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reads to registers are undefined when the PCS is powered down. To be
safe, save the CTRL1 register used for power down during suspend and
restore that value during resume.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The amd-xgbe driver relies on the amd-xgbe-phy phylib driver. Add a
check to be sure that if any errors occur during probing of the
amd-xgbe-phy driver then the amd-xgbe driver returns an error.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This set of patches resolves some checks reported by the checkpatch
tool.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This set of patches resolves some checks reported by the checkpatch
tool.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump i40e to 1.2.6 and i40evf to 1.2.0 version.
Change-ID: Ice127eee3a5a5d1b8765d83cff8c30f9f3b1bc32
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add parsing and reporting of iSCSI capability for a given device or
function.
Also add support for iSCSI partition type with DCB in NPAR mode.
In this mode it is expected that software would configure both the LAN
and iSCSI traffic classes for the iSCSI partition; whereas all the NIC
type partitions will use LAN TC (TC0) only.
Hence, the patch enables querying of DCB configuration in MFP mode and
configures TCs for iSCSI partition type.
Though NIC type partitions may not have more than 1 TC enabled for them
the port may have multiple TCs enabled and hence I40E_FLAG_DCB_ENABLED
will be set/reset on all the partitions based on number of TCs on the
port. This is required as in DCB environment it is expected that all
traffic will be priority tagged.
Change-ID: I8c6e1cfd46c46d8a39c57d9020d9ff8d42ed8a7d
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of leaving the Rx timestamps in the same mode as before if we
disable the Rx logic, we can set it into a mode that has the fewest
possible timestamps generated. To do this, select only V1 mode, but do
not enable UDP packet recognition. This should eliminate all (or at
least almost all) Rx timestamps, since V1 packets are always over UDP.
Change-ID: If847288e0030a716e059c4c33ab114f2cf038f05
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It's possible that the user configured only Tx hardware timestamping,
and thus we might be receiving PTP traffic which we timestamp but which
software never reads. In this case we don't want to check for Rx
timestamp hang, because we already know that software won't be handling
them. Thus, we add the same check against pf->ptp_rx as we have in the
Rx timestamp code path.
Change-ID: I66486c8dba307facbff8eace4e52e2f083789d1b
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix up NVM config read and write data structs.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add struct size checks to many of the indirect structs and a few
command structs that were left out previously.
Change-ID: I7810b9af0f04e3ced670639f8671daf7df9b3f4d
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Disable firmware LLDP agent for NICs with firmware version lower than
v4.3. Added a message when driver disables the firmware LLDP agent on
such NICs.
Change-ID: Ia8abf89439c70cb50e23db82753d7d282265506b
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We should not be doing Tx or Rx timestamps if we do not have PTP
enabled. Add checks to ensure that we don't attempt to handle any PTP
related timestamping code if we have not enabled PTP on that PF.
Change-ID: I4335942ae2d5c5f91abfdbeeea02bcace49e7677
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We should not blindly enable the PTP interrupt flags for all PFs. We
should only enable the PTP interrupt in PFs which have enabled
PTP.
Change-ID: I051a17cae4c199a2f3cf7852266e27eda6630525
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump i40e to 1.2.5 and i40evf to 1.0.7.
Change-ID: I622556829056e3ed42d3b9d285fc5ffb693b21cc
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Dump Stats string has been removed from functional debugfs
help message. Now it does not show up when we echo command to
debugfs/Fortville queue.
Change-ID: I9333473826b574f1afa6ddb785fd7adfbdcb2884
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch creates a define for interrupt name string configuration that
is large enough to contain full bus/slot info, rather than just netdev->name.
Change-ID: Iaac0d23dfb8526defeed69d91cea85ed4a50ddb2
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't need to give up in the reset/rebuild process if the DCB setup failed,
so handle it here the same as in the probe setup. Also adjust the log strings
a little to look less scary.
Change-ID: I57308d703047e61d3f1a5e471ea77be232444ca0
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where the /proc/interrupts descriptions
from the msix configuration were truncating the needed bus info,
making it hard to distinguish configuration from port to port.
This patch increases the string buffer size in order to allow the
full data to be displayed and sync's the text formatting of the misc
and fdir interrupt names
Change-ID: Ib01d6c61fb3f4ac70fbdf5bcc520b22638ea54b7
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Increase ASQ timeout for some scenarios with multi-function devices
Change-ID: I2d7655b19e6c6f9a7ad04deacb106ca8d53886db
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several little tweaks to keep FW, SV, and SW in line together
- Remove the unused and deprecated
i40e_aqc_opc_debug_modify_internals
- Add define for iSCSI capability
- Fix queue mask size
- Adjust i40e_aqc_oem_param_change for ease-of-use
Change-ID: I51f250b367912968a7cec61b3a68110d9796e914
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kamil Kacperski <kamil.kacperski@intel.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On dm816x we have two emac controllers with separate memory
areas.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices like dm816x have the MDIO registers within the first EMAC
instance address space. Let's fix the issue by allowing to pass an
optional second IO range for the EMAC control register area.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like the phy_id is never set up beyond getting the phandle.
Note that we can remove the ifdef for phy_node as there is a stub
for of_phy_connec() if CONFIG_OF is not set.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only use clk_get() to get the frequency, the rest is done by
the runtime PM calls. Let's free the clock too.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3ba9738134 ("net: ethernet: davinci_emac: add pm_runtime support")
added support for runtime PM, but it causes issues on omap3 related devices
that actually gate the clocks:
Unhandled fault: external abort on non-linefetch (0x1008)
...
[<c04160f0>] (emac_dev_getnetstats) from [<c04d6a3c>] (dev_get_stats+0x78/0xc8)
[<c04d6a3c>] (dev_get_stats) from [<c04e9ccc>] (rtnl_fill_ifinfo+0x3b8/0x938)
[<c04e9ccc>] (rtnl_fill_ifinfo) from [<c04eade4>] (rtmsg_ifinfo+0x68/0xd8)
[<c04eade4>] (rtmsg_ifinfo) from [<c04dd35c>] (register_netdevice+0x3a0/0x4ec)
[<c04dd35c>] (register_netdevice) from [<c04dd4bc>] (register_netdev+0x14/0x24)
[<c04dd4bc>] (register_netdev) from [<c041755c>] (davinci_emac_probe+0x408/0x5c8)
[<c041755c>] (davinci_emac_probe) from [<c0396d78>] (platform_drv_probe+0x48/0xa4)
Let's fix it by moving the pm_runtime_get() call earlier, and also add it to
the emac_dev_getnetstats(). Also note that we want to use pm_runtime_get_sync()
as we don't want to have deferred_resume happen. And let's also check the
return value for pm_runtime_get_sync() as noted by Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Reviewed-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On davinci_emac, we have pulse interrupts. This means that we need to
clear the EOI bits when disabling interrupts as otherwise the interrupts
keep happening. And we also need to not clear the EOI bits again when
enabling the interrupts as otherwise we will get tons of:
unexpected IRQ trap at vector 00
These errors almost certainly mean that the omap-intc.c is signaling
a spurious interrupt with the reserved irq 127 as we've seen earlier
on omap3.
Let's fix the issue by clearing the EOI bits when disabling the
interrupts. Let's also keep the comment for "Rx Threshold and Misc
interrupts are not enabled" for both enable and disable so people
are aware of this when potentially adding more support.
Note that eventually we should handle the RX and TX interrupts
separately like cpsw is now doing. However, so far I have not seen
any issues with this based on my testing, so it seems to behave a
little different compared to the cpsw that had a similar issue.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
10/100 MACB does not have the same statistics possibilities as GEM. Separate
macb_ethtool_ops to make a new GEM-specific struct with the new statistics
functions included.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spaces should surround add, multiply, and bitshift operators.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change comments to not exceed 80 characters per line.
Update block comments in macb.h to start on the line after /*.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Gao Zhenyu <gzhenyu@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=9sbv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-3.19-20150115' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2015-01-15
this is a pull request of 8 patches.
Ahmed S. Darwish contributes 4 fixes for the kvaser_usb driver. The two patches
by Oliver Hartkopp mark the m_can driver as non-ISO, as the CANFD standard was
updated. Roger Quadros's patch for the c_can driver fixes the register access
during RAMINIT. And one patch by my, which updates the MAINTAINERS file, as we
moved the git repos to the kernel.org infrastructure.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Except for VXLAN steering rules, all offloads should work as they were
under plain DMFS mode. Fix that by enabling all the offloads under
DMFS-A0 mode, except for VXLAN steering rules.
Fixes: d57febe1a4 "net/mlx4: Add A0 hybrid steering"
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Atari specific code to the smc91x Ethernet driver. This code is used
on the EtherNAT adapter card for the Atari Falcon extension port.
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitz@debian.org>
Tested-by: Christian Steigies <cts@debian.org>
[geert: Sort Kconfig entries, split in hard and soft dependencies]
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have
* a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
way newer Intel devices handle this
* a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
an AP instead of trying to wait for them
* a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
to not kick in too much for performance reasons
* improvements in wireless link statistics
* many other small improvements and small fixes that
didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
is testing only code)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=vaEW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Here's a big pile of changes for this round.
We have
* a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
way newer Intel devices handle this
* a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
an AP instead of trying to wait for them
* a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
to not kick in too much for performance reasons
* improvements in wireless link statistics
* many other small improvements and small fixes that
didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
is testing only code)
Conflicts:
drivers/staging/rtl8723au/os_dep/ioctl_cfg80211.c
Minor overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes double kfree() calls at init_rx_ring() because
it causes static checker warning.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Byungho An <bh74.an@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the MAC address is provided in the device tree file, the
condition is true and kernel crashes due to NULL dereference.
Signed-off-by: Girish K.S <ks.giri@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Byungho An <bh74.an@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves on previously added support for ipv6 addresses. The code
is consolidated to a single file and adds an api for use by dependent upper
level drivers such as cxgb4i/iw_cxgb4 etc.
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Deepak Singh <deepak.s@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason, we made the bandwidth separate flags, which
is rather confusing - a single rate cannot have different
bandwidths at the same time.
Change this to no longer be flags but use a separate field
for the bandwidth ('bw') instead.
While at it, add support for 5 and 10 MHz rates - these are
reported as regular legacy rates with their real bitrate,
but tagged as 5/10 now to make it easier to distinguish them.
In the nl80211 API, the flags are preserved, but the code
now can also clearly only set a single one of the flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Replace "unsigned long" by "u32" when handling 32-bit register data.
A.o., this saves 11 * 36 bytes in the static sh_eth_cpu_data structures
when compiling for 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit b284fbe3b3 ("sh_eth: Fix access to TRSCER register") wanted
to add a .trscer_err_mask value to the R-Car Gen2 family-specific data
structure (r8a779x_data), but it was accidentally added to the
SH7724-specific data structure (sh7724_data).
Presumably this happened due to a patch conflict with commit
d407bc0203 ("sh-eth: Set fdr_value of R-Car SoCs"), which added
another field at the same position.
Move the field setting to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Fixes: b284fbe3b3 ("sh_eth: Fix access to TRSCER register")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In boards, the dm9000 chip's power and reset can be controlled by gpio.
It makes sense to add them to the dm9000 driver and let dt be used to
enable power and reset the phy.
Signed-off-by: Zubair Lutfullah Kakakhel <Zubair.Kakakhel@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
while adding vlan in dual EMAC mode, only specific ports should be
subscribed for the vlan, else it will lead to switching mode and
if both ports connected to same switch cpsw will hung as it creates
a network loop. Fixing this by adding only specific ports in case
of dual EMAC.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not touch the packet after a netif_rx: it might
get freed behind our back.
Suggested-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Recent Leaf firmware versions (>= 3.1.557) do not allow to send
commands for non-existing channels. If a command is sent for a
non-existing channel, the firmware crashes.
Reported-by: Christopher Storah <Christopher.Storah@invetech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Flooding the Kvaser CAN to USB dongle with multiple reads and
writes in very high frequency (*), closing the CAN channel while
all the transmissions are on (#), opening the device again (@),
then sending a small number of packets would make the driver
enter an almost infinite loop of:
[....]
[15959.853988] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[15959.853990] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[15959.853991] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[15959.853993] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[15959.853994] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[15959.853995] kvaser_usb 4-3:1.0 can0: cannot find free context
[....]
_dragging the whole system down_ in the process due to the
excessive logging output.
Initially, this has caused random panics in the kernel due to a
buggy error recovery path. That got fixed in an earlier commit.(%)
This patch aims at solving the root cause. -->
16 tx URBs and contexts are allocated per CAN channel per USB
device. Such URBs are protected by:
a) A simple atomic counter, up to a value of MAX_TX_URBS (16)
b) A flag in each URB context, stating if it's free
c) The fact that ndo_start_xmit calls are themselves protected
by the networking layers higher above
After grabbing one of the tx URBs, if the driver noticed that all
of them are now taken, it stops the netif transmission queue.
Such queue is worken up again only if an acknowedgment was received
from the firmware on one of our earlier-sent frames.
Meanwhile, upon channel close (#), the driver sends a CMD_STOP_CHIP
to the firmware, effectively closing all further communication. In
the high traffic case, the atomic counter remains at MAX_TX_URBS,
and all the URB contexts remain marked as active. While opening
the channel again (@), it cannot send any further frames since no
more free tx URB contexts are available.
Reset all tx URB contexts upon CAN channel close.
(*) 50 parallel instances of `cangen0 -g 0 -ix`
(#) `ifconfig can0 down`
(@) `ifconfig can0 up`
(%) "can: kvaser_usb: Don't free packets when tight on URBs"
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Flooding the Kvaser CAN to USB dongle with multiple reads and
writes in high frequency caused seemingly-random panics in the
kernel.
On further inspection, it seems the driver erroneously freed the
to-be-transmitted packet upon getting tight on URBs and returning
NETDEV_TX_BUSY, leading to invalid memory writes and double frees
at a later point in time.
Note:
Finding no more URBs/transmit-contexts and returning NETDEV_TX_BUSY
is a driver bug in and out of itself: it means that our start/stop
queue flow control is broken.
This patch only fixes the (buggy) error handling code; the root
cause shall be fixed in a later commit.
Acked-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
use of regmap_read() and regmap_write() in c_can_hw_raminit_syscon()
is not safe as the RAMINIT register can be shared between different drivers
at least for TI SoCs.
To make the modification atomic we switch to using regmap_update_bits().
regmap_update_bits() skips writing to the register if it's read content is the
same as what is going to be written. This causes an issue for us when we
need to clear the DONE bit with the initial condition START:0, DONE:1 as
DONE bit must be written with 1 to clear it.
So we defer the clearing of DONE bit to later when we set the START bit.
There we are sure that START bit is changed from 0 to 1 so the write of
1 to already set DONE bit will happen.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
During the CAN FD standardization process within the ISO it turned out that
the failure detection capability has to be improved.
The CAN in Automation organization (CiA) defined the already implemented CAN
FD controllers as 'non-ISO' and the upcoming improved CAN FD controllers as
'ISO' compliant. See at http://www.can-cia.com/index.php?id=1937
Finally there will be three types of CAN FD controllers in the future:
1. ISO compliant (fixed)
2. non-ISO compliant (fixed, like the M_CAN IP v3.0.1 in m_can.c)
3. ISO/non-ISO CAN FD controllers (switchable, like the PEAK USB FD)
So the current M_CAN driver for the M_CAN IP v3.0.1 has to expose its non-ISO
implementation by setting the CAN_CTRLMODE_FD_NON_ISO ctrlmode at startup.
As this bit cannot be switched at configuration time CAN_CTRLMODE_FD_NON_ISO
must not be set in ctrlmode_supported of the current M_CAN driver.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
When changing flags in the CAN drivers ctrlmode the provided new content has to
be checked whether the bits are allowed to be changed. The bits that are to be
changed are given as a bitfield in cm->mask. Therefore checking against
cm->flags is wrong as the content can hold any kind of values.
The iproute2 tool sets the bits in cm->mask and cm->flags depending on the
detected command line options. To be robust against bogus user space
applications additionally sanitize the provided flags with the provided mask.
Cc: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Remove the function b43legacy_radio_set_tx_iq() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Acked-by: Rafa? Mi?ecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It makes no sense to require the user to find and enable
CFG80211_WEXT before the driver can be selected, make the
driver select the needed Kconfig symbol itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds several new PCI IDs for AR9565.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Enable per-packet TPC on AR9002 based chips by default
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add TPC capability to TX descriptor path for AR9002 based chips. Scale
per-packet TX power according to eeprom power bias, power adjustments for
HT40 mode and open loop CCK rates. Cap per-packet TX power according to
TX power per-rate tables
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add TX power per-rate tables for MIMO/legacy modes for AR9002 based chips
in order to cap the maximum TX power value per-rate in the TX descriptor path.
Add TX power adjustments for HT40 mode, open loop CCK rates and eeprom power
bias for AR9280 and later chips
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
IRQ_TYPE_PRIO is no longer used by the Atari platform interrupt code
since commit 734085651c ("[PATCH] m68k: convert atari irq code")
in v2.6.18-rc1, so drop it.
Note that its value has been reused for a different purpose
(IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING) since commit 6a6de9ef58 ("[PATCH] genirq:
core") in v2.6.18-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the helper to get rid of the file operations per debugfs file. The
device driver data contains struct ieee80211_hw pointer and the
struct ath9k_softc pointer is assigned to ieee80211_hw::priv so it can
be accessed in the seq_file read operation.
Cc: ath9k-devel@lists.ath9k.org
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the Rx reorder mechanism, nothing is done in the interrupt
context, so there is no need to use 'irq' flavors of spinlock.
Rx done in NAPI context (tasklet), other manipulations - in the
thread context.
Having interrupts enabled makes it better for the OS in general.
Besides, if enslaved under bonding, bridge or team driver, Rx
won't work with interrupts disabled.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When establishing BACK, WMI may be handled earlier then Rx, in this case
late Rx will be mis-handled.
Detect early Rx and pass it to the stack, bypass reordering
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Sync documentation for the Tx/Rx descriptors with the
firmware/hardware documentation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the reordering block, Ethernet DA was checked for MCAST, this is wrong.
Check instead MCAST indication from 802.11 MAC header. Hardware saves
this into Rx descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rx high threshold interrupt is reported by the hardware in case
when number of not utilized by the HW descriptors in the Rx ring
becomes low.
Introduce module parameter for RX high threshold.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add advanced interrupt moderation support available since "Sparrow B0".
Legacy interrupt moderation used only one counter to moderate tx, rx,
and misc interrupts.
Advanced interrupt moderation bypasses misc, and handles separately tx
and rx interrupts. In addition it has two timers for each interrupt type.
Max burst duration timer which defines how long to postpone interrupt after
first event (receive event for rx and tx complete event for tx), and
interframe timeout which defines how to determine the end of the burst and
issue interrupt even if the first timer still pending.
Capabilities flags in wil_priv is set on initialization according to
HW. The rest of the code checks for advanced interrupt capability bit
in capabilities flags field.
Debugfs is split accordingly: "legacy" interrupt moderation remains
unchanged, new debugs files added for advanced interrupt moderation
support.
Module params are aligned to support advanced interrupt moderation
(tx & rx). When not available (for legacy interrupt moderation) will
use only rx configuration; Tx configuration will be ignored in this
case.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the proper reset follow based on HW capabilities
detection instead of chip ID.
Remove old hw ID mechanism which was used only for reset flow.
Remove support for Marlon A0.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Read relevant information (HW ID for now) once on init
and set capabilities accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Enable more flexible control over block ack:
- allow addba for any Tx vring
- allow to specify block ack timeout
- allow to delba for Tx or Rx side of any agreement; with reason
Renamed "addba" entry to "back"; it prints short help when read;
write:
- "add <ringid> <agg_size> <timeout>" to trigger ADDBA
If missing, <timeout> defaults to 0
- "del_tx <ringid> <reason>" to trigger DELBA for Tx side
- "del_rx <CID> <TID> <reason>" to trigger DELBA for Rx side
If missing, <reason> set to "STA_LEAVING" (36)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In STA mode, all Tx should be directed to the same VRING towards the AP.
Thus, look up for the 1-st eligible VRING and use it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
wil->status used as bitmap; use DECLARE_BITMAP for it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Change default to support maximum number of associated
stations to an AP
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When encapsulating 802.3 frames into the 802.11 ones,
8-byte SNAP header added to save ethtype. SNAP is part of
the frame body, thus should be counted in MSDU. So,
MTU = MSDU - SNAP
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When configuring Tx/Rx VRING's, driver need to specify max. MPDU size
It should take into account all overhead introduced by 802.3->208.11
transformation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement delba flow for the responder (Rx) side
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When establishing Block Ack as originator (Tx), control
AMSDU flag when sending ADDBA and update status upon
establishment flow completion. To be used in AMSDU flows
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When printing VRING on debugfs (file "vrings"),
software head & tail indexes were printed in decimal format
while hardware tail in hexadecimal only.
It is not comfortable to compare indexes in different formats;
on the other hand, hexadecimal output useful to see hardware
glitches.
To serve all purposes, print hardware tail in both decimal and
hexadecimal formats.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When disconnecting single STA in AP, it might be that STA
in question is already disconnected. In this case, need to do nothing.
Previously, it was mis-interpreted as "disconnect all"
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When printing debugfs for the reorder buffer, include BACK
parameters: window size and timeout
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For manual ADDBA configuration, allow to set desired window size or
disable automatic mechanism.
Introduce module parameter (int) agg_wsize. It can be changed on run time,
will be taken into account on the next connect. Interpretation:
- <0 - disable automatic ADDBA; intended for manual testing through debugfs
- 0 - use automatically calculated window size
- >0 - use this for window size. Clipped by maximum supported by the hardware
with current environment.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Upon Tx vring creation, initiate BACK establishment
with maximum possible window size.
When establishing secure connection, there is EAPOL data exchange
between connection itself and "data port open", where security
is done and non-EAPOL data may be transferred. It is better to
send EAPOL frames using normal ACK because of firmware considerations.
send ADDBA only is 2 conditions met:
- data port open for the corresponded STA
- vring created
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Introduce BACK establishment procedures; decision logic is not implemented
yet; debugfs entry 'addba' used to manually trigger addba/delba for ringid 0.
debugfs usage:
to establish BACK with agg_wsize 16:
echo 16 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/wil6210/addba
to delete BACK:
echo 0 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/wil6210/addba
to change agg_wsize, one need to delete BACK and establish it anew
ADDBA flow for:
- originator
Tx side (initiator) sends WMI_VRING_BA_EN_CMDID providing
agg_wsize and timeout parameters.
Eventually, it gets event confirming BACK agreement - WMI_BA_STATUS_EVENTID
with negotiated parameters. On this event, update Tx vring data
(struct vring_tx_data) and display BACK parameters on debugfs
- recipient
Rx side (recipient) firmware informs driver about ADDBA with
WMI_RCP_ADDBA_REQ_EVENTID, driver process it in service work
queue wq_service. It adjusts parameters and sends response
with WMI_RCP_ADDBA_RESP_CMDID, and final confirmation provided
by firmware with WMI_ADDBA_RESP_SENT_EVENTID. In case of success,
driver updates Rx BACK reorder buffer.
policy for BACK parameters:
- aggregation size (agg_wsize * MPDUsize)) to not exceed 64Kbytes
DELBA flow for:
- originator
driver decides to terminate BACK, it sends WMI_VRING_BA_DIS_CMDID
and updates struct vring_tx_data associated with vring; ignore
WMI_DELBA_EVENTID.
- recipient
firmware informs driver with WMI_DELBA_EVENTID,
driver deletes correspondent reorder buffer
ADDBA request processing requires sending WMI command, therefore
it is processed in work queue context. Same work queue used as for
connect, it get renamed to wq_service
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* A fix that improves roaming behavior. Same fix has been tested for
a while in iwldvm. This is a bit of a work around, but the real fix
should be in mac80211 and will come later.
* A fix for BARs that avoids a WARNING.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=9GPb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-01-13' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* A fix for scan that fixes a firmware assertion
* A fix that improves roaming behavior. Same fix has been tested for
a while in iwldvm. This is a bit of a work around, but the real fix
should be in mac80211 and will come later.
* A fix for BARs that avoids a WARNING.
To be compliant with the hwmon interface the unit needs to be
millidegree Celsius. Fix that.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a comment for indicating that the ATH10K_SCAN_RUNNING case falls
through to the ATH10K_SCAN_ABORTING case in __ath10k_scan_finish. This
will document that the lack of a break is intentional.
Coverity: CID 1260017
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Originally the explicit fw register dump was added
to wait_for_target_init because interrupts are
masked early during power_up.
Due to some changes in power_up/reset sequences
sometimes when fw crashed ath10k would print the
dump more than once via hif_stop -> warm_reset ->
wait_for_target_init, possibly with different
values each.
Prevent this by doing the explicit fw register
dump only during power_up instead of
wait_for_target_init.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The duty cycle (% of quiet duration) is used to put the device
in quiet mode for the given period. Currently the quiet duration
is wrongly calculated which results in not enabling quiet mode.
Fix the calculation as below
duration = (period * duty cycle) / 100
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New firmware revisions support beacon and probe
response templates instead. This means SWBA events
are no longer delivered for these firmware
revisions.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Along beacon template host is expected to setup
p2p information elements as well. Implement wmi
interface for it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New firmware revisions with beacon templates need
probe templates as well because they don't forward
probe requests to host at all.
This is required for new firmware to work with
direct probe requests (notably required by hidden
ssid AP).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New firmware revisions may support setting beacon
template. Implement wmi interface for it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This event is delivered to host by firmware if it
supports beacon templates only.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Other tunnels like GRE break while VxLAN offloads are enabled in Skyhawk-R. To
avoid this, we should restrict offload features on a per-packet basis in such
conditions.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A VXLAN net_device looking for an appropriate socket may only consider
a socket which has a matching set of flags/extensions enabled. If
incompatible flags are enabled, return a conflict to have the caller
create a distinct socket with distinct port.
The OVS VXLAN port is kept unaware of extensions at this point.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements supports for the Group Policy VXLAN extension [0] to provide
a lightweight and simple security label mechanism across network peers
based on VXLAN. The security context and associated metadata is mapped
to/from skb->mark. This allows further mapping to a SELinux context
using SECMARK, to implement ACLs directly with nftables, iptables, OVS,
tc, etc.
The group membership is defined by the lower 16 bits of skb->mark, the
upper 16 bits are used for flags.
SELinux allows to manage label to secure local resources. However,
distributed applications require ACLs to implemented across hosts. This
is typically achieved by matching on L2-L4 fields to identify the
original sending host and process on the receiver. On top of that,
netlabel and specifically CIPSO [1] allow to map security contexts to
universal labels. However, netlabel and CIPSO are relatively complex.
This patch provides a lightweight alternative for overlay network
environments with a trusted underlay. No additional control protocol
is required.
Host 1: Host 2:
Group A Group B Group B Group A
+-----+ +-------------+ +-------+ +-----+
| lxc | | SELinux CTX | | httpd | | VM |
+--+--+ +--+----------+ +---+---+ +--+--+
\---+---/ \----+---/
| |
+---+---+ +---+---+
| vxlan | | vxlan |
+---+---+ +---+---+
+------------------------------+
Backwards compatibility:
A VXLAN-GBP socket can receive standard VXLAN frames and will assign
the default group 0x0000 to such frames. A Linux VXLAN socket will
drop VXLAN-GBP frames. The extension is therefore disabled by default
and needs to be specifically enabled:
ip link add [...] type vxlan [...] gbp
In a mixed environment with VXLAN and VXLAN-GBP sockets, the GBP socket
must run on a separate port number.
Examples:
iptables:
host1# iptables -I OUTPUT -m owner --uid-owner 101 -j MARK --set-mark 0x200
host2# iptables -I INPUT -m mark --mark 0x200 -j DROP
OVS:
# ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=1,actions=load:0x200->NXM_NX_TUN_GBP_ID[],NORMAL'
# ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=2,tun_gbp_id=0x200,actions=drop'
[0] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-smith-vxlan-group-policy
[1] http://lwn.net/Articles/204905/
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/xen-netfront.c
Minor overlapping changes in xen-netfront.c, mostly to do
with some buffer management changes alongside the split
of stats into TX and RX.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
synchronize_irq() can sleep waiting, for pending IRQ handlers so driver
should release the tp->lock spin lock before invoking synchronize_irq()
Reported-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently tg3_reset_task() uses only tp->lock for synchronizing with code
paths like tg3_open() etc. But since tp->lock is released before doing
synchronize_irq(), rtnl_lock should be taken in tg3_reset_task() to
synchronize it with other code paths.
Reported-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to avoid the race between tg3_timer() and the execution paths
which does not invoke tg3_timer_stop() and releases tp->lock before
calling synchronize_irq()
Reported-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is fixing a race condition that may cause setting
count_pending to -1, which results in unwanted big bulk of arp messages
(in case of "notify peers").
Consider following scenario:
count_pending == 2
CPU0 CPU1
team_notify_peers_work
atomic_dec_and_test (dec count_pending to 1)
schedule_delayed_work
team_notify_peers
atomic_add (adding 1 to count_pending)
team_notify_peers_work
atomic_dec_and_test (dec count_pending to 1)
schedule_delayed_work
team_notify_peers_work
atomic_dec_and_test (dec count_pending to 0)
schedule_delayed_work
team_notify_peers_work
atomic_dec_and_test (dec count_pending to -1)
Fix this race by using atomic_dec_if_positive - that will prevent
count_pending running under 0.
Fixes: fc423ff00d ("team: add peer notification")
Fixes: 492b200efd ("team: add support for sending multicast rejoins")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds FCoE config option I40E_FCOE, so that FCoE can be enabled
as needed but otherwise have it disabled by default.
This also eliminate multiple FCoE config checks, instead now just
one config check for CONFIG_I40E_FCOE.
The I40E FCoE was added with 3.17 kernel and therefore this patch
shall be applied to stable 3.17 kernel also.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for remote checksum offload in VXLAN. This uses a
reserved bit to indicate that RCO is being done, and uses the low order
reserved eight bits of the VNI to hold the start and offset values in a
compressed manner.
Start is encoded in the low order seven bits of VNI. This is start >> 1
so that the checksum start offset is 0-254 using even values only.
Checksum offset (transport checksum field) is indicated in the high
order bit in the low order byte of the VNI. If the bit is set, the
checksum field is for UDP (so offset = start + 6), else checksum
field is for TCP (so offset = start + 16). Only TCP and UDP are
supported in this implementation.
Remote checksum offload for VXLAN is described in:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-herbert-vxlan-rco-00
Tested by running 200 TCP_STREAM connections with VXLAN (over IPv4).
With UDP checksums and Remote Checksum Offload
IPv4
Client
11.84% CPU utilization
Server
12.96% CPU utilization
9197 Mbps
IPv6
Client
12.46% CPU utilization
Server
14.48% CPU utilization
8963 Mbps
With UDP checksums, no remote checksum offload
IPv4
Client
15.67% CPU utilization
Server
14.83% CPU utilization
9094 Mbps
IPv6
Client
16.21% CPU utilization
Server
14.32% CPU utilization
9058 Mbps
No UDP checksums
IPv4
Client
15.03% CPU utilization
Server
23.09% CPU utilization
9089 Mbps
IPv6
Client
16.18% CPU utilization
Server
26.57% CPU utilization
8954 Mbps
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces udp_offload_callbacks which has the same
GRO functions (but not a GSO function) as offload_callbacks,
except there is an argument to a udp_offload struct passed to
gro_receive and gro_complete functions. This additional argument
can be used to retrieve the per port structure of the encapsulation
for use in gro processing (mostly by doing container_of on the
structure).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace tasklet with NAPI.
Add rx_queue to queue the remaining rx packets if the number of the
rx packets is more than the request from poll().
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support Hisilicon hip04 ethernet driver, including 100M / 1000M controller.
The controller has no tx done interrupt, reclaim xmitted buffer in the poll.
v13: Fix the problem of alignment parameters for function and checkpatch warming.
v12: According Alex's suggestion, modify the changelog and add MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE
for hip04 ethernet.
v11: Add ethtool support for tx coalecse getting and setting, the xmit_more
is not supported for this patch, but I think it could work for hip04,
will support it later after some tests for performance better.
Here are some performance test results by ping and iperf(add tx_coalesce_frames/users),
it looks that the performance and latency is more better by tx_coalesce_frames/usecs.
- Before:
$ ping 192.168.1.1 ...
=== 192.168.1.1 ping statistics ===
24 packets transmitted, 24 received, 0% packet loss, time 22999ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.180/0.202/0.403/0.043 ms
$ iperf -c 192.168.1.1 ...
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 3] 0.0- 1.0 sec 115 MBytes 945 Mbits/sec
- After:
$ ping 192.168.1.1 ...
=== 192.168.1.1 ping statistics ===
24 packets transmitted, 24 received, 0% packet loss, time 22999ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.178/0.190/0.380/0.041 ms
$ iperf -c 192.168.1.1 ...
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 3] 0.0- 1.0 sec 115 MBytes 965 Mbits/sec
v10: According David Miller and Arnd Bergmann's suggestion, add some modification
for v9 version
- drop the workqueue
- batch cleanup based on tx_coalesce_frames/usecs for better throughput
- use a reasonable default tx timeout (200us, could be shorted
based on measurements) with a range timer
- fix napi poll function return value
- use a lockless queue for cleanup
Signed-off-by: Zhangfei Gao <zhangfei.gao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On i.MX28, the MDIO bus is shared between the two FEC instances.
The driver makes sure that the second FEC uses the MDIO bus of the
first FEC. This is done conditionally if FEC_QUIRK_ENET_MAC is set.
However, in newer designs, such as Vybrid or i.MX6SX, each FEC MAC
has its own MDIO bus. Simply removing the quirk FEC_QUIRK_ENET_MAC
is not an option since other logic, triggered by this quirk, is
still needed.
Furthermore, there are board designs which use the same MDIO bus
for both PHY's even though the second bus would be available on the
SoC side. Such layout are popular since it saves pins on SoC side.
Due to the above quirk, those boards currently do work fine. The
boards in the mainline tree with such a layout are:
- Freescale Vybrid Tower with TWR-SER2 (vf610-twr.dts)
- Freescale i.MX6 SoloX SDB Board (imx6sx-sdb.dts)
This patch adds a new quirk FEC_QUIRK_SINGLE_MDIO for i.MX28, which
makes sure that the MDIO bus of the first FEC is used in any case.
However, the boards above do have a SoC with a MDIO bus for each FEC
instance. But the PHY's are not connected in a 1:1 configuration. A
proper device tree description is needed to allow the driver to
figure out where to find its PHY. This patch fixes that shortcoming
by adding a MDIO bus child node to the first FEC instance, along
with the two PHY's on that bus, and making use of the phy-handle
property to add a reference to the PHY's.
Acked-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently `ethtool -S` simply returns "no stats available". It
would be more useful to see what the various ethtool statistics
registers' values are. This change implements get_ethtool_stats,
get_strings, and get_sset_count functions to accomplish this.
Read all GEM statistics registers and sum them into
macb.ethtool_stats. Add the necessary infrastructure to make this
accessible via `ethtool -S`.
Update gem_update_stats to utilize ethtool_stats.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is to help improve at-a-glace knowledge of the purpose of the
various Cadence MACB/GEM registers. Comments are more helpful for human
readability than short acronyms.
Describe various #define varibles Cadence MACB/GEM registers as documented
in Xilinix's "Zynq-7000 All Programmable SoC TechnicalReference Manual, v1.9.1
(UG-585)"
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate all the duplicate code for making Tx requests by
consolidating them into a single xennet_make_one_txreq() function.
xennet_make_one_txreq() and xennet_make_txreqs() work with pages and
offsets so it will be easier to make netfront handle highmem frags in
the future.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A function to count the number of slots an skb needs is more useful
than one that counts the slots needed for only the frags.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same macros are used for rx as well. So rename it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the rx packet length check in the sunvnet driver to allow
for a TSO max packet length greater than the LDC channel negotiated MTU.
These are negotiated separately and there is no requirement that
port->tsolen be less than port->rmtu, but if it isn't, it'll drop packets
with rx length errors.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In netfront the Rx and Tx path are independent and use different
locks. The Tx lock is held with hard irqs disabled, but Rx lock is
held with only BH disabled. Since both sides use the same stats lock,
a deadlock may occur.
[ INFO: possible irq lock inversion dependency detected ]
3.16.2 #16 Not tainted
---------------------------------------------------------
swapper/0/0 just changed the state of lock:
(&(&queue->tx_lock)->rlock){-.....}, at: [<c03adec8>]
xennet_tx_interrupt+0x14/0x34
but this lock took another, HARDIRQ-unsafe lock in the past:
(&stat->syncp.seq#2){+.-...}
and interrupts could create inverse lock ordering between them.
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible interrupt unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
lock(&stat->syncp.seq#2);
local_irq_disable();
lock(&(&queue->tx_lock)->rlock);
lock(&stat->syncp.seq#2);
<Interrupt>
lock(&(&queue->tx_lock)->rlock);
Using separate locks for the Rx and Tx stats fixes this deadlock.
Reported-by: Dmitry Piotrovsky <piotrovskydmitry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlx5 driver passes a string pointer in through a 'u64' variable,
which on 32-bit machines causes a build warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/debugfs.c: In function 'qp_read_field':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/debugfs.c:303:11: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Wpointer-to-int-cast]
The code is in fact safe, so we can shut up the warning by adding
extra type casts.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rocker driver tries to assign a pointer to a 64-bit integer
and then back to a pointer. This is safe on all architectures,
but causes a compiler warning when pointers are shorter than
64-bit:
rocker/rocker.c: In function 'rocker_desc_cookie_ptr_get':
rocker/rocker.c:809:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
return (void *) desc_info->desc->cookie;
^
This adds another cast to uintptr_t to tell the compiler
that it's safe.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ALE table is a common resource for both the interfaces in Dual EMAC
mode and while bringing up the second interface in cpsw_ndo_set_rx_mode()
all the multicast entries added by the first interface is flushed out and
only second interface multicast addresses are added. Fixing this by
flushing multicast addresses based on dual EMAC port vlans which will not
affect the other emac port multicast addresses.
Fixes: d9ba8f9 (driver: net: ethernet: cpsw: dual emac interface implementation)
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.9+
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removing old hard-wired initialization code in the driver, which is no longer
used. Also deprecating few module parameters.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a bug in xgmac_mdio_read when clear the bit MDIO_STAT_ENC,
which '&' is missed in 'mdio_stat &= ~MDIO_STAT_ENC'.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 5ad24def21 ("cxgb4vf: Fix ethtool get_settings for VF driver")
mdio_addr of port_info structure was used unininitialzed. Fixing it.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure we only allow SR/IOV on the master PF of a port in multifunction
mode. This should be the case anyway based on the num_vfs configured in
the NVM, but this will help make sure there's no question. If we're not
in multifunction mode the partition_id will always be 1.
Change-ID: I8b2592366fe6782f15301bde2ebd1d4da240109d
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously we were only checking if the link up state had changed,
and if it hadn't exiting the link event routine early. We should
also check if speed has changed, and if it has, stay and finish
processing the link event.
Change-ID: I9c8e0991b3f0279108a7858898c3c5ce0a9856b8
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When in multi-function mode, e.g. Dell's NPAR, only partition 1
of each MAC is allowed to set WoL, speed, and flow control.
Change-ID: I87a9debc7479361c55a71f0120294ea319f23588
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Function will read PBA Block from Shadow RAM and return it in a string format.
Change-ID: I4ee7059f6e21bd0eba38687da15e772e0b4ab36e
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When in NPAR mode the driver instance might be controlling the base
partition or one of the other "fake" PFs. There are some things that
can only be done by the base partition, aka partition_id 1. This code
does a bit of work to find how many partitions are there per port and
what is the current partition_id.
Change-ID: Iba427f020a1983d02147d86f121b3627e20ee21d
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These mac address already added by FCoE stack above netdev,
therefore adding them here is redundant.
Change-ID: Ia5b59f426f57efd20f8945f7c6cc5d741fbe06e5
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
NPAR enabled partitions should warn the user when detected link speed is
less than 10Gpbs.
Change-ID: I7728bb8ce279bf0f4f755d78d7071074a4eb5f69
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On some versions of the firmware, the VF admin send queue may become
stalled. In this case, the easiest solution is to just place another
descriptor on the queue; the firmware will then process both requests.
The early init code already accounts for this, but the runtime code does
not. In the watchdog task, check for the stall condition, and if it's
found, send our API version to the PF. When the PF replies, just ignore
the reply.
Change-ID: I380d78185a4f284d649c44d263e648afc9b4d50c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't enable vector 0 in the ISR, just schedule the adminq task and let
it enable the vector. This prevents the task from being called
reentrantly. Make sure that the vector is enabled on all exit paths of
the adminq task, including error exits.
Change-ID: I53f3d14f91ed7a9e90291ea41c681122a5eca5b5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is always a possibility that MSI-X interrupts can get lost. To
keep this problem from stalling the driver, we fire all of our MSI-X
vectors during the watchdog routine. However, we should not fire the
traffic vectors when the interface is closed. In this case, just fire
vector 0, which is used for admin queue events.
As a result, we do not enable the interrupt cause for vector 0. This
can cause the admin queue handler to be called reentrantly, which
causes a scary "critical section violation" message to be logged,
even though no real damage is done.
Change-ID: Ic43a5184708ab2cb9a23fca7dedd808a46717795
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we're using VLANs and communications with the PF fail during
shutdown, we will leak memory because not all of the VLAN filters will
be removed. To eliminate this possibility, go through the list again
right before the module is removed and delete any leftover entries.
Change-ID: Id3b5315c47ca0a61ae123a96ff345d010bc41aed
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the VF driver is running in the host, the shutdown code is completely
broken. We cannot wait in our down routine for the PF to respond to our
requests, as its admin queue task will never run while we hold the lock.
Instead, we schedule operations, then let the watchdog take care of
shutting things down. If the driver is being removed, then wait in the
remove routine until the watchdog is done before continuing.
Change-ID: I93a58d17389e8d6b58f21e430b56ed7b4590b2c5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These messages may be triggered during normal init of the driver if the
PF or FW take a long time to respond. There's nothing really wrong, so
don't freak people out logging messages.
If the communication channel really is dead, then we'll retry a few
times and give up. This will log a different more scary message that
should cause consternation. This allows the user to more easily detect a
genuine failure.
Change-ID: I6e2b758d4234a3a09c1015c82c8f2442a697cbdb
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These functions are redundant and duplicate functionality found in
i40evf_free_all_[tx|rx]_resources.
Change-ID: Ia199908926d7a1a4b8247f75f89b5da24c9b149c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If VF drivers are loaded in the host OS, the call to pci_disable_sriov()
will cause these drivers' remove routines to be called. If the PF driver
has already freed VF resources before this happens, then the VF remove
routine can't properly communicate with the PF driver causing all sorts
of mayhem and error messages and hurt feelings.
To fix this, we move the call to pci_disable_sriov() up to the top of
the function and let it complete before freeing any VF resources.
Change-ID: I397c3997a00f6408e32b7735273911e499600236
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Because of wrong macro check in commit 96bba98393 ("ath10k: fix build error
when hwmon is off"), hwmon never be enabled. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When replenishing Rx buffers driver updates the address of the
buffer and the index of rx buffer in rx ring to the firmware.
Change in order by CPU can cause rx ring corruption. Add memory
barrier before updating rx buffer index to guarantee the order.
This could fix some instances of rx ring corruption due to done
bit in rx attention flag not set.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
wait_for_completion_timeout does not return negative values so the tests
for <= 0 are not needed and the case differentiation in the error handling
path unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Recent commit
30c78167bc ("ath10k:
set max_num_vdevs based on wmi op version")
skipped wmi-tlv case and left max_num_vdevs reset.
Make sure it is properly set.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
htt->max_throughput_mbps is not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This per-station debugfs entry helps to send delba in manual mode
for debugging purpose. It accepts tid, initiator and reason code
as inputs.
To send delba,
echo 0 1 37 >/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev:wlanX/
stations/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/delba
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This per-station debugfs entry helps to send addba response in
manual mode for debugging purpose. It accepts tid and status code
as input arguments.
To send addba response,
echo 0 25 >/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev:wlanX/
stations/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/addba_resp
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This per-station debugfs entry helps to send addba request in manual
mode. Need to pass two configuration parameters (tid, buffer size)
as input.
To send addba,
echo 1 32 >/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev:wlanX/
stations/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/addba
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add per station debugfs files when a station is added to mac80211's
station list. This helps to group peer specific debugfs entries
altogether. Right now this callback adds support to test aggregation
procedures (addba/addba_resp/delba) manually.
To enable automatic aggregation in target,
echo 0 >/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev:wlanX/
stations/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/aggr_mode
For manual mode,
echo 1 >/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev:wlanX/
stations/XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/aggr_mode
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support for sending delba request. This command is used for
debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support for sending addba response manually. This command
is used for debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support for sending addba request. This command is meant
for debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support for clearing addba response before switching aggregation
mode (auto/manual) for debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
BAR tx cmd tid was set to non qos (8). This is wrong as BAR
should be sent with the tid of the BA session.
This led to a corruption in the firmware. The visible
effect of this from the driver side is the BA notification
that comes back after the BAR. It was botched and led to the
WARNING below.
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 17707 at /home/tester/workspace_hostap/iwlwifi/drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c:976 iwl_mvm_rx_ba_notif+0x4ba/0x4d0 [iwlmvm]()
Q 4500, tid 8, flow 65535
Modules linked in: iwlmvm(O) mac80211(O) iwlwifi(O) cfg80211(O) compat(O) netconsole configfs ctr ccm arc4 autofs4 microcode bnep rfcomm snd_hda_codec_hdmi snd_hda_codec_idt snd_hda_codec_generic snd_hda_intel joydev snd_hda_codec uvcvideo videobuf2_core snd_hwdep videodev snd_pcm videobuf2_vmalloc videobuf2_memops i915 snd_seq_midi snd_rawmidi snd_seq_midi_event snd_seq snd_timer snd_seq_device drm_kms_helper dell_wmi dell_laptop drm btusb bluetooth snd psmouse i2c_algo_bit sparse_keymap wmi soundcore 6lowpan_iphc dcdbas serio_raw video lpc_ich ppdev mac_hid parport_pc nfsd nfs_acl auth_rpcgss nfs fscache binfmt_misc lockd sunrpc lp parport msdos sdhci_pci sdhci mmc_core ahci libahci e1000e ptp pps_core [last unloaded: compat]
CPU: 2 PID: 17707 Comm: irq/46-iwlwifi Tainted: G W O 3.14.17-patched #4
Hardware name: Dell Inc. Latitude E6430/0CPWYR, BIOS A09 12/13/2012
00000000 00000000 ebd49d6c c1616221 f985dbdc ebd49d9c c1044e44 f9861df4
ebd49dc8 0000452b f985dbdc 000003d0 f98395da f98395da ebd49f10 eaf3d8a4
0000ffff ebd49db4 c1044f03 00000009 ebd49dac f9861df4 ebd49dc8 ebd49e64
Call Trace:
[<c1616221>] dump_stack+0x41/0x52
[<c1044e44>] warn_slowpath_common+0x84/0xa0
[<f98395da>] ? iwl_mvm_rx_ba_notif+0x4ba/0x4d0 [iwlmvm]
[<f98395da>] ? iwl_mvm_rx_ba_notif+0x4ba/0x4d0 [iwlmvm]
[<c1044f03>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x33/0x40
[<f98395da>] iwl_mvm_rx_ba_notif+0x4ba/0x4d0 [iwlmvm]
[<c10e3952>] ? ring_buffer_unlock_commit+0xa2/0xd0
[<c10e9767>] ? trace_buffer_unlock_commit+0x37/0x50
[<f98568a3>] ? iwl_tm_mvm_send_rx+0x53/0x90 [iwlmvm]
[<f98327a8>] iwl_mvm_rx_dispatch+0x108/0x130 [iwlmvm]
[<f9eac7e7>] iwl_pcie_irq_handler+0xf17/0x15b0 [iwlwifi]
[<c10994c1>] irq_thread_fn+0x21/0x50
[<c109926c>] irq_thread+0xec/0x110
[<c10994a0>] ? irq_thread_dtor+0xb0/0xb0
[<c10993f0>] ? irq_finalize_oneshot.part.34+0xc0/0xc0
[<c1099180>] ? wake_threads_waitq+0x40/0x40
[<c1062fdb>] kthread+0x9b/0xb0
[<c1627137>] ret_from_kernel_thread+0x1b/0x28
[<c1062f40>] ? flush_kthread_worker+0x90/0x90
---[ end trace 5e0f67374816db17 ]---
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Networking under kvm works best if we allocate a per-vCPU RX and TX
queue in a virtual NIC. This requires a per-vCPU queue on the host side.
It is now safe to increase the maximum number of queues.
Preceding patch: 'net: allow large number of rx queues'
made sure this won't cause failures due to high order memory
allocations. Increase it to 256: this is the max number of vCPUs
KVM supports.
Size of tun_struct changes from 8512 to 10496 after this patch. This keeps
pages allocated for tun_struct before and after the patch to 3.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Gupta <pagupta@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <dgibson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The deleted lines are called from a function which is called:
1) Only through __team_options_register via team_options_register and
2) Only during initialization / mode initialization when there are no
ports attached.
Therefore the ports list is guarenteed to be empty and this code will
never be executed.
Signed-off-by: Kenneth Williams <ken@williamsclan.us>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes some unused arrays from the netfront private
data structures. These arrays were used in "flip" receive mode.
Signed-off-by: Vincenzo Maffione <v.maffione@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Failing to reinitialize on wakeup results in loss of network connectivity for
vmxnet3 interface.
Signed-off-by: Srividya Murali <smurali@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e4c7f259c5 ("USB: kaweth.c: use GFP_ATOMIC under spin_lock")
makes sure that kaweth_internal_control_msg() allocates memory with GFP_ATOMIC,
but kaweth_internal_control_msg() also calls usb_start_wait_urb()
that still allocates memory with GFP_NOIO.
The patch fixes usb_start_wait_urb() as well.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Acked-by: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the empty array element initializer and size the array with
BOND_OPT_LAST so the compiler will complain if more elements are in
there than should be.
An interesting unwanted side effect of this initializer is that if one
inserts new options into the middle of the array then this initializer
will zero out the option that equals BOND_OPT_TLB_DYNAMIC_LB+1.
Example:
Extend the OPTS enum:
enum {
...
BOND_OPT_TLB_DYNAMIC_LB,
BOND_OPT_LACP_NEW1,
BOND_OPT_LAST
};
Now insert into bond_opts array:
static const struct bond_option bond_opts[] = {
...
[BOND_OPT_LACP_RATE] = { .... unchanged stuff .... },
[BOND_OPT_LACP_NEW1] = { ... new stuff ... },
...
[BOND_OPT_TLB_DYNAMIC_LB] = { .... unchanged stuff ....},
{ } // MARK A
};
Since BOND_OPT_LACP_NEW1 = BOND_OPT_TLB_DYNAMIC_LB+1, the last
initializer (MARK A) will overwrite the contents of BOND_OPT_LACP_NEW1
and can be easily viewed with the crash utility.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all other macros/register define related to
CPL messages that are defined in t4_msg.h and the affected files
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all macros/register define related to connection management
CPL messages that are defined in t4_msg.h and the affected files
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't submit the rx if the device is unplugged, stopped, or
linking down.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove rtl_start_rx() from rtl_enable() and put it after calling
netif_carrier_on().
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans up the header flags of VXLAN in anticipation of
defining some new ones:
- Move header related definitions from vxlan.c to vxlan.h
- Change VXLAN_FLAGS to be VXLAN_HF_VNI (only currently defined flag)
- Move check for unknown flags to after we find vxlan_sock, this
assumes that some flags may be processed based on tunnel
configuration
- Add a comment about why the stack treating unknown set flags as an
error instead of ignoring them
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move init and deinit of PTP support from open/close functions
to probe/remove funcs to avoid removing/re-adding of associated PTP
device(s) during ifup/ifdown.
v2: tg3_ptp_init call moved to correct place (thx. Prashant)
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
devm_ioremap() returns NULL on failure, it doesn't return an ERR_PTR.
Fixes: de7b5b3d79 ('net: eth: xgene: change APM X-Gene SoC platform ethernet to support ACPI')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The clock is enabled without being prepared, this leads to:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1 at drivers/clk/clk.c:889 __clk_enable+0x24/0xa8()
and a non working ethernet interface.
Use clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() to handle the clock.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change has already been implemented in iwldvm:
commit a260e7b3f0307878b99d57ed1406cf2d497923b8
Author: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Date: Sun Oct 5 09:11:14 2014 +0300
iwlwifi: dvm: drop non VO frames when flushing
Since I added the flush() callback implementation in mvm,
we got reports that the queues are stuck while roaming
or suspending.
This commit above helped much for iwldvm, implement the
same behavior for iwlmvm.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.16+]
Fixes: c5b0e7c056 ("iwlwifi: mvm: implement mac80211's flush callback")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This feature allows the FW to batch RX indications,
reducing the rate of host interrupt generation, which
in turn reduces CPU load. Currently, this is enabled
only for the 10.2 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
A value of zero indicates that 128B is the maximum
DMA request size for read/writes. But PCI cards based
on AR9880 can support 256B, so enable this for
the 10.2 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
EBS error detection isn't supported by all FWs, so turn it on
only if the FW advertises such support.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
iwlwifi:
* fix for 7265D NVM check
* fixes for scan: fix long scanning times and network discovery
* new firmware API for iwlmvm supported devices
* fixes in rate control
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJUsADlAAoJEG4XJFUm622b6esH/1DmWaj2Qhx+EY4o9hZIdrtR
WtnRABBro/7b26UGD71+uhDlciN6pxEgWSTwEgjKsF5ALImv9aFDmX7QfL8Aet5f
8yL/hXchsgQ2c78+HGD6SAPYzLb0vY67MM4TI0DO4JuwCZjf/dYVgIvsYPaFqPzc
k8Hpkf7/EFpRa0av6RnjZ13gMfi+NDnE4a++FmerMB8Kvhioz3urD7P2JBJAEAVl
6yntnKnstl6YByR3ooprjk9A4guljUvPf6chlLOgMVrxUyIrSooVR+25Vfw4Fvzl
fSAl1rAongSsjEkjtsJ9G0KQlzKVOKek8vy/Jrc8THdfcb3skn1p85IlVKVzJPc=
=ViiX
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-01-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
* rtlwifi: fix a regression in large skb allocation failure
iwlwifi:
* fix for 7265D NVM check
* fixes for scan: fix long scanning times and network discovery
* new firmware API for iwlmvm supported devices
* fixes in rate control
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI") uncovered
wrong alx_poll() behavior.
A NAPI poll() handler is supposed to return exactly the budget when/if
napi_complete() has not been called.
It is also supposed to return number of frames that were received, so
that netdev_budget can have a meaning.
Also, in case of TX pressure, we still have to dequeue received
packets : alx_clean_rx_irq() has to be called even if
alx_clean_tx_irq(alx) returns false, otherwise device is half duplex.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI")
Reported-by: Oded Gabbay <oded.gabbay@amd.com>
Bisected-by: Oded Gabbay <oded.gabbay@amd.com>
Tested-by: Oded Gabbay <oded.gabbay@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A NAPI poll() handler is supposed to return exactly the budget when/if
napi_complete() has not been called.
It is also supposed to return number of frames that were received, so
that netdev_budget can have a meaning.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vlsi ir driver uses 'timeval', which we try to remove in the kernel
because all 32-bit time types will break in the year 2038.
This patch also changes do_gettimeofday() to ktime_get() accordingly,
since ktime_get returns a ktime_t, but do_gettimeofday returns a
struct timeval, and the other reason is that ktime_get() uses
the monotonic clock.
This patch uses ktime_us_delta to get the elapsed time of microsecond,
and uses div_s64_rem to get what seconds & microseconds time elapsed
for printing.
This patch also changes the function 'vlsi_hard_start_xmit' to do the
same things as the others drivers, that is passing the remaining time
into udelay() instead of looping until enough time has passed.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stir4200 driver uses 'timeval', which we try to remove in the kernel
because all 32-bit time types will break in the year 2038.
This patch also changes do_gettimeofday() to ktime_get() accordingly,
since ktime_get returns a ktime_t, but do_gettimeofday returns a
struct timeval, and the other reason is that ktime_get() uses
the monotonic clock.
This patch uses ktime_us_delta to get the elapsed time of microsecond.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nsc ircc driver uses 'timeval', which we try to remove in the kernel
because all 32-bit time types will break in the year 2038.
This patch also changes do_gettimeofday() to ktime_get() accordingly,
since ktime_get returns a ktime_t, but do_gettimeofday returns a
struct timeval, and the other reason is that ktime_get() uses
the monotonic clock.
This patch uses ktime_us_delta to get the elapsed time, and in this
way it no longer needs to check for the overflow, because
ktime_us_delta returns time difference of microsecond.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The irda usb driver uses 'timeval', which we try to remove in the kernel
because all 32-bit time types will break in the year 2038.
This patch also changes do_gettimeofday() to ktime_get() accordingly,
since ktime_get returns a ktime_t, but do_gettimeofday returns a
struct timeval, and the other reason is that ktime_get() uses
the monotonic clock.
This patch uses ktime_us_delta to get the elapsed time, and in this
way it no longer needs to check for the overflow, because
ktime_us_delta returns time difference of microsecond.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ali ircc driver uses 'timeval', which we try to remove in the kernel
because all 32-bit time types will break in the year 2038.
This patch also changes do_gettimeofday() to ktime_get() accordingly,
since ktime_get returns a ktime_t, but do_gettimeofday returns a
struct timeval, and the other reason is that ktime_get() uses
the monotonic clock.
This patch uses ktime_us_delta to get the elapsed time, and in this
way it no longer needs to check for the overflow, because
ktime_us_delta returns time difference of microsecond.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the file au1k_ir.c & via-ircc.h, there were two unused definitions of the
timeval type members, this commit therefore removes this unneeded code.
In other three files, the same problem is the rx_time member is only ever
written, never read, so removed it entirely.
Signed-off-by: Chunyan Zhang <zhang.chunyan@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on Arnds review comments here https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/11/13/161,
we should not be mixing address spaces in the reg property like this driver
currently does. This patch updates the driver, dt docs and also the existing
dt nodes to pass the sysconfig offset in the syscon dt property.
This patch breaks DT compatibility! But this platform is considered WIP,
and is only used by a few developers who are upstreaming support for it.
This change has been done as a single atomic commit to ensure it is
bisectable.
Signed-off-by: Peter Griffin <peter.griffin@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Major changes in ath10k:
* Device tree support
* Major restructuring how to handle different WMI interface versions
* Add WMI TLV interface in preparation for new firmware interface support
* Support new firmware branch 10.2.4
* Add thermal cooling interface
* Add hwmon interface to read temparture from the device
And of course lots of small fixes and cleanups.
kbuild reported a linking error:
ERROR: "devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups"
[drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/ath10k_core.ko] undefined!
Fix it by returning early and letting the compiler to optimise out the function
call.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Several of the drivers still were defining their own copies of various
macros. These are all moved into the core.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert driver to use routine rtl_dm_diginit().
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert driver rtl8723be to use routine rtl_dm_diginit().
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert driver rtl8723ae to use common routine rtl_dm_diginit().
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert driver rtl8192ee to use the common routine to initialize
dm_digtable.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch converts driver rtl8192de to use the common routine to
initialize dm_digtable.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These changes convert both rtl8192ce and rtl8192cu to use the new routine.
Some additional definitions are needed in the core, thus several of the
headers for other drivers are affected, but no other executable code is
changed.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The previous patch created a routine in rtlwifi to initialize dm_digtable.
Driver rtl8188ee is converted to use that routine.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Each of the drivers contains a routine that initializes the dm_digtable
member of the driver's private area. As a first step toward reducing the
size of the drivers, a copy of this driver is created in rtlwifi, and the
definitions of the parameters are moved there.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The description of the power-save variables for this driver is not as
clear as for the others. The wording is changed to match the others.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some drivers refer to a particular quantity in the driver's private
are by one name, while others use a different name. These differences
are removed.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead of defining SDIO device identifier in brcm80211 code use
the defintions in linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h directly.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
After having all the dfs infrastructure in place, declare
radar_detect_widths support for the ap interfaces combination.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add dfs region to the reg domain channel update command.
Signed-off-by: Guy Mishol <guym@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since we are going to support dfs channels, there
is no reason to mark them as NO_IR (having
the DFS flag is enough anyway).
Additionally, when setting the regdomain configuration,
enable usable dfs channels.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
call wlcore_cmd_dfs_master_restart when starting
the ap on a new channel (after csa is done).
Add a new WLVIF_FLAG_BEACON_DISABLED flag to
indicate that dfs_master_restart command
is required.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Support ap csa support by implementing the channel_switch_beacon()
mac80211 op.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add debugfs file to emulate radar detection through
a special fw cmd (which in turn will generate radar
event)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add support for CAC start/stop commands, and pass
radar detection events from the fw to mac80211.
Bump fw name (to wl18xx-fw-4.bin) and min fw version
(to 8.9.*.*.11), and align event mailbox accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Guy Mishol <guym@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Enable ELP authorization in AP mode and enable the use
of the wakeup bit in the ELP register.
Introduce AP role sleep configuration which is disabled
by default. When configured, it allows the AP to sleep
when ELP is authorized for it.
Signed-off-by: Kobi Leibovitch <kobi.lev100@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
configure wowlan when host is suspended in AP mode,
since the FW can now wake the host up on Rx.
Signed-off-by: Kobi Leibovitch <kobi.lev100@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the ability to mask FW interrupts on RX BA activity, PSM
entry/exit and fast-link notifications. This is used when the host
is suspended in order to decrease redundant wake ups.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <ramrani@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
sta_rc_update runs in atomic context. thus, a new work
should be scheduled in order to configure the fw
with the required configuration.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use kstrtoul_from_user() for reading the user value,
and fix the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/wireless/ti/wlcore/debugfs.c:937:15: error: incompatible
types in comparison expression (different type sizes)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The functions called within the iterators must be called with
tasklets disabled, so use atomic iteration like the rest of
the code and disable tasklets around the whole operation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch initialises the fep->netdev pointer. This pointer was not
initialised at all, but is used in fec_enet_timeout_work and in some
error paths.
Signed-off-by: Hubert Feurstein <h.feurstein@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TRSCER register is configured differently by SoCs. TRSCER of R-Car Gen2 is
RINT8 bit only valid, other bits are reserved bits. This removes access to
TRSCER register reserve bit by adding variable trscer_err_mask to
sh_eth_cpu_data structure, set the register information to each SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FDR register of R-Car set in fdr_value can have the original settings.
This sets the value that is suitable for each SoCs to fdr_value of R8A777x
and R8A779x.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Delay update of hw tail descriptor if we know that another skb is going
to be sent.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CIM LA captures the embedded processor’s internal state. Optionally, it can
also trace the flow of data in and out of the embedded processor. Therefore, the
CIM LA output contains detailed information of what code the embedded processor
executed prior to the CIM LA capture.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for device log entry in debugfs
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is really just duplicating the list of information that's
already available in the nl80211 attribute, so remove the list.
Two small changes are needed:
* remove STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES complete, but the length
(assoc_req_ies_len) can be used instead
* add NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC which exists internally
but not in nl80211 yet
This gets rid of the duplicate maintenance of the two lists.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will
skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics
in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them
override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver
didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver
to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211.
Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know
this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up
with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"),
that can be added if it turns out to be needed.
This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be
implemented using sta_statistics().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All of the survey data is (currently) per channel anyway,
so having the word "channel" in the name does nothing. In
the next patch I'll introduce global data to the survey,
where the word "channel" is actually confusing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can
safely be decremented for most drivers.
The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above
holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and
researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid
assumption for p54 and cw1200.
Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption
is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge mac80211.git to get some changes that would otherwise
cause conflicts with new changes coming here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support for keyword 'boolean' will be dropped later on.
No functional change.
Reference: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/cover.1418003065.git.cj@linux.com
Signed-off-by: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.cz>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use rt2x00_has_cap_flag macro to check rt2x00dev->cap_flags.
Signed-off-by: Fred Chou <fred.chou.nd@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
do_div() checks the type strictly. 'cycles_t' may be 32-bit under quite
a few architectures (parisc, arm, avr32 ...). So use 'uint64_t' instead
of, the related warning (with allmodconfig under parisc):
CC [M] drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.o
In file included from arch/parisc/include/generated/asm/div64.h:1:0,
from include/linux/kernel.h:124,
from include/linux/list.h:8,
from include/linux/module.h:9,
from drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:17:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c: In function ‘wil_vring_debugfs_show’:
include/asm-generic/div64.h:43:28: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(((typeof((n)) *)0) == ((uint64_t *)0)); \
^
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:107:4: note: in expansion of macro ‘do_div’
do_div(idle, total);
^
In file included from include/uapi/linux/stddef.h:1:0,
from include/linux/stddef.h:4,
from ./include/uapi/linux/posix_types.h:4,
from include/uapi/linux/types.h:13,
from include/linux/types.h:5,
from include/linux/list.h:4,
from include/linux/module.h:9,
from drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:17:
include/asm-generic/div64.h:44:18: warning: right shift count >= width of type [-Wshift-count-overflow]
if (likely(((n) >> 32) == 0)) { \
^
include/linux/compiler.h:159:40: note: in definition of macro ‘likely’
# define likely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x), 1)
^
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:107:4: note: in expansion of macro ‘do_div’
do_div(idle, total);
^
In file included from arch/parisc/include/generated/asm/div64.h:1:0,
from include/linux/kernel.h:124,
from include/linux/list.h:8,
from include/linux/module.h:9,
from drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:17:
include/asm-generic/div64.h:48:22: warning: passing argument 1 of ‘__div64_32’ from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
__rem = __div64_32(&(n), __base); \
^
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:107:4: note: in expansion of macro ‘do_div’
do_div(idle, total);
^
include/asm-generic/div64.h:35:17: note: expected ‘uint64_t * {aka long long unsigned int *}’ but argument is of type ‘cycles_t * {aka long unsigned int *}’
extern uint32_t __div64_32(uint64_t *dividend, uint32_t divisor);
^
Signed-off-by: Chen Gang <gang.chen.5i5j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver was examining the outer protocol layer to set the inner protocol
layer checksum offload. In the case of TCP over IPV6 over an IPv4 based
VXLAN the inner checksum offloads would be set to look for IPv4/UDP instead
of IPv6/TCP. This code fixes that so that the driver will look at the
proper layer for encapsulation offload settings.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Rx port checksum error counter was incrementing incorrectly with
UDP encapsulated tunneled traffic. This patch fixes the problem so that
the port_rx_csum counter will show accurate statistics.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver was polling with interrupts disabled the hardware
will occasionally not write back descriptors. This patch causes
the driver to detect this situation and force an interrupt to
fire which will flush the stuck descriptor. Does not conflict
with napi because if we are already polling the napi_schedule is
ignored. Additionally the extra interrupts are rate limited, so
don't cause a burden to the CPU.
Change-ID: Iba4616d2a71288672a5f08e4512e2704b97335e8
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This adds support for APM X-Gene ethernet driver to use ACPI table to derive
ethernet driver parameter.
Signed-off-by: Feng Kan <fkan@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The counter variable wasn't increased at all which may stuck under
certain circumstances.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Freescale mEMAC supports operating at 10/100/1000/10G, and
its associated MDIO controller is likewise capable of operating
both Clause 22 and Clause 45 MDIO buses. It is nearly identical
to the MDIO controller on the XGMAC, so we just modify that
driver.
Portions of this driver developed by:
Sandeep Singh <sandeep@freescale.com>
Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for wowlan disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Maithili Hinge <maithili@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch moves code for wowlan magic-packet and patterns to a function
mwifiex_set_mef_filter.
Signed-off-by: Maithili Hinge <maithili@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When driver is loaded, it is important to know if FW was already
active or it is freshly downloaded. This patch increases the
priority of these messages.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As we are releasing the lock, during next iteration we may end
up getting page fault if other thread has already deleted that
node.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Wakeup pending wait queues in unload path. This will help to avoid
soft lockup issues in corner cases.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If host fails to wakeup the firmware, we will trigger card reset
after 3 second timeout.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
200ms is the requirement to allow VDD1.1 and VDD1.8 to
drop to have proper reset.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Workqueue needs to be flushed early when removing card, otherwise
soft lockup issue may happen because main_process is triggered by
interrupt while card is being removed.
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This flag is never set but checked at two places. We will get rid of
this code.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since e9ce7cb6b1 ("xen-netback: Factor queue-specific data into queue struct"),
the transimt shaper timeout is always set to 0. The value the user sets via
xenbus is never propagated to the transmit shaper.
This patch fixes the issue.
Cc: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Imre Palik <imrep@amazon.de>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rx ring 2 size can be configured by adjusting rx-jumbo parameter
of ethtool -G.
Signed-off-by: Ramya Bolla <bollar@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to get number of BA streams
supported information from FW. Some newer chips(e.g. 8897 series)
support 4 BA streams for TX; so driver should not disallow BA stream
setup just after 2 streams have been established.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for DMA alignment of 64 bytes for TX packets.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes memory corruption reported by community developer.
"Memory corruption occurs in mwifiex_ret_802_11_key_material_v1()
when a short command response is received without a key length
causing non initialised memory to be interpreted as the key
length resulting in a memcpy() overwriting the part of the
driver's private data structure beyond the key area."
For v1 key material API firmwares, there is no need to send
command to delete WEP key. WEP encryption/decryption is controlled
by mac_control command.
This patch avoids sending key material command in del_key case.
Reported-by: Martin Fuzzey <mfuzzey@parkeon.com>
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for the bcm43340 and bcm43341 wireless
chipsets. These two chipsets are identical from wireless parts
perspective. As such they use the same firmware image.
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Rob Herring <rob.herring@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
[arend@broadcom.com: squash to single commit, remove 43341 chipid]
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SRCU is not necessary to be compiled by default in all cases. For tinification
efforts not compiling SRCU unless necessary is desirable.
The current patch tries to make compiling SRCU optional by introducing a new
Kconfig option CONFIG_SRCU which is selected when any of the components making
use of SRCU are selected.
If we do not select CONFIG_SRCU, srcu.o will not be compiled at all.
text data bss dec hex filename
2007 0 0 2007 7d7 kernel/rcu/srcu.o
Size of arch/powerpc/boot/zImage changes from
text data bss dec hex filename
831552 64180 23944 919676 e087c arch/powerpc/boot/zImage : before
829504 64180 23952 917636 e0084 arch/powerpc/boot/zImage : after
so the savings are about ~2000 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Pranith Kumar <bobby.prani@gmail.com>
CC: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
CC: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
[ paulmck: resolve conflict due to removal of arch/ia64/kvm/Kconfig. ]
This patch adds module parameter for auto deepsleep configuration.
By default, module_param is 0 and auto deep sleep is enabled.
If mwifiex driver is loaded with disable_auto_ds=1, deep sleep
configuration would not be downloaded to FW and FW would not enter
deepsleep upon initializing.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch saves sdio registers value before firmware dump,
this can be used to find out reason for FW dump.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to dump driver information to a file
when firmware dump happens. This information can be used to
root casue FW crash.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
mwifiex_debug_info also need be save to file when firmware dump happens.
Move its dump implementation function to commmon utilility file, thus it
can be reused in firmware dump function.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Move mwifiex_pm_wakeup_card_complete handler to source file.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add a new debugfs item histogram used for reporting
rx data packet statitics(rx rate, snr, noise floor, signal strenth)
to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add receive beacon count and miss beacon count statistics
in debugfs getlog item.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add provision to show TDLS peer table in debugfs file.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This platform_driver does not need to set an owner, it will be populated by the
driver core.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa@the-dreams.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the driver gets beacon info containing a country IE from user-space
upon .start_ap() callback, it will enable regulatory 802.11d support.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use cfg80211 change_station to signal the completion of 802.1x
to firmware. This allows FW to take appropriate actions.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When user-space uses a valid ISO-3166-1 country code for its
regulatory domain selection, the driver will try to configure
the firmware to use the same.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Support ndo_features_check to avoid:
- the transport offset is more than the hw limitation when using hw checksum.
- the skb->len of a GSO packet is more than the limitation.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is no room in the ring for rxbufpost an error is logged,
however this happens quite frequently and can be considered normal
and is certainly recoverable. This patch changes the erorr into
a normal msgbuf log.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When a device is configured for AP mode and it is configured for
WEP then the keys are plumbed first, followed by AP configuration.
During configuration a down command is given to the firmware which
will clear the configured keys. This patch reprograms the WEP keys
after AP has been brought up.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The source file chip.c contained some duplicate defines and
some unused ones. Removing them.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The physical addresses being used by pcie and msgbuf were using
a cast to long, which incorrectly caused it to limit the address
to 32bit. Now explicit u64 is used where needed.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* enhancements to the firmware debugging infrastructure
* support for 2 concurrent channel contexts
* fixes / cleanups in the rate control
* general cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=gLE1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2014-12-30' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* more work on d0i3 power state
* enhancements to the firmware debugging infrastructure
* support for 2 concurrent channel contexts
* fixes / cleanups in the rate control
* general cleanups
This patch cleanups all PL, XGMAC and SF related macros/register defines
that are defined in t4_regs.h and the affected files
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all TP, MPS and TCAM related macros/register defines
that are defined in t4_regs.h and the affected files
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all MC, MA and CIM related macros/register defines that are
defined in t4_regs.h and the affected files.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleansup remaining SGE related macros/register defines and all PCI
related ones that are defined in t4_regs.h and the affected files.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all SGE related macros/register defines that are
defined in t4_regs.h and the affected files.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses skb->xmit_more flag to batch TX requests.
TX is flushed either when xmit_more is false or there is
no more space in the TXQ.
Skyhawk-R and BEx chips require an even number of wrbs to be posted.
So, when a batch of TX requests is accumulated, the last header wrb
may need to be fixed with an extra dummy wrb.
This patch refactors be_xmit() routine as a sequence of be_xmit_enqueue()
and be_xmit_flush() calls. The Tx completion code is also
updated to be able to unmap/free a batch of skbs rather than a single
skb.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The regmap_config struct may be const because it is not modified by the
driver and regmap_init() accepts pointer to const.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fixes for scan: fix long scanning times and network
discovery
* new firmware API for iwlmvm supported devices
* fixes in rate control
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=OVam
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-01-05' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* fix for 7265D NVM check
* fixes for scan: fix long scanning times and network
discovery
* new firmware API for iwlmvm supported devices
* fixes in rate control
This allows 3160 / 7260 / 7265 / 7265D / 8000 devices to
use the latest version of the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use only basic dwell time (10 ms for active scan and 110 for passive),
regardless of the number of the probes and the band, if it is
supported by the FW. The FW will add 3 ms for each probe sent and 10
ms for low band channels.
Add a TLV flag to indicate such support in FW.
This fix is needed to fix few bugs regarding scans that take too much time.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add a flag that enables match found notification to align with
FW API change.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.17+]
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When tid_tspec was set to IWL_TID_NON_QOS (8) this led to an
out of bounds access to the tid_to_mac80211_ac array whose size
is 7. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
commit 5c90422439
"iwlwifi: mvm: don't allow diversity if BT Coex / TT forbid it"
broke Rx with 2 chains for diversity.
This had an impact on throughput where we're using only a single
stream (11a/b/g APs, single stream APs, static SMPS).
Fixes: 5c90422439 ("iwlwifi: mvm: don't allow diversity if BT Coex / TT forbid it")
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.16+]
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The trans cfg was not replaced for 7265-D cards. This led to a check of
the min-NVM version against a 7265-C card, causing very-old 7265-D cards
to operate incorrectly with the driver.
Fixes: 3fd0d3c170 ("iwlwifi: pcie: support 7265-D devices")
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
These drivers use 9100-byte receive buffers, thus allocating an skb requires
an O(3) memory allocation. Under heavy memory loads and fragmentation, such
a request can fail. Previous versions of the driver have dropped the packet
and reused the old buffer; however, the new version introduced a bug in that
it released the old buffer before trying to allocate a new one. The previous
method is implemented here. The skb is unmapped before any attempt is made to
allocate another.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [v3.18]
Reported-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers3@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Biggers <ebiggers3@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use normal facilities to avoid printing each byte
on a separate line.
Now emits at KERN_DEBUG instead of KERN_INFO.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running in kdump kernel, reduce number of resources used by the driver.
This will enable NIC to operate in low memory kdump kernel environment.
Also change the driver version to .83
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPSW IP implements pulse-signaled interrupts. Due to
that we must write a correct, pre-defined value to the
CPDMA_MACEOIVECTOR register so the controller generates
a pulse on the correct IRQ line to signal the End Of
Interrupt.
The way the driver is written today, all four IRQ lines
are requested using the same IRQ handler and, because of
that, we could fall into situations where a TX IRQ fires
but we tell the controller that we ended an RX IRQ (or
vice-versa). This situation triggers an IRQ storm on the
reserved IRQ 127 of INTC which will in turn call ack_bad_irq()
which will, then, print a ton of:
unexpected IRQ trap at vector 00
In order to fix the problem, we are moving all calls to
cpdma_ctlr_eoi() inside the IRQ handler and making sure
we *always* write the correct value to the CPDMA_MACEOIVECTOR
register. Note that the algorithm assumes that IRQ numbers and
value-to-be-written-to-EOI are proportional, meaning that a
write of value 0 would trigger an EOI pulse for the RX_THRESHOLD
Interrupt and that's the IRQ number sitting in the 0-th index
of our irqs_table array.
This, however, is safe at least for current implementations of
CPSW so we will refrain from making the check smarter (and, as
a side-effect, slower) until we actually have a platform where
IRQ lines are swapped.
This patch has been tested for several days with AM335x- and
AM437x-based platforms. AM57x was left out because there are
still pending patches to enable ethernet in mainline for that
platform. A read of the TRM confirms the statement on previous
paragraph.
Reported-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
Fixes: 510a1e7 (drivers: net: davinci_cpdma: acknowledge interrupt properly)
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.9+
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver uses the function, clocksource_khz2mult, and so it really must
include clocksource.h.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When allocation of all RQs fail, we do not free previously allocated buffers,
before returning error. This causes memory leak.
This patch fixes this by calling vnic_rq_clean(), which frees all the rq
buffers.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some buggy firmwares export an incorrect MAC address (00:a0:c6:00:00:00). This
makes for example checking devices for random MAC addresses tricky, and you
might end up with multiple network interfaces with the same address.
This patch tries to fix, or at least improve, the situation by setting the MAC
address of devices with this firmware bug to a random address. I tested the
patch with two devices that has this firmware bug (Huawei E398 and E392), and
network traffic worked fine after changing the address.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* ath9k: enable Transmit Power Control (TPC) for ar9003 chips
* rtlwifi: cleanup and updates from the vendor driver
* rsi: fix memory leak related to firmware image
* ath: parameter fix for FCC DFS pattern
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJUpqFFAAoJEG4XJFUm622brwUH/iLBBtWvqbhFMKDlA9eUG0hD
z+LQkPtNR5gLYk11Qne7H8BjILDWgzdQcbyAUEpCnuplDThCDfj+8JB51gfNGpqU
pv9XwVO2Nf0afh4+hJBkBREI0vAJDod860AG+PV3E5G/WZZyt2MDxF9mk3IbvKVd
APR7cnUxsAltxjr7IWvPFY43wtbRJHbGM8EUVGkXDBaARaPipTJ7GqhwUyv45jCo
LRnW0VQ5njMZZD6DfteB9BiE+2GfZF9Ay4aOzRVJGc83NMHDBQxD7VSHVrBBgCt1
L+Ikz8O0UHG9TsoAGZqEcJ12o2iGWjVFm4TecEYsuhRA1fJmXJOispl/lnudZus=
=ZbEI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-01-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Changes:
* ath9k: enable Transmit Power Control (TPC) for ar9003 chips
* rtlwifi: cleanup and updates from the vendor driver
* rsi: fix memory leak related to firmware image
* ath: parameter fix for FCC DFS pattern
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes some functions that are not used anywhere:
enic_dev_enable2_done() enic_dev_enable2() enic_dev_deinit_done()
enic_dev_init_prov2() enic_vnic_dev_deinit()
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the function smt_ifconfig() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes some functions that are not used anywhere:
dbgi_rd_rsp3() dbgi_wr_addr3()
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg say:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2014-12-31
Here's the first batch of bluetooth patches for 3.20.
- Cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 drivers
- Fix synchronization of mgmt commands with respective HCI commands
- Add self-tests for LE pairing crypto functionality
- Remove 'BlueFritz!' specific handling from core using a new quirk flag
- Public address configuration support for ath3012
- Refactor debugfs support into a dedicated file
- Initial support for LE Data Length Extension feature from Bluetooth 4.2
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the only tunnel protocol that supports GRO with encapsulated
Ethernet is VXLAN. This pulls out the Ethernet code into a proper layer
so that it can be used by other tunnel protocols such as GRE and Geneve.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Altera network device doesn't come up after
ifconfig eth0 down
ifconfig eth0 up
The reason behind is clearing priv->phydev during tse_shutdown().
The phydev is not restored back at tse_open().
Resubmiting as to follow Tobias Klauser suggestion.
phy_start/phy_stop are called on each ifup/ifdown and
phy_disconnect is called once during the module removal.
Signed-off-by: Kostya Belezko <bkostya@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We shouldn't call UNMAP_FA here, this is done in mlx4_load_one.
If mlx4_query_func fails, we need to invoke CLOSE_HCA for both
native and master.
Fixes: a0eacca948 ('net/mlx4_core: Refactor mlx4_load_one')
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, mlx4_mt_rereg_write filled the MPT's entity_size with the
old MTT's page shift, which could result in using an incorrect offset.
Fix the initialization to be after we calculate the new MTT offset.
In addition, assign mtt order to -1 after calling mlx4_mtt_cleanup. This
is necessary in order to mark the MTT as invalid and avoid freeing it later.
Fixes: e630664 ('mlx4_core: Add helper functions to support MR re-registration')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to set the clock speed in read/write which will be performed
unnecessarily for each mdio access. Init it during probe is enough.
Also, the hardcoded clock value is not a proper way for all SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Which is wrong and not used, so no extra space needed by
mdiobus_alloc_size(), use mdiobus_alloc() instead.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the reset is just clock setting, individual mdio reset is
not available.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the check of adapter fails and goes into the 'else' branch, the
return value 'err' should not still be zero.
Signed-off-by: Yongjian Xu <xuyongjiande@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
The patch also modifies the test of mgp->cmd to satisfy checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver is based on stmmac driver.
changes since v2:
- use tab instead of space for macros
- use HIWORD_UPDATE macro for GMAC_CLK_RX_DL_CFG and GMAC_CLK_TX_DL_CFG
- remove drive-strength setting in the driver and set it in the pinctrl settings
- use dev_err instead of pr_err
- remove clock names's macros, just use the real name of the clock
- use devm_clk_get() instead of clk_get()
- remove clk_set_parent(bsp_priv->clk_mac, bsp_priv->clk_mac_pll)
- remove gpio setting for LDO, just use regulator API
- remove phy reset using gpio in the glue layer, it has been handled in the stmmac driver
- remove handling phy interrupt (mii interrupt)
changes since v1:
- use BIT() to set register
- combine two remap_write() operations into one for the same register
- use macros for register value setting
- remove grf fail check in rk_gmac_setup() and save all the check in set_rgmii_speed()
- remove .tx_coe=1 in rk_gmac_data
Signed-off-by: Roger Chen <roger.chen@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I didn't notice that return in the code, fix it by
adding a goto out instead to free the memory.
Fixes:
> New smatch warnings:
> drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_debugfs.c:832 i40e_dbg_dump_desc() warn: possible memory leak of 'ring'
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove a FIXME comment that was missed in a commit on 1/2007.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Reported-by: nick <xerofoify@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Although it doesn't explicitly say so, commit 60ffa47875 ("e100:
Fix MDIO/MDIO-X") appears to be intended to revert the earlier commit
648951451e ("e100: fixed e100 MDI/MDI-X issues"). However,
careful examination reveals that the attempted revert actually
_inverted_ the test for eeprom_mdix_enabled. That is bound to program
a few PHYs incorrectly...
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1156417
Signed-off-by: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of -1 with EAGAIN, read on a O_NONBLOCK tun fd will return 0. This
fixes this by properly returning the error code from __skb_recv_datagram.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Validated that this was actually using the unsigned comparison with gdb.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds generic statistics for enic. As of now dma_map_error is the only
member. dma_map_erro is incremented every time dma maping error happens.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch checks for pci_dma_mapping_error() after dma mapping the data.
If the dma mapping fails we remove the previously queued frags and return
NETDEV_TX_OK.
Reported-by: Jan Stancek <jstancek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes vnic_wq_buf doubly liked list. This is needed for dma_mapping
error check, in case some frag's dma map fails, we need to move back and remove
previously queued buffers.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for Wake-on-LAN using Magic Packet. ENET IP supports sleep mode
in low power status, when system enter suspend status, Magic packet can
wake up system even if all SOC clocks are gate. The patch doing below things:
- flagging the device as a wakeup source for the system, as well as
its Wake-on-LAN interrupt
- prepare the hardware for entering WoL mode
- add standard ethtool WOL interface
- enable the ENET interrupt to wake us
Tested on i.MX6q/dl sabresd, sabreauto boards, i.MX6SX arm2 boards.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following spare warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:3521:60: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:3521:60: expected unsigned int [noderef] <asn:2>*addr
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:3521:60: got unsigned int [usertype] *rfbptr
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:205:16: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different address spaces)
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:205:16: expected unsigned int [usertype] *rfbptr
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:205:16: got unsigned int [noderef] <asn:2>*<noident>
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:2918:44: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:2918:44: expected unsigned int [noderef] <asn:2>*addr
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:2918:44: got unsigned int [usertype] *rfbptr
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hao <haokexin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no need to do header check for virtio-net since:
- Host sets dodgy for all gso packets from guest and check the header.
- Host should be prepared for all kinds of evil packets from guest, since
malicious guest can send any kinds of packet.
So this patch sets NETIF_F_GSO_ROBUST for virtio-net to skip the check.
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the end asm/mach/irda.h header is not used by anybody except sa1100.
Move the header to the platform data includes dir and rename it to
irda-sa11x0.h.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.function = f;
-t.data = d;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current timecounter implementation will drop a variable amount
of resolution, depending on the magnitude of the time delta. In
other words, reading the clock too often or too close to a time
stamp conversion will introduce errors into the time values. This
patch fixes the issue by introducing a fractional nanosecond field
that accumulates the low order bits.
Reported-by: Janusz Użycki <j.uzycki@elproma.com.pl>
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the new and improved method
for adjusting the offset of a timecounter.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The timecounter code has almost nothing to do with the clocksource
code. Let it live in its own file. This will help isolate the
timecounter users from the clocksource users in the source tree.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will remove the bug of havine zero perm_extended_addr address.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If allocation of memory fails instead of going to ret goto label
and returning from there, we can directly return -ENOMEM on failure.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since commit ab78029ecc (drivers/pinctrl: grab default handles from device
core), we can rely on device core for setting the default pins.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa@the-dreams.de>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Organize and cleanup the consts used by rs.
This is part of making some of these configurable.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Make passive scan fragmentation depends on the number of active
interfaces. In case of single-MAC, make passive scan less fragmented.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In order to config the FW and to allocate monitor buffer driver should
run the function iwl_pcie_apply_destination immediately after FW sections
are loaded.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This configuration defines the ratio between number of scan iterations
where EBS is involved to those where it is not.
This configuration was left unconfigured due to inaccurate documentation.
Fix documentation as well.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Set the wakeup flag (of the d3 command) to configure the fw
to wakeup when sysassert happens while in d0i3.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A new TLV supplies the ADMA address for SDIO mode, allowing
the driver to configure the default base address to be this
(as given in the FW), rather than hardcoding the values to
use until the FW sends the ALIVE message.
Use the value given by the FW in the IWL_UCODE_TLV_SDIO_ADMA_ADDR
TLV for setting the default SDTM base address until the FW sends
the ALIVE message. If it isn't given in the FW - use the current
hardcoded values.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A number of places (still) use a direct operation, use
iwl_mvm_sta_from_mac80211() consistently. In one place
also move it into the variable initializer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are a few places not using it, use it at those places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Some implementations (i.e. mini_rpm) assume the references
are managed only while the device is started.
Move the stale reference cleanup before stopping the
device in order to make them happy.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
A simplified version of the semantic match that fixes this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver and the firmware now support 2 different channels
at the same time. Advertise this capability to the stack.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
On hw restart, make sure to wait for d0i3 exit
(by checking the IN_D0I3 status bit).
This is needed in order to avoid the stale
d0i3_exit_work from doing harm (e.g. unref
cleared reference).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Consider the iwlwifi module param d0i3_disable when
considering whether d0i3 is supported.
(There is currently no need to differentiate between
supported and enabled, so keep the function as-is)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Enter d0i3 on suspend, and exit d0i3. Wait for the
command responses in both cases.
Use this mode in case of pcie trans.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Allow configuring additional d0i3 mode, in which the
fw will be configured to enter d0i3 only on suspend
(while keeping the wake_lock accounting as usual)
The d0i3 mode to use will be determined by the
underlying trans layer.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
d3 and d0i3 shouldn't be mutually exclusive. Set supported
wowlan triggers by looking for each of them, and check
on suspend/resume which flow should be used ("any" trigger
is supported by d0i3, and all the others by d3)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Implement the ref/unref trans ops and track both tx and
host command queues (and hold references while they
are not empty).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows to add the offset. The type of the generic
memory dump will let the parser know that this is SRAM.
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Instead of adding a dump type for each type of memory, change
the SMEM type to be a general purpose memory dump. Add the
type of the memory and its offset in the device in the dump
itself. This will allow an external parser to know where
this memory came from.
Note that since this type isn't really in use yet, this is
not a real problem.
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In NICs that have SMEM - add its content to the dump data
for later debug.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
nvm_file in family 8000 B step and A step differ. This means
that the driver should support 2 file name as default.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In case the rate mask for one of the modulations was zero the
max rate idx for that modulation was set to 32 (BITS_PER_LONG).
This is bad as it would later lead to an out of bounds access
to the expected tpt table. In most cases there was no real effect
as the expected tpt was set to 0 and this led to avoiding the
modulation effectively.
Fix the out of bounds access and explicitly skip the modulation
in case there's no rate allowed in it.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Clear the thermal throttling values when entering CT-kill, since
everything will be reinitialized anyway when we exit CT-kill.
Additionally, clear the dynamic_smps value in the initialization
funciton, for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The HW step member was left out of the core dump information. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware is able to compensate the rssi when we hear
the frame on a different channel.
This is true for an offset up to 3 channels.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows to collect the logs even if the firmware hasn't
crashed. Of course, crashing the firmware is an option, but
this is easier and nicer.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the driver is unload, the Manageability Engine should
know about that - send an event to inform it about this
event.
Reviewed-by: Reuven Borok <reuven.borok@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The antenna configuration has to be read also from OTP
Currently read only from FW image
Guideline: An antenna exists only if appears both in FW image & NVM
Signed-off-by: Moshe Harel <moshe.harel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The allocation of the DCCM between the data and the stack
can theoretically change without notice to the driver, but
the total size is HW-fixed. Since the stack CCM (runtime
stack) has also data important to the FW - this patch allows
pulling the whole DCCM in one piece and adds it to the dump
data.
If the size isn't known - just use the data part of the
DCCM as it appears in the FW TLVs.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The module version "in-tree:" or "in-tree:d" is useless; there
should be better (functional) ways to detect whether debugging
is enabled and other than that the version says nothing.
Therefore remove the driver version completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For linux-3.18.0
The driver lacks pci_disable_device in error handling code of
ne2k_pci_init_one, so the device enabled by pci_enable_device is not
disabled when errors occur.
This patch fixes this problem.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In __bond_release_one(), when the interface is not a slave or not a slave of
"this" master, it log error message.
The message actually should be a debug message matching what bond_enslave()
does.
Signed-off-by: Wengang Wang <wen.gang.wang@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enable that driver because Wireless Extensions is now disabled by default.
o Mika fixed brcmfmac not to crash when platform data is not populated
o Emmanuel provided few fixes to iwlwifi, he says:
"I have here new device IDs and a fix for double free bug I
introduced. I also fix an issue with the RFKILL interrupt - the HW
needs us to ACK the interrupt again after we reset it. Liad fixes an
issue with the firmware debugging infrastructure. While working on
torture scenarios of firmware restarts, Eliad found an issue which
he fixed."
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJUnUpQAAoJEG4XJFUm622bcoUIAISxktWxN6NOIrdQTcnm0fNz
AQZpCOlry0FNmEFSRJkcsNOD1Hv62iZqtSnwKQOOFMi8Rav9W+MIw0M16ieWsBTb
tt5PQjWH4KeAU64BmWsvtStRSRQf0xO7mR3ZlW6gD1rpwxtAggWxzF7hc61wYj0p
TOfbUuCvXLHWsc1YI/Ec9nfkVmEqWyzw4duuGh2lpOoEpAJz3BE0W10l5e5KMLK6
o/YiA3nk52jboTt0QZ8NbGCYAvXRhShI5CI5N9IHLm3pvJv1zNTv8JPUw38bH385
+IuP2s4bp6wDno75R/kWfYBppKXoOFrINFpU/7p9lhUF50qVoUmFfAFYPzWI2WI=
=aYZX
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2014-12-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
o Paul made a Kconfig dependency fix to ipw2200, it was not possible to
enable that driver because Wireless Extensions is now disabled by default.
o Mika fixed brcmfmac not to crash when platform data is not populated
o Emmanuel provided few fixes to iwlwifi, he says:
"I have here new device IDs and a fix for double free bug I
introduced. I also fix an issue with the RFKILL interrupt - the HW
needs us to ACK the interrupt again after we reset it. Liad fixes an
issue with the firmware debugging infrastructure. While working on
torture scenarios of firmware restarts, Eliad found an issue which
he fixed."
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GSO isn't the only offload feature with restrictions that
potentially can't be expressed with the current features mechanism.
Checksum is another although it's a general issue that could in
theory apply to anything. Even if it may be possible to
implement these restrictions in other ways, it can result in
duplicate code or inefficient per-packet behavior.
This generalizes ndo_gso_check so that drivers can remove any
features that don't make sense for a given packet, similar to
netif_skb_features(). It also converts existing driver
restrictions to the new format, completing the work that was
done to support tunnel protocols since the issues apply to
checksums as well.
By actually removing features from the set that are used to do
offloading, it solves another problem with the existing
interface. In these cases, GSO would run with the original set
of features and not do anything because it appears that
segmentation is not required.
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
CC: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Fixes: 04ffcb255f ("net: Add ndo_gso_check")
Tested-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The second init_completion call should be a reinit_completion here.
patch is against 3.18.0 linux-next
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This property is no longer used in the code yet the code looks for it in the device tree.
It does not cause an error if it's not in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Kedareswara rao Appana <appanad@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use generic config_init callback also for KSZ8021 and KSZ8031.
This has been avoided this far due to commit b838b4aced ("phy/micrel:
KSZ8031RNL RMII clock reconfiguration bug"), which claims that the PHY
becomes unresponsive if the broadcast-disable flag is set before
configuring the clock mode.
Turns out that the problem seemingly worked-around by the above
mentioned commit was really due to a hardware-configuration issue, where
the PHY was in fact strapped to address 3 rather than 0.
Tested-by: Bruno Thomsen <bth@kamstrup.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tpc entry to ath9k debugfs in order to enable/disable hw TPC
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Enable hw TPC by default on AR9003 based chips
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove the function rtl8723be_phy_get_txpower_level() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove the function rtl92ee_get_available_desc() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With this change, all of the drivers now use the common routine. As this
driver has VHT capability, an additional parameter is needed, thus all the
drivers had to be modified.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The code uses macros to determine the parameters that are passed to the
rate setting routine. A simpler method is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The code uses macros to determine the parameters that are passed to the
rate setting routine. A simpler method is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Device RTL8821AE is the first if the rtlwifi devices to implement 802.11ac
capability. As a result, VHT rate descriptors are needed. In addition, the
driver is converted to use the descriptors in rtlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This common set of rate descriptors is renamed to be DESC_RATExx.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This driver is also converted to use the rate-mapping code in the core.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This driver duplicates a routine found in the core.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This driver currently has its owm version of this routine that duplicates
a routine in rtlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Four of the drivers (92ce, 92cu, 92de, and 92se) supply an argument to the
rate-mapping routine that is never used, thus it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These changes match those of the latest vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These changes were found in the latest vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch applies changes found in the latest vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This change helps the device maintain a connection.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Two of the macros that control power sequencing have values to be set that
contain bits that are not covered by the associated mask.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The existing method for loading both normal and WOWLAN firmware for the
device duplicates a lot of code. This solution is much cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Troy Tan <troy_tan@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The minimum number of pulses per burst on FCC radar type 5 is 1.
Use this number for correct radar detection.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Memory allocated by kmemdup() in rsi_load_ta_instructions() is leaked.
But duplication of firmware data here is useless,
so the patch removes kmemdup() at all.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove the function rtl92d_set_fw_pwrmode_cmd() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver looks for pdata->oob_irq_supported to find out if wowl can be
supported. However, not all platforms populate pdata in which case we crash
the kernel because of NULL pointer dereference.
Fixes: 330b4e4be9 ("brcmfmac: Add wowl support for SDIO devices.")
Reported-by: Christophe Prigent <christophe.prigent@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Commit 24a0aa212e ("cfg80211: make WEXT compatibility unselectable")
made it impossible to depend on CFG80211_WEXT. It does still allow to
select that symbol. (Yes, the commit summary is confusing.)
So make IPW2200 select CFG80211_WEXT, so that the ipw2200 driver can be
enabled in config again.
Signed-off-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In case of error vxlan_xmit_one() can free already freed skb.
Also fixes memory leak of dst-entry.
Fixes: acbf74a763 ("vxlan: Refactor vxlan driver to make use
of the common UDP tunnel functions").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phymode should use 11b only if NO_OFDM flags is set.
Hence check up channel flag for NO_OFDM and set to
11b.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Assoc peer command contain information about NSS.
When we will get IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED we should
also send (re) assoc peer command to be sure firmware
will know about it and RC will work correctly.
This was found during code review.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fix TX problem when IBSS used in HT mode.
Before we used 6Mbps all the time for TX direction.
Reported-by: Yeoh Chun-Yeow <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Temperature sensor generates electrical analog voltage from temperature
of each chain. The analog voltage is converted to digital value through
ADC. For reading temperature values fom user space, hw monitoring device
is used.
Whenever the user requests for current temperature, the driver sends WMI
command and wait for response. For reading temperature,
cat /sys/class/ieee80211/phy*/device/hwmon/hwmon2/temp1_input
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI command support for reading temperature from the target and
corresponding WMI temperature event handler. The pdev_get_temperature
command is currently supported in 10.2 firmware alone.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Thermal cooling device support is added to control the temperature
by throttling the data transmission for the given duration. Throttling
is done using hw MAC quiet time setting. Period, duration and offset
from TBTT can be set up to quiet the MAC transmits for the required duty
cycle (% of quiet duration). The thermal device allows user to configure
duty cycle.
The quiet params are derived as follows.
period = max(25TU, beacon interval / number of bss)
duration = period * duty cycle / 100
Quiet mode can be disabled by setting the duty cycle to 0. The cooling
device can be found under /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/.
Corresponding soft link to this device can be found under phy folder.
/sys/class/ieee80211/phy*/device/cooling_device.
To set duty cycle as 40%,
echo 40 >/sys/class/ieee80211/phy*/device/cooling_device/cur_state
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support to send pdev_set_quiet_mode command to target.
This will be used for thermal mitigation purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.2.4 firmware uses bitmask in wmi_resource_config to configure
10.2 firmware features like airtime fairness and rx batch mode instead
of maintaining separete bool entry. This allows new features that can be
configure during init time without breaking backward compatibility.
kvalo: use WMI op version, bump up FW API to 4 to not break older versions of
ath10k
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The internal firmware version doesn't tell much to the user, it's more
informative to use that field to print the wmi op version.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ATH10K_FW_FEATURE_WMI_10X should not be used for anymore as that's
now deprecated, instead use wmi op version.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To make it easier to manage firmware differences, we should not use
ATH10K_FW_FEATURE_WMI_10X outside ath10k_core_init_firmware_features(). To
achieve that create new field ar->max_num_vdevs and set it based on wmi op
version.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Decode and display Port Type and Module Type for ethtool get_settings() call
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit d75b1ade56 (net: less
interrupt masking in NAPI) breaks caif.
It is now required that if the entire budget is consumed when poll
returns, the napi poll_list must remain empty. However, like some
other drivers caif tries to do a last-ditch check and if there is
more work it will call napi_schedule and then immediately process
some of this new work. Should the entire budget be consumed while
processing such new work then we will violate the new caller
contract.
This patch fixes this by not touching any work when we reschedule
in caif.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iowrite32() will byteswap it's argument on big endian archs.
iowrite32be() will byteswap on little endian archs.
Since we don't want to do this unnecessary byteswap on the fast path,
doorbell is stored in the NIC's native endianness. Using the right
iowrite() according to the arch endianness.
CC: Wei Yang <weiyang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: David Laight <david.laight@aculab.com>
Fixes: 6a4e812 ("net/mlx4_en: Avoid calling bswap in tx fast path")
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For linux-3.18.0
The driver lacks netif_napi_del in the normal path and error path
to match the call of netif_napi_add in rtl8139_init_one.
This patch fixes this problem.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For linux-3.18.0
When pci_request_regions is failed in rtl8139_init_board, pci_disable_device
is not called to disable the device which are enabled by pci_enable_device,
because of disable_dev_on_err is not assigned 1.
This patch fix this problem.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This platform_driver does not need to set an owner, it will be populated by the
driver core.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa@the-dreams.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The s6000 Xtensa support has been removed from the kernel in
4006e565e1. There are no other chips using this driver.
While the Mentor/Alcatel PE-MCXMAC IP core is also used in other
designs (Freescale Gianfar/UCC, QLogic NetXen, Solarflare, Agere
ET-1310, Netlogic XLR/XLS), none of these use this driver as it
heavily depends on the s6000 DMA engine. In fact, there is no
code sharing across any of the aforementioned devices.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Glöckner <dg@emlix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the function port_cfg_dis_learn() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During driver load in tg3_init_one, if the driver detects DMA activity before
intializing the chip tg3_halt is called. As part of tg3_halt interrupts are
disabled using routine tg3_disable_ints. This routine was using mailbox value
which was not initialized (default value is 0). As a result driver was writing
0x00000001 to pci config space register 0, which is the vendor id / device id.
This driver bug was exposed because of the commit a7877b17a667 (PCI: Check only
the Vendor ID to identify Configuration Request Retry). Also this issue is only
seen in older generation chipsets like 5722 because config space write to offset
0 from driver is possible. The newer generation chips ignore writes to offset 0.
Also without commit a7877b17a667, for these older chips when a GRC reset is
issued the Bootcode would reprogram the vendor id/device id, which is the reason
this bug was masked earlier.
Fixed by initializing the interrupt mailbox registers before calling tg3_halt.
Please queue for -stable.
Reported-by: Nils Holland <nholland@tisys.org>
Reported-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The changed names are union fields with the same size, so the existing code
still works. But, we now update these variables to the correct names.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit d75b1ade56 (net: less
interrupt masking in NAPI) breaks virtio_net in an insidious way.
It is now required that if the entire budget is consumed when poll
returns, the napi poll_list must remain empty. However, like some
other drivers virtio_net tries to do a last-ditch check and if
there is more work it will call napi_schedule and then immediately
process some of this new work. Should the entire budget be consumed
while processing such new work then we will violate the new caller
contract.
This patch fixes this by not touching any work when we reschedule
in virtio_net.
The worst part of this bug is that the list corruption causes other
napi users to be moved off-list. In my case I was chasing a stall
in IPsec (IPsec uses netif_rx) and I only belatedly realised that it
was virtio_net which caused the stall even though the virtio_net
poll was still functioning perfectly after IPsec stalled.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both stmmac_open() and stmmac_resume() call stmmac_hw_setup(), and
stmmac_hw_setup() call stmmac_init_ptp() unconditionally. However, only
stmmac_release() calls stmmac_release_ptp(). Since stmmac_suspend()
doesn't call stmmac_release_ptp(), stmmac_resume() also needn't call
stmmac_init_ptp().
This patch also fix a "scheduling while atomic" problem when resume
from suspend/hibernation. Because stmmac_init_ptp() will trigger
scheduling while stmmac_resume() hold a spinlock.
Callgraph of "scheduling while atomic":
stmmac_resume() --> stmmac_hw_setup() --> stmmac_init_ptp() -->
stmmac_ptp_register() --> ptp_clock_register() --> device_create() -->
device_create_groups_vargs() --> device_add() --> devtmpfs_create_node()
--> wait_for_common() --> schedule_timeout() --> __schedule()
Signed-off-by: Huacai Chen <chenhc@lemote.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David Binderman reports that the conditions in the first loop
are the wrong way around - checking the array contents before
the size.
Instead of leaving the empty loop there and reordering the two
checks unify it into a single loop that skips over non-matches
and exits after the first match.
Reported-by: David Binderman <dcb314@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I also fix an issue with the RFKILL interrupt - the HW needs us to ACK
the interrupt again after we reset it.
Liad fixes an issue with the firmware debugging infrastructure.
While working on torture scenarios of firmware restarts, Eliad found an
issue which he fixed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=Q1yv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-fixes-for-kalle-2014-12-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
I have here new device IDs and a fix for double free bug I introduced.
I also fix an issue with the RFKILL interrupt - the HW needs us to ACK
the interrupt again after we reset it.
Liad fixes an issue with the firmware debugging infrastructure.
While working on torture scenarios of firmware restarts, Eliad found an
issue which he fixed.
when skb_gso_segment returns error, the original skb should be freed
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- On-demand paging support in core midlayer and mlx5 driver. This lets
userspace create non-pinned memory regions and have the adapter HW
trigger page faults.
- iSER and IPoIB updates and fixes.
- Low-level HW driver updates for cxgb4, mlx4 and ocrdma.
- Other miscellaneous fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=MCO9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband
Pull infiniband updates from Roland Dreier:
"Main batch of InfiniBand/RDMA changes for 3.19:
- On-demand paging support in core midlayer and mlx5 driver. This
lets userspace create non-pinned memory regions and have the
adapter HW trigger page faults.
- iSER and IPoIB updates and fixes.
- Low-level HW driver updates for cxgb4, mlx4 and ocrdma.
- Other miscellaneous fixes"
* tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband: (56 commits)
IB/mlx5: Implement on demand paging by adding support for MMU notifiers
IB/mlx5: Add support for RDMA read/write responder page faults
IB/mlx5: Handle page faults
IB/mlx5: Page faults handling infrastructure
IB/mlx5: Add mlx5_ib_update_mtt to update page tables after creation
IB/mlx5: Changes in memory region creation to support on-demand paging
IB/mlx5: Implement the ODP capability query verb
mlx5_core: Add support for page faults events and low level handling
mlx5_core: Re-add MLX5_DEV_CAP_FLAG_ON_DMND_PG flag
IB/srp: Allow newline separator for connection string
IB/core: Implement support for MMU notifiers regarding on demand paging regions
IB/core: Add support for on demand paging regions
IB/core: Add flags for on demand paging support
IB/core: Add support for extended query device caps
IB/mlx5: Add function to read WQE from user-space
IB/core: Add umem function to read data from user-space
IB/core: Replace ib_umem's offset field with a full address
IB/mlx5: Enhance UMR support to allow partial page table update
IB/mlx5: Remove per-MR pas and dma pointers
RDMA/ocrdma: Always resolve destination mac from GRH for UD QPs
...
This version check allows the driver to only work with v=1 hardware
however there is no driver-facing difference with newer versions
(confirmed by Atmel FAEs) so this check needlessly prevents the driver
from being used with radios now in production.
Tested on AT86RF212B radio (which came up as v=3).
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <yurovsky@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The driver was reading the PART_NUM register for both the part number
(type of device) and the part version, the version is actually in
register 0x1D, VERSION_NUM. I believe that this was a copy-paste error.
Tested on AT86RF212B where the part is detected to be the expected part
number (0x07) and version (0x03 on mine).
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@snupi.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The attribute extra_tx_headroom should already be zero.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the context pointer to the parameter given one inside
function at86rf230_async_state_change_start. This could occur problem if
context isn't pointed to lp->state.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes the at86rf230_async_error inline. This function is
small enough to handle inline.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes an unnecessary if branch inside the tx complete
handler.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
CC: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
CC: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the default cca setting after device reset for at86rf230
driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current cca setting handle is a driver specific call. We need to
introduce some 802.15.4 specific layer and mapping 802.15.4 cca modes to
driver specific ones inside the 802.15.4 driver. This patch will add
such 802.15.4 layer and mapping the cca settings to driver specific ones.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
An earlier commit to resolve an issue with encapsulation offloads missed
setting a bit in the outer netdev features flag. This results in loss of TSO
feature on a VxLAN interface.
Fixes: 630f4b70 ("Export tunnel offloads only when a VxLAN tunnel is created")
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit bc96f648df (xen-netback: make
feature-rx-notify mandatory) incorrectly assumed that there were no
frontends in use that did not support this feature. But the frontend
driver in MiniOS does not and since this is used by (qemu) stubdoms,
these stopped working.
Netback sort of works as-is in this mode except:
- If there are no Rx requests and the internal Rx queue fills, only
the drain timeout will wake the thread. The default drain timeout
of 10 s would give unacceptable pauses.
- If an Rx stall was detected and the internal Rx queue is drained,
then the Rx thread would never wake.
Handle these two cases (when feature-rx-notify is disabled) by:
- Reducing the drain timeout to 30 ms.
- Disabling Rx stall detection.
Reported-by: John <jw@nuclearfallout.net>
Tested-by: John <jw@nuclearfallout.net>
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QSA module was getting decoded as QSFP module in ethtool get settings, this
patch fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementations all use dev_uc_add_excl() and such whose API
doesn't support vlans, so we can't make it with NICs HW for now.
Fixes: f6f6424ba7 ('net: make vid as a parameter for ndo_fdb_add/ndo_fdb_del')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit contains 2 fixes for the 128B CQE/EQE stride feaure.
Wei found that mlx4_QUERY_HCA function marked the wrong capability
in flags (64B CQE/EQE), when CQE/EQE stride feature was enabled.
Also added small fix in initial CQE ownership bit assignment, when CQE
is size is not default 32B.
Fixes: 77507aa24 (net/mlx4: Enable CQE/EQE stride support)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yang <weiyang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do camera capture test on i.MX6q sabresd board, and save the capture data to
nfs rootfs. The command is:
gst-launch-1.0 -e imxv4l2src device=/dev/video1 num-buffers=2592000 ! tee name=t !
queue ! imxv4l2sink sync=false t. ! queue ! vpuenc ! queue ! mux. pulsesrc num-buffers=3720937
blocksize=4096 ! 'audio/x-raw, rate=44100, channels=2' ! queue ! imxmp3enc ! mpegaudioparse !
queue ! mux. qtmux name=mux ! filesink location=video_recording_long.mov
After about 10 hours running, there have net watchdog timeout kernel dump:
...
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 0 at net/sched/sch_generic.c:264 dev_watchdog+0x2b4/0x2d8()
NETDEV WATCHDOG: eth0 (fec): transmit queue 0 timed out
CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 3.14.24-01051-gdb840b7 #440
[<80014e6c>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<800118ac>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<800118ac>] (show_stack) from [<806ae3f0>] (dump_stack+0x78/0xc0)
[<806ae3f0>] (dump_stack) from [<8002b504>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x68/0x8c)
[<8002b504>] (warn_slowpath_common) from [<8002b558>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x30/0x40)
[<8002b558>] (warn_slowpath_fmt) from [<8055e0d4>] (dev_watchdog+0x2b4/0x2d8)
[<8055e0d4>] (dev_watchdog) from [<800352d8>] (call_timer_fn.isra.33+0x24/0x8c)
[<800352d8>] (call_timer_fn.isra.33) from [<800354c4>] (run_timer_softirq+0x184/0x220)
[<800354c4>] (run_timer_softirq) from [<8002f420>] (__do_softirq+0xc0/0x22c)
[<8002f420>] (__do_softirq) from [<8002f804>] (irq_exit+0xa8/0xf4)
[<8002f804>] (irq_exit) from [<8000ee5c>] (handle_IRQ+0x54/0xb4)
[<8000ee5c>] (handle_IRQ) from [<80008598>] (gic_handle_irq+0x28/0x5c)
[<80008598>] (gic_handle_irq) from [<800123c0>] (__irq_svc+0x40/0x74)
Exception stack(0x80d27f18 to 0x80d27f60)
7f00: 80d27f60 0000014c
7f20: 8858c60e 0000004d 884e4540 0000004d ab7250d0 80d34348 00000000 00000000
7f40: 00000001 00000000 00000017 80d27f60 800702a4 80476e6c 600f0013 ffffffff
[<800123c0>] (__irq_svc) from [<80476e6c>] (cpuidle_enter_state+0x50/0xe0)
[<80476e6c>] (cpuidle_enter_state) from [<80476fa8>] (cpuidle_idle_call+0xac/0x154)
[<80476fa8>] (cpuidle_idle_call) from [<8000f174>] (arch_cpu_idle+0x8/0x44)
[<8000f174>] (arch_cpu_idle) from [<80064c54>] (cpu_startup_entry+0x100/0x158)
[<80064c54>] (cpu_startup_entry) from [<80cd8a9c>] (start_kernel+0x304/0x368)
---[ end trace 09ebd32fb032f86d ]---
...
There might have a race in napi_schedule(), leaving interrupts disabled forever.
After these patch, the case still work more than 40 hours running.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After d75b1ade56 (net: less interrupt
masking in NAPI) the napi instance is removed from the per-cpu list
prior to calling the n->poll(), and is only requeued if all of the
budget was used. This inadvertently broke netfront because netfront
does not use NAPI correctly.
If netfront had not used all of its budget it would do a final check
for any Rx responses and avoid calling napi_complete() if there were
more responses. It would still return under budget so it would never
be rescheduled. The final check would also not re-enable the Rx
interrupt.
Additionally, xenvif_poll() would also call napi_complete() /after/
enabling the interrupt. This resulted in a race between the
napi_complete() and the napi_schedule() in the interrupt handler. The
use of local_irq_save/restore() avoided by race iff the handler is
running on the same CPU but not if it was running on a different CPU.
Fix both of these by always calling napi_compete() if the budget was
not all used, and then calling napi_schedule() if the final checks
says there's more work.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-12-16
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.19 stream!
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"The patches consist of:
- Coccinelle warning fix
- hci_dev_lock/unlock fixes
- Fixes for pending mgmt command handling
- Fixes for properly following the force_lesc_support switch
- Fix for a Microsoft branded Broadcom adapter
- New device id for Atheros AR3012
- Fix for BR/EDR Secure Connections enabling"
Along with that...
Brian Norris avoids leaking some kernel memory contents via printk in brcmsmac.
Julia Lawall corrects some misspellings in a few drivers.
Larry Finger gives us one more rtlwifi fix to correct a porting oversight.
Wei Yongjun fixes a sparse warning in rtlwifi.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise we get things like:
warning: (NET_DSA_BCM_SF2 && BCMGENET && SYSTEMPORT) selects FIXED_PHY which has unmet direct dependencies (NETDEVICES && PHYLIB=y)
In order to make this work we have to rename fixed.c to fixed_phy.c
because the regulator drivers already have a module named "fixed.o".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flags field in ifreq is only 16 bit wide, but
we read it as a 32 bit value.
If userspace doesn't zero-initialize unused fields,
this will lead to failures.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware doesn't allow precise tx rate control so
P2P wasn't entirely spec compliant (it was using
CCK rates in some cases).
The only way to make sure firmware doesn't use CCK
rates is to have a vdev with P2P subtype used for
scanning and tx. This can be done via a special
dedicated P2P device interface support.
This also removes the ancient hack from ath10k in
favor of p2pdev.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Per-vif bss_conf.ps should be used to configure
powersave.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Setting 0 ps timeout to firmware yields very poor
latency and traffic issues. This is the case when
multi-vif is active.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To comply with WMM-PS the device shouldn't wake up
with a NullFunc frame pair when tx-ing. Instead PM
bit on each tx frame should be used.
To make this work correctly firmware needs to be
told to use a different STA PS wake threshold when
u-APSD is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions need peer phymode to be
specified as MODE_11B when associating as station
to a 11b AP. Otherwise they can starve other
stations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Setting fragmentation threshold has not been supported by
any of firmware versions, hence unregister the callback and
remove the function.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need to do the following:
select FIXED_PHY if NET_DSA_BCM_SF2=y, as this implies that we will not be
able to build and/or run the driver correctly when built as a module,
which is no longer an issue since commit 37e9a69045 ("net: phy: export
fixed_phy_register()").
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to do the following:
select FIXED_PHY if SYSTEMPORT=y, as this implies that we will not be able
to build and/or run the driver correctly when built as a module, which
is no longer an issue since commit 37e9a69045 ("net: phy: export
fixed_phy_register()")
Fixes: a3862db2d3 ("net: systemport: hook SYSTEMPORT driver in the build")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to do the following:
select FIXED_PHY if BCMGENET=y, as this implies that we will not be able
to build and/or run the driver correctly when built as a module, which
is no longer an issue since commit 37e9a69045 ("net: phy: export
fixed_phy_register()")
Fixes: b0ba512e225d ("net: bcmgenet: enable driver to work without device tree"
Fixes: bdaa53bde5 ("net: bcmgenet: hook into the build system")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Add a handler function pointer in the mlx5_core_qp struct for page
fault events. Handle page fault events by calling the handler
function, if not NULL.
* Add on-demand paging capability query command.
* Export command for resuming QPs after page faults.
* Add various constants related to paging support.
Signed-off-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shachar Raindel <raindel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Haggai Eran <haggaie@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Move check for DPDP out of the loop to make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
The setting of this flag was missed in previous modifications.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Debug code prints the fifo name via custom dev_warn() wrappers. The
fifo_names array is only non-zero when debugging is manually enabled,
which is all well and good. However, it's *not* good that this array
uses zero-length arrays in the non-debug case, and so it doesn't
actually have any memory allocated to it. This means that as far as we
know, fifo_names[i] actually points to garbage memory.
I've seen this in my log:
[ 4601.205511] brcmsmac bcma0:1: wl0: brcms_c_d11hdrs_mac80211: �GeL txop exceeded phylen 137/256 dur 1602/1504
So let's give this array space enough to fill it with a NULL byte.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: "Franky (Zhenhui) Lin" <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: brcm80211-dev-list@broadcom.com
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8192cu/hw.c:1595:6: warning:
symbol 'usb_cmd_send_packet' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace a misspelled function name by %s and then __func__.
8821 was written as 8812.
This was done using Coccinelle, including the use of Levenshtein distance,
as proposed by Rasmus Villemoes.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace a misspelled function name by %s and then __func__.
This was done using Coccinelle, including the use of Levenshtein distance,
as proposed by Rasmus Villemoes.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace a misspelled function name by %s and then __func__.
This was done using Coccinelle, including the use of Levenshtein distance,
as proposed by Rasmus Villemoes.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Inside macb_probe(), when devm_request_irq() fails on queue q, there is no need
to call devm_free_irq() on queues 0..q-1 because the managed device resources
are released later when calling free_netdev().
Also removing devm_free_irq() call from macb_remove() for the same reason.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix a bug introduced by the multiqueue support patch:
"net/macb: add TX multiqueue support for gem"
the "bp" pointer to the netdev private data was dereferenced and used after the
associated memory had been freed by calling free_netdev().
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_OF is not set:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-sti.c: In function ‘sti_dwmac_parse_data’:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-sti.c:318: warning: ‘rs’ is used uninitialized in this function
of_property_read_string() will return -ENOSYS in this case, and rs will
be an uninitialized pointer.
While the fallback clock selection is already selected correctly in this
case, the string comparisons should be skipped too, else the system will
crash while dereferencing the uninitialized pointer.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If GPIOLIB=n the following build errors occur:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c: In function 'try_toggle_control_gpio':
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2204:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'devm_gpiod_get_index' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2204:7: warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast [enabled by default]
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2213:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'gpiod_direction_output' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2216:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'devm_gpiod_put' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2222:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'gpiod_set_value_cansleep' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
Fix this by letting the driver depend on GPIOLIB if OF is selected.
Fixes: 7d2911c438 ("net: smc91x: Fix gpios for device tree based booting")
Cc: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be future-proof and for better readability the time comparisons are
modified to use time_before, time_after, and time_after_eq instead of
plain, error-prone math.
Signed-off-by: Asaf Vertz <asaf.vertz@tandemg.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support asymmetric EQ allocations, we should query the device
capabilities prior to enabling SRIOV. As a side effect of adding that,
we are dumping the PF device capabilities twice. Avoid that by moving
the printing into a helper function which is called once.
Fixes: 7ae0e400cd ('net/mlx4_core: Flexible (asymmetric) allocation of
EQs and MSI-X vectors for PF/VFs')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current mlx4_load_one has a memory leak as it always allocates
dev_cap, but frees it only on error.
In addition, even if VFs exist when mlx4_load_one is called,
we still need to notify probed VFs that we're loading (by
incrementing pf_loading).
Fixes: a0eacca948 ('net/mlx4_core: Refactor mlx4_load_one')
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support,
move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver
flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently
for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the
fly if needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
drivers. They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes, just
removing a line in a structure.
Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes. There are
some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been acked by
the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs changes.
Everything has been in linux-next for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iEYEABECAAYFAlSOD20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ylLPACg2QrW1oHhdTMT9WI8jihlHVRM
53kAoLeteByQ3iVwWurwwseRPiWa8+MI
=OVRS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core update from Greg KH:
"Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
drivers. They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes,
just removing a line in a structure.
Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes. There
are some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been
acked by the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs
changes.
Everything has been in linux-next for a while"
* tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (324 commits)
Revert "ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries"
fs: debugfs: add forward declaration for struct device type
firmware class: Deletion of an unnecessary check before the function call "vunmap"
firmware loader: fix hung task warning dump
devcoredump: provide a one-way disable function
device: Add dev_<level>_once variants
ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries
ath: use seq_file api for ath9k debugfs files
debugfs: add helper function to create device related seq_file
drivers/base: cacheinfo: remove noisy error boot message
Revert "core: platform: add warning if driver has no owner"
drivers: base: support cpu cache information interface to userspace via sysfs
drivers: base: add cpu_device_create to support per-cpu devices
topology: replace custom attribute macros with standard DEVICE_ATTR*
cpumask: factor out show_cpumap into separate helper function
driver core: Fix unbalanced device reference in drivers_probe
driver core: fix race with userland in device_add()
sysfs/kernfs: make read requests on pre-alloc files use the buffer.
sysfs/kernfs: allow attributes to request write buffer be pre-allocated.
fs: sysfs: return EGBIG on write if offset is larger than file size
...
- A new API that allows setting more than one GPIO at the
time. This is implemented for the new descriptor-based
API only and makes it possible to e.g. toggle a clock and
data line at the same time, if the hardware can do this
with a single register write. Both consumers and drivers
need new calls, and the core will fall back to driving
individual lines where needed. Implemented for the MPC8xxx
driver initially.
- Patched the mdio-mux-gpio and the serial mctrl driver
that drives modems to use the new multiple-setting API
to set several signals simultaneously.
- Get rid of the global GPIO descriptor array, and instead
allocate descriptors dynamically for each GPIO on a certain
GPIO chip. This moves us closer to getting rid of the
limitation of using the global, static GPIO numberspace.
- New driver and device tree bindings for 74xx ICs.
- New driver and device tree bindings for the VF610 Vybrid.
- Support the RCAR r8a7793 and r8a7794.
- Guidelines for GPIO device tree bindings trying to get
things a bit more strict with the advent of combined
device properties.
- Suspend/resume support for the MVEBU driver.
- A slew of minor fixes and improvements.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=ZAhA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'gpio-v3.19-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-gpio
Pull take two of the GPIO updates:
"Same stuff as last time, now with a fixup patch for the previous
compile error plus I ran a few extra rounds of compile-testing.
This is the bulk of GPIO changes for the v3.19 series:
- A new API that allows setting more than one GPIO at the time. This
is implemented for the new descriptor-based API only and makes it
possible to e.g. toggle a clock and data line at the same time, if
the hardware can do this with a single register write. Both
consumers and drivers need new calls, and the core will fall back
to driving individual lines where needed. Implemented for the
MPC8xxx driver initially
- Patched the mdio-mux-gpio and the serial mctrl driver that drives
modems to use the new multiple-setting API to set several signals
simultaneously
- Get rid of the global GPIO descriptor array, and instead allocate
descriptors dynamically for each GPIO on a certain GPIO chip. This
moves us closer to getting rid of the limitation of using the
global, static GPIO numberspace
- New driver and device tree bindings for 74xx ICs
- New driver and device tree bindings for the VF610 Vybrid
- Support the RCAR r8a7793 and r8a7794
- Guidelines for GPIO device tree bindings trying to get things a bit
more strict with the advent of combined device properties
- Suspend/resume support for the MVEBU driver
- A slew of minor fixes and improvements"
* tag 'gpio-v3.19-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-gpio: (33 commits)
gpio: mcp23s08: fix up compilation error
gpio: pl061: document gpio-ranges property for bindings file
gpio: pl061: hook request if gpio-ranges avaiable
gpio: mcp23s08: Add option to configure IRQ output polarity as active high
gpio: fix deferred probe detection for legacy API
serial: mctrl_gpio: use gpiod_set_array function
mdio-mux-gpio: Use GPIO descriptor interface and new gpiod_set_array function
gpio: remove const modifier from gpiod_get_direction()
gpio: remove gpio_descs global array
gpio: mxs: implement get_direction callback
gpio: em: Use dynamic allocation of GPIOs
gpio: Check if base is positive before calling gpio_is_valid()
gpio: mcp23s08: Add simple IRQ support for SPI devices
gpio: mcp23s08: request a shared interrupt
gpio: mcp23s08: Do not free unrequested interrupt
gpio: rcar: Add r8a7793 and r8a7794 support
gpio-mpc8xxx: add mpc8xxx_gpio_set_multiple function
gpiolib: allow simultaneous setting of multiple GPIO outputs
gpio: mvebu: add suspend/resume support
gpio: gpio-davinci: remove duplicate check on resource
..
New FW has chunks that are larger than the size limit of the
FH's DMA. To make sure we don't crash it - actively limit the
max size of each chunk.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A few device IDs were added, reflect this change in the
driver.
Cc; <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.13+]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In the very unlikely case in which no firmware could be,
found. the same pointer was freed twice. Fix that.
Fixes: 490fefebb6 ("iwlwifi: define the .ucode file format for debug")
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we reset the device, the CSR_INT gets cleared as well
as CSR_INT_MASK. Meaning that we shouldn't get any interrupt
but, due to a hardware bug, recent devices will keep sending
interrupts. This leads to an interrupt storm while stopping
the device.
The way to fix this is to ACK all the interrupts after the
device is reset so that the value of CSR_INT will stay
0xffffffff.
Fixes: 522713c81e ("iwlwifi: pcie: properly reset the device")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
On stop(), we already cleared our internal state,
and the restart_complete() callback won't be
called, so simply clear the IN_HW_RESTART flag.
Keeping the flag might result in invalid state
on the next start(), preventing the driver starting
properly.
Additionally, don't take IWL_MVM_REF_UCODE_DOWN on stop()
if hw restart was requested, as the ref was already
taken in this case.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Pull another networking update from David Miller:
"Small follow-up to the main merge pull from the other day:
1) Alexander Duyck's DMA memory barrier patch set.
2) cxgb4 driver fixes from Karen Xie.
3) Add missing export of fixed_phy_register() to modules, from Mark
Salter.
4) DSA bug fixes from Florian Fainelli"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (24 commits)
net/macb: add TX multiqueue support for gem
linux/interrupt.h: remove the definition of unused tasklet_hi_enable
jme: replace calls to redundant function
net: ethernet: davicom: Allow to select DM9000 for nios2
net: ethernet: smsc: Allow to select SMC91X for nios2
cxgb4: Add support for QSA modules
libcxgbi: fix freeing skb prematurely
cxgb4i: use set_wr_txq() to set tx queues
cxgb4i: handle non-pdu-aligned rx data
cxgb4i: additional types of negative advice
cxgb4/cxgb4i: set the max. pdu length in firmware
cxgb4i: fix credit check for tx_data_wr
cxgb4i: fix tx immediate data credit check
net: phy: export fixed_phy_register()
fib_trie: Fix trie balancing issue if new node pushes down existing node
vlan: Add ability to always enable TSO/UFO
r8169:update rtl8168g pcie ephy parameter
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: force link for all fixed PHY devices
fm10k/igb/ixgbe: Use dma_rmb on Rx descriptor reads
r8169: Use dma_rmb() and dma_wmb() for DescOwn checks
...
Pull sparc update from David Miller:
"Not a lot of stuff this time around, mostly bug fixing:
- Fix alignment of 32-bit crosscall datastructure on Leon, from
Andreas Larsson.
- Several fixes to the virtual disk driver on sparc64 by Dwight
Engen, including handling resets of the service domain properly"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/sparc:
sunvdc: reconnect ldc after vds service domain restarts
sparc/ldc: create separate ldc_unbind from ldc_free
vio: create routines for inc,dec vio dring indexes
sunvdc: fix module unload/reload
sparc32, leon: Align ccall_info to prevent unaligned traps on crosscall
gem devices designed with multiqueue CANNOT work without this patch.
When probing a gem device, the driver must first prepare and enable the
peripheral clock before accessing I/O registers. The second step is to read the
MID register to find whether the device is a gem or an old macb IP.
For gem devices, it reads the Design Configuration Register 6 (DCFG6) to
compute to total number of queues, whereas macb devices always have a single
queue.
Only then it can call alloc_etherdev_mq() with the correct number of queues.
This is the reason why the order of some initializations has been changed in
macb_probe().
Eventually, the dedicated IRQ and TX ring buffer descriptors are initialized
for each queue.
For backward compatibility reasons, queue0 uses the legacy registers ISR, IER,
IDR, IMR, TBQP and RBQP. On the other hand, the other queues use new registers
ISR[1..7], IER[1..7], IDR[1..7], IMR[1..7], TBQP[1..7] and RBQP[1..7].
Except this hardware detail there is no real difference between queue0 and the
others. The driver hides that thanks to the struct macb_queue.
This structure allows us to share a common set of functions for all the queues.
Besides when a TX error occurs, the gem MUST be halted before writing any of
the TBQP registers to reset the relevant queue. An immediate side effect is
that the other queues too aren't processed anymore by the gem.
So macb_tx_error_task() calls netif_tx_stop_all_queues() to notify the Linux
network engine that all transmissions are stopped.
Also macb_tx_error_task() now calls spin_lock_irqsave() to prevent the
interrupt handlers of the other queues from running as each of them may wake
its associated queue up (please refer to macb_tx_interrupt()).
Finally, as all queues have previously been stopped, they should be restarted
calling netif_tx_start_all_queues() and setting the TSTART bit into the Network
Control Register. Before this patch, when dealing with a single queue, the
driver used to defer the reset of the faulting queue and the write of the
TSTART bit until the next call of macb_start_xmit().
As explained before, this bit is now set by macb_tx_error_task() too. That's
why the faulting queue MUST be reset by setting the TX_USED bit in its first
buffer descriptor before writing the TSTART bit.
Queue 0 always exits and is the lowest priority when other queues are available.
The higher the index of the queue is, the higher its priority is.
When transmitting frames, the TX queue is selected by the skb->queue_mapping
value. So queue discipline can be used to define the queue priority policy.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calls to tasklet_hi_enable are replaced by calls to
tasklet_enable since the 2 functions are redundant.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Lambert <lambert.quentin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Valentin Rothberg <valentinrothberg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This chip is present on older revisions of the DE2 development kit.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This chip is present on the Nios2 Development Kit 2C35.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware 1.12.25.0 added support for QSA module, adding the driver code for it.
Also fixes some ethtool get settings for other module types.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Programs the firmware of the maximum outgoing iscsi pdu length per connection.
Signed-off-by: Karen Xie <kxie@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building the bcmgenet driver as module, I get:
ERROR: "fixed_phy_register" [drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/genet.ko] undefined!
commit b0ba512e225d72 ("net: bcmgenet: enable driver to work without device
tree") which added a call to fixed_phy_register. But fixed_phy_register
needs to be exported if used from a module.
Signed-off-by: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE to info->control.flags since
this is used only in the TX path (by ath9k). This frees up
a bit which can be used for other purposes.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both sunvdc and sunvnet implemented distinct functionality for incrementing
and decrementing dring indexes. Create common functions for use by both
from the sunvnet versions, which were chosen since they will still work
correctly in case a non power of two ring size is used.
Signed-off-by: Dwight Engen <dwight.engen@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ephy parameter to rtl8168g.
Also change the common function of rtl8168g from "rtl_hw_start_8168g_1" to
"rtl_hw_start_8168g". And function "rtl_hw_start_8168g_1" is used for
setting rtl8168g hardware parameters.
Following is the explanation of what hardware parameter change for.
rtl8168g may erroneous judge the PCIe signal quality and show the error bit
on PCI configuration space when in PCIe low power mode.
The following ephy parameters are for above issue.
{ 0x00, 0x0000, 0x0008 }
{ 0x0c, 0x37d0, 0x0820 }
{ 0x1e, 0x0000, 0x0001 }
rtl8168g may return to PCIe L0 from PCIe L0s low power mode too slow.
The following ephy parameter is for above issue.
{ 0x19, 0x8000, 0x0000 }
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ports of the switch that we define as "fixed PHYs" such as MoCA, we
would have our Port 7 special handling that would allow us to assert the
link status indication.
For other ports, such as e.g: RGMII_1 connected to a cable modem, we
would rely on whatever the bootloader has left configured, which is a
bad assumption to make, we really need to force the link status
indication here.
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that dma_rmb is used when reading the Rx
descriptor. The advantage of dma_rmb is that it allows for a much
lower cost barrier on x86, powerpc, arm, and arm64 architectures than a
traditional memory barrier when dealing with reads that only have to
synchronize to coherent memory.
In addition I have updated the code so that it just checks to see if any
bits have been set instead of just the DD bit since the DD bit will always
be set as a part of a descriptor write-back so we just need to check for a
non-zero value being present at that memory location rather than just
checking for any specific bit. This allows the code itself to appear much
cleaner and allows the compiler more room to optimize.
Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The r8169 use a pair of wmb() calls when setting up the descriptor rings.
The first is to synchronize the descriptor data with the descriptor status,
and the second is to synchronize the descriptor status with the use of the
MMIO doorbell to notify the device that descriptors are ready. This can
come at a heavy price on some systems, and is not really necessary on
systems such as x86 as a simple barrier() would suffice to order store/store
accesses. As such we can replace the first memory barrier with
dma_wmb() to reduce the cost for these accesses.
In addition the r8169 uses a rmb() to prevent compiler optimization in the
cleanup paths, however by moving the barrier down a few lines and replacing
it with a dma_rmb() we should be able to use it to guarantee
descriptor accesses do not occur until the device has updated the DescOwn
bit from its end.
One last change I made is to move the update of cur_tx in the xmit path to
after the wmb. This way we can guarantee the device and all CPUs should
see the DescOwn update before they see the cur_tx value update.
Cc: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Cc: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull MIPS updates from Ralf Baechle:
"This is an unusually large pull request for MIPS - in parts because
lots of patches missed the 3.18 deadline but primarily because some
folks opened the flood gates.
- Retire the MIPS-specific phys_t with the generic phys_addr_t.
- Improvments for the backtrace code used by oprofile.
- Better backtraces on SMP systems.
- Cleanups for the Octeon platform code.
- Cleanups and fixes for the Loongson platform code.
- Cleanups and fixes to the firmware library.
- Switch ATH79 platform to use the firmware library.
- Grand overhault to the SEAD3 and Malta interrupt code.
- Move the GIC interrupt code to drivers/irqchip
- Lots of GIC cleanups and updates to the GIC code to use modern IRQ
infrastructures and features of the kernel.
- OF documentation updates for the GIC bindings
- Move GIC clocksource driver to drivers/clocksource
- Merge GIC clocksource driver with clockevent driver.
- Further updates to bring the GIC clocksource driver up to date.
- R3000 TLB code cleanups
- Improvments to the Loongson 3 platform code.
- Convert pr_warning to pr_warn.
- Merge a bunch of small lantiq and ralink fixes that have been
staged/lingering inside the openwrt tree for a while.
- Update archhelp for IP22/IP32
- Fix a number of issues for Loongson 1B.
- New clocksource and clockevent driver for Loongson 1B.
- Further work on clk handling for Loongson 1B.
- Platform work for Broadcom BMIPS.
- Error handling cleanups for TurboChannel.
- Fixes and optimization to the microMIPS support.
- Option to disable the FTLB.
- Dump more relevant information on machine check exception
- Change binfmt to allow arch to examine PT_*PROC headers
- Support for new style FPU register model in O32
- VDSO randomization.
- BCM47xx cleanups
- BCM47xx reimplement the way the kernel accesses NVRAM information.
- Random cleanups
- Add support for ATH25 platforms
- Remove pointless locking code in some PCI platforms.
- Some improvments to EVA support
- Minor Alchemy cleanup"
* 'upstream' of git://git.linux-mips.org/pub/scm/ralf/upstream-linus: (185 commits)
MIPS: Add MFHC0 and MTHC0 instructions to uasm.
MIPS: Cosmetic cleanups of page table headers.
MIPS: Add CP0 macros for extended EntryLo registers
MIPS: Remove now unused definition of phys_t.
MIPS: Replace use of phys_t with phys_addr_t.
MIPS: Replace MIPS-specific 64BIT_PHYS_ADDR with generic PHYS_ADDR_T_64BIT
PCMCIA: Alchemy Don't select 64BIT_PHYS_ADDR in Kconfig.
MIPS: lib: memset: Clean up some MIPS{EL,EB} ifdefery
MIPS: iomap: Use __mem_{read,write}{b,w,l} for MMIO
MIPS: <asm/types.h> fix indentation.
MAINTAINERS: Add entry for BMIPS multiplatform kernel
MIPS: Enable VDSO randomization
MIPS: Remove a temporary hack for debugging cache flushes in SMTC configuration
MIPS: Remove declaration of obsolete arch_init_clk_ops()
MIPS: atomic.h: Reformat to fit in 79 columns
MIPS: Apply `.insn' to fixup labels throughout
MIPS: Fix microMIPS LL/SC immediate offsets
MIPS: Kconfig: Only allow 32-bit microMIPS builds
MIPS: signal.c: Fix an invalid cast in ISA mode bit handling
MIPS: mm: Only build one microassembler that is suitable
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) New offloading infrastructure and example 'rocker' driver for
offloading of switching and routing to hardware.
This work was done by a large group of dedicated individuals, not
limited to: Scott Feldman, Jiri Pirko, Thomas Graf, John Fastabend,
Jamal Hadi Salim, Andy Gospodarek, Florian Fainelli, Roopa Prabhu
2) Start making the networking operate on IOV iterators instead of
modifying iov objects in-situ during transfers. Thanks to Al Viro
and Herbert Xu.
3) A set of new netlink interfaces for the TIPC stack, from Richard
Alpe.
4) Remove unnecessary looping during ipv6 routing lookups, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
5) Add PAUSE frame generation support to gianfar driver, from Matei
Pavaluca.
6) Allow for larger reordering levels in TCP, which are easily
achievable in the real world right now, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add a variable of napi_schedule that doesn't need to disable cpu
interrupts, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Use a doubly linked list to optimize neigh_parms_release(), from
Nicolas Dichtel.
9) Various enhancements to the kernel BPF verifier, and allow eBPF
programs to actually be attached to sockets. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
10) Support TSO/LSO in sunvnet driver, from David L Stevens.
11) Allow controlling ECN usage via routing metrics, from Florian
Westphal.
12) Remote checksum offload, from Tom Herbert.
13) Add split-header receive, BQL, and xmit_more support to amd-xgbe
driver, from Thomas Lendacky.
14) Add MPLS support to openvswitch, from Simon Horman.
15) Support wildcard tunnel endpoints in ipv6 tunnels, from Steffen
Klassert.
16) Do gro flushes on a per-device basis using a timer, from Eric
Dumazet. This tries to resolve the conflicting goals between the
desired handling of bulk vs. RPC-like traffic.
17) Allow userspace to ask for the CPU upon what a packet was
received/steered, via SO_INCOMING_CPU. From Eric Dumazet.
18) Limit GSO packets to half the current congestion window, from Eric
Dumazet.
19) Add a generic helper so that all drivers set their RSS keys in a
consistent way, from Eric Dumazet.
20) Add xmit_more support to enic driver, from Govindarajulu
Varadarajan.
21) Add VLAN packet scheduler action, from Jiri Pirko.
22) Support configurable RSS hash functions via ethtool, from Eyal
Perry.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1820 commits)
Fix race condition between vxlan_sock_add and vxlan_sock_release
net/macb: fix compilation warning for print_hex_dump() called with skb->mac_header
net/mlx4: Add support for A0 steering
net/mlx4: Refactor QUERY_PORT
net/mlx4_core: Add explicit error message when rule doesn't meet configuration
net/mlx4: Add A0 hybrid steering
net/mlx4: Add mlx4_bitmap zone allocator
net/mlx4: Add a check if there are too many reserved QPs
net/mlx4: Change QP allocation scheme
net/mlx4_core: Use tasklet for user-space CQ completion events
net/mlx4_core: Mask out host side virtualization features for guests
net/mlx4_en: Set csum level for encapsulated packets
be2net: Export tunnel offloads only when a VxLAN tunnel is created
gianfar: Fix dma check map error when DMA_API_DEBUG is enabled
cxgb4/csiostor: Don't use MASTER_MUST for fw_hello call
net: fec: only enable mdio interrupt before phy device link up
net: fec: clear all interrupt events to support i.MX6SX
net: fec: reset fep link status in suspend function
net: sock: fix access via invalid file descriptor
net: introduce helper macro for_each_cmsghdr
...
This adds a lot of infrastructure for virtio 1.0 support.
Notable missing pieces: virtio pci, virtio balloon (needs spec extension),
vhost scsi.
Plus, there are some minor fixes in a couple of places.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJUh1CVAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpWZcH/2+EGPyng7Lca820UHA0cU1U
u4D8CAAwOGaVdnUUo8ox1eon3LNB2UgRtgsl3rBDR3YTgFfNPrfuYdnHO0dYIDc1
lS26NuPrVrTX0lA+OBPe2nlKrsrOkn8aw1kxG9Y0gKtNg/+HAGNW5e2eE7R/LrA5
94XbWZ8g9Yf4GPG1iFmih9vQvvN0E68zcUlojfCnllySgaIEYr8nTiGQBWpRgJat
fCqFAp1HMDZzGJQO+m1/Vw0OftTRVybyfai59e6uUTa8x1djvzPb/1MvREqQjegM
ylSuofIVyj7JPu++FbAjd9mikkb53GSc8ql3YmWNZLdr69rnkzP0GdzQvrdheAo=
=RtrR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio updates from Michael Tsirkin:
"virtio: virtio 1.0 support, misc patches
This adds a lot of infrastructure for virtio 1.0 support. Notable
missing pieces: virtio pci, virtio balloon (needs spec extension),
vhost scsi.
Plus, there are some minor fixes in a couple of places.
Note: some net drivers are affected by these patches. David said he's
fine with merging these patches through my tree.
Rusty's on vacation, he acked using my tree for these, too"
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost: (70 commits)
virtio_ccw: finalize_features error handling
virtio_ccw: future-proof finalize_features
virtio_pci: rename virtio_pci -> virtio_pci_common
virtio_pci: update file descriptions and copyright
virtio_pci: split out legacy device support
virtio_pci: setup config vector indirectly
virtio_pci: setup vqs indirectly
virtio_pci: delete vqs indirectly
virtio_pci: use priv for vq notification
virtio_pci: free up vq->priv
virtio_pci: fix coding style for structs
virtio_pci: add isr field
virtio: drop legacy_only driver flag
virtio_balloon: drop legacy_only driver flag
virtio_ccw: rev 1 devices set VIRTIO_F_VERSION_1
virtio: allow finalize_features to fail
virtio_ccw: legacy: don't negotiate rev 1/features
virtio: add API to detect legacy devices
virtio_console: fix sparse warnings
vhost: remove unnecessary forward declarations in vhost.h
...
Currently, when trying to reuse a socket, vxlan_sock_add will grab
vn->sock_lock, locate a reusable socket, inc refcount and release
vn->sock_lock.
But vxlan_sock_release() will first decrement refcount, and then grab
that lock. refcnt operations are atomic but as currently we have
deferred works which hold vs->refcnt each, this might happen, leading to
a use after free (specially after vxlan_igmp_leave):
CPU 1 CPU 2
deferred work vxlan_sock_add
... ...
spin_lock(&vn->sock_lock)
vs = vxlan_find_sock();
vxlan_sock_release
dec vs->refcnt, reaches 0
spin_lock(&vn->sock_lock)
vxlan_sock_hold(vs), refcnt=1
spin_unlock(&vn->sock_lock)
hlist_del_rcu(&vs->hlist);
vxlan_notify_del_rx_port(vs)
spin_unlock(&vn->sock_lock)
So when we look for a reusable socket, we check if it wasn't freed
already before reusing it.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Fixes: 7c47cedf43 ("vxlan: move IGMP join/leave to work queue")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the required firmware commands for A0 steering and a way to enable
that. The firmware support focuses on INIT_HCA, QUERY_HCA, QUERY_PORT,
QUERY_DEV_CAP and QUERY_FUNC_CAP commands. Those commands are used
to configure and query the device.
The different A0 DMFS (steering) modes are:
Static - optimized performance, but flow steering rules are
limited. This mode should be choosed explicitly by the user
in order to be used.
Dynamic - this mode should be explicitly choosed by the user.
In this mode, the FW works in optimized steering mode as long as
it can and afterwards automatically drops to classic (full) DMFS.
Disable - this mode should be explicitly choosed by the user.
The user instructs the system not to use optimized steering, even if
the FW supports Dynamic A0 DMFS (and thus will be able to use optimized
steering in Default A0 DMFS mode).
Default - this mode is implicitly choosed. In this mode, if the FW
supports Dynamic A0 DMFS, it'll work in this mode. Otherwise, it'll
work at Disable A0 DMFS mode.
Under SRIOV configuration, when the A0 steering mode is enabled,
older guest VF drivers who aren't using the RX QP allocation flag
(MLX4_RESERVE_A0_QP) will get a QP from the general range and
fail when attempting to register a steering rule. To avoid that,
the PF context behaviour is changed once on A0 static mode, to
require support for the allocation flag in VF drivers too.
In order to enable A0 steering, we use log_num_mgm_entry_size param.
If the value of the parameter is not positive, we treat the absolute
value of log_num_mgm_entry_size as a bit field. Setting bit 2 of this
bit field enables static A0 steering.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently QUERY_PORT is done as a part of QUERY_DEV_CAP firmware command.
Since we would like to use it without querying all device capabilities,
extract this part to be a function of its own.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a given flow steering rule is invalid in respect to the current
steering configuration, print the correct error message to the system log.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A0 hybrid steering is a form of high performance flow steering.
By using this mode, mlx4 cards use a fast limited table based steering,
in order to enable fast steering of unicast packets to a QP.
In order to implement A0 hybrid steering we allocate resources
from different zones:
(1) General range
(2) Special MAC-assigned QPs [RSS, Raw-Ethernet] each has its own region.
When we create a rss QP or a raw ethernet (A0 steerable and BF ready) QP,
we try hard to allocate the QP from range (2). Otherwise, we try hard not
to allocate from this range. However, when the system is pushed to its
limits and one needs every resource, the allocator uses every region it can.
Meaning, when we run out of raw-eth qps, the allocator allocates from the
general range (and the special-A0 area is no longer active). If we run out
of RSS qps, the mechanism tries to allocate from the raw-eth QP zone. If that
is also exhausted, the allocator will allocate from the general range
(and the A0 region is no longer active).
Note that if a raw-eth qp is allocated from the general range, it attempts
to allocate the range such that bits 6 and 7 (blueflame bits) in the
QP number are not set.
When the feature is used in SRIOV, the VF has to notify the PF what
kind of QP attributes it needs. In order to do that, along with the
"Eth QP blueflame" bit, we reserve a new "A0 steerable QP". According
to the combination of these bits, the PF tries to allocate a suitable QP.
In order to maintain backward compatibility (with older PFs), the PF
notifies which QP attributes it supports via QUERY_FUNC_CAP command.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The zone allocator is a mechanism which manages a few mlx4_bitmaps.
When allocating a resource, the user indicates the desired zone of
which this resource will be allocated from. If possible, the resource
will be allocated from this zone. Otherwise, the resource will be
allocated from a less-than, equal-to, higher-than priority zone,
according to the desired zone's properties with that respective
allocation order.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of reserved QPs is affected both from the firmware and
from the driver's requirements. This patch adds a check that
validates that this number is indeed feasable.
Signed-off-by: Dotan Barak <dotanb@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using BF (Blue-Flame), the QPN overrides the VLAN, CV, and SV fields
in the WQE. Thus, BF may only be used for QPNs with bits 6,7 unset.
The current Ethernet driver code reserves a Tx QP range with 256b alignment.
This is wrong because if there are more than 64 Tx QPs in use,
QPNs >= base + 65 will have bits 6/7 set.
This problem is not specific for the Ethernet driver, any entity that
tries to reserve more than 64 BF-enabled QPs should fail. Also, using
ranges is not necessary here and is wasteful.
The new mechanism introduced here will support reservation for
"Eth QPs eligible for BF" for all drivers: bare-metal, multi-PF, and VFs
(when hypervisors support WC in VMs). The flow we use is:
1. In mlx4_en, allocate Tx QPs one by one instead of a range allocation,
and request "BF enabled QPs" if BF is supported for the function
2. In the ALLOC_RES FW command, change param1 to:
a. param1[23:0] - number of QPs
b. param1[31-24] - flags controlling QPs reservation
Bit 31 refers to Eth blueflame supported QPs. Those QPs must have
bits 6 and 7 unset in order to be used in Ethernet.
Bits 24-30 of the flags are currently reserved.
When a function tries to allocate a QP, it states the required attributes
for this QP. Those attributes are considered "best-effort". If an attribute,
such as Ethernet BF enabled QP, is a must-have attribute, the function has
to check that attribute is supported before trying to do the allocation.
In a lower layer of the code, mlx4_qp_reserve_range masks out the bits
which are unsupported. If SRIOV is used, the PF validates those attributes
and masks out unsupported attributes as well. In order to notify VFs which
attributes are supported, the VF uses QUERY_FUNC_CAP command. This command's
mailbox is filled by the PF, which notifies which QP allocation attributes
it supports.
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, we've fired all our completion callbacks straight from our ISR.
Some of those callbacks were lightweight (for example, mlx4_en's and
IPoIB napi callbacks), but some of them did more work (for example,
the user-space RDMA stack uverbs' completion handler). Besides that,
doing more than the minimal work in ISR is generally considered wrong,
it could even lead to a hard lockup of the system. Since when a lot
of completion events are generated by the hardware, the loop over those
events could be so long, that we'll get into a hard lockup by the system
watchdog.
In order to avoid that, add a new way of invoking completion events
callbacks. In the interrupt itself, we add the CQs which receive completion
event to a per-EQ list and schedule a tasklet. In the tasklet context
we loop over all the CQs in the list and invoke the user callback.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When VFs (guests in this context) issue the QUERY_DEV_CAP command, they
need not be told that host side virtualization features such as VST, FSM
(MAC anti-spoofing) and running > 80 VFs are supported by the device.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was dropped by mistake for the napi_gro_frags flow, fix that.
Fixes: dd65beac48 ('net/mlx4_en: Extend usage of napi_gro_frags')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The encapsulated offload flags shouldn't be unconditionally exported
to the stack. The stack expects offloading to work across all tunnel
types when those flags are set. This would break other tunnels (like
GRE) since be2net currently supports tunnel offload for VxLAN only.
Also, with VxLANs Skyhawk-R can offload only 1 UDP dport. If more
than 1 UDP port is added, we should disable offloads in that case too.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to use dma_mapping_error() to check the dma address returned
by dma_map_single/page(). Otherwise we would get warning like this:
WARNING: at lib/dma-debug.c:1140
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 3.18.0-rc2-next-20141029 #196
task: c0834300 ti: effe6000 task.ti: c0874000
NIP: c02b2c98 LR: c02b2c98 CTR: c030abc4
REGS: effe7d70 TRAP: 0700 Not tainted (3.18.0-rc2-next-20141029)
MSR: 00021000 <CE,ME> CR: 22044022 XER: 20000000
GPR00: c02b2c98 effe7e20 c0834300 00000098 00021000 00000000 c030b898 00000003
GPR08: 00000001 00000000 00000001 749eec9d 22044022 1001abe0 00000020 ef278678
GPR16: ef278670 ef278668 ef278660 070a8040 c087f99c c08cdc60 00029000 c0840d44
GPR24: c08be6e8 c0840000 effe7e78 ef041340 00000600 ef114e10 00000000 c08be6e0
NIP [c02b2c98] check_unmap+0x51c/0x9e4
LR [c02b2c98] check_unmap+0x51c/0x9e4
Call Trace:
[effe7e20] [c02b2c98] check_unmap+0x51c/0x9e4 (unreliable)
[effe7e70] [c02b31d8] debug_dma_unmap_page+0x78/0x8c
[effe7ed0] [c03d1640] gfar_clean_rx_ring+0x208/0x488
[effe7f40] [c03d1a9c] gfar_poll_rx_sq+0x3c/0xa8
[effe7f60] [c04f8714] net_rx_action+0xc0/0x178
[effe7f90] [c00435a0] __do_softirq+0x100/0x1fc
[effe7fe0] [c0043958] irq_exit+0xa4/0xc8
[effe7ff0] [c000d14c] call_do_irq+0x24/0x3c
[c0875e90] [c00048a0] do_IRQ+0x8c/0xf8
[c0875eb0] [c000ed10] ret_from_except+0x0/0x18
For TX, we need to unmap the pages which has already been mapped and
free the skb before return.
For RX, move the dma mapping and error check to gfar_new_skb(). We
would reuse the original skb in the rx ring when either allocating
skb failure or dma mapping error.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hao <haokexin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove use of calls into t4_fw_hello() with MASTER_MUST, which results in
FW_HELLO_CMD_MASTERFORCE being set. The firmware doesn't support this and of
course any existing PF Drivers will totally go for a toss.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This time we have some more new material than we used to have during
the last couple of development cycles.
The most important part of it to me is the introduction of a unified
interface for accessing device properties provided by platform
firmware. It works with Device Trees and ACPI in a uniform way and
drivers using it need not worry about where the properties come
from as long as the platform firmware (either DT or ACPI) makes
them available. It covers both devices and "bare" device node
objects without struct device representation as that turns out to
be necessary in some cases. This has been in the works for quite
a few months (and development cycles) and has been approved by
all of the relevant maintainers.
On top of that, some drivers are switched over to the new interface
(at25, leds-gpio, gpio_keys_polled) and some additional changes are
made to the core GPIO subsystem to allow device drivers to manipulate
GPIOs in the "canonical" way on platforms that provide GPIO information
in their ACPI tables, but don't assign names to GPIO lines (in which
case the driver needs to do that on the basis of what it knows about
the device in question). That also has been approved by the GPIO
core maintainers and the rfkill driver is now going to use it.
Second is support for hardware P-states in the intel_pstate driver.
It uses CPUID to detect whether or not the feature is supported by
the processor in which case it will be enabled by default. However,
it can be disabled entirely from the kernel command line if necessary.
Next is support for a platform firmware interface based on ACPI
operation regions used by the PMIC (Power Management Integrated
Circuit) chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR platforms.
That interface is used for manipulating power resources and for
thermal management: sensor temperature reporting, trip point setting
and so on.
Also the ACPI core is now going to support the _DEP configuration
information in a limited way. Basically, _DEP it supposed to reflect
off-the-hierarchy dependencies between devices which may be very
indirect, like when AML for one device accesses locations in an
operation region handled by another device's driver (usually, the
device depended on this way is a serial bus or GPIO controller).
The support added this time is sufficient to make the ACPI battery
driver work on Asus T100A, but it is general enough to be able to
cover some other use cases in the future.
Finally, we have a new cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor.
In addition to the above, there are fixes and cleanups all over the
place as usual and a traditional ACPICA update to a recent upstream
release.
As far as the fixes go, the ACPI LPSS (Low-power Subsystem) driver
for Intel platforms should be able to handle power management of
the DMA engine correctly, the cpufreq-dt driver should interact
with the thermal subsystem in a better way and the ACPI backlight
driver should handle some more corner cases, among other things.
On top of the ACPICA update there are fixes for race conditions
in the ACPICA's interrupt handling code which might lead to some
random and strange looking failures on some systems.
In the cleanups department the most visible part is the series
of commits targeted at getting rid of the CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME
configuration option. That was triggered by a discussion
regarding the generic power domains code during which we realized
that trying to support certain combinations of PM config options
was painful and not really worth it, because nobody would use them
in production anyway. For this reason, we decided to make
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and that lead to the
conclusion that the latter became redundant and CONFIG_PM could
be used instead of it. The material here makes that replacement
in a major part of the tree, but there will be at least one more
batch of that in the second part of the merge window.
Specifics:
- Support for retrieving device properties information from ACPI
_DSD device configuration objects and a unified device properties
interface for device drivers (and subsystems) on top of that.
As stated above, this works with Device Trees and ACPI and allows
device drivers to be written in a platform firmware (DT or ACPI)
agnostic way. The at25, leds-gpio and gpio_keys_polled drivers
are now going to use this new interface and the GPIO subsystem
is additionally modified to allow device drivers to assign names
to GPIO resources returned by ACPI _CRS objects (in case _DSD is
not present or does not provide the expected data). The changes
in this set are mostly from Mika Westerberg, Rafael J Wysocki,
Aaron Lu, and Darren Hart with some fixes from others (Fabio Estevam,
Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Support for Hardware Managed Performance States (HWP) as described
in Volume 3, section 14.4, of the Intel SDM in the intel_pstate
driver. CPUID is used to detect whether or not the feature is
supported by the processor. If supported, it will be enabled
automatically unless the intel_pstate=no_hwp switch is present in
the kernel command line. From Dirk Brandewie.
- New Intel Broadwell-H ID for intel_pstate (Dirk Brandewie).
- Support for firmware interface based on ACPI operation regions
used by the PMIC chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR
platforms for power resource control and thermal management
(Aaron Lu).
- Limited support for retrieving off-the-hierarchy dependencies
between devices from ACPI _DEP device configuration objects
and deferred probing support for the ACPI battery driver based
on the _DEP information to make that driver work on Asus T100A
(Lan Tianyu).
- New cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor (Kelvin Cheung).
- ACPICA update to upstream revision 20141107 which only affects
tools (Bob Moore).
- Fixes for race conditions in the ACPICA's interrupt handling
code and in the ACPI code related to system suspend and resume
(Lv Zheng and Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI core fix for an RCU-related issue in the ioremap() regions
management code that slowed down significantly after CPUs had
been allowed to enter idle states even if they'd had RCU callbakcs
queued and triggered some problems in certain proprietary graphics
driver (and elsewhere). The fix replaces synchronize_rcu() in
that code with synchronize_rcu_expedited() which makes the issue
go away. From Konstantin Khlebnikov.
- ACPI LPSS (Low-Power Subsystem) driver fix to handle power
management of the DMA engine included into the LPSS correctly.
The problem is that the DMA engine doesn't have ACPI PM support
of its own and it simply is turned off when the last LPSS device
having ACPI PM support goes into D3cold. To work around that,
the PM domain used by the ACPI LPSS driver is redesigned so at
least one device with ACPI PM support will be on as long as the
DMA engine is in use. From Andy Shevchenko.
- ACPI backlight driver fix to avoid using it on "Win8-compatible"
systems where it doesn't work and where it was used by default by
mistake (Aaron Lu).
- Assorted minor ACPI core fixes and cleanups from Tomasz Nowicki,
Sudeep Holla, Huang Rui, Hanjun Guo, Fabian Frederick, and
Ashwin Chaugule (mostly related to the upcoming ARM64 support).
- Intel RAPL (Running Average Power Limit) power capping driver
fixes and improvements including new processor IDs (Jacob Pan).
- Generic power domains modification to power up domains after
attaching devices to them to meet the expectations of device
drivers and bus types assuming devices to be accessible at
probe time (Ulf Hansson).
- Preliminary support for controlling device clocks from the
generic power domains core code and modifications of the
ARM/shmobile platform to use that feature (Ulf Hansson).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the generic power
domains core code (Ulf Hansson, Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the device clocks control
code in the PM core (Geert Uytterhoeven, Grygorii Strashko).
- Consolidation of device power management Kconfig options by making
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and removing the latter
which is now redundant (Rafael J Wysocki and Kevin Hilman). That
is the first batch of the changes needed for this purpose.
- Core device runtime power management support code cleanup related
to the execution of callbacks (Andrzej Hajda).
- cpuidle ARM support improvements (Lorenzo Pieralisi).
- cpuidle cleanup related to the CPUIDLE_FLAG_TIME_VALID flag and
a new MAINTAINERS entry for ARM Exynos cpuidle (Daniel Lezcano and
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz).
- New cpufreq driver callback (->ready) to be executed when the
cpufreq core is ready to use a given policy object and cpufreq-dt
driver modification to use that callback for cooling device
registration (Viresh Kumar).
- cpufreq core fixes and cleanups (Viresh Kumar, Vince Hsu,
James Geboski, Tomeu Vizoso).
- Assorted fixes and cleanups in the cpufreq-pcc, intel_pstate,
cpufreq-dt, pxa2xx cpufreq drivers (Lenny Szubowicz, Ethan Zhao,
Stefan Wahren, Petr Cvek).
- OPP (Operating Performance Points) framework modification to
allow OPPs to be removed too and update of a few cpufreq drivers
(cpufreq-dt, exynos5440, imx6q, cpufreq) to remove OPPs (added
during initialization) on driver removal (Viresh Kumar).
- Hibernation core fixes and cleanups (Tina Ruchandani and
Markus Elfring).
- PM Kconfig fix related to CPU power management (Pankaj Dubey).
- cpupower tool fix (Prarit Bhargava).
/
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)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=5dox
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pm+acpi-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
Pull ACPI and power management updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"This time we have some more new material than we used to have during
the last couple of development cycles.
The most important part of it to me is the introduction of a unified
interface for accessing device properties provided by platform
firmware. It works with Device Trees and ACPI in a uniform way and
drivers using it need not worry about where the properties come from
as long as the platform firmware (either DT or ACPI) makes them
available. It covers both devices and "bare" device node objects
without struct device representation as that turns out to be necessary
in some cases. This has been in the works for quite a few months (and
development cycles) and has been approved by all of the relevant
maintainers.
On top of that, some drivers are switched over to the new interface
(at25, leds-gpio, gpio_keys_polled) and some additional changes are
made to the core GPIO subsystem to allow device drivers to manipulate
GPIOs in the "canonical" way on platforms that provide GPIO
information in their ACPI tables, but don't assign names to GPIO lines
(in which case the driver needs to do that on the basis of what it
knows about the device in question). That also has been approved by
the GPIO core maintainers and the rfkill driver is now going to use
it.
Second is support for hardware P-states in the intel_pstate driver.
It uses CPUID to detect whether or not the feature is supported by the
processor in which case it will be enabled by default. However, it
can be disabled entirely from the kernel command line if necessary.
Next is support for a platform firmware interface based on ACPI
operation regions used by the PMIC (Power Management Integrated
Circuit) chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR platforms.
That interface is used for manipulating power resources and for
thermal management: sensor temperature reporting, trip point setting
and so on.
Also the ACPI core is now going to support the _DEP configuration
information in a limited way. Basically, _DEP it supposed to reflect
off-the-hierarchy dependencies between devices which may be very
indirect, like when AML for one device accesses locations in an
operation region handled by another device's driver (usually, the
device depended on this way is a serial bus or GPIO controller). The
support added this time is sufficient to make the ACPI battery driver
work on Asus T100A, but it is general enough to be able to cover some
other use cases in the future.
Finally, we have a new cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor.
In addition to the above, there are fixes and cleanups all over the
place as usual and a traditional ACPICA update to a recent upstream
release.
As far as the fixes go, the ACPI LPSS (Low-power Subsystem) driver for
Intel platforms should be able to handle power management of the DMA
engine correctly, the cpufreq-dt driver should interact with the
thermal subsystem in a better way and the ACPI backlight driver should
handle some more corner cases, among other things.
On top of the ACPICA update there are fixes for race conditions in the
ACPICA's interrupt handling code which might lead to some random and
strange looking failures on some systems.
In the cleanups department the most visible part is the series of
commits targeted at getting rid of the CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME configuration
option. That was triggered by a discussion regarding the generic
power domains code during which we realized that trying to support
certain combinations of PM config options was painful and not really
worth it, because nobody would use them in production anyway. For
this reason, we decided to make CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select
CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and that lead to the conclusion that the latter
became redundant and CONFIG_PM could be used instead of it. The
material here makes that replacement in a major part of the tree, but
there will be at least one more batch of that in the second part of
the merge window.
Specifics:
- Support for retrieving device properties information from ACPI _DSD
device configuration objects and a unified device properties
interface for device drivers (and subsystems) on top of that. As
stated above, this works with Device Trees and ACPI and allows
device drivers to be written in a platform firmware (DT or ACPI)
agnostic way. The at25, leds-gpio and gpio_keys_polled drivers are
now going to use this new interface and the GPIO subsystem is
additionally modified to allow device drivers to assign names to
GPIO resources returned by ACPI _CRS objects (in case _DSD is not
present or does not provide the expected data). The changes in
this set are mostly from Mika Westerberg, Rafael J Wysocki, Aaron
Lu, and Darren Hart with some fixes from others (Fabio Estevam,
Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Support for Hardware Managed Performance States (HWP) as described
in Volume 3, section 14.4, of the Intel SDM in the intel_pstate
driver. CPUID is used to detect whether or not the feature is
supported by the processor. If supported, it will be enabled
automatically unless the intel_pstate=no_hwp switch is present in
the kernel command line. From Dirk Brandewie.
- New Intel Broadwell-H ID for intel_pstate (Dirk Brandewie).
- Support for firmware interface based on ACPI operation regions used
by the PMIC chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR
platforms for power resource control and thermal management (Aaron
Lu).
- Limited support for retrieving off-the-hierarchy dependencies
between devices from ACPI _DEP device configuration objects and
deferred probing support for the ACPI battery driver based on the
_DEP information to make that driver work on Asus T100A (Lan
Tianyu).
- New cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor (Kelvin Cheung).
- ACPICA update to upstream revision 20141107 which only affects
tools (Bob Moore).
- Fixes for race conditions in the ACPICA's interrupt handling code
and in the ACPI code related to system suspend and resume (Lv Zheng
and Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI core fix for an RCU-related issue in the ioremap() regions
management code that slowed down significantly after CPUs had been
allowed to enter idle states even if they'd had RCU callbakcs
queued and triggered some problems in certain proprietary graphics
driver (and elsewhere). The fix replaces synchronize_rcu() in that
code with synchronize_rcu_expedited() which makes the issue go
away. From Konstantin Khlebnikov.
- ACPI LPSS (Low-Power Subsystem) driver fix to handle power
management of the DMA engine included into the LPSS correctly. The
problem is that the DMA engine doesn't have ACPI PM support of its
own and it simply is turned off when the last LPSS device having
ACPI PM support goes into D3cold. To work around that, the PM
domain used by the ACPI LPSS driver is redesigned so at least one
device with ACPI PM support will be on as long as the DMA engine is
in use. From Andy Shevchenko.
- ACPI backlight driver fix to avoid using it on "Win8-compatible"
systems where it doesn't work and where it was used by default by
mistake (Aaron Lu).
- Assorted minor ACPI core fixes and cleanups from Tomasz Nowicki,
Sudeep Holla, Huang Rui, Hanjun Guo, Fabian Frederick, and Ashwin
Chaugule (mostly related to the upcoming ARM64 support).
- Intel RAPL (Running Average Power Limit) power capping driver fixes
and improvements including new processor IDs (Jacob Pan).
- Generic power domains modification to power up domains after
attaching devices to them to meet the expectations of device
drivers and bus types assuming devices to be accessible at probe
time (Ulf Hansson).
- Preliminary support for controlling device clocks from the generic
power domains core code and modifications of the ARM/shmobile
platform to use that feature (Ulf Hansson).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the generic power domains core
code (Ulf Hansson, Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the device clocks control code
in the PM core (Geert Uytterhoeven, Grygorii Strashko).
- Consolidation of device power management Kconfig options by making
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and removing the latter
which is now redundant (Rafael J Wysocki and Kevin Hilman). That
is the first batch of the changes needed for this purpose.
- Core device runtime power management support code cleanup related
to the execution of callbacks (Andrzej Hajda).
- cpuidle ARM support improvements (Lorenzo Pieralisi).
- cpuidle cleanup related to the CPUIDLE_FLAG_TIME_VALID flag and a
new MAINTAINERS entry for ARM Exynos cpuidle (Daniel Lezcano and
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz).
- New cpufreq driver callback (->ready) to be executed when the
cpufreq core is ready to use a given policy object and cpufreq-dt
driver modification to use that callback for cooling device
registration (Viresh Kumar).
- cpufreq core fixes and cleanups (Viresh Kumar, Vince Hsu, James
Geboski, Tomeu Vizoso).
- Assorted fixes and cleanups in the cpufreq-pcc, intel_pstate,
cpufreq-dt, pxa2xx cpufreq drivers (Lenny Szubowicz, Ethan Zhao,
Stefan Wahren, Petr Cvek).
- OPP (Operating Performance Points) framework modification to allow
OPPs to be removed too and update of a few cpufreq drivers
(cpufreq-dt, exynos5440, imx6q, cpufreq) to remove OPPs (added
during initialization) on driver removal (Viresh Kumar).
- Hibernation core fixes and cleanups (Tina Ruchandani and Markus
Elfring).
- PM Kconfig fix related to CPU power management (Pankaj Dubey).
- cpupower tool fix (Prarit Bhargava)"
* tag 'pm+acpi-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (120 commits)
i2c-omap / PM: Drop CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME from i2c-omap.c
dmaengine / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
tools: cpupower: fix return checks for sysfs_get_idlestate_count()
drivers: sh / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
e1000e / igb / PM: Eliminate CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME
MMC / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
MFD / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
misc / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
media / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
input / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
leds: leds-gpio: Fix multiple instances registration without 'label' property
iio / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
hsi / OMAP / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
i2c-hid / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
drm / exynos / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
gpio / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
hwrandom / exynos / PM: Use CONFIG_PM in #ifdef
block / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
USB / PM: Drop CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME from the USB core
PM: Merge the SET*_RUNTIME_PM_OPS() macros
...
Before phy device link up, we only enable FEC mdio interrupt, which
is more reasonable.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For i.MX6SX FEC controller, there have interrupt mask and event
field extension. To support all SOCs FEC, we clear all interrupt
events during MAVC initial process.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some i.MX6 serial boards, phy power and refrence clock are supplied
or controlled by SOC. When do suspend/resume test, the power and clock
are disabled, so phy device link down.
For current driver, fep->link is still up status, which cause extra operation
like below code. To avoid the dumy operation, we set fep->link to down when
phy device is real down.
...
if (fep->link) {
napi_disable(&fep->napi);
netif_tx_lock_bh(ndev);
fec_stop(ndev);
netif_tx_unlock_bh(ndev);
napi_enable(&fep->napi);
fep->link = phy_dev->link;
status_change = 1;
}
...
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull VFS changes from Al Viro:
"First pile out of several (there _definitely_ will be more). Stuff in
this one:
- unification of d_splice_alias()/d_materialize_unique()
- iov_iter rewrite
- killing a bunch of ->f_path.dentry users (and f_dentry macro).
Getting that completed will make life much simpler for
unionmount/overlayfs, since then we'll be able to limit the places
sensitive to file _dentry_ to reasonably few. Which allows to have
file_inode(file) pointing to inode in a covered layer, with dentry
pointing to (negative) dentry in union one.
Still not complete, but much closer now.
- crapectomy in lustre (dead code removal, mostly)
- "let's make seq_printf return nothing" preparations
- assorted cleanups and fixes
There _definitely_ will be more piles"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (63 commits)
copy_from_iter_nocache()
new helper: iov_iter_kvec()
csum_and_copy_..._iter()
iov_iter.c: handle ITER_KVEC directly
iov_iter.c: convert copy_to_iter() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: convert copy_from_iter() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: get rid of bvec_copy_page_{to,from}_iter()
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_zero() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_get_pages_alloc() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_get_pages() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_npages() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: macros for iterating over iov_iter
kill f_dentry macro
dcache: fix kmemcheck warning in switch_names
new helper: audit_file()
nfsd_vfs_write(): use file_inode()
ncpfs: use file_inode()
kill f_dentry uses
lockd: get rid of ->f_path.dentry->d_sb
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-desc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c
Overlapping changes in both conflict cases.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for setting/getting rss hash key using ethtool.
v2:
respin patch to support RSS hash function changes.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the calls to netdev_alloc_skb_ip_align in the
copybreak paths.
Cc: Gary Zambrano <zambrano@broadcom.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This replaces most of the calls to netdev_alloc_skb_ip_align in the Realtek
drivers. The one instance I didn't replace in 8139cp.c is because it was
called as a part of init and as such is not always accessed from the
softirq context.
Cc: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to use napi_alloc_skb I needed to pass a pointer to struct adapter
instead of struct pci_dev. This allowed me to access &adapter->napi.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces calls to netdev_alloc_skb_ip_align with
napi_alloc_skb. The advantage of napi_alloc_skb is currently the fact that
the page allocation doesn't make use of any irq disable calls.
There are few spots where I couldn't replace the calls as the buffer
allocation routine is called as a part of init which is outside of the
softirq context.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use MODULE_VERSION() now that dummy driver has a version.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The disable_irq_nosync function, not the disable_irq function, must be
used to disable the DMA channel interrupt from within the interrupt
service routine. Change the disable_irq call to disable_irq_nosync.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 97a6d1bb2b (xen-netfront: Fix
handling packets on compound pages with skb_linearize) attempted to
fix a problem where an skb that would have required too many slots
would be dropped causing TCP connections to stall.
However, it filled in the first slot using the original buffer and not
the new one and would use the wrong offset and grant access to the
wrong page.
Netback would notice the malformed request and stop all traffic on the
VIF, reporting:
vif vif-3-0 vif3.0: txreq.offset: 85e, size: 4002, end: 6144
vif vif-3-0 vif3.0: fatal error; disabling device
Reported-by: Anthony Wright <anthony@overnetdata.com>
Tested-by: Anthony Wright <anthony@overnetdata.com>
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When xenvif_alloc() fails, it returns a non-NULL error indicator. To
avoid eventual races, we shouldn't store that into struct backend_info
as readers of it only check for NULL.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hook a ndo_set_mac_address callback, update the internal Ethernet MAC in
the netdevice structure, and finally write that address down to the
UniMAC registers. If the interface is down, and most likely clock gated,
we do not update the registers but just the local copy, such that next
ndo_open() call will effectively write down the address.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove use of 'swdev' mode in rocker. rocker dev offloads
can use the BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF to indicate offload to hardware.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-12-08
Please pull this last batch of pending wireless updates for the 3.19 tree...
For the wireless bits, Johannes says:
"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.
Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19:
- Minor cleanups for ieee802154 & mac802154
- Fix for the kernel warning with !TASK_RUNNING reported by Kirill A.
Shutemov
- Support for another ath3k device
- Fix for tracking link key based security level
- Device tree bindings for btmrvl + a state update fix
- Fix for wrong ACL flags on LE links"
And...
"In addition to the previous one this contains two more cleanups to
mac802154 as well as support for some new HCI features from the
Bluetooth 4.2 specification.
From the original request:
'Here's what should be the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19.
It's rather large but the majority of it is the Low Energy Secure
Connections feature that's part of the Bluetooth 4.2 specification. The
specification went public only this week so we couldn't publish the
corresponding code before that. The code itself can nevertheless be
considered fairly mature as it's been in development for over 6 months
and gone through several interoperability test events.
Besides LE SC the pull request contains an important fix for command
complete events for mgmt sockets which also fixes some leaks of hci_conn
objects when powering off or unplugging Bluetooth adapters.
A smaller feature that's part of the pull request is service discovery
support. This is like normal device discovery except that devices not
matching specific UUIDs or strong enough RSSI are filtered out.
Other changes that the pull request contains are firmware dump support
to the btmrvl driver, firmware download support for Broadcom BCM20702A0
variants, as well as some coding style cleanups in 6lowpan &
ieee802154/mac802154 code.'"
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"With this one we get:
- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
support added.
- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
a few fixes.
- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
and SE IO operand addition.
- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
st21nfca"
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"Major works are CSA and TDLS. On top of that I have a new
firmware API for scan and a few rate control improvements.
Johannes find a few tricks to improve our CPU utilization
and adds support for a new spin of 7265 called 7265D.
Along with this a few random things that don't stand out."
And...
"I deprecate here -8.ucode since -9 has been published long ago.
Along with that I have a new activity, we have now better
a infrastructure for firmware debugging. This will allow to
have configurable probes insides the firmware.
Luca continues his work on NetDetect, this feature is now
complete. All the rest is minor fixes here and there."
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"Only ath10k changes this time and no major changes. Most visible are:
o new debugfs interface for runtime firmware debugging (Yanbo)
o fix shared WEP (Sujith)
o don't rebuild whenever kernel version changes (Johannes)
o lots of refactoring to make it easier to add new hw support (Michal)
There's also smaller fixes and improvements with no point of listing
here."
In addition, there are a few last minute updates to ath5k,
ath9k, brcmfmac, brcmsmac, mwifiex, rt2x00, rtlwifi, and wil6210.
Also included is a pull of the wireless tree to pick-up the fixes
originally included in "pull request: wireless 2014-12-03"...
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PTR_ALIGN macro after skb_reserve is redundant, because skb_reserve
function adjusts the alignment of skb->data.
Signed-off-by: Mitsuhiro Kimura <mitsuhiro.kimura.kc@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both of 'boguscnt' and 'quota' have nearly meaning as the condition of
the reception loop.
In order to cut down redundant processing, this patch changes excess
judgement.
Signed-off-by: Mitsuhiro Kimura <mitsuhiro.kimura.kc@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Atmel AT91, the conversion to device tree is now considered complete,
and all machines that were not already converted in 3.18 are assumed to
be unused and dropped by the maintainer.
All remaining board files that were written in C are dropped, and the
ancient at91x40 sub-platform (based on an MMU-less ARM7) is removed
altogether. Cleaning up the last pieces was great fun, so I took the
time to do some of the coding myself and removed several hundred code
lines that ended up unused after the board files were done.
There are still a couple of AT91 specific device drivers that are not
converted to DT (CF, USB-OTG) and currently not working, and the platform
itself is not "multiplatform"-enabled, but both issues are going to be
taken care of in the 3.20 cycle.
This is split out from the other cleanups purely based on the size
of the branch.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
iD8DBQBUhyNX5t5GS2LDRf4RAnjxAKCER7eoLNadu1/93n/a9d1nUz4MoQCcCZUq
BolxCOi0wr4YTcQtp7rHzWI=
=ykAB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'at91-cleanup-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM SoC cleanup on mach-at91 from Arnd Bergmann:
"On Atmel AT91, the conversion to device tree is now considered
complete, and all machines that were not already converted in 3.18 are
assumed to be unused and dropped by the maintainer.
All remaining board files that were written in C are dropped, and the
ancient at91x40 sub-platform (based on an MMU-less ARM7) is removed
altogether. Cleaning up the last pieces was great fun, so I took the
time to do some of the coding myself and removed several hundred code
lines that ended up unused after the board files were done.
There are still a couple of AT91 specific device drivers that are not
converted to DT (CF, USB-OTG) and currently not working, and the
platform itself is not "multiplatform"-enabled, but both issues are
going to be taken care of in the 3.20 cycle.
This is split out from the other cleanups purely based on the size of
the branch"
* tag 'at91-cleanup-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc: (33 commits)
ARM: at91: remove unused board.h file
ARM: at91: remove unneeded header files
ARM: at91/clocksource: remove !DT PIT initializations
ARM: at91: at91rm9200 ST initialization is now DT only
ARM: at91: remove old AT91-specific drivers
ARM: at91: cleanup initilisation code by removing dead code
ARM: at91/Kconfig: select board files automatically
ARM: at91: remove unused IRQ function declarations
ARM: at91: remove legacy IRQ driver and related code
ARM: at91: remove old at91-specific clock driver
ARM: at91: remove clock data in at91sam9n12.c and at91sam9x5.c files
ARM: at91: remove all !DT related configuration options
ARM: at91/trivial: update Kconfig comment to mention SAMA5
ARM: at91: always USE_OF from now on
ARM: at91/Kconfig: remove ARCH_AT91RM9200 option for drivers
ARM: at91: switch configuration option to SOC_AT91RM9200
ARM: at91: remove at91rm9200 legacy board support
ARM: at91: remove at91rm9200 legacy boards files
ARM: at91/Kconfig: remove useless fbdev Kconfig options
ARM: at91: remove at91sam9261/at91sam9g10 legacy board support
...
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2014-12-09
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Jeff (me) provides a single patch to convert a macro to a static inline
function based on feedback from Joe Perches on a previous patch.
Shannon provides the remaining twelve patches against i40e. Almost all
of Shannon's patches cleanup/fix NVM issues varying in range from
adding more detail to debug messages, to removing dead code, to fixing
NVM state transitions after an error. Change the handy decoder interface
for admin queue return code to help catch and properly report the condition
as a useful errno rather than returning a misleading '0'. Added a range
check to avoid any possible array index-out-of-bound issues.
v2:
- fixed up patch 05 in the series to use the ARRAY_SIZE() macro as suggested
by Sergei Shtylyov
- fix up patch 13 to remove unnecessary parens in the return statement
as suggested by Sergei Shtylyov
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=icE1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-3.19-20141207' of git://gitorious.org/linux-can/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2014-12-07
this is a pull request of 8 patches for net-next/master.
Andri Yngvason contributes 4 patches in which the CAN state change
handling is consolidated and unified among the sja1000, mscan and
flexcan driver. The three patches by Jeremiah Mahler fix spelling
mistakes and eliminate the banner[] variable in various parts. And a
patch by me that switches on sparse endianess checking by default.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=4HML
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-3.18-20141207' of git://gitorious.org/linux-can/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2014-12-07
this is a pull request of three patches by Stephane Grosjean which fix several
bugs in the peak_usb CAN drivers.
Please queue, if possible for 3.18, if it's too late these patches takes the
slow lane via net-next.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that the code _using_ ->msg_iter at that point will be very
unhappy with anything other than unshifted iovec-backed iov_iter.
We still need to convert users to proper primitives.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Replace a misspelled function name by %s and then __func__.
This was done using Coccinelle, including the use of Levenshtein distance,
as proposed by Rasmus Villemoes.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace a misspelled function name by %s and then __func__.
This was done using Coccinelle, including the use of Levenshtein distance,
as proposed by Rasmus Villemoes.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace a misspelled function name by %s and then __func__.
This was done using Coccinelle, including the use of Levenshtein distance,
as proposed by Rasmus Villemoes.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function name contains cleanup, not clean.
This was done using Coccinelle, including the use of Levenshtein distance,
as proposed by Rasmus Villemoes.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Grant Grundler <grundler@parisc-linux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If device is already used as an ipvlan port then refuse to
use it as a macvlan port at early stage of port creation.
thost1:~# ip link add link eth0 ipvl0 type ipvlan
thost1:~# echo $?
0
thost1:~# ip link add link eth0 mvl0 type macvlan
RTNETLINK answers: Device or resource busy
thost1:~# echo $?
2
thost1:~#
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the port check [ipvlan_dev_master()] and device check
[ipvlan_dev_slave()] functions to netdevice.h and rename them
netif_is_ipvlan_port() and netif_is_ipvlan() resp. to be
consistent with macvlan api naming.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a device is already a macvlan port then refuse to use it as
an ipvlan port in the early stage of port creation.
thost1:~# ip link add link eth0 mvl0 type macvlan
thost1:~# echo $?
0
thost1:~# ip link add link eth0 ipvl0 type ipvlan
RTNETLINK answers: Device or resource busy
thost1:~# echo $?
2
thost1:~#
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The command 'ethtool -i' is useful to find details
about the interface like the device driver being used.
This was missing for dummy driver.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use vxlan_gso_check() to advertise offload support for this NIC.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit fbe168ba91 ("net: generic dev_disable_lro() stacked
device handling"), dev_disable_lro() zeroes NETIF_F_LRO feature flag
first for a macvlan device and then for its lower device. As an attempt
to set NETIF_F_LRO to zero is ignored, dev_disable_lro() issues a
warning and taints kernel.
Allowing NETIF_F_LRO to be set independently of the lower device
consists of three parts:
- add the flag to hw_features to allow toggling it
- allow setting it to 0 even if lower device has the flag set
- add the flag to MACVLAN_FEATURES to restore copying from lower
device on macvlan creation
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inline functions are preferred over macros when they can be used
interchangeably.
CC: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a little more state context to an NVM update debug message.
Change-ID: I512160259052bcdbe5bdf1adf403ab2bf7984970
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Decoding the AQ return code is great except when the AQ send timed out
and there's no return code set. This changes the handy decoder
interface to help catch and properly report the condition as a useful
errno rather than returning a misleading '0'.
Change-ID: I07a1f94f921606da49ffac7837bcdc37cd8222eb
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Only poll on the NVM semaphore if there's time left on a previous
reservation. Also, add a little more info to debug messages.
Change-ID: I2439bf870b95a28b810dcb5cca1c06440463cf8a
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The state transitions after an error were not managed well, so
these changes get us back to the INIT state or don't transition
out of the INIT state after most errors.
Change-ID: I90aa0e4e348dc4f58cbcdce9c5d4b7fd35981c6c
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't bother trying to set a smaller timeout on the polling,
just simplify the code and always use the max limit. Also,
rename a variable for clarity and fix a comment.
Change-ID: I0300c3562ccc4fd5fa3088f8ae52db0c1eb33af5
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The nvm_semaphore_wait field is set but never used, so let's
just get rid of it.
Change-ID: I2107bd29b69f99b1a61d7591d087429527c9d8fa
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The adminq init is run after the EMPR that is triggered by the
NVM update. The final write command will cause the reset and
will want to wait for the ARQ event that signals the end of the
update, but the reset precludes the event being sent. The state
is probably already at INIT, but we set it so here anyway, and
clear the release_on_done flag as well.
Change-ID: Ie9d724a39e71f988741abc3d51b4cb198c7e0272
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Just to be sure, add a range check to avoid any possible
array index-out-of-bound issues.
CC: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Change-ID: I9323bee6732c2a47599816e1d6c6b3a1f8dcbf54
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Rework the debug messages in the NVM update state machine so that we can
turn them on and off dynamically rather than forcing a recompile/reload.
These can now be turned on with something like:
ethtool -s eth1 msglvl 0xf000008f
and off with:
ethtool -s eth1 msglvl 0xf000000f
The high 0xf0000000 gets the driver's attention that we want to change the
internal debug flags, and the 0x80 bit is the NVM debug.
Change-ID: I5efb9039400304b29a0fd6ddea3f47bb362e6661
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The NVM update operations take time finish asynchronously, and follow-on
update requests need to wait for the current one to finish. Early
firmware didn't handle this well, so the code had to track the busy state.
The released firmware handles the busy state correctly, returning
I40E_AQ_RC_EBUSY if an update is still in progress, so the code no longer
needs to track this.
Change-ID: I6e6b4adc26d6dcc5fd7adfee5763423858a7d921
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add more detail to the NVM update error messages so folks
have a better chance at diagnosing issues without having to
resort to heroic measures to reproduce an issue.
Change-ID: I270d1a9c903baceaef0bebcc55d29108ac08b0bd
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Once in a great while the NVMUpdate tools and the driver get out
of phase with each other. This gives us a way to reset things
without having to unload the driver.
Change-ID: I353f688236249a666a90ba3e7233e0ed8c1a04e9
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Kconfig file says that Gigabit mode is not supported, but it has been
supported since commit 140b7552fd ("net/macb:
Add support for Gigabit Ethernet mode").
Signed-off-by: James Byrne <james.byrne@origamienergy.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a configuration with CONFIG_BRIDGE set to 'm' and CONFIG_ROCKER
set to 'y', undefined references occur at link time:
> drivers/built-in.o: In function `rocker_port_fdb_learn_work':
> /home/jim/linux/drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c:3014: undefined
> reference to `br_fdb_external_learn_del'
> /home/jim/linux/drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c:3016: undefined
> reference to `br_fdb_external_learn_add'
This patch fixes these by declaring CONFIG_ROCKER as being dependent
on CONFIG_BRIDGE.
Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ruprecht <rupran@einserver.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When performing Tx cleanup, the dirty index counter is compared to the
current index counter as one of the tests used to determine when to stop
cleanup. The "less than" test will fail when the current index counter
rolls over to zero causing cleanup to never occur again. Update the test
to a "not equal" to avoid this situation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our FW can support several fastpath HSI [for backward compatibility] but up
until now VFs were always configured to use latest fastpath HSI [although VF
driver might be older and use an older fastpath HSI].
For linux drivers, the differences are insignificant since driver never
utilized features that were overridden by the HSI change. But for VMs running
other operating systems this might be a problem.
In addition, eventually FW might change fastpath HSI in such a manner that
backward compatibility WILL break unless configured with proper version.
This patch fixes the issue for other operating system VMs, as well as lays
the ground work for forward compatibility in regard to the fastpath HSI.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The comment says that the built-in strncmp didn't work. That is not
surprising, as apparently "str" semantics are not really what is
wanted (hint: de4x5_strncmp only stops when two different bytes are
encountered or the end is reached; not if either byte happens to be
0). de4x5_strncmp is actually a memcmp (except for the signature and
that bytes are not necessarily treated as unsigned char); since only
the boolean value of the result is used we can just replace
de4x5_strncmp with memcmp.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Acked-by: Grant Grundler <grundler@parisc-linux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CPSW is present in AM33xx, AM43xx, DRA7xx.
Updating the Kconfig to depend on ARCH_OMAP2PLUS instead of listing
all SoC's.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Acked-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redefine REALTEK_USB_DEVICE for the desired USB interface for probe().
There are three USB interfaces for the device. USB_CLASS_COMM and
USB_CLASS_CDC_DATA are for ECM mode (config #2). USB_CLASS_VENDOR_SPEC
is for the vendor mode (config #1). However, we are not interesting
in USB_CLASS_CDC_DATA for probe(), so redefine REALTEK_USB_DEVICE
to ignore the USB interface class of USB_CLASS_CDC_DATA.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-12-03
One last(?) batch of fixes hoping to make 3.18...
In this episode, we have another trio of rtlwifi fixes
repairing a little more damage from the major update of the
rtlwifi-family of drivers. These editing mistakes caused some
memory corruption and missed a flag critical to proper interrupt
handling. Together, these fix the kernel regression reported at
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=88951 by Catalin Iacob.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After successfully loading new firmware, reload the new firmware's version
number information so "ethtool -i", etc. will report the right value
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BAR2 Going To Sleep (GTS) for T5 and later. Use new BAR2 User Doorbells for
T5 for both cxgb4 and cxgb4vf driver.
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new Common Code facilities for calculating T5 BAR2 Offsets for SGE Queue
Registers. This new code can handle situations where
Queues Per Page * SGE BAR2 Queue Register Area Size > Page Size
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add sge_vf_eq_qpp and sge_vf_iq_qpp to (struct sge_params), initialize
sge_queues_per_page and sge_vf_qpp in t4vf_get_sge_params(), add new
t4vf_prep_adapter() which initializes basic adapter parameters.
Grab both SGE_EGRESS_QUEUES_PER_PAGE_VF and SGE_INGRESS_QUEUES_PER_PAGE_VF
for VF Drivers since we need both to calculate the User Doorbell area
offsets for Egress and Ingress Queues.
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This kills the sparse warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change 1G-SFP module detection by verifying not only that it's not
compliant with 10G-Ethernet, but also that it's 1G-ethernet compliant.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to fix the max coalesce timer setting that can be provided
by ethtool.
The default value (STMMAC_COAL_TX_TIMER) was used in the set_coalesce helper
instead of the max one (STMMAC_MAX_COAL_TX_TICK, so defined but not used).
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't let T4 firmware flash on a T5 adapter and vice-versa
using ethtool
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SKB for a Tx packet is associated with an xgbe_ring_data structure
in the xgbe_map_tx_skb function. However, it is being saved in the
structure after the last structure used when the SKB is mapped. Use
the last used structure to save the SKB value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interrupt value within the xgbe_ring_data structure is used as an
indicator of which Rx descriptor should have the INTE bit set to
generate an interrupt when that Rx descriptor is used. This bit was
mistakenly cleared in the xgbe_unmap_rdata function, effectively
nullifying the ethtool rx-frames support.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When requesting an irq, the name passed in must be (part of) allocated
memory. The irq name was a local variable and resulted in random
characters when listing /proc/interrupts. Add a character field to the
xgbe_channel structure to hold the irq name and use that.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pretty straight-forward: convert all fields to/from
virtio endian-ness.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
TUN_ flags are internal and never exposed
to userspace. Any application using it is almost
certainly buggy.
Move them out to tun.c.
Note: we remove these completely in follow-up patches,
this code movement is split out for ease of review.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The spec states that mac in config space is only driver-writable in the
legacy case. Fence writing it in virtnet_set_mac_address() in the
virtio 1.0 case.
Suggested-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
With VERSION_1 virtio_net uses same header size
whether mergeable buffers are enabled or not.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Our buffer length check is not strict enough for mergeable
buffers: buffer can still be shorter that header + address
by 2 bytes.
Fix that up.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
virtio 1.0 doesn't use virtio_net_hdr anymore, and in fact, it's not
really useful since virtio_net_hdr_mrg_rxbuf includes that as the first
field anyway.
Let's drop it, precalculate header len and store within vi instead.
This way we can also remove struct skb_vnet_hdr.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Too many places poke at [rs]q->vq->vdev->priv just to get
the vi structure. Let's just pass the pointer around: seems
cleaner, and might even be faster.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Based on patches by Rusty Russell, Cornelia Huck.
Note: more code changes are needed for 1.0 support
(due to different header size).
So we don't advertize support for 1.0 yet.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
This patch removes an extra rcu_read_unlock() on an allocation failure
in vnet_skb_shape(). The needed rcu_read_unlock() is already done in
the out_dropped label.
Reported-by: Rashmi Narasimhan <rashmi.narasimhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GPHY revision G0 has its version rolled over to 0x10, introduce an
explicit check for that revision and invoke the proper workaround
function for it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Starting with GPHY revision G0, the GENET register layout has changed to
use the same numbering scheme as the Starfighter 2 switch. This means
that GPHY major revision is in bits 15:12, minor in bits 11:8 and patch
level is in bits 7:4.
Introduce a small heuristic which checks for the old scheme first, tests
for the new scheme and finally attempts to catch reserved values and
aborts.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds TSO support for the sunvnet driver.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GSO support to the sunvnet driver.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for sender-side checksum offloading.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds scatter/gather support to the sunvnet driver.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for VIO v1.7 (extended descriptor format)
and v1.8 (receive-side checksumming) to the sunvnet driver.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the name of vnet_port_alloc_tx_bufs to
vnet_port_alloc_tx_ring, since there are no buffer allocations after
transmit zero copy support was added. This patch also moves the ring
allocation to after VIO version negotiation to allow for
different-sized descriptors in later VIO versions.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ConnectX HW is capable of using one of the following hash functions:
Toeplitz and an XOR hash function. This patch extends the implementation
of the mlx4_en driver set/get_rxfh callbacks to support getting and
setting the RSS hash function used by the device.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or
setting the RSS hash function.
It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly.
This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a
modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the
driver implementation of set_rxfh.
User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the
ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an
index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS.
Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their
driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also
assumed it is Toeplitz.
Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com>
Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvneta_tx() dereferences skb to get skb->len too late,
as hardware might have completed the transmit and TX completion
could have freed the skb from another cpu.
Fixes: 71f6d1b31f ("net: mvneta: replace Tx timer with a real interrupt")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2014-12-06
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Shannon provides several patches to cleanup and fix i40e. First removes
an unneeded break statement in i40e_vsi_link_event(). Then removes
some debug messages that really do not give any useful information and
ends up getting printed every service_task loop, which fills the logfile
with noise when AQ tracing is enabled. Updates the aq_cmd arguments to
use %i which is much more forgiving and user friendly than the more
restrictive %x, or %d. Fixes the netdev_stat macro, where the old
xxx_NETDEV_STAT() macro was defined long before the newer
rtnl_link_stats64 came into being, and just never got updated.
Getting the pf_id from the function number had an issue when
when the PF was setup in passthru mode, the PCI bus/device/function
was virtualized and the number in the VM is different from the number in
the bare metal. This caused HW configuration issues when the wrong pf_id
was used to set up the HMC and other structures. The PF_FUNC_RID register
has the real bus/device/function information as configured by the BIOS,
so use that for a better number.
Carolyn adds additional text description for the base pf0 and flow
director generated interrupts, since these interrupts are difficult
to distinguish per port on a multi-function device.
Jacob resolves an issue related to images with multiple PFs per
physical port. We cannot fully support 1588 PTP features, since only
one port should control (i.e. write) the registers at a time. Doing
so can cause interference of functionality.
Anjali provides several updates to i40e, first adds the Virtual Channel
OP event opcode for CONFIG_RSS, so that the Virtual Channel state
machine can properly decipher status change events. Then updates the
driver to add (and use) i40e_is_vf macro for future expansion when new
VF MAC types get added. Adds new update VSI flow to accommodate a
firmware dix with VSI loopback mode. All VSIs on a VEB should either
have loopback enabled or disabled, a mixed mode is not supported for a
VEB. Since our driver supports multiple VSIs per PF that need to talk to
each other make sure to enable Loopback for the PF and FDIR VSI as well.
Mitch provides a couple of i40e and i40evf patches. First updates
i40evf init code more adept at handling when multiple VFs attempt
to initialize simultaneously.
Joe Perches provides a i40e patch which resolves a compile warning
about about frame size being larger than 2048 bytes by reducing the
stack use by using kmemdup and not using a very large struct on the
stack.
v2:
- Dropped patch 13 & 14 while Mitch reworks the patches based on
feedback from Ben Hutchings, probably the tryptophan in the turkey
is to blame for the delay...
- Added Joe Perches patch which resolves a compile warning about frame
size
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace rtl_skb_pad with eth_skb_pad since they do the same thing.
Cc: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update myri10ge to use eth_skb_pad helper. This also corrects a minor
issue as the driver was updating length without updating the tail pointer.
Cc: Hyong-Youb Kim <hykim@myri.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the standard layout for padding an ethernet frame with the
eth_skb_pad call.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the Intel Ethernet drivers to use eth_skb_pad() and skb_put_padto
instead of doing their own implementations of the function.
Also this cleans up two other spots where skb_pad was called but the length
and tail pointers were being manipulated directly instead of just having
the padding length added via __skb_put.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ConnectX-4LX to the list of supported devices as well as their virtual
functions.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The outbox should be cleared before executing the command.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Command queue descriptor page size is 4KB and not the page size used by the
kernel.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx5 requires at least one interrupt vector for completions so fix the minvec
argument to pci_enable_msix_range() accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call request module on mlx5_ib so it will be available for applications
requiring it, such as installers that require boot over IB.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cmac engine is the bridge between driver and dash firmware.
Other os may not disable cmac when leave. And r8169 did not allocate any
resources for cmac engine. Disable it to prevent abnormal system behavior.
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For RTL8168G/GU/H/EP and RTL8411B remove enable tx/rx from its own hw_start
function. This will prevent enable tx/rx before complete hardware tx/rx
setting.
Tx/Rx will be enabled in the end of function rtl_hw_start_8168.
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta driver sets the amount of Tx coalesce packets to 16 by
default. Normally that does not cause any trouble since the driver
uses a much larger Tx ring size (532 packets). But some sockets
might run with very small buffers, much smaller than the equivalent
of 16 packets. This is what ping is doing for example, by setting
SNDBUF to 324 bytes rounded up to 2kB by the kernel.
The problem is that there is no documented method to force a specific
packet to emit an interrupt (eg: the last of the ring) nor is it
possible to make the NIC emit an interrupt after a given delay.
In this case, it causes trouble, because when ping sends packets over
its raw socket, the few first packets leave the system, and the first
15 packets will be emitted without an IRQ being generated, so without
the skbs being freed. And since the socket's buffer is small, there's
no way to reach that amount of packets, and the ping ends up with
"send: no buffer available" after sending 6 packets. Running with 3
instances of ping in parallel is enough to hide the problem, because
with 6 packets per instance, that's 18 packets total, which is enough
to grant a Tx interrupt before all are sent.
The original driver in the LSP kernel worked around this design flaw
by using a software timer to clean up the Tx descriptors. This timer
was slow and caused terrible network performance on some Tx-bound
workloads (such as routing) but was enough to make tools like ping
work correctly.
Instead here, we simply set the packet counts before interrupt to 1.
This ensures that each packet sent will produce an interrupt. NAPI
takes care of coalescing interrupts since the interrupt is disabled
once generated.
No measurable performance impact nor CPU usage were observed on small
nor large packets, including when saturating the link on Tx, and this
fixes tools like ping which rely on too small a send buffer. If one
wants to increase this value for certain workloads where it is safe
to do so, "ethtool -C $dev tx-frames" will override this default
setting.
This fix needs to be applied to stable kernels starting with 3.10.
Tested-By: Maggie Mae Roxas <maggie.mae.roxas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify bcmgenet driver so that it can be used on Broadcom 7xxx
MIPS-based STB platforms without a device tree.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds proper handling of the vNIC hot removal event, which includes
a rescind-channel-offer message from the host side that triggers vNIC close and
removal. In this case, the notices to the host during close and removal is not
necessary because the channel is rescinded. This patch blocks these unnecessary
messages, and lets vNIC removal process complete normally.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new wmi interface controls noise floor (NF) calibration
period via debugfs as firmware has introduced it on v10.2.
It allows users to modify frequency of NF calibration in millisecond
and changes RSSI reporting frequency consequently.
Short calibration period will trigger more frequent NF calibration,
so that RSSI reported in receive frames is more realistic.
Till now calibration was done at 30 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New pdev paramters have been added to firmware 10.2,
hence update wmi interfaces to sync with.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Latest main firmware branch introduced a new WMI
ABI called wmi-tlv. It is not a tlv strictly
speaking but something that resembles it because
it is ordered and may have duplicate id entries.
This prepares ath10k to support new hw.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some functions can be shared across different WMI
ABIs. Make them public so different WMI backends
can use them from different source files in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since the 10.x fw branch support was introduced it
became apparent ath10k will need to be able to
deal with different fw ABIs eventually.
The patch creates an abstraction for dealing with
command and event structures across different ABIs
and mostly gets rid of the
ATH10K_FW_FEATURE_WMI_10X flag usage.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This splits the actual event parsing into
intermediary structures to facilitate future
support of vastly different ABI WMI backends.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Instead of using feature flags, add new 32 bit variable for managing different
WMI versions. This makes it firmware interface tests a bit less convoluted,
especially when we add one more interface.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It's easier to manage firmware version differences when we configure them in
one place. Rename ath10k_core_init_max_sta_count() to
ath10k_core_init_firmware_features() and start moving most of the firmware
version ("features") handling to that function.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the error handling style preferred in ath10k. Makes it easier to add
ath10k_init_firmware_features() function in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This will make it possible to easily support
different hardware with different uart pin
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to extend the list of
supported hardware.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This will make it easier to extend and maintain
list of supported hardware.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch adds support for reading calibration data from Device Tree.
It looks for the calibration data in Device Tree if it can't find it
in a file. If there's no node in Device Tree, ath10k will try to find the
calibration data from OTP.
The node for the calibration data should be defined like this:
pci {
pcie@0 {
reg = <0 0 0 0 0>;
#interrupt-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <2>;
#address-cells = <3>;
device_type = "pci";
ath10k@0,0 {
reg = <0 0 0 0 0>;
device_type = "pci";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-data = [ 01 02 03 ... ];
};
};
};
Signed-off-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Replacing error state change handling with the new mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Replacing error state change handling with the new mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Replacing error state change handling with the new mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The handling of can error states is different between platforms.
This is an attempt to correct that problem.
I've moved this handling into a generic function for changing the
error state. This ensures that error state changes are handled
the same way everywhere (where this function is used).
This new mechanism also adds reverse state transitioning in error
frames, i.e. the user will be notified through the socket interface
when the state goes down.
Signed-off-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fix various spelling errors in the comments of the CAN modules.
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah Mahler <jmmahler@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Several can modules in drivers/net/can use a banner[] variable at the
top which defines a string that is used once during init. This string
is also embedded with KERN_INFO which makes it printk() specific.
Improve the code by eliminating the banner[] variable and moving the
string to where it is printed. Then switch from printk(KERN_INFO to
pr_info() for the lines that were changed.
This patch is similar to [1] which was applied to net/can.
[1]: https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/11/22/10
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah Mahler <jmmahler@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch fixes the endianess definition as well as the usage of the
multi-byte fields in the data structures exchanged with the PEAK-System USB
adapters.
By fixing the endianess, this patch also fixes the wrong usage of a 32-bits
local variable for handling the error status 16-bits field, in function
pcan_usb_pro_handle_error().
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch sets the correct reverse sequence order to the instructions
set to run, when any failure occurs during the initialization steps.
It also adds the missing unregistration call of the can device if the
failure appears after having been registered.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patchs fixes a misplaced call to memset() that fills the request
buffer with 0. The problem was with sending PCAN_USBPRO_REQ_FCT
requests, the content set by the caller was thus lost.
With this patch, the memory area is zeroed only when requesting info
from the device.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This reverts commit d32394fae9.
It has been reported to cause problems, Jeremiah writes:
On an Acer C720 laptop if a suspend is performed the screen
freezes, the machine locks up, and according to the indicator
lights it does not enter suspend. A hard reset is required to
get it running again.
Reported-by: Jeremiah Mahler <jmmahler@gmail.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Reduce stack use by using kmemdup and not using a very
large struct on stack.
In function ‘i40e_dbg_dump_desc’:
warning: the frame size of 8192 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Getting the pf_id from the function number was a good place to start,
but when the PF was setup in passthru mode, the PCI bus/device/function
was virtualized and the number in the VM is different from the number in
the bare metal. This caused HW configuration issues when the wrong pf_id
was used to set up the HMC and other structures. The PF_FUNC_RID register
has the real bus/device/function information as configured by the BIOS,
so use that for a better number. This works in NPAR mode as well.
Change-ID: I65e3dd6c97594890c2bad566b83cc670b1dae534
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ARQ needs to have at least as many entries as VFs, or the VFs will
get errors from the FW when they send messages to the PF. Since we don't
know how many VFs we'll end up with, just set up 128 descriptors.
Change-ID: I04ae3d1c7faf09110eb782214e9c05aeb62a6c59
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is an order in which this should happen. It turns out that FW will
not let you change the Loopback setting of the VSI with update VSI prior
to the VEB creation.
Change-ID: I7614ddff8b4c37702930c02f16f8c346aaa64bd1
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All VSIs on a VEB should either have loopback enabled or disabled, a
mixed mode is not supported for a VEB. Since our driver supports multiple
VSIs per PF that need to talk to each other make sure to enable Loopback
for the PF and FDIR VSI as well.
Also, we now have to explicitly enable Loopback mode otherwise we fail
VSI creation for VMDq and VF VSIs.
Change-ID: Ib68c3ea4aeb730ac9468f930610de456efbe5b20
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Increase reset delay to ensure all internal caches are properly flushed
in worst case scenario.
Change-ID: I6f059a9e024fbf9ef1debd32497eed21369957fc
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When multiple VFs attempt to initialize simultaneously, the firmware may
delay or drop messages. Make the init code more adept at handling these
situations by a) reinitializing the admin queue if the firmware fails to
process a request, and b) resending a request if the PF doesn't answer.
Once the request has been sent again, the PF might end up getting both
requests and send the configuration information to the driver twice.
This will cause the VF to complain about receiving an unexpected message
from the PF. Since this is not fatal, reduce the warning level of the
log messages that are generated in response to this event.
Change-ID: I9370a1a2fde2ad3934fa25ccfd0545edfbbb4805
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The old xxx_NETDEV_STAT() macro was defined long before the newer
rtnl_link_stats64 came into being, and just never got updated. Since we're
using rtnl_link_stats64 in other parts of the driver, we should use it
here as well. We've just been lucky that the field definitions are the
same sizes.
Change-ID: I19fc71619905700235dcdf0d3c8153aec81d36de
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is useful for future expansion when new VF MAC types get
added. It helps with cleaning up VF driver flow.
Change-ID: Ibe1eeb71262a3a40f24a1c5409436bdc3411da7f
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the Virtual Channel OP event opcode for CONFIG_RSS, so that the
Virtual Channel state machine can properly decipher status change events.
Change-ID: I09939c7aa380147f60c49fd01ef2e27d0dc1c299
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Acked-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Resolve an issue related to images with multiple PFs per physical
port. We cannot fully support 1588 PTP features, since only one port
should control (ie: write) the registers at a time. Doing so can cause
interference of functionality.
It may be possible to partially implement the API for only those
features without side effects. However, this at minimum means non
controlling PFs lose Tx timestamps, frequency atunement, and possibly
SYSTIME adjustment. There may be further impact I did not discover.
Since the API in the kernel expects these features to work, it is
simpler and less dangerous to just disable PTP features on all PFs not
identified as the controlling PF in PRTTSYN_CTL0.PF_ID.
This change also removes the warning printed when hwtstaml IOCTL is
called on the wrong PF. This is actually meaningless now, since only one
PF per port will support it. In addition, the ethtool get_ts_info IOCTL
was updated so that only the controlling port will even indicate support
(so as not to confuse users).
The overall downside is complete loss of functionality on non
controlling PF, vs the possible gain of partial support. The biggest
factor for choosing this approach is simplicity and ensuring that the
main PF will work. There could easily be other portions of the 1588
logic with side effects I am not aware, and the reduced functionality
that might be made available is significantly less useful. In addition,
the API does not allow for proper indication of why particular features
are not supported. These reasons are enough to decide for the simpler
approach to resolving this issue.
Change-ID: If4696bae686fc18aef6552b67dd417213d987c16
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds additional text description for base pf0 and flow director
generated interrupts. Without this patch, these interrupts are difficult
to distinguish per port on a multi-function device.
Change-ID: I4662e1b38840757765a3fe63d90219d28e76bfab
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the 'i' rather than the more restrictive 'x' or 'd' in the aq_cmd
arguments. This makes the user interface much more forgiving and user
friendly.
Change-ID: I5dcd57b9befc047e06b74cf1152a25a3fa9e1309
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This message really doesn't give any useful information and ends up
getting printed every service_task loop in the Linux driver, filling the
logfile with noise when AQ tracing is enabled. This patch simply removes
the noise.
Change-ID: I30ad51e6b03c7ad12a7d9c102def0087db622df3
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This case statement is empty and the fall through just breaks out
so remove the break and let it fall through to break out.
Change-ID: I1b5ba9870d5245ca80bfca6e7f5f089e2eb8ccb0
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To be more friendly with drop monitor, we should only call kfree_skb() when
the packets were dropped and use consume_skb() in other cases.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In sky2_change_mtu setting B0_IMSK to 0 may be delayed due to PCI write posting
which could result in irqs being still active when synchronize_irq is called.
Since we are not prepared to handle any further irqs after synchronize_irq
(our resources are freed after that) force the write by a consecutive read from
the same register.
Similar situation in sky2_all_down: Here we disabled irqs by a write to B0_IMSK
but did not ensure that this write took place before synchronize_irq. Fix that
too.
Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of a spurious interrupt dont forget to reenable the interrupts that
have been masked by reading the interrupt source register.
Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Mirko Lindner <mlindner@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In pxa168_eth_open() the irqs are enabled before napi. This opens a tiny time
window in which the irq handler is processed, disables irqs but then is not able
to schedule the not yet activated napi, leaving irqs disabled forever (since
irqs are reenabled in napi poll function).
Fix this race by activating napi before irqs are activated.
Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pci_dev_put() function tests whether its argument is NULL
and then returns immediately. Thus the test around the call
is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The free_percpu() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vfree() function performs also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using global variables we are going to use dynamically allocated
memory. It allows to append a support of more than one ethernet adapter which
might have different settings simultaniously.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generally broadcast mac address deauth is followed by stop_ap or start_ap.
In both cases, FW already has provision to send deauth; so there is no
need to handle broadcast mac deauthentication.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Station node entries should be guarded for whole of their reference
instead of just while getting node entry from station list.
It may happen that station node is retrieved may be deleted by
deauthentication event while it is still in use.
Reported by: Tim Shepard <shep@xplot.org>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support to delete peer station's RA lists
upon station deautheticate event on AP interface. Patch also
decrements TX pending count upon removing packets from RA list.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A crash was observed while cfg80211 del_station handler is
called while stopping AP. This was happening because we were
deleting station list and Rx reorder table entries in del_sta
handler. While station entry is being deleted here, it may happen
that station deauth event from FW would also try to delete station
entry.
This patch fixes this crash by not deleting station entries in del_station
handler. Entry would be deleted while processing station deauth event; which
is triggered by del_station command to FW.
Reported by: Tim Shepard <shep@xplot.org>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch resolves couple of issues in ixgbevf_probe/remove():
1. Fix a case where adapter->state is tested after free_netdev() this is
same as the patch for ixgbe from Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>:
commit b5b2ffc057 ("ixgbe: fix use after free adapter->state test in ixgbe_remove/ixgbe_probe")
2. Move pci_set_drvdata() after all the error checks in ixgbevf_probe() and
then add a check in ixgbevf_probe() to avoid running the cleanup functions
twice in cases where probe failed.
CC: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds initial support for VFs on a new mac - X550.
The patch adds the basic structures and device IDs for the X550 VFs
that would allow the driver to load and pass traffic.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver has logic to free up used data in case any of the checks in
ixgbe_probe() fail, however there is a similar set of cleanups that can
occur on driver unload in ixgbe_remove() which can cause the rmmod command
to crash.
This patch aims to fix the logic by moving pci_set_drvdata() after all error
checks and then adds a check in ixgbe_remove() to skip it altogether if
adapter comes up empty.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we now support X550 mac's bump the version number to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch extends the function pointer structure to include the new
X550 class MAC types. This creates a new file ixgbe_x550.c that contains
all of the new methods. Because of similarities to the X540 part in
some cases we just use it's methods where they can be used without any
modification. These exported functions are now defined in the new
ixgbe_x540.h file.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the shared code checksum calculation function only
returns a u16 and cannot return an error code. Unfortunately
a variety of errors can happen that completely prevent the
calculation of a checksum. So, change the function return value
from a u16 to an s32 and return a negative value on error, or the
positive checksum value when there is no error.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some X550 procedures will be using CS4227 PHY and need to
perform combined read and write operations. This patch
adds those methods.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The X550 hardware will use more bits in the mask, so change
the prototypes to match. This larger mask will require changes
in callers which use the higher bits. Likewise since X550 will
use different semaphore mask values and will use the lan_id
value. So save these values in the ixgbe_phy_info struct.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since on X550 we use host interface commands to read,write and erase
some commands require more time to complete. So this adds a timeout
parameter to ixgbe_host_interface_command as wells as a return_data
parameter allowing us to return with any data.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new X550 family of MAC's will have a larger RSS hash (16 -> 64).
It will also support individual VF to have their own independent RSS
hash key. This patch will enable this functionality
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Accessing the CIAA/D register can block access to the PCI config space.
This patch removes the read/write operations to the CIAA/D registers
and makes use of standard kernel functions for accessing the PCI config
space.
In addition it moves ixgbevf_check_for_bad_vf() into the watchdog subtask
which reduces the frequency of the checks.
CC: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Attempt to look up the MAC address in Open Firmware on systems that
support it. On SPARC resort to using the IDPROM if no OF address is
found.
Signed-off-by: Martin K Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change cleans up the tail writes for the ixgbe descriptor queues. The
current implementation had me confused as I wasn't sure if it was still
making use of the surprise remove logic or not.
It also adds the mmiowb which is needed on ia64, mips, and a couple other
architectures in order to synchronize the MMIO writes with the Tx queue
_xmit_lock spinlock.
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up the page reuse code getting it into a state where all
the workarounds needed are in place as well as cleaning up a few minor
oversights such as using __free_pages instead of put_page to drop a locally
allocated page.
It also cleans up how we clear the descriptor status bits. Previously they
were zeroed as a part of clearing the hdr_addr. However the hdr_addr is a
64 bit field and 64 bit writes can be a bit more expensive on on 32 bit
systems. Since we are no longer using the header split feature the upper
32 bits of the address no longer need to be cleared. As a result we can
just clear the status bits and leave the length and VLAN fields as-is which
should provide more information in debugging.
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After commit b2b49ccbdd (PM: Kconfig: Set PM_RUNTIME if PM_SLEEP is
selected) PM_RUNTIME is always set if PM is set, so #ifdef blocks
depending on CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME within #ifdef blocks depending on
CONFIG_PM may be dropped now.
Do that in the e1000e and igb network drivers.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for multiple BSS interfaces (AP). In
total three AP configurations can be created. In order to use
multiple BSS firmware needs to support it.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The vendor specific commands was always using main interface,
change this to use the by caller supplied interface.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use single message MSI to replace legacy interrupt.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some 43602 devices are band specific and identify themselves
with different PCIE device ID. This patch adds support for the
43602 2.4G and 5.0G devices used in for example R8000 router.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ifidx provided by FW needs to be offsetted when receiving data
packets.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v3.17, v3.18
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Wake On Lan was not working on laptop DELL Vostro 1500.
If WOL was turned on, BCM4401 was powered up in suspend mode. LEDs blinked.
But the laptop could not be woken up with the Magic Packet. The reason for
that was that PCIE was not enabled as a system wakeup source and
therefore the host PCI bridge was not powered up in suspend mode.
PCIE was not enabled in suspend by PM because no child devices were
registered as wakeup source during suspend process.
On laptop BCM4401 is connected through the SSB bus, that is connected to the
PCI-Express bus. SSB and B44 did not use standard PM wakeup functions
and did not forward wakeup settings to their parents.
To fix that B44 driver enables PM wakeup and registers new wakeup source
using device_set_wakeup_enable(). Wakeup is automatically reported to the parent SSB
bus via power.wakeup_path. SSB bus enables wakeup for the parent PCI bridge, if there is any
child devices with enabled wakeup functionality. All other steps are
done by PM core code.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Skvortsov <Andrej.Skvortzov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.
Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we write the GSO meta-data in tun_get_user we end up advancing
the IO vector twice, thus exhausting the user buffer before we can
finish writing the packet.
Fixes: f5ff53b4d9 ("{macvtap,tun}_get_user(): switch to iov_iter")
Reported-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Silences various sparse warnings
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rocker ports will use new "swdev" hwmode for bridge port offload policy.
Current supported policy settings are BR_LEARNING and BR_LEARNING_SYNC.
User can turn on/off device port FDB learning and syncing to bridge.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add L2 bridge offloading support to rocker driver. Here, the Linux bridge
driver is used to collect swdev ports into a tagged (or untagged) VLAN
bridge. The switchdev will offload from the bridge driver the following L2
bridging functions:
- Learning of neighbor MAC addresses on VLAN X Learned mac/vlan is
installed in bridge FDB. (And removed when device unlearns mac/vlan).
Learning must be turned off on each bridge port to disable the feature in
the bridge driver.
- Flooding of multicast/broadcast and unknown unicast pkts to (STP)
active ports in bridge. The bridge driver is unaware of the flooding happening
at the device level. Flooding must be turned off on each bridge port to
disable the feature on the bridge driver.
- STP port state is pushed down to driver/device. The bridge still processes
STP BDPUs and maintains port STP state (for all VLANs in bridge), but
the driver/device must be notified of port STP state change to program
the device.
Multiple (VLAN) bridges are supported. The device (implemented per
the OF-DPA spec) must use a portion of the VLAN namespace for
internal VLANs. Right now, the upper 255 VLANs (0xf00 to 0xffe) are
used as internal VLAN IDs for untagged traffic and are not available
as port VLANs.
The driver uses the following interfaces:
1. To track VLAN add/del on ports in bridge:
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid
.ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid
2. To track port add/del membership in bridge:
NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER netdevice notifier
3. To catch static FDB entries installed on bridge/vlan by user using netlink:
.ndo_fdb_add
.ndo_fdb_del
4. To be notified on port STP state change:
.ndo_switch_port_stp_update
5. To notify bridge driver on learned/forgotten mac/vlans on bridge port:
br_fdb_external_learn_add
br_fdb_external_learn_del
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rocker driver maintains 4 hash tables: flows, groups, FDB, and VLANs.
Flow and group tables track the entries installed to OF-DPA tables,
per the OF-DPA spec. See OF-DPA spec for full description of fields
in each flow and group table. New table entries are pushed to the
device with ADD cmd. Updated entries are pushed to the device with
MOD cmd. For flow table entries, a crc32 key is made from fields of
the particular field. For group table entries, the group_id is used
as the key.
The FDB table tracks fdb entries learned by the device or manually
pushed to the bridge by the user. A crc32 key is made from the
port/mac/vlan tuple for the fdb entry.
The VLAN table tracks the ifindex-to-internal-vlan mapping for
untagged pkts. On ingress, an untagged pkt is inserted with an
internal VLAN ID based on the input port's current internal VLAN ID.
The input port's internal VLAN will either be referenced by the port's
ifindex, if not bridged, or the containing bridge's ifindex, if
bridged. Since the ifindex space isn't within a fixed range, uses a
hash table (with ifindex as key) to track internal VLAN ID for a given
ifindex. The internal VLAN ID range is fixed and currently uses the
upper 255 VLAN IDs, starting at 0xf00.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the first driver to benefit from the switchdev
infrastructure and to implement newly introduced switch ndos. This is a
driver for emulated switch chip implemented in qemu:
https://github.com/sfeldma/qemu-rocker/
This patch is a result of joint work with Scott Feldman.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Reviewed-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow brport device to return current brport flags set on port. Add
returned flags to nested IFLA_PROTINFO netlink msg built in dflt getlink.
With this change, netlink msg returned for bridge_getlink contains the port's
offloaded flag settings (the port's SELF settings).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So this can be reused for identification of other "items" as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do the work of parsing NDA_VLAN directly in rtnetlink code, pass simple
u16 vid to drivers from there.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These BUGs can be erroneously triggered by frags which refer to
tail pages within a compound page. The data in these pages may
overrun the hardware page while still being contained within the
compound page, but since compound_order() evaluates to 0 for tail
pages the assertion fails. The code already iterates through
subsequent pages correctly in this scenario, so the BUGs are
unnecessary and can be removed.
Fixes: f36c374782 ("xen/netfront: handle compound page fragments on transmit")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.7+
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Along with that I have a new activity, we have now better
infrastructure for firmware debugging. This will allow to
have configurable probes insides the firmware.
Luca continues his work on NetDetect, this feature is now
complete. All the rest is minor fixes here and there.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJUffZ1AAoJEC0Llv5uNjIBk/wP/3YYPkkEk7nWwNtClChHnWgL
7iGIqACxskGFu49Y8cfdpLv0/msJv6EhUPxhi+t8IApFNkvaVunc7F3nXQA07nyf
XcF4/TLtqaxrKZSNuBZa2ipPiyWQtpJEPpxS6L+9ElS9MnD8lNhGIRb4T5Lsm73R
sfvx00xJxzknyMcJx5YUasWvWq9QfjbxzzK4G+FwM4bmYoe7vwILv+sylRyEo+ED
iS4axCJhrq/sE7qEqQa2GhCTO6gap2ecyisxByY/ycwoCCf7iQo5P5fmb4AoNBAf
7mLAYjpoPLi7ZqNxcapwVZe0GBuZWnhncc+PQ8WXO4iLnGfYoXWr9RlnWVjZ/tAo
hRmAiQS0lO5esC68Re34+3sDMf7TfQub1LZfXCds0SLD2PrAV8kei5tdGGmdLlxl
8hqNFftkYCO80vkWypsJU0QGBsQcTWV9VRLQ2pgBbpCv80LA0HOaR82my0vsBx5s
zEaqN9YbLefiqNS/zh09aqa4HR+SfNg6Dtek1Tt/sM4jUfDbFuGwCzNNZYIU1G4I
vqxBdNtaWMjVhjOh+aqX4VmiDuU0TgOwyxqbuZAdyR/VBwP9wnNgdRFkOXjBuseB
wasXYf0KBm+4zgCHdQL1OKsgSahW02Yl8Z8oln82dPG37td9rSV9cX+A2Szx4Uzd
r3XHXYsz05aHeNGMQA2c
=rVs8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-john-2014-12-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
"Grumbach, Emmanuel" <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> says:
"I deprecate here -8.ucode since -9 has been published long ago.
Along with that I have a new activity, we have now better
infrastructure for firmware debugging. This will allow to
have configurable probes insides the firmware.
Luca continues his work on NetDetect, this feature is now
complete. All the rest is minor fixes here and there."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new ucode package format holds also the usniffer images
(in addition to the operational images and the TLVs).
The driver can load the usniffer image if debug
configuration tells it to.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Until this patch, dumping the monitor data could be done only
for PCIe external (DRAM) mode in 7000 HW family. This patch
allows to pull the monitor data also on other families, and
also to pull the monitor data if an internal buffer is used.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Sometimes there is a need to configure some registers for
setting some FW properties, such as the FW monitor mode
(internal/external). This patch supports setting this for
PCIe mode.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Send all debug-configuration HCMDs that are set in the TLVs
to the FW. This may include HCMDs to configure the FW
monitor and FW log level, for example.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Debug information can be appended to the firmware file. This
information will be used by the driver to enable / disable
debugging features in the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since the commit below, iwldvm sends the FLUSH command to
the firmware. All the devices that use iwldvm have a
firmware that expects the _v3 version of this command,
besides 5150.
5150's latest available firmware still expects a _v2 version
of the FLUSH command.
This means that since the commit below, we had a mismatch for
this specific device only.
This mismatch led to the NMI below:
Loaded firmware version: 8.24.2.2
Start IWL Error Log Dump:
Status: 0x0000004C, count: 5
0x00000004 | NMI_INTERRUPT_WDG
0x000006F4 | uPc
0x000005BA | branchlink1
0x000006F8 | branchlink2
0x000008C2 | interruptlink1
0x00005B02 | interruptlink2
0x00000002 | data1
0x07030000 | data2
0x00000068 | line
0x3E80510C | beacon time
0x728A0EF4 | tsf low
0x0000002A | tsf hi
0x00000000 | time gp1
0x01BDC977 | time gp2
0x00000000 | time gp3
0x00010818 | uCode version
0x00000000 | hw version
0x00484704 | board version
0x00000002 | hcmd
0x2FF23080 | isr0
0x0103E000 | isr1
0x0000001A | isr2
0x1443FCC3 | isr3
0x11800112 | isr4
0x00000068 | isr_pref
0x000000D4 | wait_event
0x00000000 | l2p_control
0x00000007 | l2p_duration
0x00103040 | l2p_mhvalid
0x00000007 | l2p_addr_match
0x00000000 | lmpm_pmg_sel
0x00000000 | timestamp
0x00000200 | flow_handler
This was reported here:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=88961
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Fixes: a0855054e5 ("iwlwifi: dvm: drop non VO frames when flushing")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In 8000 B-step the FW file has changed, but by the time we
know the HW step, the FW file is already requested.
This patch defaults 8000 family to B-step if no HW step is
detected in time. When it can it checks what HW step it
really is (in 8000 family) and if it isn't B-step, the FW
file is released and the A-step file is requested.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fix the 4165 series name that was called 4265 by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Hardware doesn't place any restrictions on the buffer alignment,
consider this TODO resolved.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If card reset with firmware download executed, followed by reset
with use of firmware from build in flash, firmware download indication
remains in the hardware register.
When running firmware download flow,
the SW download indication is written by the driver to bit 0 in usage_6:
wil_fw_load(), "S(RGF_USER_USAGE_6, 1);"
This register, like all USER RGF, wasn't reset in SW reset flow.
Therefore the driver must clear it on SW reset flow.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the wil_tx_ring, error message printed when tx attempted
while vring has no space to accommodate all fragments of frame.
Normally, such situation handled by stopping tx queue.
But, if tx queue is by-passed (like pktgen does), this error
will be triggered at high rate and dmesg will be flooded with
this message. Whole system may become unstable and hang with
no possible recover except power cycle.
Rate-limit it to prevent dmesg flooding.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In some compilation environments, result of pointer arithmetic interpreted as int
while in others it is long int. Force conversion to long.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow to configure VRING size for both Rx and Tx via module parameters:
rx_ring_order and tx_ring_order. Parameters are ring size orders, i.e.
ring size calculated as 1 << order.
Defaults for both Tx and Rx are order 9, i.e. size 512
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is no need to obtain physical device through
wil->pdev->dev path, as it is done by this macro.
The same device already stored as wiphy's device, thus
wil_to_dev() returns the same device as wil_to_pcie_dev()
Remove unnecessary macros, this allows to drop dependency
by pci.h in the firmware download code.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Scan timeout treated as indication for firmware error;
and should be handled in the same way.
Recovery state machine does not perform as designed because
its state is not updated in case of scan timeout.
Fix is to set recovery state machine into the proper state.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
RX_HTRSH interrupt is handled in exactly the same manner
as RX_DONE interrupt - fetching accumulated packets from RX
ring. In addition there's a rate limitted warning message.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Propagate reason for the disconnect through the relevant call chains:
- report to cfg80211 reason as reported by the firmware
- provide to the firmware reason as requested by cfg80211
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of killing interrupts during reset when the first one happens,
kill them before issuing the reset.
This fixes an easy to reproduce crash with multiple cards sharing the
same IRQ.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IRQs are suppressed if ah == NULL and ATH_OP_INVALID being set in
common->op_flags. Close a short time window between those two.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Like with ath9k, ath5k queues also need to be ordered by priority.
queue_info->tqi_subtype already contains the correct index, so use it
instead of relying on the order of ath5k_hw_setup_tx_queue calls.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Hardware queues are ordered by priority. Use queue index 0 for BK, which
has lower priority than BE.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The driver passes the desired hardware queue index for a WMM data queue
in qinfo->tqi_subtype. This was ignored in ath9k_hw_setuptxqueue, which
instead relied on the order in which the function is called.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Hubert Feurstein <h.feurstein@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The brcms_c_attach_malloc() function can call this with a NULL
"wlc->corestate" or "wlc->hw".
Also I threw in a bonus cleanup by deleting an obvious comment and a
no-op NULL assignment. :)
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 2ad69ac597. It
causes wireless device disappear when we get -EPROTO error form USB
request. I encounter such situation occasionally when resume form
suspend with RT3070 adapter:
[ 289.619985] ieee80211 phy0: rt2x00usb_vendor_request: Error - Vendor Request 0x06 failed for offset 0x0404 with error -71
[ 289.639368] ieee80211 phy0: rt2800_wait_bbp_ready: Error - BBP register access failed, aborting
[ 289.639374] ieee80211 phy0: rt2800usb_set_device_state: Error - Device failed to enter state 4 (-5)
Without the patch, except printing error, device works just fine after
resume.
Currently after timeouts and REGISTER_BUSY_COUNT tuning, we should
not have any "endless loop", though we can wait quite long when driver
is trying to communicate with the device through non functioning USB
connection. Generally the problem that commit 2ad69ac597 solves
is kinda artificial.
Cc: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Waiting 500ms for register access is too long, decrease this value
to 100ms.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Because of delays on USB we do not have to iterate so many times on
USB hardware when waiting for H/W register become valid.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use provided timeout value in rt2x00usb_vendor_request() instead
of iterating REGISTER_BUSY_COUNT times.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The hardware info now also include radio and phy information, which
can be helpful in debugging issues.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The board revision that is available in hardware can be translated
so it matches the labelling on the board. This is accomplished by
this helper function.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently implemented temperature compensation is only valid on some of
supported chips. Other chips do not need temperature compensation or
need different way to do this (not yet implemented in the rt2800
driver). Trying to do run rt2800_get_gain_calibration_delta() when this
is not appropriate on particular chip gives bogus result of TX power
and can make connection unstable.
This is follow up to commit 8c8d2017ba
"rt2800: fix RT5390 & RT3290 TX power settings regression". On that
commit we avoid setting BBP_R1 register, but the real problem is wrong
temperature compensation calculation.
Reported-and-tested-by: Ronald Wahl <ronald.wahl@raritan.com>
Debugged-by: Ronald Wahl <ronald.wahl@raritan.com>
Cc: Mike Romberg <mike-romberg@comcast.net>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix missing memory deallocation on error paths in wil_write_file_wmi()
and wil_write_file_txmgmt().
Reported-by: Ahmed Tamrawi <ahmedtamrawi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Proper operation with the rewritten PCI mini driver requires that a flag be set
when interrupts are enabled. This flag was missed. This patch is one of three needed to
fix the kernel regression reported at https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=88951.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Reported-by: Catalin Iacob <iacobcatalin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Catalin Iacob <iacobcatalin@gmail.com>
Cc: Catalin Iacob <iacobcatalin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the major update of the rtlwifi-family of drivers, one of the callback entries
was missed, which leads to memory corruption. Unfortunately, this corruption
never caused a kernel oops, but showed up in other parts of the system.
This patch is one of three needed to fix the kernel regression reported at
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=88951.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Reported-by: Catalin Iacob <iacobcatalin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Catalin Iacob <iacobcatalin@gmail.com>
Cc: Catalin Iacob <iacobcatalin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the major update of the rtlwifi-family of drivers, there was an editing
mistake. Unfortunately, this particular error leads to memory corruption that
silently leads to failure of the system. This patch is one of three needed to
fix the kernel regression reported at https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=88951.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Reported-by: Catalin Iacob <iacobcatalin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Catalin Iacob <iacobcatalin@gmail.com>
Cc: Catalin Iacob <iacobcatalin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adds all FH registers between FH_MEM_UPPER_BOUND and
FH_MEM_LOWER_BOUND (which should be readable to the driver)
to the dump data when it is collected.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Not doing so would allow other possible users of the device
to take ownership and prevent normal WiFi operation.
This fixes the second part of:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=87191
Reviewed-by: Moshe Harel <moshe.harel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
7265D are new devices that should always have a new NVM
(at least 0x0c11). The firmware has issues with older
versions of the NVM which are not and will not be available
to the common mortals.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Handle NVM file header. When NVM header detected, skip
the header and reading only the sections data.
Signed-off-by: Idan Kahlon <idanx.kahlon@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add the channels on which there was a match for every match reported
by the firmware. The firmware reports the channels as indices to the
array of channels that was passed in the scheduled scan request, so we
need to save the array when entering D3 to make sure it is available
when we resume.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add SSID information to the net-detect indication to userspace. Fetch
the matched profiles from the firmware in order to find the correct
SSIDs in the profiles that matched.
Since the net-detect information is stored in cfg80211, and in theory
it could change while we are waking up and reading the matched
profiles, we need to save it when we enter D3 so it is available
during resume.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A following patche will use trans_pcie->cmd_in_flight
for reference accounting as well. get ready for it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
IWL_MVM_REF_PROTECT_CSA is missing from the ref strings
used by debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
All the supported firmwares have this TLV flag set.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
All the supported firmwares have this TLV flag set.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This firmware is not supported anymore.
Stop loading this firmware - and remove the code that
handled older versions.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Query the firmware for scan offload matches when waking up in order to
report net detect as the reason for the wake up.
This requires a new command API to be implemented. Additionally,
remove some net detect command entries that are not valid anymore.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware file-format is described in iwl-fw-file.h, while the
internal handling structures and functions are in iwl-fw.h.
Fix the separation between the files by moving file format
definitions to iwl-fw-file.h.
Also add a missing description for a kernel-doc member, and it's
not needed to include iwl-fw-file.h again from the code (thanks
to Liad Kaufman).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Don't bother with fancy arithmetic and just
hardcode the final values.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In theory it was possible to starve the system if
a tx/rx handler could implicitly trigger more
tx/rx pci events.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Pass the eid argument via skbuff control buffer.
This will make it possible to work with queues of
HTC event buffers.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This wasn't used since forever and there are no
plans on using it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The service bitmap can be used to determine
firmware capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This shouldn't really happen but take into account
the original service bitmap length when mapping
service ids.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The dump print uses sizeof() but since service_map
was a mere pointer the dump was too short.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Traces shouldn't modified passed data. This will
make it possible to pass const arguments to
traces.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Increase the rts threshold from the legacy value of 2347 to support higher
threshold limit.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Original code only check/alloc plat_dat for the CONFIG_OF case, this
patch check/alloc it earlier and unconditionally to avoid kernel build
warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_platform.c:275
stmmac_pltfr_probe() warn: variable dereferenced before check 'plat_dat'
V2: Fix coding style.
Signed-off-by: Huacai Chen <chenhc@lemote.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current driver, allocation size of skb does not care the alignment
adjust after allocation.
And also, in the current implementation, buffer alignment method by
sh_eth_set_receive_align function has a bug that this function displace
buffer start address forcedly when the alignment is corrected.
In the result, tail of the skb will exceed allocated area and kernel panic
will be occurred.
This patch fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Mitsuhiro Kimura <mitsuhiro.kimura.kc@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver uses ip_out_local() and ip6_route_output() which are
defined only if CONFIG_INET and CONFIG_IPV6 are enabled respectively.
Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 7f28fa10 ("bonding: add arp_ip_target netlink support")
Reported-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do header check twice for a dodgy packet. One is done before
macvlan_start_xmit(), another is done before lower device's
ndo_start_xmit(). The first one seems redundant so this patch tries to
delay header check until a packet reaches its lower device (or macvtap)
through always enabling NETIF_F_GSO_ROBUST for macvlan device.
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert mdio-mux-gpio to the GPIO descriptor interface and use the new
gpiod_set_array function to set all output signals simultaneously.
Signed-off-by: Rojhalat Ibrahim <imr@rtschenk.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Use the helper to get rid of the file operations per debugfs file. The
struct ath9k_softc pointer is set as device driver data to be obtained
in the seq_file read operation.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The debugfs files that are defined in debug.c which are read-only
and using a simple_open as .open file operation have been modified
to use the single_open seq_file API. This simplifies the read
functions defining the file contents.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-11-26
Please pull this little batch of fixes intended for the 3.18 stream...
For the iwlwifi one, Emmanuel says:
"Not all the firmware know how to handle the HOT_SPOT_CMD.
Make sure that the firmware will know this command before
sending it. This avoids a firmware crash."
Along with that, Larry sends a pair of rtlwifi fixes to address some
discrepancies from moving drivers out of staging. Larry says:
"These two patches are needed to fix a regression introduced when
driver rtl8821ae was moved from staging to the regular wireless tree."
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ndo_bridge_setlink() is currently only called on the slave if
IFLA_AF_SPEC is set but this is a very fragile assumption and may
change in the future.
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Payload is currently accessed blindly and may exceed valid message
boundaries.
Fixes: a77dcb8c8 ("be2net: set and query VEB/VEPA mode of the PF interface")
Fixes: 815cccbf1 ("ixgbe: add setlink, getlink support to ixgbe and ixgbevf")
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If sky2->tx_le = pci_alloc_consistent() or sky2->tx_ring = kcalloc() in
sky2_alloc_buffers() fails, sky2->rx_ring = kcalloc() will never be called.
In this error case handling, sky2_rx_clean() is called from within
sky2_free_buffers().
In sky2_rx_clean() we find the following:
...
memset(sky2->rx_le, 0, RX_LE_BYTES);
...
This results in a memset using a NULL pointer and will crash the system.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Lindner <mlindner@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sparse warnings reported by kbuild robot
drivers/net/ipvlan/ipvlan_main.c:172:13: warning: symbol 'ipvlan_start_xmit' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ipvlan/ipvlan_main.c:256:33: warning: incorrect type in initializer (different address spaces)
drivers/net/ipvlan/ipvlan_main.c:256:33: expected void const [noderef] <asn:3>*__vpp_verify
drivers/net/ipvlan/ipvlan_main.c:256:33: got struct ipvl_pcpu_stats *<noident>
drivers/net/ipvlan/ipvlan_main.c:544:5: warning: symbol 'ipvlan_link_register' was not declared. Should it be static
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hook a nway_reset ethtool callback to allow restarting the
auto-negotiation process when asked to. We defer to the PHY library call
to do the heavy lifting.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow enabling and disabling EEE using the designated ethtool getters
and setters. GENET allows controlling EEE at the UniMAC, RBUF and TBUF
levels. We also take care of restoring EEE after a suspend/resume cycle
if it was enabled prior to suspending.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add register definitions to control EEE in the UniMAC, RBUF and TBUF
register ranges.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly,
but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet.
Move the event to its own function call internally and to
its own event attribute in nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The commit 3b57de958e brought the support for a different amount of
the filter bins, but didn't update the platform driver that without
CONFIG_OF.
Fixes: 3b57de958e (net: stmmac: Support devicetree configs for mcast
and ucast filter entries)
Signed-off-by: Huacai Chen <chenhc@lemote.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some VF drivers use the upper byte of "param1" (the qp count field)
in mlx4_qp_reserve_range() to pass flags which are used to optimize
the range allocation.
Under the current code, if any of these flags are set, the 32-bit
count field yields a count greater than 2^24, which is out of range,
and this VF fails.
As these flags represent a "best-effort" allocation hint anyway, they may
safely be ignored. Therefore, the PF driver may simply mask out the bits.
Fixes: c82e9aa0a8 "mlx4_core: resource tracking for HCA resources used by guests"
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our boot agent may have left the switch in an certain configuration
state, make sure we issue a software reset prior to configuring the
switch in order to ensure the HW is in a consistent state, in particular
transmit queues and internal buffers.
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case we fail to ioremap() one of our registers, we would be leaking
existing mappings, unwind those accordingly on errors.
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The precise selection is useless, so we simply remove these dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Boris BREZILLON <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
The number of peers isn't directly translatable to
the number of stations because ath10k needs to
reserve a few extra peers for special cases like
multi-vif concurrency.
The previous limit was 126 and 15 stations in AP
mode for 10.x and main firmware branches
respectively. The limit is now 128 and 16 which
was the original intention.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The var was supposed to be protected by data_lock
but it wasn't so in all instances. It's actually
not necessary to have a spinlock protected
num_peers so drop it.
All instances of num_peers are already within
conf_mutex sections so use that.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This prevents warning spamming if peer creation
fails during sta_state in some cases.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add mem_val debugfs file for dumping the firmware (target) memory and also for
writing to the memory. The firmware memory is accessed through one file which
uses position of the file as the firmware memory address. For example, with dd
use skip parameter for the address.
Beucase target memory width is 32 bits it's strongly recommended to use
blocksize divisable with 4 when using this interface. For example, when using
dd use bs=4 to set the block size to 4 and remember to divide both count and
skip values with four.
To read 4 kB chunk from address 0x400000:
dd if=mem_value bs=4 count=1024 skip=1048576 | xxd -g1
To write value 0x01020304 to address 0x400400:
echo 0x01020304 | xxd -r | dd of=mem_value bs=4 seek=1048832
To read 4 KB chunk of memory and then write back after edit:
dd if=mem_value of=tmp.bin bs=4 count=1024 skip=1048576
emacs tmp.bin
dd if=tmp.bin of=mem_value bs=4 count=1024 seek=1048576
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Debugfs files reg_addr and reg_val are used for reading and writing to the
firmware (target) registers. reg_addr contains the address to be accessed,
which also needs to be set first, and reg_value is when used for reading and
writing the actual value in ASCII.
To read a value from the firmware register 0x100000:
# echo 0x100000 > reg_addr
# cat reg_value
0x00100000:0x000002d3
To write value 0x2400 to address 0x100000:
# echo 0x100000 > reg_addr
# echo 0x2400 > reg_value
#
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath10k_tx_wep_key_work() acquires conf_mutex, so
cancelling it when conf_mutex is already taken
in ath10k_remove_interface() is incorrect, so
move it outside the lock.
Snippet from the lockdep report:
kernel: ======================================================
kernel: [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
kernel: 3.18.0-rc5-wl-debug #34 Tainted: G O
kernel: -------------------------------------------------------
kernel: hostapd/451 is trying to acquire lock:
kernel: ((&arvif->wep_key_work)){+.+...}, at: [<ffffffff810872d5>] flush_work+0x5/0x290
kernel: but task is already holding lock:
kernel: (&ar->conf_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffffa0b99f00>] ath10k_remove_interface+0x40/0x290 [ath10k_core]
kernel: which lock already depends on the new lock.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
peer->keys needs to be protected by data_lock
since it is also accessed from the WMI path.
Both install() and clear() routines for peer
keys modify the key contents, so use the data_lock
to avoid races.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When static keys are used in shared WEP, when a
station is associated, message 3 is sent with an
encrypted payload. But, for subsequent
authentications that are triggered without a
deauth, the auth frame is decrypted by the HW.
To handle this, check if the WEP keys have already
been set for the peer and if so, mark the
frame as decrypted. This scenario can happen
when a station changes its default TX key and initiates
a new authentication sequence.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions don't seem to deilver
management frames with FCS error via WMI so narrow
down the HTT rule to not drop corrupted management
frames.
This basically increases number of frames ath10k
reports while sniffing.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When mac80211 requests driver to cancel a hw roc
the driver must not call the expired() callback or
else roc will fail in some cases depending on how
things get scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
With P2P concurrency requested hw roc duration
time can be very small. Some firmware revisions
refuse scan requests with too small channel dwell
time.
This prevents messages like, e.g. with connected
STA vif and performing P2P Find:
ath10k_pci 0000:00:05.0: failed to switch to channel for roc scan
ieee80211 phy3: failed to start next HW ROC (-110)
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New firmware revisions don't need peer creation
when doing offchannel tx. Earlier revisions would
queue and never release frames without a peer.
This prevent new firmware revisions from stopping
replenishing wmi-htc tx credits and improves
reliability of offchannel tx which would sometimes
silently fail.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Comment was out-of-date. The headroom is no longer
necessary because HTT Tx fragment list is stored
in dma pool item associated with each sk_buff.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When re-associating a station, the nss was set back to
maximum value even if user had configured small number
of tx chains. So, pay attention to user's config in
this case as well.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It appears it takes more than just setting the
hardware's chainmask to make things work well. Without
this patch, a vdev would only use 1x1 rates when chainmask
was set to 0x3.
Setting the 'nss' (number of spatial streams) on the vdev
helps the firmware's rate-control algorithm work properly.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The vfree() function performs also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If TX channels are set to 4 and RX channels are set to less than 4,
using ethtool -L, the driver will try to initialize more RX channels
than it has allocated, causing an oops.
This fix only initializes the RX ring if it has been allocated.
Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing order of steps when starting the PCI devices works for
2.4G devices, but fails to initialize the 5G section of the RTL8821AE
hardware.
This patch is needed to fix the regression reported in Bug #88811
(https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=88811).
Reported-by: Valerio Passini <valerio.passini@unicam.it>
Tested-by: Valerio Passini <valerio.passini@unicam.it>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Valerio Passini <valerio.passini@unicam.it>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The changes associated with moving this driver from staging to the regular
tree missed one section setting the allowable rates for the 5GHz band.
This patch is needed to fix the regression reported in Bug #88811
(https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=88811).
Reported-by: Valerio Passini <valerio.passini@unicam.it>
Tested-by: Valerio Passini <valerio.passini@unicam.it>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Valerio Passini <valerio.passini@unicam.it>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "vxlan: Call udp_sock_create" there was a logic error that resulted in
the default for IPv6 VXLAN tunnels going from using checksums to not using
checksums. Since there is currently no support in iproute2 for setting
these values it means that a kernel after the change cannot talk over a IPv6
VXLAN tunnel to a kernel prior the change.
Fixes: 3ee64f3 ("vxlan: Call udp_sock_create")
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ACK status (0/1) for ACTION frames is informed to cfg80211. We
will extend existing logic used for EAPOL frames. The cfg80211
API is different here. Also, we need to explicitly free cloned
skb.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Firmware notifies the driver through event if EAPOL data packet
has been acked or not. We will inform this status to userspace
listening on a socket.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We had introduced delay main work logic to avoid processing
interrupts when Rx pending packet count reaches high threshold.
interrupt processing is restarted later when packet count
reduces lower threashold. This helped to reduce unnecessary
overhead and improve throughput for SD and PCIe chipsets.
As there are no interrupts for USB, we will skip this logic for
USB chipsets.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds missing endian conversion for beacon size while
processing scan response.
Reported-by: Daniel Mosquera <daniel.mosquera@ctag.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Mosquera <daniel.mosquera@ctag.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes following sparse warnings:
drivers/net/wireless/mwifiex/util.c:152:19: warning: cast from restricted __le16
drivers/net/wireless/mwifiex/util.c:152:19: warning: restricted __le16 degrades to integer
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add TPC capability to TX descriptor path. Cap per-packet TX power according to
TX power per-rate tables. Currently TPC is supported just by AR9003 based chips
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add TX power per-rate tables for different MIMO modes (e.g STBC) in order to
cap the maximum TX power value per-rate in the TX descriptor path.
Cap TX power for self generated frames (ACK, RTS/CTS).
Currently TPC is supported just by AR9003 based chips
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver has sent a join iovar to the firmware it waits
for the events to report result of the connection. However, the
wpa_supplicant will request a .disconnect() after a timeout. So
upon calling .disconnect() the interface state may still be
CONNECTING. Clear the CONNECTING bit as well.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new file t4_pci_id_tbl.h that contains T4/T5 PCI ID Table so that for all
drivers that uses T4/T5 PCI functions changes can be done in one place.
checkpatch.pl script reports following error, which if tried to fix ends up in
compilation error.
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
+#define CH_PCI_DEVICE_ID_TABLE_DEFINE_END \
+ { 0, } \
+ }
WARNING: added, moved or deleted file(s), does MAINTAINERS need updating?
new file mode 100644
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
+#define CH_PCI_ID_TABLE_FENTRY(devid) \
+ CH_PCI_ID_TABLE_ENTRY((devid) | \
+ ((CH_PCI_DEVICE_ID_FUNCTION) << 8)), \
+ CH_PCI_ID_TABLE_ENTRY((devid) | \
+ ((CH_PCI_DEVICE_ID_FUNCTION2) << 8))
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
+#define CH_PCI_DEVICE_ID_TABLE_DEFINE_END { 0, } }
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
+#define CH_PCI_DEVICE_ID_TABLE_DEFINE_END { 0, } }
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the Makefile for this driver, the wrong Kconfig option is used
to trigger the compilation of the object file. This leads to the
driver only being included into the kernel when both CONFIG_RTL8821AE
and CONFIG_RTL8192AE are set to "y".
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ruprecht <rupran@einserver.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In four of the rtlwifi drivers, the Makefile contains superfluous
statements indicating the compilation of the driver as an LKM
regardless of the corresponding Kconfig option.
If the corresponding option is set to 'y', the build system will then
see the object file in obj-m and obj-y, which leads to a compilation
as a built-in only. Even though this leads to the desired behavior,
the unconditional appearance in obj-m is confusing for someone reading
the Makefile.
This patch removes the superfluous Makefile statements.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ruprecht <rupran@einserver.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For FCC and JP, in one of the radar patterns, PPB and PRF seems to be
interchanged leading to frequent incorrect radar detections.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The usb gadget driver net2280 has exported a header file with the
register definition of the net2280 chip.
Remove the custom/duplicated header file in favor of that header file
in include/linux
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Ribalda Delgado <ricardo.ribalda@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reconfigure RCR register in rtl_op_configure_filter() in order to apply RX
filter configuration
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add minimal runtime PM support (enable on probe, disable on remove), to
ensure proper operation with a parent device that uses runtime PM.
This is needed on systems where the external bus controller module of
the SoC is contained in a PM domain and/or has a gateable functional
clock. In such cases, before accessing any device connected to the
external bus, the PM domain must be powered up, and/or the functional
clock must be enabled, which is typically handled through runtime PM by
the bus controller driver.
An example of this is the kzm9g development board, where an smsc9220
Ethernet controller is connected to the Bus State Controller (BSC) of a
Renesas sh73a0 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If xenvif_alloc() or xenbus_scanf() fail in backend_create_xenvif(),
xenbus is left in offline mode but netback_probe() reports success.
The patch implements propagation of error code for backend_create_xenvif().
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver is very similar to the macvlan driver except that it
uses L3 on the frame to determine the logical interface while
functioning as packet dispatcher. It inherits L2 of the master
device hence the packets on wire will have the same L2 for all
the packets originating from all virtual devices off of the same
master device.
This driver was developed keeping the namespace use-case in
mind. Hence most of the examples given here take that as the
base setup where main-device belongs to the default-ns and
virtual devices are assigned to the additional namespaces.
The device operates in two different modes and the difference
in these two modes in primarily in the TX side.
(a) L2 mode : In this mode, the device behaves as a L2 device.
TX processing upto L2 happens on the stack of the virtual device
associated with (namespace). Packets are switched after that
into the main device (default-ns) and queued for xmit.
RX processing is simple and all multicast, broadcast (if
applicable), and unicast belonging to the address(es) are
delivered to the virtual devices.
(b) L3 mode : In this mode, the device behaves like a L3 device.
TX processing upto L3 happens on the stack of the virtual device
associated with (namespace). Packets are switched to the
main-device (default-ns) for the L2 processing. Hence the routing
table of the default-ns will be used in this mode.
RX processins is somewhat similar to the L2 mode except that in
this mode only Unicast packets are delivered to the virtual device
while main-dev will handle all other packets.
The devices can be added using the "ip" command from the iproute2
package -
ip link add link <master> <virtual> type ipvlan mode [ l2 | l3 ]
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Cc: Tim Hockin <thockin@google.com>
Cc: Brandon Philips <brandon.philips@coreos.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Ben Hutchings drivers that allow using VLAN have to
provide enough headroom for the VLAN tags.
Signed-off-by: Alban Bedel <albeu@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i.MX6SX fec support three rx ring1, the current driver lost to init
ring1 and ring2 maximum receive buffer size, that cause receving
frame date length error. The driver reports "rcv is not +last" error
log in user case.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch fixes a static checker warning:
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.c:2965
brcmf_cfg80211_set_pmksa()
warn: can 'pmkid_len' be negative?
The answer to the question above is likely no so changing its
type to unsigned is sufficient.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make sure that the firmware will know this command before
sending it. This avoids a firmware crash.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=Rtbg
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-john-2014-11-23' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
Emmanuel Grumbach <egrumbach@gmail.com> says:
"Not all the firmware know how to handle the HOT_SPOT_CMD.
Make sure that the firmware will know this command before
sending it. This avoids a firmware crash."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit c17aa52c5b.
It was wrong, IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_SUPP_CHAN_WIDTH_160_80PLUS80MHZ
already implies that 160 MHz is supported, as it isn't a bitmap
but rather a value in a 2-bit field.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are not many of these messages producted by the
firmware, but they are generally fairly useful, so make it easy to print them
with a separate debug level.
kvalo: fix commit log, rename debug level
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are better ways to get the kernel information, use the
utsname and omit the version code entirely since it's duplicate.
The version magic is rather useless anyway
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
- Use config symbol defined in the driver instead of arch specific one for
conditional compilation.
- Rename the ATHEROS_AR231X config symbol to ATH25.
- Fix include (ar231x_platform.h -> ath25_platform.h).
- Some of AR231x SoCs (e.g. AR2315) have PCI bus support, so remove !PCI
dependency, which block AHB support build.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Cc: "Luis R. Rodriguez" <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: ath5k-devel@lists.ath5k.org
Cc: Linux MIPS <linux-mips@linux-mips.org>
Patchwork: https://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/8248/
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
This reverts commit 093ec3c533.
AHB bus code has been removed, since we did not have support Atheros
AR231x SoC, required for building the AHB version of ath5k. Now that
support WiSoC chips added we can restore functionality back.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Cc: "Luis R. Rodriguez" <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: ath5k-devel@lists.ath5k.org
Cc: Linux MIPS <linux-mips@linux-mips.org>
Patchwork: https://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/8247/
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Add a new SDIO card id intended for the new 4165 series.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In case of channel switch, we need to teardown the TDLS peers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver knows whether an rx frame was beamformed and marks
it in the radiotap VHT flags. However it should also declare
that it knows to extract this info otherwise this gets discarded
by sniffers like Wireshark.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add suspend/resume trans ops that will be called from
mac80211's suspend/resume ops.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the device wakes up due to netdetect, we need to query different
things from the firmware than when it wakes up with a normal WoWLAN.
To make this easier, separate the netdetect wake up handling from the
rest. For now, we don't send netdetect as a wake up reason, treating
it as a non-wireless wake up.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Refactor the iwl_mvm_query_wakeup_reasons() function to split the part
that gets the firmware status from the part that sets up the WoWLAN
status. This will allow netdetect to reuse the code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We need to send a WOWLAN_CONFIGURATION command also for netdetect and
configure the rfkill release trigger if needed. To do so, refactor
the code that configures wowlan and netdetect when suspending and send
the WOWLAN_CONFIGURATION command also for net_detect.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add the net detect WoWLAN flag to indicate support and use the
nd_config from the WoWLAN configuration to start net detect, if it is
set. The WoWLAN configuration takes precedence over the debugfs
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When another vif is also running during a channel switch, we need to
use a session protection when we move to the new channel, so that we
don't miss the beacons. Without this, sometimes the other vif
repeatedly gets time exactly when we should be hearing the beacons,
preventing channel switch from completing. Adding a session
protection that lasts from the moment the channel changes until 2
TBTTs later, ensures that we will hear the beacons on the destination
channel.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If setting the CSA time event fails, we must clear the TE data,
otherwise we'll try to remove it when, for instance, a disconnection
occurs, causing a SYSASSERT.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
After a channel switch, transmission on the new channel is only
started once we see a beacon on it. Thus, beacon filtering needs to
be disabled during channel switch so that mac80211 receives this
beacon and finishes the process.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We need to call ieee80211_chswitch_done() ourselves just when the
absence TE started, so we perform the actual context switch early
enough. To do so, add a dummy channel_switch op, which will cause
mac80211 to skip the countdown timer and allow us to call
ieee80211_chswitch_done() to complete the operation.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Now that mac80211 waits for the first beacon on the new channel before
calling post_channel_switch, the reconfiguration of the firmware
should be done in the post_channel_switch operation instead of when
assigning the vif to the new context.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Instead of using a hardcoded number of TUs before beacon 0 as the time
to start the absence and actual channel switch, calculate it in
relation to the beacon interval. We use 10 TUs + beacon interval
before beacon 0 to target a bit before beacon 1. This gives us enough
time to switch to the new channel before the AP/GO switches.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add an absent time event when pre_channel_switch is called and use the
time event started indication to set the disable_tx bit instead of
doing it in unassign_vif(). This is done so that the firmware queues
are stopped before the actual switch takes place to avoid losing
packets while the AP/GO is performing its actual switch.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Now that all CSA flows are using the switch_vif_chanctx op, we can
rely on the switching_chanctx boolean that is passed to the
__iwl_mvm_assign_vif_chanctx() and __iwl_mvm_unassign_vif_chanctx()
functions to decide whether the context switch flows need to be
executed. In this way we make the chanctx switch flow more generic,
without having to rely on the csa_active flag being set.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Disable PS when pre_channel_switch is called and add the
post_channel_switch operation to re-enable PS when the channel switch
is completed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The spec requires to decrement the CSA counters based on TBTT,
regardless if the beacon was actually transmitted. Previously, the fw
would send beacon notifications only for successfully transmitted
beacons. This behavior resulted in inaccurate CSA countdown. In order
to address this issue, the fw was changed to send beacon
notifications also for not transmitted beacons. Such notifications
have TX_STATUS_INTERNAL_ABORT (0x92).
Don't start the CSA countdown before first successfully transmitted
beacon, in order to guarantee that the CSA is announced for a
required period.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
We have code to recover and go back to the original channel context if
something fails in the middle of switch_vif_chanctx, but we return the
error code of the recover calls instead of the original code, so if
the recovery succeeds, we will return 0 (success). Fix this by not
assigning the return value of the recovery calls to ret.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add support to reassign vif in switch_vif_chanctx. This is similar to
the existing CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS mode, but doesn't delete the
old context nor creates a new one, doing to switch between two
existing contexts.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Currently we only support the CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS mode, but
we need to support other modes as well. Spin a new function off in
order to make it easier to support other modes.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We only need the csa_vif in AP/GO modes, and assigning for other
interfaces may cause problems, because csa_vif is never cleared. To
prevent this, only assign the value if the iftype is
NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. Use a switch to do this, even though, for now,
only the AP interface type is handled, because soon other interface
types will be added as well.
Additionally, convert the WARN() in the error case when a
channel-switch is already running to WARN_ONCE().
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
A new callback has been added to prepare the device for a channel
switch. Use the new callback instead of the old channel_switch_beacon
operation.
This makes it possible to remove the channel_switch_beacon operation
from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Maintain a TDLS channel-switch state and update it according to
notifications from FW and timeouts. Explicitly check all state
transitions are valid.
When switching is initiated by mac80211, use a delayed work to
periodically reschedule it from iwlwifi.
Give the FW mac80211 generated TDLS channel-switch request/response
templates. It will change appropriate values (switch timings) and Tx
them at appropriate times.
Enable the channel switch wiphy capability bit when the FW supports it.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Block TID 4 (VI) on a vif when using TDLS. This TID will be used by FW
for TDLS channel-switch requests and PTI requests.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When adding a TDLS station, allocate 4 new queues for it. Configure them
to FW and enable them. On station removal, drain the queues if needed
and disable them when empty.
Make sure to flush all packets in the private queues of TDLS stations in
the mac80211 flush() callback.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When TDLS peers are present the FW will send packets on a dedicated
TID vs. the peer when performing TDLS channel-switches. The driver
configures the TID on connection to the peer and the FW is responsible
for maintaining the state of QoS seqno and PN/IV for encryption.
If the FW asserts, the driver cannot correctly reconfigure the starting
seqno/PN to the reloaded FW, thus forcing us to reconnect the peer.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
TDLS stations will have private queues, so consider them as well when
allocating a new one. Consolidate the HW-queue iterating code into
a single exported function, to be used by the TDLS code in the future.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Send a dedicated TDLS_CONFIG command when a TDLS peer joins/leaves. The
fields for the command are mostly place-holders, as most of the FW
functionality is not implemented. In the future the dedicated FW TID
will be used for channel-switching and buffer-sta functionality.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add a channel-switch command and a switch-start notification. Also add a
FW TLV bit indicating TDLS channel switching support.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver/FW combination now support TDLS.
Check the FW support with the TLV bit.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we pre-populate the skb->head for the stack, we only pull
in the 802.11 header including crypto (assuming the packet isn't
short enough to be in there completely.) This is fine, but in
ieee80211_data_to_8023() we later unconditionally pull 8 more
bytes for the SNAP header and ethertype field (except for mesh
or 4-addr, where it's even more, but we don't care as much about
them).
Avoid the additional later pull by pulling in those 8 bytes here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: IdoX Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we pre-populate the skb->head for the stack, we only pull
in the 802.11 header (assuming the packet isn't short enough to
be in there completely.) This is fine, but in many cases we'll
pull in the crypto headers pretty much immediately afterwards,
so to avoid that pull in the crypto header early.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: IdoX Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Instead of building the rx_status on the stack and then
copying it to the skb, allocate the skb a bit earlier
and then build the rx_status in place.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: IdoX Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In the original driver, we decided to not implement WEP RX hardware
offload because of a quirk with the firmware API - it allows setting
global WEP keys that then get used for all virtual interfaces, which
is clearly wrong if more than one exists, and it allows setting per-
station keys but then separates multicast and unicast keys.
In order to implement WEP RX hardware offload, work around these
limitations by uploading each WEP key twice, once as multicast and
once as unicast, but point them both to the same key slot (offset)
and use the same key material so the slot overwrite on the second
upload doesn't actually change anything. Upon removal, also remove
the key twice so the station no longer references it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Refactor the key add/remove functions to be able to reuse parts
of them later for RX WEP keys, which need to be uploaded twice.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add a flow that handles the requests to cancel the roc time event,
that has been triggered via the aux framework.
The roc for bss is different than the roc for p2p devices, and is done
via the aux framework using the aux queue, thus requires a different flow
to cancel the time event.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Remove warning on scan complete with unknown ID, since this
scan could be already cleared in abort flow.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The ssid_bitmap should be unsigned, though it doesn't matter
much as the high bits aren't used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Identify 7265-D devices using the hardware revision (they have the
same PCI IDs as 7265) and change the configuration for them taking
the differences (currently only the firmware image) into account.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use of well known RSS key might increase attack surface.
Switch to a random one, using generic helper so that all
ports share a common key.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Christian Benvenuti <benve@cisco.com>
Cc: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Cc: Sujith Sankar <ssujith@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older firmwares do not provide support for the HOT_SPOT_CMD command.
Check for the appropriate TLV flag that declares hotspot support in
the firmware to prevent a firmware assertion failure that can be
triggered from the userspace,
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.17+]
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
All the access to wq has been moved out of hardirq context. We no longer need to
use spin_lock_irqsave.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enic_isr_legacy(), enic_isr_msix() & enic_isr_msi() run from hard
interrupt context.
They can use napi_schedule_irqoff() instead of napi_schedule()
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds some checks in order to prevent panic's on surprise
removal of devices during S0, S3, S4. Without this patch, Thunderbolt
type device removal will panic the system.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on a different issue, I noticed an annoying use
after free bug on my machine when unloading the ixgbe driver:
[ 8642.318797] ixgbe 0000:02:00.1: removed PHC on p2p2
[ 8642.742716] ixgbe 0000:02:00.1: complete
[ 8642.743784] BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at ffff8807d3740a90
[ 8642.744828] IP: [<ffffffffa01c77dc>] ixgbe_remove+0xfc/0x1b0 [ixgbe]
[ 8642.745886] PGD 20c6067 PUD 81c1f6067 PMD 81c15a067 PTE 80000007d3740060
[ 8642.746956] Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
[ 8642.748039] Modules linked in: [...]
[ 8642.752929] CPU: 1 PID: 1225 Comm: rmmod Not tainted 3.18.0-rc2+ #49
[ 8642.754203] Hardware name: Supermicro X10SLM-F/X10SLM-F, BIOS 1.1b 11/01/2013
[ 8642.755505] task: ffff8807e34d3fe0 ti: ffff8807b7204000 task.ti: ffff8807b7204000
[ 8642.756831] RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa01c77dc>] [<ffffffffa01c77dc>] ixgbe_remove+0xfc/0x1b0 [ixgbe]
[...]
[ 8642.774335] Stack:
[ 8642.775805] ffff8807ee824098 ffff8807ee824098 ffffffffa01f3000 ffff8807ee824000
[ 8642.777326] ffff8807b7207e18 ffffffff8137720f ffff8807ee824098 ffff8807ee824098
[ 8642.778848] ffffffffa01f3068 ffff8807ee8240f8 ffff8807b7207e38 ffffffff8144180f
[ 8642.780365] Call Trace:
[ 8642.781869] [<ffffffff8137720f>] pci_device_remove+0x3f/0xc0
[ 8642.783395] [<ffffffff8144180f>] __device_release_driver+0x7f/0xf0
[ 8642.784876] [<ffffffff814421f8>] driver_detach+0xb8/0xc0
[ 8642.786352] [<ffffffff814414a9>] bus_remove_driver+0x59/0xe0
[ 8642.787783] [<ffffffff814429d0>] driver_unregister+0x30/0x70
[ 8642.789202] [<ffffffff81375c65>] pci_unregister_driver+0x25/0xa0
[ 8642.790657] [<ffffffffa01eb38e>] ixgbe_exit_module+0x1c/0xc8e [ixgbe]
[ 8642.792064] [<ffffffff810f93a2>] SyS_delete_module+0x132/0x1c0
[ 8642.793450] [<ffffffff81012c61>] ? do_notify_resume+0x61/0xa0
[ 8642.794837] [<ffffffff816d2029>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x17
The issue is that test_and_set_bit() done on adapter->state is being
performed *after* the netdevice has been freed via free_netdev().
When netdev is being allocated on initialization time, it allocates
a private area, here struct ixgbe_adapter, that resides after the
net_device structure. In ixgbe_probe(), the device init routine,
we set up the adapter after alloc_etherdev_mq() on the private area
and add a reference for the pci_dev as well via pci_set_drvdata().
Both in the error path of ixgbe_probe(), but also on module unload
when ixgbe_remove() is being called, commit 41c62843eb ("ixgbe:
Fix rcu warnings induced by LER") accesses adapter after free_netdev().
The patch stores the result in a bool and thus fixes above oops on my
side.
Fixes: 41c62843eb ("ixgbe: Fix rcu warnings induced by LER")
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IXGBE adapter seems to require that VLAN filtering be enabled if
VMDQ or SRIOV are enabled. When those functions are disabled,
VLAN filtering may be disabled in promiscuous mode.
Prior to commit a9b8943ee1 ("ixgbe: remove vlan_filter_disable
and enable functions")
The logic was correct. However, after the commit the logic
got reversed and VLAN filtered in now turned on when VMDQ/SRIOV
is disabled.
This patch changes the condition to enable hw vlan filtered
when VMDQ or SRIOV is enabled.
Fixes: a9b8943ee1 ("ixgbe: remove vlan_filter_disable and enable functions")
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
CC: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Toggle the LMPM_CHICK register when writing chunks into the FW's extended
SRAM. This tells the FW to put the chunk into a different memory space.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There is no reason to pass every 50th beacon if
nothing was changed.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Instead of allocating nd_ies separately, make it part of the iwl_mvm
structure so it's easier to handle its lifetime.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We were toggling the wrong bit when we reset the device,
fix that. Moreover, since the reset can take time, we need
to wait before we set the rfkill interrupt. Not doing so
can be racy since the driver is enabling the rfkill
interrupt while the device is resetting which will clear
all the registers including the CSR_INT_MASK.
This can basically lead to a situation where we don't
enable the rfkill interrupt. If that happens, the user will
not be able to re-enable the device when de-asserting
rfkill.
This scenario happened to the submitter of:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=87191
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For background and scheduled scan, using the new unified scan API,
support random MAC address scanning.
Unfortunately, the firmware right now doesn't support randomising
itself, so for now do it on the host - we'll change this once the
firmware supports randomising the address for each scan iteration
using the address/mask.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
LMAC TLV bit may be on in FWs that support UMAC scan; so check
for UMAC TLV bit first.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The fw now indicates missing BA with ampdu_ack_len=0.
This will make the whole aggregation being marked
as failed, although it's most likely not the case (and
only the BA itself was failed).
Consider this case as a single tx failure.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The TTC and RRC features are supported by the newer
firmwares. It allows to reach better overall WiFi and BT
performance. When the RRC is enabled, we don't need to force
the AP to send SISO frames, but it can keeps sending MIMO
frames.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This API uses second CPU scan commands, and can support multiple
simultaneous scans.
Adding the new API, and adding new mechanisms to deal with up to
8 simultaneous scans instead of the old scan status.
New scan API requires scan configuration for default scan parameters,
adding it in _up flow. Also updating scan configuration after updating
valid scan antennas via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver must set the keep alive period regardless of power
management state. The keep alive period must be greater or equal to
both the NIC's maximum sleep period, and the listen interval.
However, we were confusing time units (TU) and msec, so fix that.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Our firmware scheduler suffers from false wake-up on 500 time units.
that is if the dtim interval exceeds 500 time units, the fw wakes up,
understands that the next wake-up event is still ahead, and if this event
is more than 10msec in the future - goes back to sleep, otherwise - stay
awake. For example, say that the beacon interval is 101 and the dtim
period is 5, the dtim interval is 101 x 5 = 505, and we will stay awake
for those extra 5msec.
So on the one hand the dtim interval should be congruent to the beacon
interval times the dtim period, and on the other should minimize
the false wake-ups event.
This change applies only to D0/D3 power modes.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The deferred d0i3 exit is currently implemented in the
resume op, which is called when mac80211 starts its
resume process.
However, mac80211 still doesn't handle frames at this stage,
which results in frames being dropped.
Move the deferred d0i3 handling to the reconfig_complete
callback, in order to make sure mac80211 is fully available
at this point.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
After the corresponding mac80211 patch, we can now report the airtime
used for each transmitted packet and mac80211 will be able to implement
WMM-AC with that information.
To support WMM-AC in the driver then, report the airtime and advertise
support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add two new parameters to iwl_cfg:
max_ht_ampdu_exponent and max_vht_ampdu_exponent.
These parameters, if set, will set new values to the maximum of
HT and VHT A-MPDU exponent for the A-MPDU length exponent.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since it's too complicated for the fw to insert a DS Parameter Set
element in the middle of the frame, it was decided that it should be
done by the host. The fw will only parse the frame and update the
current channel field.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This patch cleanups all PCIE, RSS & FW related macros/register defines that are
defined in t4fw_api.h and the affected files.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all port and VI related macros/register defines that are
defined in t4fw_api.h and the affected files.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all queue related macros/register defines that are defined
in t4fw_api.h and the affected files.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups PF/VF and LDST related macros/register defines that are
defined in t4fw_api.h and the affected files.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups all filter related macros/register defines that are defined
in t4fw_api.h and the affected files.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original FDB code submission wasn't correct and the code
wasn't enabled. This removes some dead code (can use the common kernel
code for fdb_del and fdb_dump) and correctly enables the fdb_add
function pointer.
The fdb_add functionality is important to i40e because it is needed
for a workaround to allow bridges to work correctly on the i40e
hardware.
Reported-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ieee802154/fakehard.c
A bug fix went into 'net' for ieee802154/fakehard.c, which is removed
in 'net-next'.
Add build fix into the merge from Stephen Rothwell in openvswitch, the
logging macros take a new initial 'log' argument, a new call was added
in 'net' so when we merge that in here we have to explicitly add the
new 'log' arg to it else the build fails.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-11-21
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.19 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"It has been a while since my last pull request, so we accumulated
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people"
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here's another set of patches for 3.19. Most of it is again fixes and
cleanups to ieee802154 related code from Alexander Aring. We've also got
better handling of hardware error events along with a proper API for HCI
drivers to notify the HCI core of such situations. There's also a minor
fix for mgmt events as well as a sparse warning fix. The code for
sending HCI commands synchronously also gets a fix where we might loose
the completion event in the case of very fast HW (particularly easily
reproducible with an emulated HCI device)."
And...
"Here's another bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19. We've got:
- Various fixes, cleanups and improvements to ieee802154/mac802154
- Support for a Broadcom BCM20702A1 variant
- Lots of lockdep fixes
- Fixed handling of LE CoC errors that should trigger SMP"
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"One ath6kl patch and rest for ath10k, but nothing really major which
stands out. Most notable:
o fix resume (Bartosz)
o firmware restart is now faster and more reliable (Michal)
o it's now possible to test hardware restart functionality without
crashing the firmware using hw-restart parameter with
simulate_fw_crash debugfs file (Michal)"
On top of that...both ath9k and mwifiex get their usual level of
updates. Of note is the ath9k spectral scan work from Oleksij Rempel.
I also pulled from the wireless tree in order to avoid some merge issues.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reserve DEFEA resources according to actual use. There are three
regions, for the ESIC ASIC's CSRs, for the discrete Burst Holdoff
register, and for the PDQ ASIC's CSRs. The latter is mapped in the
memory or port I/O address space depending on configuration. The two
formers are hardwired and always mapped in the port I/O address space.
Signed-off-by: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure the option card does not respond after shutdown by disabling
it via ESIC's Expansion Board Control register. Also disable memory and
port I/O decoders, the latter in particular to disable slot-specific I/O
decoding that otherwise remains active even in the board is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ESIC's memory area 1 (MEMCS1) and its Memory Address High Compare
and Memory Address Low Compare registers to set up the MMIO range for
decoding accesses to PDQ ASIC registers. Previously the PDQ ASIC was
thought to be addressable with the memory area 0 (MEMCS0) and its Memory
Address Compare and Memory Address Mask registers.
The MMIO range allocated for the option card is preset via ECU (EISA
Configuration Utility) and can be disabled, so handle such a case
gracefully too.
Signed-off-by: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correctly propagate the error code from `pci_enable_device' if non zero.
Currently a failure of this function is correctly recognized and device
initialization abandoned, however a successful completion code returned.
Signed-off-by: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2014-11-20
This series contains updates to ixgbevf, i40e and i40evf.
Emil updates ixgbevf with much of the work that Alex Duyck did while at
Intel. First updates the driver to clear the status bits on allocation
instead of in the cleanup routine, this way we can leave the recieve
descriptor rings as a read only memory block until we actually have
buffers to give back to the hardware. Clean up ixgbevf_clean_rx_irq()
by creating ixgbevf_process_skb_field() to merge several similar
operations into this new function. Cleanup temporary variables within
the receive hot-path and reducing the scope of variables that do not
need to exist outside the main loop. Save on stack space by just
storing our updated values back in next_to_clean instead of using
a stack variable, which also collapses the size the function. Improve
performace on IOMMU enabled systems and reduce cache misses by changing
the basic receive patch for ixgbevf so that instead of receiving the
data into an skb, it is received into a double buffered page. Add
netpoll support by creating ixgbevf_netpoll(), which is a callback for
.ndo_poll_controller to allow for the VF interface to be used with
netconsole.
Mitch provides several cleanups and trivial fixes for i40e and i40evf.
First is a fix the overloading of the msg_size field in the
arq_event_info struct by splitting the field into two and renaming to
indicate the actual function of each field. Updates code comments
to match the actual function. Cleanup several checkpatch.pl warnings
by adding or removing blank lines, aligning function parameters, and
correcting over-long lines (which makes the code more readable).
Shannon provides a patch for i40e to write the extra bits that will
turn off the ITR wait for the interrupt, since we want the SW INT to
go off as soon as possible.
v2: updated patch 07 based on feedback from Alex Duyck by
- adding pfmemalloc check to a new function for reusable page
- moved atomic_inc outside of #if/else in ixgbevf_add_rx_frag()
- reverted the removal of the API check in ixgbevf_change_mtu()
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to delay telling the hardware about data that is ready to
be transmitted if the skb->xmit_more flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current form of Tx coalescing works on a descriptor basis instead
of on a packet basis and doesn't take into account TSO packets. Update
the Tx coalescing support to work on a packet basis, taking into
account the number of packets associated with a TSO transmit. Also,
only activate the Tx timer if a timer value is set.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tso_header variable in the xgbe_tx_ring_data structure is not used,
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call the appropriate BQL functions to track the number of bytes queued
during Tx processing and to track the number of packets and bytes
that have been transmitted during Tx complete processing.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the Tx and Rx related fields within the xgbe_ring_data struct into
their own structs in order to more easily see what fields are used for
each operation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Smatch tool indicated that one of the if statements in xgbe-dev.c
could be rewritten to remove a redundant check for the 'err' variable
in an if statement.
Change the statement as suggested and add a comment to help clarify.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the Tx engine is told to stop while it is actively processing Tx
descriptors it is possible that the Tx descriptor(s) will not be closed
out properly. When the Tx engine is restarted this could result in the
driver being stuck on the improperly closed descriptor.
Update the driver to wait for the Tx engine to be in a stopped or
suspended state before issuing the stop command.
This has not been an issue to date, but it's a good safe-guard to have.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a read memory barrier to the Tx and Rx paths where the ownership
bit is checked to be sure that all descriptor fields are read after
having read the ownership bit for the descriptor.
This has not been an issue to date, but it's a good safe-guard to have.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions kfree() and of_node_put() test whether their argument is NULL
and then return immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Reviewed-by: Soren Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The of_dev_put() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix ethtool set settings to not check AUTONEG_ENABLE
mlx4_en_set_settings should not check if cmd->autoneg == AUTONEG_ENABLE,
cmd->autoneg can be enabled by default and this check will fail other settings requests.
mlx4_en driver doesn't support changing autoneg value, but shouldn't fail the request
in case cmd->autoneg was set.
Fixes: d48b3ab ("net/mlx4_en: Use PTYS register to set ethtool settings (Speed)")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mergeable buffer is used, vnet_hdr_sz is greater than sizeof struct
virtio_net_hdr. So we need advance the iov iterators in this case.
Fixes 6c36d2e26c ("macvtap: Use iovec iterators")
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there is a error for r8152_submit_rx(), add the remaining rx
buffers to the list. Then the remaining rx buffers could be
submitted later.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The behavior of handling the returned status from r8152_submit_rx()
is almost same, so let r8152_submit_rx() deal with the error
directly. This could avoid the duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To help troubleshoot heavy memory pressure conditions, add a bunch of
statistics counter to log RX buffer allocation and RX/TX DMA mapping
failures. These are reported like any other counters through the ethtool
stats interface.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To help troubleshoot heavy memory pressure conditions, add a bunch of
statistics counter to log RX buffer allocation and RX/TX DMA mapping
failures. These are reported like any other counters through the ethtool
stats interface.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use them to push skb->vlan_tci into the payload and avoid code
duplication.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Name fits better. Plus there's going to be introduced
__vlan_insert_tag later on.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since both tx and rx paths work with skb->vlan_tci, there's no need for
this function anymore. Switch users directly to __vlan_hwaccel_put_tag.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add generic interrupt-config callback and store interrupt-level bitmask
in type data for PHY types not using bit 9.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Micrel KSZ8081 and KSZ8091 PHYs have the RMII Reference Clock Select
bit, which is used to select 25 or 50 MHz clock mode.
Note that on some revisions of the PHY (e.g. KSZ8081RND) the function of
this bit is inverted so that setting it enables 25 rather than 50 MHz
mode. Add a new device-tree property
"micrel,rmii-reference-clock-select-25-mhz" to describe this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add generic RMII-Reference-Clock-Select support.
Several Micrel PHY have an RMII-Reference-Clock-Select bit to select
25 MHz or 50 MHz clock mode. Recently, support for configuring this
through device tree for KSZ8021 and KSZ8031 was added.
Generalise this support so that it can be configured for other PHY types
as well.
Note that some PHY revisions (of the same type) has this bit inverted.
This should be either configurable through a new device-tree property,
or preferably, determined based on PHY ID if possible.
Also note that this removes support for setting 25 MHz mode from board
files which was also added by the above mentioned commit 45f56cb82e45
("net/phy: micrel: Add clock support for KSZ8021/KSZ8031").
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add has_broadcast_disable flag to type-data and generic config_init.
This allows us to remove the ksz8081 config_init callback.
Note that ksz8021_config_init is kept for now due to a95a18afe4c8
("phy/micrel: KSZ8031RNL RMII clock reconfiguration bug").
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
